front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Matthew\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)\n1. Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)\n1. Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God, and opposition to Jesus begins (11:1-12:50)\n1. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)\n1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27)\n1. Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)\n1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n1. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)\n1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n\n### What is the book of Matthew about?\n\nThe Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew wrote much about how Jesus fulfilled passages from the Old Testament. Also, he focused on Jesus’ teaching by presenting some of what Jesus said in five separate speeches, or “discourses.” Many Christians think that Matthew expected his first readers to be Jewish people. However, Matthew also intended his Gospel to be read by all Christians.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel According to Matthew.” Or they may choose a different title, such as, “The Good News About Jesus that Matthew Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Matthew?\n\nThe book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew. This man named Matthew was a tax collector who became one of Jesus’ 12 closest disciples. In this book, Matthew appears in [9:9–10](../09/09.md) and [10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/matthew]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What does the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” mean?\n\nWhile the other Gospels frequently use the phrase “the kingdom of God,” Matthew only uses that phrase four times (see [12:28](../12/28.md); [19:24](../19/24.md); [21:31](../21/31.md); and [21:43](../21/43.md)). Instead, Matthew frequently uses the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens.” There are two primary issues to consider when translating this phrase: (1) whether “of the heavens” means the same thing as “of God,” and (2) what the word “kingdom” describes.\n\nFirst (1), does “of the heavens” mean the same thing as “of God”? Some scholars think that Matthew chose to refer to God politely by using the phrase “the heavens,” which would mean that “the kingdom of the heavens” is simply another way to say “the kingdom of God.” However, since Matthew does use the phrase “the kingdom of God” occasionally, it is more likely that the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” means something slightly different than “the kingdom of God.” It probably refers to the place where the “kingdom” is already present: the heavens. The plural form “heavens” indicates that Matthew is referring to all of heavenly space. The UST expresses the idea of “of the heavens” with the adjective “heavenly.”\n\nSecond (2), what does the word “kingdom” describe? In general, the word refers to a monarch ruling over a group of people in a specific area. In various contexts, the word can primarily emphasize the area, the people, or the ruling. However, the term usually refers to all three of these elements, even if one is emphasized more than the others. Consider how you might express the idea of “ki
1:intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The genealogy of Jesus (1:1–17)\n * Jesus’ parents and birth (1:18–25)\n\nSome translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this in [1:23](../01/23.md) with the quote from [Isaiah 7:14](../isa/07/14.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Genealogy\n\nA genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.\n\n### The word “fathered”\n\nWhen Matthew uses the word “fathered,” he only means that the older man was an ancestor of the younger man. In most cases, the older man is the direct father of the younger man. However, sometimes the older man is a grandfather (for example, Josiah is the grandfather of Jechoniah) or a more distant ancestor (for example, Joram is the great-great-grandfather of Ozias). If possible, use a word that indicates that the older man is the ancestor of the younger man without stating that the older man is the father of the younger man. If you need to be more specific, the UST provides one way to do so.\n\n### Three groups of 14\n\nMatthew concludes the genealogy by dividing it up into three groups of 14 generations. He divides the groups by using two key events in Israel’s history: David starting his dynasty and the Babylonians capturing Jerusalem. In order to count 14 generations from Abraham until David, both Abraham and David need to be included. To count 14 generations from David until the Babylonian deportation, David needs to be excluded but Jechoniah needs to be included. To count 14 generations from the Babylonian deportation until the Christ, both Jechoniah and Christ need to be included. The ULT and UST divide the section into paragraphs based on the divisions. Consider how you might show these divisions in your translation.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nAll of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in instructions that an angel gives to Joseph. Because of that, all forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### Stating that Mary became pregnant\n\nIn [1:18](../01/18.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and [1:23](../01/23.md), Matthew refers to a woman becoming pregnant, but he excludes the involvement of a man in the process. He uses the phrases “to have in the womb” and “having been conceived in her” to avoid referring to the male role in conception. In your translation, you should not identify the Holy Spirit as the one who performed the normal male role, since the Holy Spirit did not have sex with Mary. Instead, the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. So, use a form that does not refer to the male role in conception or a form that denies that a man was involved.\n\n### Translating names\n\nIn the genealogy, Matthew uses specific Greek spellings of names. These spellings do not always match the Hebrew spellings of the names that you can read in the Old Testament. The ULT and UST spell out how these names sound as Matthew wrote them in Greek. In contrast, some translations spell out these names as they appear in the Old Testament. Consider spelling these names as do other translations that your readers might be familiar with. Otherwise, consider whether your team wishes to spell names in the same way throughout the Bible or whether you will spell them differently in different places. If you do spell them differently in different places, you may need to inc
1:1 n4xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βίβλος γενέσεως 1 Here, the phrase **book of the genealogy** could refer to: (1) just the list of Jesus’ ancestors that follows in [1:2–17](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “The book of the ancestry” (2) the list of Jesus’ ancestors as well as information about his birth and childhood (see [1:2–2:23](../01/02.md)). Alternate translation: “The book of the ancestors and birth”
1:1 a1t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **book** that contains the **genealogy** that lists the ancestors of **Jesus Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The book that contains the genealogy concerning Jesus Christ”
1:1 nlc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βίβλος 1 Here, **book** represents a written record. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The written record” or “The list”
1:1 vpg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here Matthew is speaking of a male descendant as if he were a **son**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is descended from David, who is descended from Abraham”
1:1 zw1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here Matthew could mean: (1) that David is a **son of Abraham**. Alternate translation: “who was a son of Abraham” (2) that Jesus is a **son of Abraham**. Alternate translation: “and also son of Abraham”
1:2 cyc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰούδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew begins a list of Jesus’ ancestors. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list ([1:2–16](../01/02.md)). Possible formats are: (1) “Abraham’s son was Isaac, and Isaac’s son was Jacob, and Jacob’s sons were Judah and his brothers” (2) “Isaac’s father was Abraham, and Jacob’s father was Isaac, and Judah’s father was Jacob” (3) “Abraham fathered Isaac, who fathered Jacob, who fathered Judah and his brothers”
1:2 wiqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀβραὰμ & τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ & τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἰακὼβ & τὸν Ἰούδαν 1 Unless a note specifies otherwise, all the names in the list of ancestors ([1:2–16](../01/02.md)) are names of men.
1:2 pl71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 **Judah** had 11 **brothers**, and some of them were older and some of them were younger. Make sure this is clear if your language marks these distinctions.
1:3 ncga rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰούδας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Φαρὲς καὶ τὸν Ζάρα ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ, Φαρὲς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἑσρώμ, Ἑσρὼμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀράμ, 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verse.
1:3 sn21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Ἑσρώμ, Ἑσρὼμ & τὸν Ἀράμ 1 Many translations spell **Hezrom** as “Hezron” and **Aram** as “Ram.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell these names. Alternate translation: “Hezron … Hezron … Ram”
1:4 kywc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμιναδάβ, Ἀμιναδὰβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ναασσών, Ναασσὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαλμών, 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:4 xlps rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀρὰμ 1 Many translations spell **Aram** as “Ram.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Ram”
1:5 w4mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σαλμὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ, Βόες δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ, Ἰωβὴδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεσσαί, 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:5 q5bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ῥαχάβ & Ῥούθ 1 The words **Rahab** and **Ruth** are the names of women. **Rahab** protected Israelite spies when the Israelites were about to conquer the land that God had promised to give them. **Ruth** was from Moab but believed in God and traveled to Israel with her mother-in-law, Naomi.
1:6 e1rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰεσσαὶ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ τὸν βασιλέα. Δαυεὶδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σολομῶνα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου, 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:6 msbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου 1 **Uriah** was one of the leaders of the Israelite army, a leader whom **David** trusted. However, David saw Uriah’s wife, named Bathsheba, and wanted her for himself. He had Uriah killed and took Uriah’s wife for himself. You can read about this story in [2 Samual 11:1–27](../2sa/11/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information if your readers would not know this story. Alternate translation: “by Bathsheba the wife of Uriah, whom he had killed”
1:7 nc4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σολομὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ῥοβοάμ, Ῥοβοὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:7 dvau rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Ἀσάφ 1 Many translations spell **Asaph** as “Asa.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Asa”
1:8 jnly rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀσὰφ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσαφάτ, Ἰωσαφὰτ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωράμ, Ἰωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ὀζείαν 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:8 zcs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀσὰφ & τὸν Ὀζείαν 1 Many translations spell **Asaph** as “Asa” and **Ozias** as “Uzziah.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell these names. Alternate translation: “Asa … Uzziah”
1:8-9 ei0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ὀζείαν & Ὀζείας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωαθάμ 1 In these two verses, Matthew lists **Joram**, **Ozias**, and **Jotham**. In the list of kings in 1 Chronicles 3, however, there are four names between **Joram** and **Jotham** (see [1 Chronicles 3:11–12](../1co/03/11.md)), not one. So, Matthew has not mentioned three of these kings, and the word translated **fathered** only requires the older person to be an ancestor of the younger person, who could be a son, grandson, great-grandson, or even great-great-grandson. It is unclear exactly where in the list Matthew leaves out the three kings. He could be using the name **Ozias**: (1) to refer to the king that 1 Chronicles names “Azariah.” In this case, **Ozias** is the great-great-grandson of **Joram** and the father of **Jotham**. Alternate translation: “and Joram was the great-great-grandfather of Ozias, and Ozias fathered Jotham” (2) to refer to the king that 1 Chronicles names “Ahaziah.” In this case, **Ozias** is the son of **Joram** and the great-great-grandfather of **Jotham**. Alternate translation: “and Joram fathered Ozias, and Ozias was the great-great-grandfather of Jotham”
1:9 m35z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ὀζείας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωαθάμ, Ἰωαθὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀχάζ, Ἀχὰζ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἑζεκίαν 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:9 lj7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ὀζείας 1 Many translations spell **Ozias** as “Uzziah.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Uzziah”
1:10 zgmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἑζεκίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μανασσῆ, Μανασσῆς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμώς, Ἀμὼς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσίαν 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:10 odm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Ἀμώς, Ἀμὼς 1 Many translations spell **Amos** as “Amon.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Amon … Amon”
1:11 t8ob rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:11 c2bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωσίας & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν 1 In [1 Chronicles 3:15–16](../1ch/03/15.md), **Josiah** is listed as the father of Jehoiakim, who is the father of **Jechoniah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that **Josiah** was the grandfather of **Jechoniah**. Alternate translation: “Josiah fathered the father of Jechoniah”
1:11 vzs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 If you must specify whether these **brothers** were older or younger, it is more likely that they were younger brothers. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers”
1:11 v2im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 Here Matthew refers to how the Babylonians conquered Jerusalem and took most of the people away to the country of Babylon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away”
1:12 y7cx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ & τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 Here Matthew refers to the same event that he referred to in [1:11](../01/11.md). Express the idea in the same way you did there. Alternate translation: “after the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away”
1:12 ua1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰεχονίας ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:12 ya86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ 1 Many translations spell **Salathiel** as “Shealtiel.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Shealtiel … Shealtiel”
1:12 qqo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Σαλαθιὴλ & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ 1 In [1 Chronicles 3:19](../1co/03/19.md), a brother of **Salathiel** named Pedaiah is listed as the father of **Zerubbabel**. However, early Greek translations of [1 Chronicles 3:19](../1co/03/19.md) list **Salathiel** as the father of **Zerubabbel**. Matthew most likely used a source like these early Greek translations, so he probably intended his readers to think of **Salathiel** as the father of **Zerubbabel** and not as his uncle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some of this information in a footnote.
1:13 dcab rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ζοροβαβὲλ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιούδ, Ἀβιοὺδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιακείμ, Ἐλιακεὶμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀζώρ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:14 seok rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀζὼρ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαδώκ, Σαδὼκ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀχείμ, Ἀχεὶμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιούδ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:15 d8av rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἐλιοὺδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλεάζαρ, Ἐλεάζαρ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μαθθάν, Μαθθὰν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:16 sq31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσὴφ τὸν ἄνδρα Μαρίας 1 This is the end of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses.
1:16 b3bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who gave birth to Jesus”\n
1:16 ovf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 Here, the phrase **the one called Christ** distinguishes this **Jesus** from any other people named Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that distinguishes between this **Jesus** and any other people with that name. Alternate translation: “the Jesus called Christ” or “specifically the one who is called Christ”
1:16 z2rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “whom people call Christ”
1:17 vdhv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕως Δαυεὶδ γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες, καὶ ἀπὸ Δαυεὶδ ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος ἕως τοῦ Χριστοῦ γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες 1 In order to count 14 generations **from Abraham until David**, both Abraham and David need to be included. To count 14 generations **from David until the Babylonian deportation**, David needs to be excluded but Jechoniah needs to be included. To count 14 generations **from the Babylonian deportation until the Christ**, both Jechoniah and Jesus need to be included. Consider how you might express the calculations so that they match with the list. Alternate translation: “from Abraham up to and including David were 14 generations, and after David and until the Babylonian deportation were 14 generations, and starting with the Babylonian deportation and counting up to and including the Christ were 14 generations”
1:17 z5xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος -1 Here Matthew refers to the same event that he referred to in [1:11–12](../01/11.md). Express the idea in the same way you did in those verses. Alternate translation: “the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away … when that happened”
1:18 gnl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces a new section in this book that focuses on **the birth of Jesus Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new section, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “As for the birth of Jesus Christ, it happened thus”
1:18 cqt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μνηστευθείσης & τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was her parents. Alternate translation: “whose parents promised to Joseph that she would marry him”
1:18 xvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism πρὶν & συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 Matthew is referring in a polite way to having sex by using the phrase **came together**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they consummated the marriage” or “before they had sex”
1:18 in4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was having in the womb” or “realized that she was having in the womb”
1:18 q6y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 Here, the phrase **having in the womb** refers to being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be with child” or “to be pregnant”
1:18 a71d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 The phrase **from the Holy Spirit** indicates that Mary did not become pregnant in the usual way, that is, by having sex with a man. Rather, she became pregnant because the Holy Spirit caused her to be pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by the power of the Holy Spirit” or “because of the Holy Spirit’s work”
1:19 h941 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
1:19 yufg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ & ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 Matthew implies that Joseph did not know that the baby came from the Holy Spirit. Joseph thought that Mary had become pregnant after having sex with another man, which is why he wanted **to divorce her**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Joseph did not know that the Holy Spirit had caused Mary to be pregnant. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband thought that she had been unfaithful, so”
1:19 pu3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς & ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 As the previous verse shows (see [1:18](../01/18.md)), Mary and Joseph were not yet married. In their culture, however, being “engaged” was a promise to marry, so Matthew can refer to **Joseph** as Mary’s **husband**. He can also refer to breaking the engagement as divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Matthew is referring to an engaged man breaking the engagement. Alternate translation: “her fiancé … to break the engagement with her”
1:20 iip4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα & αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου & ἐφάνη 1 The angel appeared to Joseph while he was deciding to divorce Mary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “during the time when Joseph was reflecting on these things, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared”
1:20 y747 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
1:20 meua rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
1:20 lc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Here, Matthew is speaking of a male descendant as if he were a **son**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is descended from David”
1:20 fgby rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ φοβηθῇς παραλαβεῖν Μαρίαν τὴν γυναῖκά σου; τὸ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “the one having been conceived in Mary is from the Holy Spirit, so you should not fear to take her as your wife”
1:20 va5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ & ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit is the one who caused her to conceive her child”
1:21 yucr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν; αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “and because he will save his people from their sins, you will call his name Jesus”
1:21 ifq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense καλέσεις 1 Here the angel gives a command using the future tense. If your language does not use the future tense for commands, you could use a form that your language uses to express commands. Alternate translation: “you must call” or “you are to call”
1:21 j38f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰησοῦν; αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 The name **Jesus** means “the Lord saves” in Hebrew. The angel is explaining that **Jesus** should have this name because **he will save his people**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what Jesus’ name means or include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Jesus, for, as his name indicates, he will save his people from their sins” or “Jesus, that is, ‘the Lord saves,’ since he will save his people from their sins”
1:21 ocr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **his people** refers most directly to Jewish people, but it also includes anyone who believes in **Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies a group of people who belong to or are connected with Jesus. Alternate translation: “his own people” or “the people who belong to him”
1:22 q4lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces Matthew’s comment on what he has narrated so far. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a comment from the narrator, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I note that” or “As a matter of fact,”
1:22 rlse rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο & ὅλον γέγονεν 1 The pronoun **this** refers to what Matthew has said about Mary becoming pregnant before she and Joseph were married (see [1:18–21](../01/18.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to these events. Alternate translation: “Jesus was born in that way” or “what I have told you happened”
1:22 uwvw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might fulfill”
1:22 c1vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke”
1:22 p39k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 The **prophet** to whom Matthew refers is Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Isaiah the prophet”
1:22 e8ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see [Isaiah 7:14](../isa/07/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Isaiah” or “who declared”
1:23 wlft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention:” or “Listen to me:”
1:23 c6yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ παρθένος 1 Although the word translated **virgin** occasionally refers to any young woman, whether she has had sex or not, the word normally refers to a young woman who has not had sex. This is what Matthew means here, so you should use a word or phrase that refers to a woman who is old enough to get married but who has not yet had sex. Alternate translation: “the marriageable woman who has not had sex”
1:23 nlp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει 1 Here, the phrase **have in her womb** refers to a woman being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be with child” or “will be expecting a baby”
1:23 qg9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καλέσουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “others will call” or “everyone will call”
1:23 sln1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἐμμανουήλ, ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 The word **Immanuel** is a Hebrew word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he explained what it meant: **God with us**. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Immanuel,’ which is a Hebrew word that is translated as ‘God with us’”
1:23 lm6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός. 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which we translate as ‘God with us’” or “this name means ‘God with us’”
1:24 sxsv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After the angel spoke to him,” or “Next,”
1:24 ioyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθεὶς & ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having woken from his sleep” or “having risen from sleep”
1:24 iue3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ παρέλαβεν 1 Here, the word **and** introduces how Joseph **did as the angel of the Lord commanded him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “by taking her”
1:25 mem5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces something that is unexpected for people who have gotten married. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “But” or “Despite that,”
1:25 i7p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν 1 Matthew is referring in a polite way to having sex by using the word **know**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. See how you translated the euphemism for having sex in [1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “he did not consummate the marriage with her” or “he did not sleep with her”
1:25 v3xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν & ἐκάλεσεν & αὐτοῦ 1 Here, both times the pronoun **he** occurs, it refers to Joseph. The pronoun **his** refers to the **son**, Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use names instead of pronouns. Alternate translation: “Joseph did not know … Joseph called the son’s”
1:25 mclm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἕως οὗ 1 Christians disagree about whether Joseph had sex with Mary after Jesus was born. In this verse, Matthew only refers to the time before Jesus was born. If possible, use a form that only refers to this time period and does not imply anything about what happened after Jesus was born. Alternate translation: “prior to when” or “during the time before”
2:intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The visit of the learned men (2:1–12)\n * Joseph, Mary, and Jesus escape to Egypt (2:13–15)\n * Herod kills the baby boys in Bethlehem (2:16–18)\n * Joseph, Mary, and Jesus settle in Nazareth (2:19–23)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Learned men”\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew tells about how “learned men” from countries to the east of Judea visited Jesus in order to worship him. These were educated men who studied dreams and stars in the sky to try to learn about what was happening and what would happen in the future. Matthew does not present them as if they are evil. Consider how you might naturally refer to this kind of educated man. The ULT provides a general translation (“learned men”), and the UST illustrates how to use a descriptive phrase (“scholars who studied the stars”).\n\n### The star\n\nThe learned men journey to Jerusalem because they see a specific star. Matthew further describes how this star moved in the sky until it was directly above where Jesus was living. It is not clear exactly what this star was. Scholars have suggested that it was one of the planets, a shooting star, a comet, or a bright angel. If possible, use a word or phrase that refers generally to a natural source of light in the sky. If you need to be more specific, you could use a word or phrase that refers to stars, especially the kinds of stars that move or appear to move in the sky.\n\n### The journeys of Joseph, Mary, and Jesus\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew narrates several journeys that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus took. At first, they are in Bethlehem, which is a city near the capital city of Judea, Jerusalem. After the learned men visit, God warns Joseph to journey to Egypt, a country to the southwest of Judea, in order to escape from Herod, the king of Judea. After Herod dies, God tells Joseph that he can take his family back to Israel. However, he does not take his family back to Judea, because Herod’s son is now reigning in Herod’s place. Instead, he and his family travel to Nazareth, a city in the region of Galilee, which is north of Judea. When Matthew uses movement words, make sure that your translation fits with these journeys.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in direct speech to individuals. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
2:1 sdst rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
2:1 j9yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τοῦ & Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος 1 Here, the phrase **Jesus having been born** states what happened before the **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “after Jesus had been born”
2:1 esbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to indicate that **Bethlehem** is in **Judea**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem in Judea”
2:1 kf5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως 1 The phrase **in the days of** someone who is a **king** refers to the period of time in which that person ruled as **king**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while Herod the king ruled” or “during the reign of Herod the king”
2:1 azm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention”
2:1 p6gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the east** refers to countries to the **east** of **Judea**. Matthew does not tell us exactly which country or countries he means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more explicitly to countries to the east. Alternate translation: “who were from countries to the east of Judea”
2:2 o2f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they were saying”
2:2 o4lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς 1 Here the learned men could mean that: (1) **the one having been born** is destined to be **King of the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the one having been born to be King” (2) **the one having been born** is already the **King of the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the one having been born who is King”
2:2 a67k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ τεχθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whose birth recently happened, the one who is”
2:2 w3nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the learned men are asking about the **King of the Jews**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a question, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “We ask because” or “Indeed,”
2:2 zj7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 1 Here, the learned men are using the possessive form to describe a **star** that marks or identifies the **King of the Jews**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the star that identifies him” or “the star that proves he has been born”
2:2 n3a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 Here, the phrase **in the east** could refer to: (1) when the star appeared above the horizon. Alternate translation: “when it rose” (2) where the star appeared in the sky. Alternate translation: “as it rose in the east”
2:2 xthm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἤλθομεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
2:2 v248 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσκυνῆσαι 1 The phrase **to worship** can be used for how one behaves before God, but it can also be used for how one behaves before a king. Matthew uses this phrase because the learned men considered Jesus to be a king, but Matthew considers Jesus to be God. So, both meanings of the phrase **to worship** are included here. If possible, use a form that could be used for how one acts before both kings and God. If you must make a distinction, it is recommended that you use a form that refers to worshiping God. Alternate translation: “to bow before” or “to kneel before him to honor”
2:3 lhk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
2:3 b0gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “all Jerusalem became troubled with him”
2:3 qu3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem”
2:3 mc1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα 1 Matthew says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of” or “the majority of”
2:4 tkxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ λαοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the people** refers to the Jewish people. Matthew means that the **chief priests** and the **scribes** were part of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the Jews” or “who belonged to the Jewish people”
2:4 ne4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “he inquired from them where the Christ would be born.”
2:4 cbxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the place of Christ’s birth” or “is the Christ’s birthplace”
2:4 mi51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 Here Herod asks a question about the location of Christ’s birth using the present tense. You could use whatever tense is natural in your language for this kind of question. Alternate translation: “will the Christ be born”
2:5 w68n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν Βηθλέεμ 1 The chief priests and scribes are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is born in Bethlehem”
2:5 l7mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Bethlehem in Judea”
2:5 o460 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 In Matthew’s culture, **for thus it has been written through the prophet** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet (see [Micah 5:2](../mic/05/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “this is what God had Micah the prophet write down:”
2:5 z2i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “thus the prophet wrote” or “thus God told the prophet to write”
2:6 uu4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the comma at the end of the previous verse and only use one quotation mark at the end of this verse. Alternate translation: “that you, Bethlehem, land of Judah, are by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from you will come out a ruling one who will shepherd God’s people Israel”
2:6 kmw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could direct the speech to the people who live in **Bethlehem**, or you could refer to **Bethlehem** in the third person. Alternate translation: “And Bethlehem, land of Judah, is by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from this town will come out a ruling one who will shepherd my people Israel”
2:6 ez40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σύ & σοῦ 1 The word **you** is singular in this verse because Micah is speaking to **Bethlehem**.
2:6 c2cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη 1 The prophet Micah is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative phrase, **by no means**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, **least**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “very great” or “important”
2:6 pi6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 Since Micah is speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person, he refers to important towns in **Judah** as if they were **leaders**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leading towns of Judah” or “the great cities in Judah”
2:6 rihn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ σοῦ & ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος 1 Here Micah refers to a person from Bethlehem becoming a **ruling one** as if the person were coming out of Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person from you will be a ruling one”
2:6 tg5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ 1 Here, the prophet Micah is speaking of leading and caring for the **people** as if it were shepherding. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will lead and care for”\n
2:7 uusp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe the **time** when the **star** appeared. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the time at which the star appeared”
2:7 h2y0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος. 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “inquired from them, ‘What was the time of the appearing of the star?’”
2:8 jtw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ 1 Matthew tells how King Herod sent the learned men to Bethlehem before he mentions what King Herod told them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange this verse so that it tells the events in sequential order. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.’ Then, he sent them to Bethlehem.”\n
2:8 sbwi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθέντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “Having come”
2:8 jd7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἐξετάσατε & εὕρητε & ἀπαγγείλατέ 1 Since Herod is speaking to the learned men, the word **you** and the commands **search** and **report** are plural.
2:8 iod8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
2:8 g4d0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσκυνήσω 1 Translate **worship** as you did in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “might bow before” or “might kneel before him to honor”
2:9 zws5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here Matthew implies that they went to Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “went to Bethlehem”
2:9 fzm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention”
2:9 yb5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 Translate this phrase as you did in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “when it rose” or “as it rose in the east”
2:9 iknf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification προῆγεν αὐτούς ἕως ἐλθὼν ἐστάθη ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον 1 Here Matthew speaks as if the **star** were a person who could go somewhere and stand there. He means that the star moved in the sky until it was directly above the place where Jesus was staying. We do not know exactly how the **star** moved or what it looked like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state directly that the star moved and then stopped. Alternate translation: “was moving in the sky ahead of them until it was above where the young child was. Then it stopped moving”
2:10 otdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδόντες & τὸν ἀστέρα 1 Here Matthew could mean that: (1) they saw how the star moved and then stopped over where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “having seen that the star had stopped” or “having seen that the star was guiding them” (2) they saw that the star had appeared again. Alternate translation: “having seen the star again” or “having seen the star reappear”
2:10 vd00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy** or would not use both the noun **joy** and the verb **rejoiced** together, you could express the same idea by using only the verb. Alternate translation: “they rejoiced very much” or “they rejoiced exceedingly greatly”
2:11 y2tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come”
2:11 kidl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πεσόντες 1 Here Matthew means that the learned men kneeled on the ground or bowed down very low. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “kneeling down” or “prostrating themselves”
2:11 q8vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσεκύνησαν 1 Translate **worshiped** as you did in [2:2](../02/02.md) and [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed before” or “they kneeled before him to honor”
2:11 r452 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their gifts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” or “their treasure boxes”
2:12 th3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive χρηματισθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God having warned them”
2:12 fjue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην & ἀνεχώρησαν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “a dream, ‘Do not return to Herod,’ they departed”
2:13 k00j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
2:13 l4ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention”
2:13 pr5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense φαίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared”
2:13 dawp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he commanded him”
2:13 ygms rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι; μέλλει γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ζητεῖν τὸ παιδίον τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐτό 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “Because Herod is going to seek the young child to kill him, having gotten up, take the young child and his mother, and flee to Egypt, and remain there until I tell you.”
2:13 v88f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 Here the angel implies that he will **tell** Joseph that it is safe to return to his home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back”
2:14 drx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit νυκτὸς 1 Here Matthew implies that they **departed for Egypt** the same **night** in which Joseph had the dream. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that very night”
2:15 ft3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν 1 Matthew implies that Mary and Jesus also lived in Egypt with Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus were”
2:15 we5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill”
2:15 lv97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke”
2:15 rbm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 The **prophet** to whom Matthew refers is Hosea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Hosea the prophet”
2:15 s792 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Hosea the prophet (see [Hosea 11:1](../hos/11/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Hosea” or “who declared”\n
2:15 imhz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκάλεσα 1 Here the author of the quotation, Hosea, implies that God is summoning his **son** from Egypt. He is not just speaking to his **son**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I summoned”
2:16 aygj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἰδὼν 1 Here, Matthew speaks of knowing as if it were seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having learned” or “having known”
2:16 bhtt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 Matthew implies that Herod realized that the **learned men** were not going to visit him and tell him where Jesus was. That is why he felt **mocked**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had been mocked by the learned men, who were not going to return” or “the learned men had deceived him by not coming back to him”
2:16 g513 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the learned men had mocked him”
2:16 d8d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν 1 Here Matthew implies that Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. He did not kill the children himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sent forth his soldiers to kill”
2:16 tvj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω 1 Here, the phrase **from two years and under** identifies **children** that are two years old or younger than two years old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase in your language. Alternate translation: “from those who were just born to those who were two years old” or “those who were younger than three years old”
2:16 es2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἠκρίβωσεν παρὰ τῶν μάγων 1 Here Matthew implies that Herod decided what ages of baby boys to have killed based on when the learned men first saw the star. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “basing this decision on the time of the star’s appearance that he had determined exactly from the learned men”
2:17 x68m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** indicates that the prophecy was fulfilled at the time when Herod had his soldiers kill the baby boys in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time. Alternate translation: “And so” or “It was then that”
2:17 l8g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 See how you translated the similar passive forms in [1:22](../01/22.md) and [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “these events fulfilled what God spoke”
2:17 ykxc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by **Jeremiah the prophet** (see [Jeremiah 31:15](../jer/31/15.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in his book” or “who declared”
2:18 zm17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor φωνὴ ἐν Ῥαμὰ ἠκούσθη, κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς, Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 This prophecy speaks of women who live in **Ramah** as if they were **Rachel**, their ancestor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer directly to the women who are descended from **Rachel**. Alternate translation: “Voices were heard in Ramah, weeping and great mourning, women descended from Rachel weeping for their children, and not willing to be comforted”
2:18 k91t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “There was a voice” or “People heard a voice”
2:18 x062 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς 1 The terms **weeping** and **great mourning** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “much weeping” or “deep mourning”
2:18 sve3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because they are no more, she is not willing to be comforted”
2:18 rgg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she was not willing to receive comfort” or “no one could comfort her”
2:18 p9ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐκ εἰσίν 1 The author of the quotation is referring to the death of the children in a polite way by using the phrase **they are no more**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “they had passed away” or “because they had died”
2:19 vupx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
2:19 wwpi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
2:19 o6s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense φαίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared”
2:20 pljv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he commanded him”
2:20 hij7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορεύου εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ; τεθνήκασιν γὰρ οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “Because the ones seeking the life of the child have died, having gotten up, take the young child and his mother and go to the land of Israel.”
2:20 hz2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 Here, the phrase **the ones seeking the life of the child** refers to people who wanted to kill the child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones seeking to do away with the child” or “the ones wishing to kill the child”
2:22 h4cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀρχέλαος 1 The word **Archelaus** is the name of a man. He began to rule after his father **Herod** died.
2:22 n47p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἀκούσας & ὅτι Ἀρχέλαος βασιλεύει τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῴδου, ἐφοβήθη 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Archelaus is reigning over Judea in the place of his father Herod,’ he was afraid”
2:22 m1ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χρηματισθεὶς 1 Here Matthew implies that Joseph was **warned** against living in Judea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been warned about living in Judea”
2:22 dy6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive χρηματισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God, probably speaking through an angel. Alternate translation: “God having warned him” or “an angel of the Lord having warned him”
2:23 ev23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come”
2:23 oxc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατῴκησεν 1 Matthew implies that Mary and Jesus also lived in **Nazareth** with Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus lived”
2:23 lax1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγομένην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people called” or “whose name was”
2:23 rwhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from Joseph and his family living in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Joseph and his family lived in Nazareth. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to delete the comma after **prophets**. Alternate translation: “in order that”
2:23 dx5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 See how your translated the similar passive forms in [2:15](../02/15.md) and [2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “this might fulfill what God spoke”
2:23 vxb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “the prophets, ‘He will be called a Nazarene’”
2:23 okmw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τῶν προφητῶν 1 Matthew does not clarify which **prophets** he is referring to, and there is no single passage in the Old Testament that speaks about Jesus being a **Nazarene**. Because of that, you should not include any implied information here. If possible, leave the statement as general as it appears in the ULT. Alternate translation: “God’s prophets” or “prophets”
2:23 sa9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they will call him a Nazarene”
2:23 yrb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns κληθήσεται 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the Messiah. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the Messiah more directly. The **prophets** probably did not know that his name would be Jesus, so you should use a title like “Christ” or “Messiah” here. Alternate translation: “the Christ will be called”
3:intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1–12)\n * John baptizes Jesus (3:13–17)\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation from the Old Testament in verse 3.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### John the Baptist\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew introduces John the Baptist, who preached in the wilderness. Matthew describes his clothing and his food in ways that resemble the prophet Elijah. John preached a message that called for repentance. He prepared the way for Jesus to begin his ministry.\n\n### Baptism\n\nThe word “baptism” refers to a ritual washing, usually with water. John’s baptism is similar to Christian baptism, but it does not mean exactly the same thing (see [Acts 18:24–26](../act/18/24.md)). John says that his baptism is “for repentance” (see [3:11](../03/11.md)). Most likely, it symbolized the removal of the sins that people were repenting of and the beginning of a new way of living. However, even Jesus received this baptism despite the fact that he did not need to repent of any sins. In this case, the baptism may symbolize complete dedication to God. Consider how you might refer to this kind of ritual washing in your language.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Fruit tree metaphor\n\nIn [3:8](../03/08.md) and [3:10](../03/10.md), John speaks of people as if they were fruit trees. He says that people need to produce “good fruit,” just like fruit trees should. However, every fruit tree that does not produce good fruit will be cut down and burned. In the same way, people who do not do what is right will be judged and punished. If possible, preserve this metaphor or express it in simile form.\n\n### Wheat harvest metaphor\n\nIn [3:12](../03/12.md), John speaks of people as if they were parts of wheat plants. People who obey God are like the edible part of the wheat plant, the grain. People who disobey God are like the inedible part of the wheat plant, the chaff. Just as a farmer separates the grain from the chaff, so God will separate people into those who obey him and those who do not. Then, just as the farmer stores the grain and burns the chaff, so God will save those who obey him and punish those who do not. If possible, preserve this metaphor or express it in simile form.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that John the Baptist delivers to groups of people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
3:1 xp3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
3:1 yoaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν & ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 Here, Matthew uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that identifies a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “during that time”
3:1 tmu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 Here, the phrase **those days** refers to the period of time before Jesus began his public ministry. During this time, Jesus lived in Nazareth with his family. Matthew is not referring to the period of time in which Joseph, Mary, and Jesus traveled back from Egypt to Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more explicitly to the time period in which Jesus lived in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “the days when Jesus lived in Nazareth” or “the days before Jesus began his ministry”
3:1 ifa0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants παραγίνεται Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς 1 This phrase introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “there is a man named John the Baptist” or “a man called John the Baptist appears”
3:1 bcdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραγίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came”
3:2 nc62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
3:2 u2pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μετανοεῖτε, ἤγγικεν γὰρ ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clause. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is near, so repent”
3:2 dweb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Here John the Baptist is referring to God’s **kingdom** that currently exists in **the heavens**. A **kingdom** is a situation in which a king rules over his people in a specific area. See the book introduction for more information about **the kingdom of the heavens**. Consider how you might express this idea here and throughout the rest of Matthew. Alternate translation: “God’s complete reign” or “the ability to be fully God’s people”
3:2 hvx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤγγικεν 1 Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of **near** in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen”
3:3 et5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Matthew has said about John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Now”
3:3 fl4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ ῥηθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one about whom the Lord spoke”
3:3 qt02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see [Isaiah 40:3](../isa/40/03.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in his book” or “who declared”
3:3 s62r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 Isaiah is using **voice** to represent a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A person calling out” or “Someone calling out”\n
3:3 mm58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “of one calling out in the wilderness and saying” or “of one calling out in the wilderness, declaring”\n
3:3 yhe7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τῇ ἐρήμῳ: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of this quotation. Alternate translation: “the wilderness that people must make ready the way of the Lord, that they must make his paths straight”\n
3:3 n7lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a connecting word in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Make ready the way of the Lord, yes, make his paths straight”
3:3 j99i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Here Isaiah speaks as if people should build and maintain roads for **the Lord** to travel on as he comes to visit his people. He means that people need to be living and acting in the proper ways when **the Lord** appears to his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the metaphor in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Live and behave in a way that pleases God, as if you were making a road ready for him to travel on”
3:4 j647 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 Here Matthew uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. The word does not introduce another event in the story. This background information is found in [3:4–6](../03/04.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Concerning this John, he”
3:4 su9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου 1 The phrase **had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of camels”
3:4 dagi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζώνην δερματίνην 1 A **leather belt** is a thin strap made out of animal skin that holds clothing in place. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of clothing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an animal skin strap” or “a band made from animal skin”
3:5 ncp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** refers to the period of time in which John was preaching in the wilderness (see [3:1](../03/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “While John was preaching,” or “During the time when John was in the wilderness,”
3:5 ytnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξεπορεύετο 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “were coming out”
3:5 j8ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, the terms **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the {region} around the Jordan** represent the people who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, and people from all Judea, and people from all the region around the Jordan”
3:5 zys1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Matthew twice says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of Judea, and most of the region around the Jordan”
3:6 ls9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐβαπτίζοντο ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ Ποταμῷ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 Here the people were **confessing their sins** before they were **being baptized**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the elements so that these events are in sequential order, or you could use another form to indicate the sequence Alternate translation: “confessing their sins, they were being baptized by him in the Jordan River” or “being baptized by him in the Jordan River after they confessed their sins”
3:6 v5xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο & ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was baptizing them”
3:6 q311 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξομολογούμενοι 1 Here it is the people who are **confessing**, not John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as they confessed”
3:7 lxwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3:7 jclu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **for his baptism** could indicate that the Pharisees and Sadducees are **coming**: (1) so that they can receive John’s **baptism**. Alternate translation: “to receive his baptism” (2) to the place where John is baptizing. Alternate translation: “to where he was baptizing” or “to the place of his baptism”
3:7 tcva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **baptism**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be baptized by him”
3:7 fjl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 The expression **Offspring of** is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are like vipers” or “You have the qualities of vipers”
3:7 qtu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Here John speaks of the Pharisees and Sadducees as if they were like **vipers** (see the previous note for the meaning of the phrase **Offspring of**). He means that they are evil and hurt other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are like poisonous creatures” or “You evil people”
3:7 kr0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐχιδνῶν 1 If your readers would not recognize the name **vipers**, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “of poisonous snakes” or “of poisonous animals”
3:7 c4cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 John is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees for coming to be baptized by him when they really do not believe that they need to **flee from the coming wrath**. In other words, they want to be baptized, but they do not think that they need to repent of anything. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I realize that you do not really think that you need to flee from the coming wrath!” or “You do not actually believe that you must flee from the coming wrath.”
3:7 h7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 Here, the word **wrath** refers to how God will punish people who do not believe and who disobey him. The word **coming** means that the **wrath** will happen soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the future punishment” or “the punishment that God will soon inflict”
3:8 msjo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an exhortation based on what John said in rebuking the Pharisees and Sadducees in the previous verse (see [3:7](../03/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an exhortation based on a previous rebuke. Alternate translation: “Instead” or “But here is what you should do:”
3:8 s8ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσατε & καρπὸν 1 Here, John is speaking of people behaving in certain ways as if they were trees producing **fruit**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act in ways” or “perform deeds”
3:8 dbj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Here, John is using the possessive form to describe **fruit** that matches or goes along with **repentance**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that goes along with repentance” or “that shows repentance”
3:8 jsoz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς μετανοίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repentance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of repenting” or “of people who repent”
3:9 sc2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in yourselves** could indicate that the Pharisees and Sadducees might speak: (1) within themselves, which would be thinking privately. Alternate translation: “to say within yourselves” or “to say to yourselves” (2) within their group, which would be speaking to each other. Alternate translation: “to say to each other”
3:9 anyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the quotation mark at the end of the sentence. Alternate translation: “among yourselves that you have Abraham as father”
3:9 s4og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατέρα 1 Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “as ancestor”
3:9 h6n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the Pharisees and Sadducees should not say **We have Abraham {as} father**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “You should not say that because”
3:9 h7lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ὑμῖν, ὅτι δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “to you, ‘God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones.’”
3:9 k843 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here John means that God can create **children for Abraham** at any time and in any way he wants, even from **stones**. He means that people who have **Abraham {as} father** will not receive special treatment from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God is able to create other children for Abraham, even from these stones” or “God can raise up more children for Abraham any time he wants to, and he could turn even these stones into children for Abraham”
3:9 eedc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “people descended from Abraham”
3:10 vosb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development of the ideas in the previous verse. It also introduces a slight contrast with God being able to make children of Abraham from stones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “As a matter of fact,”
3:10 a8m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 In this verse, John speaks as if people were **trees** and as if God had an **ax**. Every person who does not repent and do what is right is like a **tree** that does not produce **good fruit**. Just as someone chops down these trees and burns them, so God will punish these people. If possible preserve the metaphor here. You could use simile form, or if necessary, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “already it is as if the ax is set against the root of the trees. Every person who does not repent and obey is like a tree that does not produce good fruit. It is chopped down and thrown into a fire” or “already God is ready to judge people. So, anyone who does not repent and obey will be declared guilty and punished”
3:10 d4j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ ἀξίνη & κεῖται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has set the ax”
3:10 pea6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων 1 In this verse, the word **root** is singular in form, but it refers to all the roots of the **trees** as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the roots of the trees”
3:10 n4xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ῥίζαν 1 Here, the word **root** refers to the lowest part of the tree that shows above the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the base” or “lowest part”
3:10 r7o2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God chops down every tree not producing good fruit and throws it into a fire”
3:10 g502 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἐκκόπτεται καὶ & βάλλεται 1 Here John could be using the present tense to describe: (1) something that is generally true. Alternate translation: “is being chopped down and is being thrown” (2) something that will happen in the future but is as certain as if it was happening in the present. Alternate translation: “will be chopped down and will be thrown”
3:11 aiiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 Here, the phrase **for repentance** could describe: (1) the purpose for which John baptizes people. Alternate translation: “so that you repent” (2) what John’s baptism represents or signifies. Alternate translation: “with reference to repentance” or “to show your repentance”
3:11 rvf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repentance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure your translation fits with the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “in order that you might repent” or “to show that you have repented”
3:11 l3zm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 Here John speaks as if someone is walking behind him. He could mean that: (1) soon someone will continue what John has started doing. Alternate translation: “the one who will preach after I have” (2) one of his own disciples will become greater than he. Alternate translation: “one of my disciples”
3:11 i61t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μού 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I am”
3:11 c1xf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι 1 Here, **to carry** someone’s **sandals** was a duty of a slave. John means that he is **not worthy** to be a slave to this person who is **coming after** him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am not worthy to be the slave who carries away his sandals” or “I am not worthy to act as his slave”
3:11 gtm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 Here John indicates that the **one coming after** him will cause people to experience **the Holy Spirit** and **fire**, just as John caused people to experience **water** in baptism. If possible, preserve the baptism metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you, as it were, with the Holy Spirit and with fire” or “He also will perform something like baptism, but he will use the Holy Spirit and fire”
3:11 ata7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 Here, the word **fire** could be: (1) a reference to how Jesus will purify people. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit and purifying fire” (2) a reference to how Jesus will punish people. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit and with fiery punishment” (3) a further description of **the Holy Spirit**. Alternate translation: “with the fire that is the Holy Spirit”
3:12 gcq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην; τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 In this verse, John describes the one who comes after him as a farmer who separates the useful grains of wheat from the other parts of the wheat plant by using a **winnowing fork** to **clear of his threshing floor**. Just as that farmer separates the grain from the chaff, so the one who comes after John will separate those who obey from those who do not. Just as that farmer saves the grain and burns up the chaff, so the one who comes after John will save those who obey and punish those who do not. If possible, preserve this metaphor. If necessary, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is like a farmer with a winnowing fork in his hand. He will separate those who obey God from those who do not, just as a farmer thoroughly clears off his fleshing floor. He will save those who obey and punish those who disobey, just as a farmer gathers his wheat into the storehouse and burns up the chaff with unquenchable fire” or “who is ready to act, and he will separate those who obey God from those who disobey God. He will save those who obey and completely punish those who disobey”
3:12 sq4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in his hand** indicates that a person is ready to use whatever is in his or her hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has picked up his winnowing fork” or “who is ready to use his winnowing fork”
3:12 b5m4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 A **winnowing fork** is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for winnowing grain” or “tool for tossing seeds”
3:12 r2ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 The **threshing floor** was the place where harvested wheat was processed to separate the grain from the chaff. To **clear off** the floor is to finish threshing and winnowing all the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to where **threshing** happens in your culture, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the place where he separates the grain from the chaff”
3:13 vl93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces the next major event in the story. It does not indicate how soon this event happened after the events that Matthew has already narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event in sequence. Alternate translation: “Sometime after that,” or “After John said those things,”
3:13 tsxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go παραγίνεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “goes”
3:13 zj7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραγίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came”
3:13 zbj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that John would baptize him”
3:14 fax0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διεκώλυεν αὐτὸν 1 Here Matthew means that **John** did not want to baptize Jesus and tried to stop Jesus from asking him to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was trying to prevent Jesus from wanting to be baptized” or “was resisting Jesus’ request to be baptized”
3:14 m2y0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
3:14 khdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for you to baptize me”
3:14 cl7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? 1 John is using the question form to show surprise at Jesus’ request to be baptized. He wants to show that the request does not make sense. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “so you should not come to me!” or “so it does not make sense for you to come to me.”
3:14 nu8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχῃ πρός με 1 Here John implies that Jesus comes to be baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “come to me to be baptized”
3:15 c1jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἀποκριθεὶς & ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded”
3:15 yozq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄφες ἄρτι; οὕτως γὰρ πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the request that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Baptizing me is a fitting way for us to fulfill all righteousness. So, permit it now”
3:15 v30k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄφες & ἀφίησιν αὐτόν 1 In both places, Matthew implies that John should or does permit Jesus to be baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Permit me to be baptized … he permitted him to be baptized”
3:15 h6ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, the word **us** refers only to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark this form.
3:15 wdcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 The phrase **to fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything that God requires someone to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “to accomplish God’s will” or “to do everything that God has told us to do”
3:15 n6d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “everything that is righteous” or “all of God’s righteous will”
3:15 reau rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀφίησιν αὐτόν 1 Here, the word **he** refers to John, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “John permits Jesus”
3:16 d5zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
3:16 inf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was John. Alternate translation: “John having baptized him”
3:16 htuf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus was in the River Jordan when he was baptized. Afterwards, he **came up** out of the river. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “left the water of the river” or “stepped out of the river”
3:16 l5bv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
3:16 jig5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 People in Matthew’s culture often spoke of how **the heavens** had doors or gates that led into them. Matthew uses this kind of language (doors being **opened**) to indicate that Jesus saw into **the heavens**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was enabled to look into the heavens” or “God showed him what was happening in the heavens”
3:16 jh1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God opened the heavens to him”
3:16 e3na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down as a dove flies down”
3:16 gawt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταβαῖνον 1 Here Matthew implies that **the Spirit of God** came down from **the heavens**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “coming down from the heavens”
3:16 mo7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Here Matthew implies that **the Spirit of God** settled or landed on Jesus, just like a bird might settle or land on something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “perching upon him” or “settling on him”
3:17 xohx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
3:17 cdrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply a verb of speaking if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “a voice spoke from the heavens”
3:17 m2wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche φωνὴ 1 Matthew is using **voice** to represent the person who is speaking, which is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person speaking” or “God the Father spoke”
3:17 op13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσα 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and it said”
3:17 myz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.
3:17 m1ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱός & ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Son, whom I love,”
3:17 hdro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὐδοκέω 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who pleases me”
4:intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The devil tempts Jesus (4:1–11)\n * Jesus begins his public ministry (4:12–17)\n * Jesus calls four of his disciples (4:18–22)\n * Summary of Jesus’ early ministry (4:23–25)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [4:15–16](../04/15.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Devil\n\nThe devil, also named Satan, is an evil spiritual being. In this chapter, he tempts Jesus to disobey God. He even quotes the Bible to try to convince Jesus to disobey. Consider how you might naturally refer to a powerful and evil spiritual being.\n\n### Temptation\n\nIn [4:1–11](../04/01.md), Matthew tells the story of how Jesus was tempted by the devil. The devil tried to convince Jesus to do things that would be disobedient. Jesus already knew how he was supposed to live his life and how he was supposed to die on the cross. The devil tempted Jesus to act in a different way. In response, Jesus quotes the Bible and does not do what the devil tempts him to do.\n\n### Fishermen\n\nFour of Jesus’ first disciples (Peter, Andrew, James, and John) were fishermen. In their culture, fishermen usually stood on the shore or in a boat and threw a net into the water. The edges of the net had weights on it, so the net sank into the water and trapped any fish beneath it. Then, fishermen would pull on a rope to close the net and haul it to shore or onto the boat. If people in your culture do not fish or do not fish in that way, consider how much information you need to provide to help your readers understand the story.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue between Jesus and the devil. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
4:1 k51m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces the next major event in the story. It does not indicate how soon this event happened after the events that Matthew has already narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event in sequence. Alternate translation: “Sometime after that,” or “After he heard the voice from the heavens,”
4:1 aq3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη & ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led up Jesus”
4:1 wy4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the devil could tempt Jesus”
4:2 cft7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 The phrase **40 days and 40 nights** refers to 40 periods of 24 hours in a row. Matthew means that Jesus fasted for 40 full days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “for 40 straight days”
4:3 nfiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πειράζων 1 Here, the phrase **the one tempting** refers to the devil, whom Matthew already mentioned in [4:1](../04/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one tempting, the devil,” or “the devil, who was tempting him,”
4:3 oyws rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the **stones** will only **become loaves** if Jesus is **the Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking so that these stones might become loaves”
4:3 c1ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus.
4:3 vpnf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 Here the devil wants Jesus to tell the **stones** to **become bread**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “tell these stones to become bread” or “speak words that make these stones become bread”
4:3 uyv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “speak to these stones, ‘Become bread!’”
4:4 o3a6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he answered” or “he said to him”
4:4 sph9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 8:3](../deu/08/03.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “You can read in the Scriptures” or “It says in the book of Deuteronomy”
4:4 fd67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures”
4:4 i33v οὐκ & ζήσεται 1 The author of the quotation could be using the future tense to give: (1) a general statement. Alternate translation: “does not live” (2) a command. Alternate translation: “should not live”
4:4 d010 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 The word **Man** represents people in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Humans”
4:4 d5tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **Man** is masculine, the author of the quotation is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Man and woman” or “A person”
4:4 xbai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρτῳ 1 Here, **bread** represents food and eating in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” or “eating”
4:4 wuqm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ 1 The author of the quotation is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he will live by”
4:4 rzh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy παντὶ ῥήματι 1 The author of the quotation is using the term **word** to mean a message spoken in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every message” or “everything”
4:4 jl6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **coming through the mouth of God** indicates that God is the one speaking **every word**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that God has spoken” or “that God says”
4:5 qhg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραλαμβάνει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “took”
4:5 x6i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **highest point** could refer to: (1) the top part of the roof. Alternate translation: “the top of the roof of the temple” (2) the edge of the roof. Alternate translation: “the edge of the temple’s roof”
4:6 z1xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he tells him”
4:6 bbx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
4:6 wgtk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the angels will only rescue Jesus if Jesus is **the Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to throw himself down to prove that he really is the Son of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
4:6 x2vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus.
4:6 dnrp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 When Satan tells Jesus to **throw yourself down**, he means that Jesus should jump off the top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “jump from here on top of the temple”
4:6 fa8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται γὰρ 1 In Matthew’s culture, **for it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see [Psalm 91:11–12](../psa/91/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for it is written in the book of Psalms” or “for the psalmist wrote”
4:6 x6zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a poet wrote this in the Scriptures”
4:6 zofd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται & ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ, ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he will command his angels concerning you, and they will lift you up in their hands, lest you strike your foot against a stone”
4:6 zd4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐντελεῖται 1 The pronoun **He** refers to God. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “God will command”
4:6 s9i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοῦ & σε & προσκόψῃς & σου 1 Since the author of the quotations is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, every occurrence of **you** and **your** in the quotations is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “each of you … each of you … any of you strike your”
4:6 azpz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** connects the two quotations, which are two verses from Psalm 91. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that connects two closely related quotations. Alternate translation: “and further” or “and then”
4:6 f1mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου 1 The author of the quotation is using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “even your foot strikes a stone” or “you get hurt”
4:7 qish rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus answered”
4:7 eerm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations πάλιν γέγραπται 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 6:16](../deu/06/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Again, you can read in the Scriptures” or “Again, it says in the book of Deuteronomy”
4:7 fn07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάλιν γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, Moses wrote this in the Scriptures”
4:7 wri7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that you will not test the Lord your God”
4:7 xl3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 The author of the quotation is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a command form. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God”
4:7 c7t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the word **You** here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “None of you will test”
4:8 fvnf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάλιν 1 Here Matthew means that **the devil** tempted Jesus again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Tempting him again”
4:8 elcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραλαμβάνει & δείκνυσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “took … showed”
4:8 d12q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how great they are” or “how glorious they are”
4:9 oo0u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he declared to him”
4:9 al72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς μοι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the condition before its consequence. Alternate translation: “If having fallen down, you would worship me, all these things I will give to you”
4:9 crez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτά & πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **All these things** refers to the “kingdoms” and “their glory” that the devil showed to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “All these kingdoms and their glory” or “Everything I have showed to you”
4:9 eas8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πεσὼν 1 Here the devil refers to kneeling on the ground or bowing down very low. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having kneeled down” or “having prostrated yourself”
4:10 hsky rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus tells him”
4:10 itxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται γάρ 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 6:13](../deu/06/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For you can read in the Scriptures” or “For it says in the book of Deuteronomy”
4:10 k49q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures”
4:10 ohjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται & Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that you will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him”
4:10 mmx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “You will worship the Lord your God, yes, you will serve only him”
4:10 ah9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις 1 The author of the quotation is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a command form. Alternate translation: “You must worship … you must serve”
4:10 rig8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις 1 Since the author of the quotations is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words **You**, **your**, and **you** in the quotation are singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you will worship … your … each of you will serve”
4:11 b0p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἀφίησιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “left”
4:11 ko5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
4:12 v7p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
4:12 d1vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context (see [14:1–12](../14/01.md)) that it was King Herod Antipas, the son of the king who had tried to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John”
4:13 pph4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρὰ 1 Here Matthew implies that when Jesus “withdrew into Galilee,” he first went to the city of **Nazareth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he first went to Nazareth. Then, having left Nazareth”
4:13 fgsd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ 1 It may be more natural in your language to say where Jesus went before saying where he **lived**. If so, you could move **in Capernaum** so that it goes with **having come**. Alternate translation: “having come to Capernaum, he lived there”
4:13 knjg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν παραθαλασσίαν 1 Here Matthew is referring to **the sea** of Galilee. The town of **Capernaum** was at the edge of this sea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by the Galilee sea”
4:13 hpm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ 1 The words **Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier. Matthew uses these names to connect where Jesus lived with the prophecy he will quote in [4:15](../04/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these are names of tribes. Alternate translation: “in the territories that the tribes of Zebulun and Naphtali formerly lived in”
4:14 z5rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from Jesus living in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus lived in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “in order that”
4:14 tj7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 See how you translated the similar passive forms in [2:15](../02/15.md) and [2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “this might fulfill what God spoke”
4:14 bifn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah the prophet** (see [Isaiah 9:1–2](../isa/09/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in his book” or “who declared”
4:15 egx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here, the areas that Isaiah refers to represent the people who live in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The people who live in the land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, the people who live on the way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, the people who live in Galilee of the Gentiles”
4:15 hbg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Each of the three lines of poetry in this verse gives a different description of the same area. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including all three descriptions in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word or phrase that indicates that these lines are all descriptions of one place. Alternate translation: “The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, which is the way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, which is Galilee of the Gentiles”
4:15 se2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 The phrase **the way of the sea** could refer to: (1) areas near **the sea** of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the areas around the Sea of Galilee” (2) a road that ended at the Mediterranean **sea**. Alternate translation: “the road that goes to the Mediterranean sea”
4:15 d8ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here Isaiah could be referring to: (1) areas to the west of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “on the western side of the Jordan” (2) areas to the east of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “on the eastern side of the Jordan”
4:15 uv17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe **Galilee** as a place where **Gentiles** live. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Galilee, home of Gentiles”
4:16 fsl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα, καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the people sitting in darkness have seen a great light; yes, to the ones sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen”
4:16 h2xr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα, καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here Isaiah refers to sin, trouble, and hopelessness as if they were **darkness** and the **shadow of death**. He refers to God’s deliverance and salvation as if it were **a great light**. If possible, preserve these metaphors or express them in simile form. Alternate translation: “the people sitting in spiritual darkness have seen the great light of God’s salvation, and to the ones sitting in the region and shadow where there is spiritual death, upon them the light of God’s deliverance has arisen”
4:16 j6gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ καθήμενος & τοῖς καθημένοις 1 Here, Isaiah refers to living as if it were **sitting**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “dwelling … to the ones dwelling”
4:16 zd49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν σκοτίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “where it is dark”
4:16 s2r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense εἶδεν & φῶς ἀνέτειλεν 1 Isaiah uses the past tense here in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will see … will a light arise”
4:16 wk62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου 1 Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe a **region** and a **shadow**, or darkness, that is characterized by **death**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the deadly region and the deathly shadow” or “the region and shadow characterized by death”
4:16 hxmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that are deadly”
4:17 ad4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ τότε 1 Here, the word **time** refers to when Jesus began to live in Capernaum (see [4:13](../04/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “From when he began to live in Capernaum,” or “After he moved to Capernaum,”
4:17 v18b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations κηρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “to preach” or “to preach, saying”
4:17 dku3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤγγικεν 1 Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of near in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen”
4:18 yrx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “Some time later,”
4:18 twab rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants δύο ἀδελφούς, Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον Πέτρον καὶ Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν; ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 Here Matthew introduces two new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two fishermen who were casting a net into the sea. They were Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother”
4:18 shea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Simon, whose other name was” or “Simon, whom people also called”
4:18 xlw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew never says whether **Simon** or **Andrew** was older, but he mentions **Simon** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **Andrew** was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”
4:18 yfh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 They were **casting a net** in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “casting a net into the sea to catch fish”
4:18 yyiy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς 1 Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which fishermen throw into the water to trap fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to how people catch fish in your culture, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in” or “trying to catch fish in”
4:18 qmzo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background γὰρ 1 Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand why **Simon** and **Andrew** were **casting a net**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces this kind of background information. Alternate translation: “which they did because” or “since”
4:19 q12l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
4:19 y3zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Here, the phrase **Come after me** is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples” or “Travel with me as my students”
4:19 n9h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus speaks of preaching the gospel and helping people believe in Jesus as if it were fishing. He means that, just as fishermen catch many fish, so Simon and Andrew will help many people believe. If possible, preserve the metaphor here, since it relates directly to what Simon and Andrew were doing when Jesus saw them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as a simile. Alternate translation: “I will make you into people who collect men for me, just as you now collect fish”
4:19 hm4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans” or “of men and women”
4:20 ssi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα 1 Translate the word **nets** as you did in [4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: “having stopped fishing”
4:20 jney rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Here, the phrase **followed him** indicates that they traveled with Jesus and were his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became his disciples” or “traveled with him as his students”
4:21 b3hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἄλλους δύο ἀδελφούς, Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ Ζεβεδαίου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν, καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν 1 Here Matthew introduces two more new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two men who were in a boat, mending their nets with their father, Zebedee. They were James, the son of Zebedee, and his younger brother John”\n
4:21 ssae rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew never says whether **James** or **John** was older, but he mentions **James** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **John** was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”
4:21 kp8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν 1 Translate the word **nets** as you did in [4:18](../04/18.md) and [4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “the tools they used for fishing”
4:21 utn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus **called them** to “come after him,” that is, to travel with him and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he called them to come after him” or “he called them to travel with him as his students”
4:21 gila rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκάλεσεν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus called”
4:22 auyr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Translate this phrase as you did in [4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “became his disciples” or “traveled with him as his students”
4:23 cz8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περιῆγεν ἐν 1 Here, the phrase **going around in** indicates that Jesus traveled through many places in the region of **Galilee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he was traveling to many places in” or “he took trips through”
4:23 jt3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **gospel** that is about the **kingdom**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the gospel concerning the kingdom”
4:23 qx7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Here, the phrase **every disease and every sickness** represents people with these diseases and sicknesses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every diseased person and every sick person”
4:23 nr8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 The terms **every disease** and **every sickness** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “every ailment” or “every sickness”
4:23 ljkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Matthew says **every** here as a generalization to emphasize how Jesus healed many different kinds of **disease** and **sickness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “many kinds of diseases and many kinds of sicknesses”
4:23 v4ev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ 1 Here, the phrase **the people** refers specifically to Jewish people living in **Galilee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people there”
4:24 hwa0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν 1 Here Matthew speaks of **the news** as if it were a person who could go **out into all Syria**. He means that people throughout **Syria** heard about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the news of him was heard in all Syria”
4:24 bmvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe **news** that concern **him**, that is, Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the news about him”
4:24 fiao rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns προσήνεγκαν 1 Here, the word **they** refers to any people who heard **the news of him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “many people that heard brought”
4:24 unqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 Matthew says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many of”
4:24 ogxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τοὺς κακῶς, ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους 1 Here, the terms **sickness**, **diseases**, and **pains** mean similar things. Matthew is using the three terms together to include any kind of physical sickness or pain. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could use only one or two terms to refer to any kind of sickness or pain. Alternate translation: “the ones being sick or in pain” or “the ones having diseases or injuries”
4:24 xn8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοὺς κακῶς, ἔχοντας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sickness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones being sick”
4:24 zenl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “experiencing various diseases and pains”
4:24 i296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom demons possessed”
4:24 k3pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj σεληνιαζομένους, καὶ παραλυτικούς 1 Matthew is using the adjectives **epileptic** and **paralytic** as nouns to mean people who are **epileptic** and **paralytic**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “epileptic and paralytic people”
4:24 p3nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιαζομένους 1 An **epileptic** is someone who sometimes passes out and then moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “people with seizures” or “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably”
4:24 qk4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown παραλυτικούς 1 A **paralytic** is someone who is not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed” or “people who could not move their limbs”
4:25 j63v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Δεκαπόλεως, καὶ Ἱεροσολύμων, καὶ Ἰουδαίας, καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here Matthew indicates that **large crowds** traveled wherever Jesus went. The people who made up these crowds came from all the regions and towns that Matthew mentions in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “large crowds of people from Galilee and Decapolis and Jerusalem and Judea and beyond the Jordan followed him”
4:25 i9m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 The word **Decapolis** is a name for a region to the southeast of Galilee. The name means “the Ten Towns.”
4:25 yfgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, the phrase **beyond the Jordan** refers to regions to the east of the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the areas on the east side of the Jordan River”
5:intro awz8 0 # Matthew 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n * The Beatitudes (5:1–12)\n * Salt and light (5:13–16)\n * The law and righteousness (5:17–20)\n * Moses’ law and Jesus’ commands (5:21–48)\n * Murder and anger (5:21–26)\n * Adultery and divorce (5:27–32)\n * Oaths and promises (5:33–37)\n * Punishment and retaliation (5:38–42)\n * Loving everyone (5:43–48)\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5–7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\nMatthew 5:3–10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this section.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “Beatitudes”\n\nIn [5:3–12](../05/03.md), Jesus speaks nine blessings, or “Beatitudes.” He uses poetic form, repetition, and contrasting statements. Use forms in your language that people would recognize as poetry. See the notes on these verses for translation options.\n\n### “You have heard that it was said”\n\nWhen Jesus quotes commands that his audience would be familiar with, he uses a phrase like “you have heard that it was said.” Usually when he uses this phrase, he is quoting or summarizing commands directly from the Old Testament law. However, in [5:43](../05/43.md), he quotes a command from the Old Testament (“love your neighbor”) and then includes what some people would add to that command (“hate your enemy”). You may need to clarify that only the clause “love your neighbor” is from the Old Testament law. See the notes on each verse for information about what commands Jesus is quoting or summarizing.\n\n### Jesus and the law\n\nThroughout this chapter, Jesus quotes commands that his audience would be familiar with. Then, he introduces his response to these commands with a phrase like “but I say to you.” In each case, Jesus is not contradicting or annulling the commands from God that he quotes. Instead, Jesus is correcting misunderstandings about what these commands mean. He wants his disciples to apply the commands properly. Use a form that indicates that Jesus is clarifying the commands, not contradicting them.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Salt metaphor\n\nIn [5:13](../05/13.md), Jesus describes his disciples as if they were salt that seasons the world. He means that, just as salt preserves food and makes it taste better, so his disciples help save people in the world and make the world a better place. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Light metaphor\n\nIn [5:14–16](../05/14.md), Jesus describes his disciples as if they together were a lamp that gives light. He means specifically that their good deeds function together like a light that shines on other people, which allows these people to learn what is true and to praise God. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Hyperbole\n\nIn [5:29–30](../05/29.md), Jesus commands his disciples to cut off body parts that cause them to sin. He uses this extreme example of resisting sin in order to show his disciples how serious sin really is. He does not mean that believers should always cut off body parts when they sin. Jesus intends his commands to be shocking, however, so you should preserve the extreme language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Jesus’ commands are extreme language.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “yo
5:1 c5rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
5:1 xpes rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὸ ὄρος 1 Matthew does not clarify what **mountain** this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small **mountain** without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain”
5:1 z880 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθίσαντος αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually **sat down** when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he having sat down to teach” or “he having sat down as a teacher does”
5:1 elyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσῆλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
5:2 q9mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **having opened his mouth** refers to beginning to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having begun to speak”
5:2 fnje rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, ἐδίδασκεν 1 Here, the phrase **having opened his mouth** introduces what Jesus said, and the phrase **he taught** also introduces what Jesus said. Matthew uses both phrases to indicate that what Jesus is about to say is very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use just one phrase that introduces important speech. Alternate translation: “he starting teaching”
5:2 h9bx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
5:3 egbs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens belongs to the poor in spirit, so they are blessed”
5:3 jhdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
5:3 o3y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”
5:3 j7ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here Jesus speaks of people who know that they disobey and that they depend on God totally as if they were **poor in spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritually poor” or “those who totally depend upon God”
5:3 wpi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe people who belong in **the kingdom of the heavens**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to them” or “they belong in the kingdom of the heavens”
5:4 n8zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The ones mourning will be comforted, so they are blessed”
5:4 u8s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
5:4 lie5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them”
5:5 cf72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς, ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The meek will inherit the earth, so they are blessed”
5:5 hqm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
5:5 mvb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πραεῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **meek** as a noun to mean **meek** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “meek people”
5:5 pajw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσι 1 Here the author speaks as if **the meek** were children who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that **the meek** will receive **the earth** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive” or “will be given”
5:5 kn65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν γῆν 1 Here Jesus refers to the whole **earth**, but he implies that it will be the renewed or recreated **earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the renewed earth” or “the recreated earth”
5:6 a302 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The ones hungering and thirsting for righteousness will be fed, so they are blessed”
5:6 ila1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
5:6 bi1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 Here Jesus speaks of desiring to do what is right as if it were **hungering and thirsting for righteousness**. He also speaks of becoming righteous and doing what is right as if it were being **fed**. He speaks in this way to indicate that these people desire **righteousness** as much as they desire food and drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones who desire righteousness as if it were food or drink, for they will receive it as if they were being fed”
5:6 rbfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for what is just” or “to be righteous”
5:6 hlq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will feed them”
5:7 h8b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The merciful will obtain mercy, so they are blessed”
5:7 ytjt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
5:7 zy1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ ἐλεήμονες 1 Matthew is using the adjective **merciful** as a noun to mean **merciful** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “merciful people”
5:7 b7vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will act mercifully to them”
5:8 qap3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The pure in heart will see God, so they are blessed”
5:8 c8qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
5:8 s9gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **pure in heart** describes people who only think about and desire what is pure and good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are pure on the inside” or “the ones who think about and want what is pure”
5:8 cr20 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ καθαροὶ 1 Matthew is using the adjective **pure** as a noun to mean **pure** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are pure”
5:8 t6ni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 Here, the clause **they will see God** indicates that these people will be with God, in his presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will be in God’s presence”
5:9 y5bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί, ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The peacemakers will be called sons of God, so they are blessed”
5:9 rxgx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
5:9 jh6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί 1 Here Jesus implies that the **peacemakers** are those who help people act peacefully with each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who make peace among people” or “the ones who cause people to act peaceably”
5:9 tv19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will call them his sons”
5:9 mivu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κληθήσονται 1 Here, by using the phrase **will be called**, Jesus implies that they also will actually be **sons of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be people who are” or “will be called and so become”
5:9 sfph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱοὶ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus speaks of these people as if God were their physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “spiritual sons of God”
5:9 h0av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations υἱοὶ 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” or “offspring”
5:10 q4og rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens belongs to the ones persecuted for the sake of righteousness, so they are blessed”
5:10 mxri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for”
5:10 bqu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ δεδιωγμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom people persecute”
5:10 hfox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they act justly”
5:10 f3li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated the same clause in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to them” or “they belong in the kingdom of the heavens”
5:11 ohjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοί ἐστε ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσιν καὶ εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “When they insult you and persecute you and say every evil thing against you falsely because of me, you are blessed”
5:11 t5kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοί ἐστε 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless you” or “How good it is for you”
5:11 m65m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὀνειδίσωσιν 1 Here, the word **they** refers to any people who mistreat Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “others insult” or “some people insult”
5:11 mflf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶν πονηρὸν 1 Jesus says **every** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many evil things” or “all kinds of evil things”
5:11 puh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ψευδόμενοι 1 Many ancient manuscripts include **lying**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include the word. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
5:11 eez3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 When Jesus says **because of me**, he means that people will persecute them because they are his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because you are my disciples” or “because you believe in me”
5:12 jegd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; οὕτως γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν 1 Here Jesus gives a command followed by two reasons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange these clauses so that one or both reasons come before the command. Alternate translation: “In fact, in this way they persecuted the prophets before you. Also, great is your reward in the heavens. So, rejoice and be very glad”
5:12 ssk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 The terms **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly glad”\n
5:12 bpwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** indicates where God is currently keeping the **reward**. It does not indicate where people will receive the **reward**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that is stored in the heavens” or “that you will receive from the heavens”
5:12 wimk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces another reason why Jesus’ disciples should rejoice, which is that they are like **the prophets** who served God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “and you should also rejoice because” or “and in fact,”
5:12 eh8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὕτως 1 Here, the word **this** refers back to what Jesus said in [5:11](../05/11.md) about how people mistreat his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in those same ways”
5:12 rh0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **before you** indicates that the **prophets** lived before the people to whom Jesus is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who lived before you did”
5:13 i3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus calls his disciples **salt** that seasons **the earth**. Just as **salt** makes food better in many ways, so Jesus’ disciples make the world better in many ways. However, just as **salt** that no longer functions properly is **thrown out** because it cannot be fixed, so Jesus’ disciples will be punished if they do not make the world better. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the earth. But if you are like salt that has been made tasteless, how can you be made salty again? Just like that salt, you are good for nothing any longer. That salt will be thrown out to be trampled by men, and you will be punished in a similar way”\n
5:13 zctk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **salt** that seasons **the earth**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the salt that seasons the earth”
5:13 wxci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 Here, the word **earth** refers primarily to the people who live on the **earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “of the people on the earth” or “of all people”
5:13 k3u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν & τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι 1 Jesus means that it is possible for **salt** to lose **its taste**, and he is speaking about what can or cannot happen after **salt has lost its taste**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “suppose that the salt is made tasteless. With what”
5:13 ws0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μωρανθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has become tasteless” or “has lost its taste”
5:13 yoif rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that no one can make ruined salt **salty** again. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “it cannot be made salty again!” or “it is not possible to make it salty again.”
5:13 h7z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἁλισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “might someone make it salty again”
5:13 ojrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The only thing it is good for is, having been thrown out, to be trampled by men”
5:13 e7cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except, after people have thrown it out, for men to trample it”
5:13 ilya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “people”
5:14 wgh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here Jesus calls his disciples **light** that illuminates **the world**. Just as **light** helps people know where they are and where to go, so Jesus’ disciples tell people the truth about God and Jesus. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “When you tell others about me, you are like lights that shine on the world”
5:14 eh93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **light** that illuminates **the world**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the light that shines on the world”
5:14 bz3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here, the word **world** refers primarily to the people who live in the **world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “of the people in the world” or “of all people”
5:14 bn28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 Here Jesus implicitly calls his disciples a **city** that is on a **mountain**, so it **is not able to be hidden**. Just as everyone can see this city, so everyone can see how Jesus’ disciples behave. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “When you do what is right, you are like a city being set on a mountain that is not able to be hidden”
5:14 ny4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People cannot hide a city that they set on top of a mountain”
5:15 rz4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον καὶ τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, καὶ λάμπει πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 Here Jesus implicitly calls his disciples a **a lamp**. However, he explains this figure of speech in the next verse, so you should not explain its meaning in this verse.
5:15 s5sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καίουσιν 1 The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “does anyone light”
5:15 uqpe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον 1 A **basket** is a large circular container that stores food or other items. If someone put **a lamp** under this kind of container, it would completely hide the light from the lamp. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in a box” or “under a container that hides its light”
5:15 c8el rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but rather they put it on”
5:15 hkm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of putting a lamp on a lampstand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and so” or “with the result that”
5:16 qhp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus speaks of proper behavior as if it were a **light** that could **shine**. He means that everyone notices and benefits from this proper behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let what you do be like a light that shines before men” or “Live your life before men”
5:16 nz8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Make sure that your light shines” or “Your light should shine”
5:16 l0kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “people”
5:16 f9uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, the phrase **in such a way** refers back to what Jesus said in [5:15](../05/15.md) about a lamp shining on everyone in a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “just as that lamp shines”
5:16 iiu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical father. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you,”\n
5:16 ouqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God **the Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
5:17 jirt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθον -1 Here, the phrase **I came** refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I came to this world … I came to this world” or “I am acting … I am acting”
5:17 d30i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προφήτας -1 The word **law** is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word **prophets** is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “any part of the Scriptures, either the Law or the Prophets”
5:17 gg3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 Here, **the prophets** represents what the prophets said and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets”
5:17 re9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I came not to destroy them. Rather, I came to fulfill them”
5:18 kgjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason or basis for Jesus’ statement that he did not come to destroy the Scriptures but to fulfill them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “That is because,”
5:18 rpye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here Jesus refers to how **the heaven and the earth** that currently exist will pass away, and God will either renew them or make new ones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until this world ends” or “until God recreates the heaven and the earth”
5:18 cv3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, Jesus is referring to all of the created world by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all creation” or “the universe”
5:18 ylz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα 1 A **jot** is a very small letter or character used in writing. A **tittle** is a small part of a letter or character. If your readers would not be familiar with these terms, you could use the names of the smallest parts of the writing system in your area or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “one word or one part of a word” or “one character or stroke in a character”
5:18 v4wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα 1 The terms **jot** and **tittle** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “one jot” or “one tittle”
5:18 ucl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
5:18 ah3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ νόμου 1 Here, the phrase **the law** could refer to: (1) the Old Testament Scriptures in general, just as the phrases “the law” and “the prophets” in [5:17](../05/17.md) refer to the Old Testament Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the law and the prophets” or “the Old Testament” (2) just the law, which is the first five books of the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Old Testament law” or “the law in the Scriptures”
5:18 ozda rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα γένηται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “all things take place” or “they accomplish all things”
5:18 ya2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things** could refer to: (1) everything that is written in **the law**. Alternate translation: “all things written in the law” (2) everything that God has planned for this world and history. Alternate translation: “all things that God has planned” or “all things that will happen in this world”
5:19 dv5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς ἐὰν & λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. You may also need to rearrange the elements in the sentence. Alternate translation: “God will call least in the kingdom of the heavens anyone who annuls one of the least of these commandments and teaches men to do so”
5:19 uxz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἐλαχίστων & ἐλάχιστος 1 Here, the word **least** identifies something that is not very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the least important … least important”
5:19 hxl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “others”
5:19 yc45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. You may also need to rearrange the elements in the sentence. Alternate translation: “But God will call great in the kingdom of the heavens anyone who does and teaches them”
5:20 zvia rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about how important it is to obey even the least important laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Even more,”
5:20 zqr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was contradicting a statement that he was about to make, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “you will only enter into the kingdom of the heavens if your righteousness abounds more than that of the scribes and Pharisees”
5:20 ipn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you are more righteous than the scribes”
5:20 l3lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
5:21 y8lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Exodus 20:13](../exo/20/13.md) or [Deuteronomy 5:17](../deu/05/17.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the ancient ones were commanded in the law”
5:21 t6k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God said” or “Moses said”
5:21 nyud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 Here, the phrase **the ancient ones** refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people to whom Jesus was speaking. The phrase most specifically refers to the Israelites who received the law at Mount Sinai. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites who lived long ago”
5:21 v7o5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐ φονεύσεις 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not kill”
5:21 zp63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations δ’ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces Jesus’ summary of what the law required when someone committed murder. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a form that clarifies that this is a summary, not a direct quotation from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “and they were told” or “and they followed this principle:”
5:21 mij2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Here Jesus implies that the person who **kills** deserves to be judged and also punished by other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment” or “deserves to be judged and punished”
5:21 niea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ κρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being judged” or “human authorities who will judge him or her”
5:22 p9fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:21](../05/21.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,”
5:22 mg2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what “was said to the ancient ones” ([5:21](../05/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”
5:22 x3as rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **being angry with his brother**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “being angry with his brother without cause.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
5:22 d5nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with a fellow disciple … to a fellow disciple”
5:22 rbi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **his** and **brother** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “his or her brother or sister” to indicate this.
5:22 popw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 See how you translated this clause in [5:21](../05/21.md). Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment” or “deserves to be judged and punished”
5:22 b08b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ κρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being judged” or “human authorities who will judge him or her”
5:22 hf7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἴπῃ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ, ῥακά, ἔνοχος ἔσται & εἴπῃ, μωρέ, ἔνοχος ἔσται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “calls his brother Raka will be subject to … says that someone is a fool will be subject”
5:22 w721 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ῥακά 1 **Raka** is a word borrowed from Aramaic. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Fool” or “Idiot”
5:22 qwdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῷ Συνεδρίῳ 1 Here Jesus implies that any person who calls **his brother** a bad name like **Raka** deserves to be judged and punished by **the council**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment by the council” or “deserves to be judged and punished by the council”
5:22 i9r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ 2 Here Jesus implies that the person is speaking to **his brother**, just as with the earlier examples in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And whoever says to his brother”
5:22 alfa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μωρέ 1 This is an insulting expression. Use an expression in your language that a person might use to insult another person. Alternate translation: “You are an idiot”
5:22 p42x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 Here Jesus implies that any person who calls a fellow disciple a **fool** deserves to be judged by God and punished in **the Gehenna of fire**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment in the Gehenna of fire” or “deserves to be judged by God and punished in the Gehenna of fire”
5:22 ryio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. The valley named **Gehenna** was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place of fire like the valley of Gehenna” or “fiery hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
5:22 xd6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **Gehenna** as a place that has much **fire**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the fiery Gehenna” or “the fires in Gehenna”
5:23 ck09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus has said about being angry and insulting fellow believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion. Alternate translation: “So” or “Because of that”
5:23 m0jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν & προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might be **at the altar** and **remember** that a **brother has something against** them. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: you are offering your gift at the altar, and there you remember that your brother has something against you. If that were to happen”
5:23 he2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd προσφέρῃς & σου & μνησθῇς & σου & σοῦ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
5:23 chv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον 1 Here Jesus is referring to giving a **gift** to God at the **altar** in the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “your gift to God at the altar in the temple”
5:23 wh1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a fellow disciple”
5:23 zkec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “your brother or sister” to indicate this.
5:23 lrsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **has something against you** indicates that the **brother** has been offended or injured by **you**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is upset with you” or “has been offended by you”
5:24 hxl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ἄφες & σου & ὕπαγε & διαλλάγηθι & σου & πρόσφερε & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
5:24 lrx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 Here Jesus implies that the person needs to **go** to his or her **brother**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “go to your brother”
5:24 q08w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν, πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν σου 1 Here Jesus emphasizes that these two events must happen in this sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could emphasize the sequence in another way. Alternate translation: “before you can come back and offer your gift, you need to be reconciled with your brother”
5:24 z9m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “reconcile with your brother” or “restore the relationship with your brother”
5:24 h4ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with that fellow disciple”
5:24 z0hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “with your brother or sister” to indicate this.
5:24 cxe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθὼν 1 Here Jesus implies that the person can **come** back to the **altar**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come back to your gift at the altar”
5:24 aa4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
5:25 mhr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἴσθι εὐνοῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **agreement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Agree”
5:25 d3p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ἴσθι & σου & εἶ & σε & ὁ & βληθήσῃ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
5:25 sr9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου & ὁ ἀντίδικος 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe someone who accuses another person (“you”). If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the one who is accusing you … the one who is accusing you”
5:25 lr2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Here, **on the way** is referring to the time when the person and the person’s **accuser** are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you are walking with him on the road to the law court”
5:25 unun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
5:25 nev9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σε παραδῷ 1 Here, the phrase **hand you over** refers to putting someone under the authority and control of another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might transfer you” or “might entrust you”
5:25 pq6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the judge might hand you over to the officer”
5:25 gcm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 Here, **the officer** is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “to the one who carries out the judge’s orders”
5:25 drhp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 Here, the phrase **thrown into prison** refers to someone being locked up in **prison**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will be put into prison” or “you will be locked up in prison”
5:25 pzh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βληθήσῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will throw you”
5:26 uu76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σοι, οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃς & ἀποδῷς 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation.
5:26 l1xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
5:26 z8sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not go out”
5:26 z2mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην 1 Here Jesus implies that the “judge” required the person to pay a fine or give money to the person who accused him or her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until you have paid the last quadrans that the judge required”
5:26 zlil rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην 1 A **quadrans** was one of the smallest and least valuable coins in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about an eighth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands”
5:27 jxg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”
5:27 u2d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Exodus 20:14](../exo/20/14.md) or [Deuteronomy 5:18](../deu/05/18.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law”
5:27 dsek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐ μοιχεύσεις 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not commit adultery”
5:27 gdpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ μοιχεύσεις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not be an adulterer or adulteress” or “Do not do what is adulterous”
5:28 faww rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,”
5:28 o6w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with the command he quoted in the previous verse ([5:27](../05/27.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”
5:28 mchs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γυναῖκα 1 Here Jesus implies that this **woman** is not the man’s wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “another woman” or “a woman to whom he is not married”
5:28 y8sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν 1 Here, the phrase **to lust after her** could describe: (1) the purpose for which the man is **looking**. Alternate translation: “in order to lust after her” (2) the result of the man **looking**. Alternate translation: “with the result that he lusts after her”
5:28 z70s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has already become an adulterer” or “has already done what is adulterous”
5:28 glg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 In Matthew’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in his thoughts” or “in his desires”
5:29 g850 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a further development in what Jesus has been speaking about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
5:29 wm6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σε, ἔξελε & βάλε & σοῦ & σοι & σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
5:29 ikp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might experience their **right eye** causing them **to stumble**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your right eye causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”\n
5:29 y0f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your right eye** as if it were a person who could cause **you to stumble**. He means that the **right eye** is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is your right eye’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your right eye”
5:29 aro9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were **stumbling**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”
5:29 v6jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even pluck it out and throw it away from you!”
5:29 xvdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why people should pluck out their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Indeed,”
5:29 v687 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 Here, the phrase **one of your members** refers to a body part. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one of your body parts”
5:29 x2dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of one of **your members** perishing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so” or “with the result that”
5:29 v1cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God would not throw your whole body into Gehenna”
5:29 cxyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γέενναν 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. Translate the name as you did in [5:22](../05/22.md). Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
5:30 wtyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 This verse means basically the same thing as the previous verse, but Jesus uses the example of a **right hand** instead of a “right eye.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word other than **and** to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Here is another example:”
5:30 llw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σε, ἔκκοψον & βάλε & σοῦ & σοι & σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
5:30 zx8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might experience their **right hand** causing them **to stumble**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. See how you translated the similar clause in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your right hand causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”\n
5:30 klwl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your right hand** as if it were a person who could cause **you to stumble**. He means that the **right hand** is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. See how you translated the similar clause in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “it is your right hand’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your right hand”
5:30 qqom rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”
5:30 qs74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. See how you translated the similar command in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even cut it off and throw it away from you!”
5:30 xtus rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why people should cut off their hands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Indeed,”
5:30 pdkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 Here, the phrase **one of your members** refers to a body part. See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “one of your body parts”\n
5:30 r4d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 3 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of one of **your members** perishing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so” or “with the result that”
5:30 i3yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your whole body** as if it were a person who could **go into Gehenna**. He means that the person ends up in **Gehenna** with their **whole body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole body would not be sent into Gehenna” or “God would not throw your whole body into Gehenna”\n
5:30 wfbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γέενναν 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. Translate the name as you did in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
5:31 evxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
5:31 dh23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”
5:31 dy9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη 1 Here Jesus summarizes a command from the Old Testament scriptures, which can be found in [Deuteronomy 24:1](../deu/24/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law”
5:31 mibe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p δότω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he needs to give”
5:31 gagq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀποστάσιον 1 A **certificate of divorce** is a written document that makes the divorce official. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of document, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a written paper that testifies to the divorce”
5:32 nodq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:31](../05/31.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,”
5:32 zl66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with the command he quoted in the previous verse ([5:31](../05/31.md)). See how you translated the same phrase in [5:28](../05/28.md). Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”
5:32 j2aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only time a man is allowed to divorce his wife is when there is a report of sexual immorality. Otherwise, when he divorces her, he causes her to commit adultery”
5:32 xp5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λόγου πορνείας 1 Here Jesus implies that the **report** is about the wife having done something that is sexually immoral. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a report that she has been sexually immoral”
5:32 fi3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πορνείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **immorality**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning what is sexually immoral” or “of sexually immoral behavior”
5:32 c899 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 Here, the phrase **causes her to commit adultery** could imply that: (1) the wife marries again, since that was expected in Matthew’s culture. When she does, she commits adultery. Alternate translation: “causes her to commit adultery when she marries another man” (2) the man marries again, since that was expected in Matthew’s culture. When he does, he makes his previous wife the victim of **adultery**. Alternate translation: “commits adultery against her when he marries another woman”
5:32 k3oj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μοιχευθῆναι & μοιχᾶται 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to become an adulteress … becomes an adulterer” or “to do what is adulterous … does what is adulterous”
5:32 zai7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπολελυμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the woman’s husband. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her”
5:33 ztzy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases πάλιν 1 Here, the word **Again** introduces a new group of contrasts between what the disciples have heard and what Jesus says to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a second, similar section, or you could leave **Again** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further” or “Even more”
5:33 nfvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 Here Jesus summarizes several commands in the Old Testament that require people to do what they promised to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Jesus is summarizing commands from the Old Testament Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the ancient ones were commanded in the law”
5:33 fk86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God declared” or “Moses said”
5:33 m4lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 Here, the phrase **the ancient ones** refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people to whom Jesus was speaking. The phrase most specifically refers to the Israelites who received the law at Mount Sinai. See how you translated the phrase in [5:21](../05/21.md). Alternate translation: “to the Israelites who lived long ago”
5:33 qkme rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not break an oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord”
5:33 ic29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις 1 Here, the command **Do not break an oath** could be forbidding people from: (1) swearing to do something and then not doing it. Alternate translation: “Do not fail to accomplish what you said in an oath” (2) swearing that something is true when it is not true. Alternate translation: “Do not swear falsely” or “Do not use an oath to say that something false is actually true”
5:33 tk9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here the word **but** introduces what to do instead of breaking an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but instead”
5:33 f6zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀποδώσεις & τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Here, the phrase **carry out your oaths to the Lord** means that people do to do what they promised **the Lord** that they would do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “accomplish what you said in your oath to the Lord”
5:34 dqgv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:33](../05/33.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is adding new information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”
5:34 idtm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ὀμόσαι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I tell you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what “was said to the ancient ones” ([5:33](../05/33.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this: do not swear” or “here is what you need to know: do not swear”
5:34 nldv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅλως; μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why people should not swear **by heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “at all. Heaven is the throne of God, so do not swear by it”
5:34 u7su rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **heaven** as if it were **the throne of God**. He means that **heaven** is the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “it is where God’s throne is” or “it is the place from which God rules”
5:35 e7z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ, ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why people should not swear **by the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “and the earth is a footstool for his feet, so do not swear by it either”
5:35 mvcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **the earth** as if it were **a footstool for his feet**. He means that **the earth** is a place over which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is where God exercises his authority” or “it is the place over which God rules”
5:35 uhvy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μήτε εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why people should not swear **by Jerusalem**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “and Jerusalem is the city of the great King, so do not swear by it either”
5:35 hqn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession πόλις & τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **city** that belongs to **the great King**. It is the **city** where **the great King** is present in a special way. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the city where the great King is present” or “the city that the great King possesses”
5:35 hsk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 Here Jesus implies that **the great King** is God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the great King, God”
5:36 l9c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why people should not swear by their **head**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “Also, you are not able to make one hair on your head white or black, so you should not swear by your head”
5:36 gbwp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου ὀμόσῃς & οὐ δύνασαι 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
5:36 z5vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μίαν τρίχα 1 Here Jesus implies that this **hair** is on a person’s head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “one hair on your head”
5:37 v8ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus tells the disciples not to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Instead,” or “Rather,”
5:37 iqqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἔστω & ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your word should be” or “you should only say”
5:37 hjrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν 1 Here, **word** represents what a person says using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you say”
5:37 opmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ 1 Here Jesus implies that a person is using the word **yes** to make a promise to say or do something and the word **no** to make a promise not to say or do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “‘yes I will’ or ‘no I will not’”
5:37 gbni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ & περισσὸν τούτων 1 Here Jesus is referring to saying anything more than **yes** or **no** when making a promise. He is particularly referring to swearing an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “using more words in your promise” or “including an oath”
5:37 l664 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the evil one** could refer to: (1) the devil, or Satan. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) **evil** in general. Alternate translation: “an evil source” or “what is evil”
5:38 zar1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”
5:38 n50o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. These words can be found in [Exodus 21:24](../exo/21/24.md); [Leviticus 24:20](../lev/24/20.md); and [Deuteronomy 19:21](../deu/19/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law”
5:38 og6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 Here Jesus implies that this command deals with the proper way to punish people when they injure others. The command indicates that the punishment should match what the person did to hurt another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “If someone injured another person’s eye, his or her eye should be injured as punishment; if someone injured another person’s tooth, his or her tooth should be injured as punishment” or “If you hurt someone’s eye, your eye will be hurt; if you hurt someone’s tooth, your tooth will be hurt”
5:39 gu6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:38](../05/38.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is adding new information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”
5:39 xjgo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ ἀντιστῆναι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I tell you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what he quoted in the previous verse ([5:38](../05/38.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this: do not resist” or “here is what you need to know: do not resist”
5:39 eiqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀντιστῆναι 1 Here, the word **resist** could refer to: (1) trying to stop someone from doing something. Alternate translation: “to oppose” (2) trying to fight back or get revenge. Alternate translation: “to fight back against” or “to get revenge on”
5:39 qrx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ πονηρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **the evil one** could refer to: (1) any person who acts in **evil** ways. Alternate translation: “an evil person” or “any person who is evil” (2) any action or thing that is **evil**. Alternate translation: “anything evil” or “evil actions”
5:39 oslz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὅστις σε ῥαπίζει εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα, στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes you on the right cheek, you should turn to him the other also”
5:39 kgnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σε & στρέψον 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this sentence. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation.
5:39 i13f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 Here Jesus implies that turning the **other** cheek **to him** will allow the person to strike this **other** cheek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “turn to him the other so that he can strike it also”
5:39 ztvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτῷ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to him or her”
5:40 d5pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo τῷ θέλοντί σοι κριθῆναι καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if someone wants to have judgment passed upon you and to take away your tunic, you should let him also have your cloak”
5:40 gr2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σοι κριθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to have someone judge you” or “you to be judged”
5:40 rkhi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σοι & σου & ἄφες & τὸ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
5:40 fcgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν 1 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of **judgment** being **passed upon you**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the result that he takes away your tunic”
5:40 t9f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν χιτῶνά & ἱμάτιον 1 The **tunic** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **tunic** for warmth and could be used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these kinds of garments, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “inner garment … outer garment”\n
5:40 ckn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτῷ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
5:41 hv2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὅστις σε ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον ἕν, ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if someone presses you into service for one mile, you should go with him two”
5:41 i867 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σε ἀγγαρεύσει 1 Here, the phrase **press you into service** refers to a person in authority forcing someone else to carry his or her pack or belongings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “will force you to carry his pack” or “will make you act as his porter”
5:41 bmme rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σε & ὕπαγε 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation.
5:41 i86s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance μίλιον ἕν 1 Here, **one mile** refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces. In modern measurements, this is about 4,860 feet or 1,480 meters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. It is not important to the meaning of the passage to be precise about the distance, so you could use round numbers. Alternate translation: “for one kilometer”
5:41 zv6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles”
5:41 s4kl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
5:42 i90h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε, δός 1 Here Jesus does not specify what the person is **asking** for or what should be given. He does this to include many things that a person might ask for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a generic or general object. Alternate translation: “Give to the one asking you for anything” or “When a person asks you for anything, give it to him or her”
5:42 qkit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σε, δός & σοῦ & μὴ ἀποστραφῇς 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation.
5:42 h6j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποστραφῇς 1 Here Jesus speaks of refusing to help someone as if it were turning away from that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not refuse” or “do not reject”
5:42 znk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δανίσασθαι 1 Here, the word **borrow** usually indicates borrowing money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to borrow money”
5:43 fp6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said”
5:43 cyz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. The words **Love your neighbor** are from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md). The words **hate your enemy** are what some people would say in addition to the quotation from the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “people often quote the law by saying”\n
5:43 ufba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου, καὶ μισήσεις τὸν ἐχθρόν σου 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, love your neighbor and hate your enemy”
5:43 itz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν πλησίον σου & τὸν ἐχθρόν σου 1 The words **neighbor** and **enemy** represent neighbors and enemies in general, not one particular neighbor or enemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “each of your neighbors … each of your enemies”
5:43 tqj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν πλησίον σου 1 Here Jesus refers to any member of one’s community or group as a **neighbor**. He is not referring just to people who live nearby. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “everyone who belongs to your group”
5:44 tudc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:43](../05/43.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what God said about loving neighbors, but he is contradicting what some people say about hating enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”
5:44 vq8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what he quoted in the previous verse ([5:43](../05/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:”
5:44 ogqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καὶ προσεύχεσθε 1 Many ancient manuscripts only include these two commands in this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the commands “bless the ones cursing you, do good to the ones hating you” between the words **enemies** and **and**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.\n
5:45 ir75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for loving enemies and praying for persecutors (see [5:44](../05/44.md)) is to **be sons of your Father**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”
5:45 my3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical **Father**. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God, which indicates that they act or behave like God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “spiritual sons of your spiritual Father” or “like God, whom you can call your Father”
5:45 jzu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 **Father** is an important title for the first person in the Trinity. He is the **Father** also of Jesus.
5:45 syjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God **the Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
5:45 sxvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why those who treat their enemies well will **be sons** of their **Father**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You will be his sons because” or “That is because”
5:45 hwxb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς & δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους 1 In the first clause, Jesus mentions the wicked person first, but in the second clause he mentions the wicked person second. This structure sounded good in his culture. If your language would not use this structure, you could consistently refer to either the wicked or the good person first. Alternate translation: “the good and the evil … the just and the unjust” or “the evil and the good … the unjust and the just”
5:45 qj7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς & δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **evil**, **good**, **just**, and **unjust** as nouns to mean people who are characterized by these qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “evil people and good people … just people and unjust people”
5:46 qjwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces further support for Jesus’ command to love enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces support for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should love your enemies because” or “You should do what I am saying since”
5:46 se4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε? 1 Jesus uses this question to show that people who only love others who love them will not receive any **reward**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you have no reward.” or “there is no reward for you!”
5:46 cb77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? 1 Jesus uses this question to show that even **tax collectors**, who were often considered to be unloving people, love people who love them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same.” or “Even tax collectors do that very thing!”
5:47 qpvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow disciples” or “other believers”
5:47 ebw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate this.
5:47 ba6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? 1 Jesus uses this question to show that people who **greet** only their **brothers** do not do anything **more**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you do nothing more.” or “you have not done anything more!”
5:47 ah5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περισσὸν 1 Here Jesus implies that they are not doing anything **more** than people who do not know God do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “more than anyone else” or “more than people who do not know God”
5:47 cjkf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? 1 Jesus uses this question to show that even **Gentiles**, who do not know God, greet their friends. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Even the Gentiles do the same thing.” or “Even Gentiles do that very thing!”
5:47 hayf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants οἱ ἐθνικοὶ 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **the Gentiles**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the tax collectors.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
5:48 x9xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been telling his disciples about how to live. He could be concluding everything he said in [5:21–47](../05/21.md), or he could be concluding only what he said in [5:43–47](../05/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “So then” or “In summary”
5:48 l6pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”
6:intro jrj2 0 # Matthew 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n * Giving alms (6:1–4)\n * Praying to God (6:5–15)\n * Fasting (6:16–18)\n * Storing up treasure (6:19–21)\n * The eye and the body (6:22–23)\n * Two masters (6:24)\n * Being anxious (6:25–34)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the prayer in [6:9–13](../06/09.md).\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Giving alms\n\nGiving alms was an important practice for religious people in Jesus’ culture. To give alms, a person would offer money or possessions to other people who were poor or in need. Sometimes they would give the money or possessions directly to poor people. Other times, they would give it to the priests, who would give to poor people. Make sure that your translation refers to this kind of practice.\n\n### “The Lord’s Prayer”\n\nIn [6:9–13](../06/09.md), Jesus speaks a prayer that he wants his disciples to imitate when they pray. The prayer is very poetic, and it is sometimes called “the Lord’s Prayer.” Many churches use this prayer during their meetings, and the form that churches use is often not the same form that Matthew wrote down. If churches already use a form of this prayer in your language, you could use the same words. However, you should follow the form of the prayer as Mathew wrote it down, and you should not include any extra lines or pieces of the prayer beyond what Matthew included.\n\n### Fasting\n\nIn [6:16–18](../06/16.md), Jesus gives instructions related to fasting. Just as with giving alms, fasting was an important practice for religious people in Jesus’ culture. Fasting usually required avoiding all food and drink, but some kinds of fasting only required avoiding certain kinds of food. Also, some fasts were public (that is, many people fasted on these set days) and some fasts were private (that is, individuals would choose to fast for certain reasons). Many fasts lasted part of a day or a full day. Jesus does not condemn fasting; instead, he gives instructions for how to behave while fasting. Make sure that your translation refers to these kinds of practices.\n\n### Storing up treasures\n\nIn [6:19–21](../06/19.md), Jesus speaks about storing up treasures either on earth or in heaven. He is speaking not only of possessions or money but also of anything that one considers to be valuable. Jesus points out that valuable things in heaven cannot be ruined like valuable things on earth can. Also, he states that a person’s “heart” is where they store their treasures. If possible, use a word for “treasure” that can refer to money, possessions, and any other valuable things.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The lamp and light metaphor in [6:22–23](../06/22.md)\n\nIn these verses, Jesus speaks about eyes as if they were lamps for the body. This figure of speech has two pieces to it. First, Jesus speaks of how bodies work using the metaphor of lamps and light. Second, Jesus speaks of Christian living using the metaphor of how bodies work. It is important to consider both of these pieces as you translate these verses.\n\nFirst, Jesus speaks of how bodies work using the metaphor of lamps and light. There are two major options for understanding what Jesus means when he refers to an eye as the lamp of the body. First, in Matthew’s culture, some people thought that eyes worked by sending out a form of light that would shine on what they saw. In this case, eyes are like lamps because they have light inside them that shines out. So, the whole body is light or dark inside based on whether the eyes shine properly. Second, the eyes could be like windows that let light into the body. Since they let light int
6:1 zvn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”\n
6:1 bgc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is righteous” or “your righteous deeds”
6:1 p335 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “before men and women”
6:1 z7ts rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι 1 Here, the phrase **to be seen** refers to being recognized or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be praised” or “to be honored”
6:1 vvm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they see you”
6:1 jyir rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast εἰ δὲ μή γε 1 Here, the word **otherwise** introduces a contrast that specifies what will happen if people disobey the command in the first part of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but if you disobey this command” or “because if you do act in that way”
6:1 juj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ Πατρὶ ὑμῶν 1 Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical **Father**. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you,”\n
6:1 x9wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
6:2 qg4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **So** introduces an application of the general principle that Jesus gave in [6:1](../06/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,”
6:2 dcwv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ποιῇς & μὴ σαλπίσῃς & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **yourself** are singular throughout this sentence. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **yourself** in your translation.
6:2 g834 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) how people actually had someone with a **trumpet** announce that they were giving **alms**. This would be an extreme example of calling attention to oneself. Alternate translation: “do not have someone with a trumpet announce it before you” (2) how people draw attention to how they give **alms**, and he describes it as if they were sounding a **trumpet**. Alternate translation: “do not draw attention to yourself” or “do not announce it publicly, as if you were using a trumpet,”
6:2 d8kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 Here Jesus implies that people would have someone else **sound a trumpet** in front of them as they went to **give alms**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do not have someone sound a trumpet in front of you”
6:2 bc9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς ῥύμαις 1 These locations were public places where many people would hear the **trumpet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in public areas like synagogues and streets”
6:2 dk6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that men may glorify them”
6:2 snan rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “people”
6:2 q6dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Here Jesus means that they have received their entire **reward** from **men**, and God will not reward them any further. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that”
6:3 z4c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σοῦ & σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
6:3 t3s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ποιοῦντος ἐλεημοσύνην 1 Here, the phrase **giving alms** identifies the situation in which people should follow this command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this relationship clearer. Alternate translation: “whenever you give alms” or “as you are giving alms”
6:3 vca2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου 1 Here Jesus speaks of **your left hand** and **your right hand** as if they were people who could **know** and do things on their own. He means that **giving alms** should be done so secretly that even other body parts, if they could know things, would not know about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not let your best friend know what you are doing” or “do it so privately that, if your left hand were a person, it would not know what you had done”
6:4 jvju rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which the disciples should give alms privately. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”
6:4 iio4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ σου 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is your Father,”
6:4 rlt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἀποδώσει σοι 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **will reward you**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “will reward you in the open.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
6:5 m54u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you προσεύχῃ, οὐκ ἔσεσθε 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this sentence (the word **you** in the second sentence is plural). But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation.
6:5 d6t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φιλοῦσιν & ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι 1 Here Jesus that they **love to pray** in public places, not simply that they **love to pray** in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they love to pray publicly, for example standing”
6:5 hh45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν 1 These locations were public places where many people would hear the prayers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in public areas like synagogues and the corners of the streets”
6:5 rzpj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may see them”
6:5 c3tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φανῶσιν 1 Here Jesus implies not only that these people want to be **seen** but also that they want to be honored or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they may be seen and honored” or “they may be seen and praised”
6:5 ub7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “people”
6:5 s8vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Here Jesus means that they have received their entire **reward** from men, and God will not reward them any further. See how you translated this clause in [6:2](../06/02.md). Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that”
6:6 yb5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σὺ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But you** introduces what Jesus wants each of his disciples to do in contrast to what the “hypocrites” do, which he described in the previous verse ([6:5](../06/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “As for you, however”
6:6 ef9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σὺ & εἴσελθε & σου & σου, πρόσευξαι & σου & σου & σοι 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
6:6 dqv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ταμεῖόν σου 1 The **inner chamber** was a small, private room in a house. It could be a bedroom or a storage room. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of room, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “your private area” or “your own room”
6:6 kkn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ Πατρί σου & ὁ Πατήρ σου 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is your Father, … God, who is your Father,”
6:6 agxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 Here, the phrase **your Father in secret** could mean that: (1) the **Father** is present even when a person prays **in secret**. Alternate translation: “to your Father who is with you in secret” (2) the **Father** himself is **in secret**, which means that no one can see or observe him. Alternate translation: “to your Father, whom no one can see” (3) the disciple should pray **in secret**. Alternate translation: “in secret to your Father”
6:6 kw6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἀποδώσει σοι 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **will reward you**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “will reward you in the open.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
6:7 t9p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases προσευχόμενοι δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces Jesus’ next teaching about **praying**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces another teaching, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “As for what to say when you pray” or “As for when you are praying”
6:7 hw30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ βατταλογήσητε 1 Here, the phrase **make useless repetitions** could refer to: (1) repeating words. Alternate translation: “do not repeat your words” (2) using meaningless words. Alternate translation: “do not use meaningless words”
6:7 yp3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ βατταλογήσητε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repetitions**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not repeat yourself in useless ways”
6:7 z0v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ ἐθνικοί 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles do”
6:7 y8dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why **the Gentiles** make **repetitions** when they pray. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “which they do because”
6:7 a8ai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be the gods to whom they are praying. Alternate translation: “their gods will hear them”
6:8 h0ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus implied in the previous verse. He implied that repeating words does not cause God to listen, and so (**Therefore**) his disciples should not act like the “Gentiles,” who repeat words when they pray. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Since they are not heard because of their repetitions” or “Because they are wrong about that”
6:8 wdj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ & ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς 1 When Jesus says that his disciples should **not be like them**, he means that his disciples should not pray as they do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you should not pray in the ways that they pray”
6:8 isih rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why Jesus’ disciples should not repeat themselves as the Gentiles do. Jesus tells them that God already knows what they need, so they do not need to worry about being heard, as the Gentiles do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “since”
6:8 nv9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is your Father,”
6:8 ijs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν 1 Here Jesus implies that his disciples are asking God about the **need** that they have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before you ask him about that need”
6:9 m87a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has said about prayer in [6:5–8](../06/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then” or “In the end”
6:9 sxsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Πάτερ ἡμῶν 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is our Father”
6:9 l9ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 By **Our**, Jesus means himself and his disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
6:9 sc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the **Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
6:9 ffn0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we want your name to be made holy” or “we pray that your name is made holy”
6:9 knx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “let people treat your name as holy” or “let people regard your name as holy”
6:9 tqm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 Here, the word **name** refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on who that person is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you yourself” or “who you are”
6:10 n67c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we want your kingdom to come, we want your will to be done” or “we pray that your kingdom comes, we pray that your will is done”
6:10 v7mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 Here Jesus speaks as if God’s **kingdom** were a person who could **come**. He means that disciples should pray for God to establish or begin his **kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let your kingdom grow” or “Let your kingdom begin”
6:10 pdc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “let all people do your will” or “let your will take place”
6:10 rtnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you desire”
6:10 pv3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς 1 Here Jesus implies that God’s **will** is always done **in heaven**, and believers should pray that this will also be true **on earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on earth, just as it already is done in heaven”
6:11 kevh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative δὸς ἡμῖν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you give us”
6:11 a40p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 Here, the word **daily** means that the **bread** is the amount a person needs each day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “our bread for this day” or “the bread that we need today”
6:11 dft8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 Jesus refers to **bread**, one common food, to mean food in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what we eat daily”
6:12 a9na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἄφες ἡμῖν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you forgive us”
6:12 yi9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν & τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν 1 A **debt** is what one person owes another person. A **debtor** is a person who owes a debt to another person. Jesus is not speaking primarily about money, however. He is referring to when people do not act properly or rightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our sins … those who sin against us” or “the wrong things we have done … people who have wronged us”
6:12 c7m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **debtors** who are in debt to the people praying this prayer. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people in debt to us”
6:13 kj0v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you do not bring us into temptation, but that you deliver us from the evil one”
6:13 jswb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **temptation** were a location that someone could **bring** someone else into. He means that believers should pray that God would keep them out of situations where they might experience **temptation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not allow us to experience” or “keep us away from”
6:13 l8u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not allow us to be tempted”
6:13 cdk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces a contrast with being brought **into temptation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “instead,” or “rather,”
6:13 r6v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the evil one** could refer to: (1) the devil, or Satan. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) evil in general. Alternate translation: “evil” or “what is evil”
6:13 zfsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Many ancient manuscripts only include these two clauses in this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include as part of the prayer the following sentences after **the evil one**: “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
6:14 g4fa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said about forgiveness in [6:12](../06/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should pray in that way because” or “Indeed,”
6:14 xvfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
6:14 z79a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when they trespass”
6:14 v7ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”\n
6:15 lk8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the men and women”
6:15 j46r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **the men**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “men their trespasses.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
6:15 xh6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated the phrase **your Father** in the previous verse ([6:14](../06/14.md)). Alternate translation: “your Father, God,”
6:15 pi3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you when you trespass”
6:16 g65p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
6:16 hpz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταὶ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as the hypocrites are mournful”
6:16 xv6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 This phrase could refer to how the **hypocrites** would: (1) make **their faces** look unusual. This could refer to intentionally looking sad or tired, or it could refer to making their faces dirty. Alternate translation: “they make their faces look distressed” or “they make their faces dirty” (2) wear something to cover **their faces**. Alternate translation: “they cover their faces”
6:16 gtdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες 1 Here Jesus implies not only that these people want to **be seen** but also that they want to be honored or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they may be seen and honored as fasting” or “they may be seen and praised as fasting”
6:16 za06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may see them as fasting”
6:16 l5bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “by men and women” or “by people”
6:16 ix6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Here Jesus means that they have received their entire **reward** from **men**, and God will not reward them any further. See how you translated this clause in [6:2](../06/02.md). Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that”
6:17 zou5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σὺ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But you** introduces what Jesus wants each of his disciples to do in contrast to what the “hypocrites” do, which he described in the previous verse ([6:16](../06/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “As for you, however”
6:17 c20j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σὺ & σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
6:17 k283 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι 1 Here, to **anoint** the **head** and to **wash** the **face** is to take normal care of one’s self. Doing this gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use similar phrases that refer to normal bodily care, or you could use a general statement. Alternate translation: “comb your hair and wash your face as you normally do” or “take care of yourself as you usually do”
6:18 urwm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which the disciples should anoint their heads and wash their faces ([6:17](../06/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”
6:18 gbty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd μὴ φανῇς & σου & σου & σοι 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
6:18 s4kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ φανῇς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύων, ἀλλὰ τῷ Πατρί σου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may not see you as fasting, but only your Father”
6:18 trc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 Here, much as in [6:6](../06/06.md), the phrase **your Father in secret** could mean that: (1) the **Father** is present even when a person fasts **in secret**. Alternate translation: “by your Father who is with you in secret” (2) the **Father** himself is **in secret**, which means that no one can see or observe him. Alternate translation: “by your Father, whom no one can see” (3) the disciple should fast **in secret**. Alternate translation: “in secret by your Father”
6:18 m56a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ Πατρί σου & ὁ Πατήρ σου 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “by God, who is your Father, … God, who is your Father”
6:18 sm6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἀποδώσει σοι 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **will reward you**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “will reward you in the open.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
6:19 tqc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σὴς 1 A **moth** is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of insect, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “insects that eat your belongings” or “flies”
6:19 czl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun σὴς 1 The word **moth** represents moths in general, not one particular **moth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you use a form that refers to moths in general. Alternate translation: “moths”
6:19 z9wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βρῶσις 1 Here, the word translated **rust** refers most generally to anything that destroys things by eating them or corroding them. The word could more specifically refer to: (1) how metals corrode. Alternate translation: “corrosion” (2) how insects, especially worms, eat cloth and food. Alternate translation: “worms” or “bugs”
6:19 mxsl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διορύσσουσιν 1 Here, the phrase **break in** refers to how **thieves** force their way into private buildings in order to **steal**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “break in to houses”
6:20 v5tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οὔτε σὴς οὔτε βρῶσις 1 See how you translated these words in [6:19](../06/19.md). Alternate translation: “neither flies nor corrosion”
6:20 lk51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ διορύσσουσιν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:19](../06/19.md). Alternate translation: “do not break in to houses”
6:21 jdx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples should store up treasure in heaven (see [6:20](../06/20.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should store up treasure in heaven because” or “I say that because”
6:21 aujv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὅπου & ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου, ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses. Alternate translation: “your heart will be where your treasure is”
6:21 nkqd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 Here Jesus speaks as if a person’s **heart** could be somewhere besides in the person’s body. He means that the person’s **heart** will be focused on that place and what is in that place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there will your heart be focused” or “there will your heart be directed”
6:21 b74q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία σου 1 In Matthew’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “your desires” or “your attention”\n
6:22 sbl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 Here Jesus describes **the eye** as if it were a **lamp**. Since Jesus develops this image in the following sentences, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The sentence could mean: (1) that **the eye** enables a person to see, just as a **lamp** enables a person to see. Alternate translation: “The eye is like a lamp for the body” or “Just as a lamp shines on things, so your eye sees those things” (2) that **the eye** receives light, which is like light from a **lamp**. Alternate translation: “The eye lets light from a lamp into the body” or “When a lamp sends out light, the eye receives that light into the body”
6:22 gck3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The words **body** and **eye** represent bodies and eyes in general, not one particular **body** and **eye**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The lamps of people’s bodies are their eyes”
6:22 g215 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **your** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation.
6:22 b794 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου 1 In this verse, the word **eye** is singular in form, but it refers to both of the person’s eyes as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “your eyes are”
6:22 m256 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἁπλοῦς 1 Here, the word **healthy** could mean that the **eye** is: (1) functioning properly. Alternate translation: “sound” or “working well” (2) focused on one thing. Alternate translation: “focused” or “attentive to one thing”
6:22 hvrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the **whole body** were **illuminated**. Since this statement develops the idea of the **lamp**, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The clause could mean: (1) that the **whole body** experiences the benefits of the **eye** working properly. Alternate translation: “your whole body receives the benefits, as if the eye shone on the whole body” (2) that a **healthy** eye shows that the **whole body** is healthy. Alternate translation: “that shows that your whole body is healthy, as if it were illuminated by your eye”
6:22 fadj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔσται 1 Here Jesus uses the future tense to indicate that the **body** being **illuminated** is the logical result of the **eye** being **healthy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural in a general statement like this one. Alternate translation: “is”
6:22 piis rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φωτεινὸν 1 Here, the phrase **illuminated** could mean that the **body**: (1) experiences **light**. Alternate translation: “full of light” (2) shines with **light**. Alternate translation: “shining with light”
6:23 idbj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σου & σοὶ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
6:23 gv1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου & ᾖ 1 In this verse, the word **eye** is singular in form, but it refers to both of the person’s eyes as a group. See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:22](../06/22.md). Alternate translation: “your eyes are”
6:23 ld02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πονηρὸς 1 Here, the word **evil** could mean that the **eye** is: (1) damaged or functioning improperly. Alternate translation: “unhealthy” or “working poorly” (2) focused on what is evil or selfish. Alternate translation: “wicked” or “attentive only to yourself”
6:23 dl86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the **whole body** were **dark**. Since this statement continues to develop the idea of the lamp, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The clause could mean: (1) that the **whole body** is injured when the **eye** does not work properly. Alternate translation: “your whole body is injured, as if the eye were not shining on the whole body” (2) that an **evil** eye shows that the **whole body** is evil. Alternate translation: “that shows that your whole body is evil, as if it were dark”
6:23 hg9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔσται 1 Here Jesus uses the future tense to indicate that the **body** being **dark** is the logical result of the **eye** being **evil**. See how you translated the similar form in [6:22](../06/22.md). Alternate translation: “is”
6:23 grpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σκοτεινὸν ἔσται 1 Here, the phrase **dark** could mean that the **body**: (1) experiences darkness. Alternate translation: “will be darkened” (2) does not shine at all. Alternate translation: “will not shine at all”
6:23 pi01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον! 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is dark, how very dark it is”
6:23 nny6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has said about eyes and lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “So then”
6:23 kvkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor εἰ & τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 Here Jesus concludes the figure of speech that uses lamps and light, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The sentence could mean: (1) that when the **eye** does not work properly, even the most healthy parts of the body are still negatively affected. Alternate translation: “if the parts least affected by unhealthy eyes are injured, how great is the injury” (2) that when the best things about a person (his or her **light**) are evil (**darkness**), then the worst things about that person are very evil. Alternate translation: “if what is best about you is evil, as if it were darkness, how evil are the worst things about you”
6:23 hzk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 Here Jesus means that what some people think of as **light** is actually **darkness**. In that case, what these people consider to be **darkness** is very **great** darkness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what you consider to be light is actually darkness, how dark is what you consider to be darkness” or “what you call light is darkness, how great the darkness itself”
6:23 crag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 This is an exclamation that is emphasizing that **the darkness** is very **great**. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “the darkness is very great”
6:24 z5ol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δυσὶ κυρίοις 1 The implication is that a servant could not meet the competing demands of **two** different **masters** at the same time with equal loyalty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “two different masters equally well at the same time”
6:24 ijn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two clauses into one. Alternate translation: “for he will hate and despise the one and will love and be devoted to the other” or “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other”
6:24 shfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὸν ἕνα & τὸν ἕτερον & ἑνὸς & τοῦ ἑτέρου 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **one** and **other** as nouns to refer to the two different masters. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these word with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one master … the other master … one master … the other master”
6:24 n3v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ δύνασθε 1 Here Jesus introduces the application of his general statement about **two masters**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Similarly, you are not able”
6:24 zt2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **wealth** as if it were a person whom someone could serve. He means that it is impossible to focus on serving God and also to focus on becoming wealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and also focus on gaining wealth”
6:24 hjcn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μαμωνᾷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wealth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “money” or “focus on becoming wealthy”
6:25 s5uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **Because of this** introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus said in the previous verse about how it is not possible to serve both God and wealth ([6:24](../06/24.md)). In this verse, Jesus says that this means that his disciples should not worry about even basic things required for living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “So” or “Therefore,”
6:25 bcan λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry”
6:25 pj1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν & ἡ ψυχὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about being alive … being alive”
6:25 qkg0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἢ τί πίητε 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **or what you might**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
6:25 nt96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that **life** and **the body** are more important than **food** and **clothing**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body, than clothing” or “Life is certainly more than food, and the body, than clothing!”
6:25 f8dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος 1 Here Jesus is making comparisons about value or importance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Is not life more valuable than food, and the body more valuable than clothing”
6:25 j412 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and is not the body more than clothing”
6:25 ntit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ σῶμα 1 The word **body** represents bodies in general, not one particular **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “bodies”
6:26 uk0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐμβλέψατε εἰς 1 Here, Jesus uses the phrase **Look at** to represent thinking about or considering something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Consider” or “Pay attention to”
6:26 jt75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **birds** that fly in **the sky**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the birds in the sky” or “the birds flying in the sky”
6:26 cn8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀποθήκας 1 The word **barns** refers to places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “places where food is stored”
6:26 a9w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”\n
6:26 nbm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that **you** are more important than **them**, the birds. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than they.” or “You are certainly more valuable than they!”
6:26 iien rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis αὐτῶν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “they are”
6:27 cm6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development in what Jesus is saying. The word does not introduce a contrast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Further,”
6:27 ivmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς & ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that people cannot add to their **lifespan** by **being anxious**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “none of you, being anxious, is able to add one cubit to his lifespan.” or “not one you, being anxious, can ever add one cubit to his lifespan!”
6:27 wp73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal μεριμνῶν 1 Here, the phrase **being anxious** provides the means by which a person might try to **add one cubit** to his or her **lifespan**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “by being anxious”
6:27 fr8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Here Jesus is speaking of a person’s **lifespan** as if it were measured in length rather than in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “is able to make his lifespan any longer” or “is able to add any time to his lifespan”
6:27 kub4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance πῆχυν ἕνα 1 A **cubit** is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary in your culture.
6:27 vkl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
6:28 erj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show his disciples that they should not be **anxious about clothing**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Further, you should not be anxious about clothing.” or “You should never be anxious about clothing!”
6:28 y06z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνουσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the parts of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Consider how the lilies of the field grow”
6:28 t16l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ κρίνα 1 The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you can use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “the tulips” or “the blossoms”
6:28 blpq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **lilies** that grow in **the field**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the lilies that you see in the field”
6:28 rz58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 The word **field** represents fields in general, not one particular **field**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the fields”
6:28 him2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οὐδὲ νήθουσιν 1 In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “nor do they make thread for cloth” or “nor do they make yarn for cloth”
6:29 u7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before **Solomon**. Alternate translation: “as glorious as he was,”
6:29 ytdw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **glory** refers to how rich and famous Solomon was, with a special emphasis on his rich and beautiful clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with all his wealth and beautiful clothes” or “with all his wonderful possessions”
6:29 sqg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 Here Jesus means that even **Solomon** could not wear beautiful enough clothing to look as beautiful as **one** flower. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as beautifully as one of these flowers appears” or “in a way that was as glorious as one of these flowers”
6:30 d2dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development in what Jesus is saying. The word does not introduce a contrast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Further,”
6:30 o3ka rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “given that”
6:30 f7th rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν 1 Here, the word **thus** refers back to what Jesus said in the previous verse about plants having more glory than Solomon ([6:29](../06/29.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God clothes the grass of the field like that” or “God clothes the grass of the field more gloriously than Solomon”
6:30 xykl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & ἀμφιέννυσιν 1 Jesus speaks of God making the **grass** beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “makes the grass of the field beautiful”
6:30 syz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **grass** that grows in **the field**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the grass that you see in the field”
6:30 uf36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χόρτον 1 While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general term for plants. Alternate translation: “plants” or “vegetation”
6:30 u3ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 The word **field** represents fields in general, not one particular **field**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the fields”
6:30 uqjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σήμερον ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 Here, the word **existing** introduces a clause that states something that is unexpected for things that God **clothes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “although it exists today and tomorrow is thrown into an oven” or “despite the fact that it exists today and tomorrow is thrown into an oven”
6:30 xavg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo σήμερον ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 Here Jesus means that **grass** is growing **today**, but someone may take it **tomorrow** and burn it. He speaks in this way to emphasize that **grass** often does not last for a long time and is not very valuable. He does not mean that this always happens to **grass**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that grass only lasts for a short time and is not valuable. Alternate translation: “growing now but soon being thrown into an oven” or “existing at the moment but quickly being thrown into an oven”
6:30 m0kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 Here Jesus refers to how dried plant matter would be burned as fuel for heating and cooking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “being thrown into an oven as fuel” or “being burned in an oven”
6:30 m23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαλλόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone throwing it” or “people throwing it”
6:30 ym2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will he not much more clothe”
6:30 cd8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show his disciples that God will give them the clothes they need. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he will much more clothe you, ones of little faith.” or “he will definitely clothe you, ones of little faith!”
6:31 axhh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, τί φάγωμεν, ἤ, τί πίωμεν, ἤ, τί περιβαλώμεθα? 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “asking what you might eat or what you might drink or what you might wear.”
6:31 g6ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive φάγωμεν & πίωμεν &περιβαλώμεθα 1 By **we**, Jesus means the disciples but not himself, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
6:32 q9rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of why the disciples should not be anxious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As you know,”
6:32 i0b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιζητοῦσιν 1 Here, the word **seek** refers to focusing on and trying to obtain something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “focus on” or “try to obtain”
6:32 xa9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα & ταῦτα & τούτων ἁπάντων 1 Here, the phrases **all these things** and **all of these things** refer to food, drink, clothing, and other necessities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “food, drink, and clothing … food, drink, and clothing” or “all these necessities … all of these necessities”
6:32 rk7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why the disciples should not be anxious about food, drink, or clothing. The word does not connect the clause to what Jesus just said about **the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a previous command, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “you should not seek these things, because” or “but you should not be anxious about these things since”
6:32 unz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”\n
6:33 w7ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with worrying about food, drink, and clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Instead of worrying about those things,” or “In contrast to the Gentiles,”
6:33 rk4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζητεῖτε & πρῶτον 1 Here, just as in [6:32](../06/32.md), the word **seek** refers to focusing on and trying to obtain something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “focus first on” or “try first to obtain”
6:33 nork rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρῶτον 1 Here, the word **first** identifies seeking the kingdom as something that is most important. The word does not indicate sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as most important”
6:33 yaz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τὴν βασιλείαν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **the kingdom**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the kingdom of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
6:33 jmar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe what God considers to be **righteousness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the righteousness that he requires”
6:33 ep2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he says is right” or “seek to serve him rightly”
6:33 qifv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of seeking first God’s kingdom and righteousness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and then” or “and as a result”
6:33 ak39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will add all these things to you”
6:33 d3tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 Here, just as in [6:32](../06/32.md), the phrase **all these things** refers to food, drink, clothing, and other necessities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “food, drink, and clothing” or “all these necessities”
6:33 px9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **will be added** to indicate that God will give **all these things** to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be set in front of you” or “will be given to you”
6:34 iaoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been telling his disciples about not being **anxious** in [6:25–33](../06/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “So” or “In summary”\n
6:34 xdg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ & αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could **be anxious**. He could mean: (1) that people should worry about what happens the next day only when that day arrives. Alternate translation: “you can be anxious about tomorrow when it arrives” (2) that worrying about **tomorrow** is as ridiculous as **tomorrow** being a person who can **be anxious**. Alternate translation: “that helps you as much as if tomorrow could be anxious about itself” or “tomorrow is not even here yet”
6:34 bqny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς 1 Here Jesus means that much **evil** happens each day, so people should not add to their troubles by worrying about anything that might happen the next day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Each day has enough evil already without worrying about tomorrow” or “Evil already happens each day, so you should not add to it by worrying about tomorrow”
6:34 c490 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ κακία αὐτῆς 1 Here, the phrase **its evil** refers to any bad or difficult things that happen each day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are the difficult things that happen that day” or “is the trouble that happens during it”
7:intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n * Making judgments (7:1–6)\n * Asking and receiving (7:7–12)\n * Narrow and wide gates (7:13–14)\n * Obeying God is what matters (7:15–27)\n * Fruits metaphor (7:15–20)\n * Judgment day (7:21–23)\n * House metaphor (7:24–27)\n * The people are amazed (7:28–29)\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Judging\n\nIn [7:1–6](../07/01.md), Jesus warns his disciples about judging others. More specifically, he warns them against mentioning or dealing with someone else’s fault or sin when they themselves have an even more significant fault or sin. Jesus does want his disciples to make choices and decisions about other people, as [7:6](../07/06.md) makes clear. That verse requires people to be careful what they do with holy and valuable things. However, the general message is to avoid making judgments about others, especially when one has one’s own faults and sins.\n\n### Words and deeds\n\nIn [7:15–27](../07/15.md), Jesus teaches about the importance of doing what is right, not just saying the right things. He says that his disciples can recognize false prophets by what they do, that he himself will honor and acknowledge his disciples based on what they do, and that only those who do what is right will survive difficult experiences.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The speck of wood and the log\n\nIn [7:3–5](../07/03.md), Jesus refers to small faults and sins as if they were specks of wood in people’s eyes. He refers to larger faults and sins as if they were logs in people’s eyes. Jesus speaks in this way to contrast how significant these sins and faults are. He also speaks in this way to indicate that larger sins and faults make people spiritually unobservant, just as a log in someone’s eye makes that person unable to see. If possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Dogs and pigs\n\nIn [7:6](../07/06.md), Jesus speaks of how his disciples should behave as if they were interacting with holy things, pearls, dogs, and pigs. He could be speaking of the gospel as the holy and pearls. In this case, the dogs and pigs represent people who reject the gospel. Or, Jesus could be speaking of his disciples’ possessions and skills as the holy and pearls. In this case, the dogs and pigs represent worthless tasks and goals. Or, Jesus could be speaking of fellow disciples as the holy and pearls. In this case, the dogs and pigs represent unbelievers. Since Jesus speaks these words as a saying or proverb, you should avoid choosing one option. Instead, you should express the idea in a way that allows for all these and other interpretations. If if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a form that you would normally use for a proverb or saying. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Gates and roads\n\nIn [7:13–14](../07/13.md), Jesus speaks of how people live as if they were traveling on a road or passing through a gate. He says that the gate and road that lead to eternal life are narrow and difficult, and only a few people travel that way. On the other hand, the gate and road that lead to destruction are wide and easy, and many people travel that way. He means that it is very easy to live in ways that will end in destruction, and it is hard to live in ways that will end in eternal life. If possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Trees and fruits\n\nIn [7:16–20](../07/16.md), Jesus speaks of people as if they were plants. Just as you can tell what kind of plant it is by what fruit the plant produces, so y
7:1 xk6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 Here Jesus uses the word **judge** to refer to unofficial and improper judging. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not harshly judge” or “Do not condemn”
7:1 l2c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the goal for which the disciples refrain from judging. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a goal. Alternate translation: “in order that”
7:1 bk8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will not judge you”
7:2 tbi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of the command that Jesus gave in the previous verse ([7:1](../07/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “That is because”
7:2 ifm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ & κρίματι κρίνετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the manner that you judge”
7:2 kj24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κριθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you”
7:2 bq9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces a more general statement in proverb form. This general proverb provides further proof that people will be judged as they have judged others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a more general statement or proverb. Alternate translation: “just as some people say:” or “and more generally,”
7:2 wmxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people eventually experience for themselves how they have treated other people. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “what you give to others is what you will get in return” or “what you do to others will be done to you”
7:2 c006 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **measure**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the manner that you measure”
7:2 wgh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will measure it to you”
7:2 ry31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μετρηθήσεται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to what **you measure** out to other people. Jesus is speaking in general about anything that people **measure**, so you should avoid making the phrase specific. Alternate translation: “the same thing will be measured” or “that very thing will be measured”
7:3 a3pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
7:3 em5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί & βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke his disciples for looking at a **speck of wood** in a fellow disciple’s eye while failing to notice **the log** in their own eye. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not look at the speck of wood in the eye of your brother when you do not notice the log in your eye.” or “do not look at the speck of wood in the eye of your brother while at the same time not noticing the log in your eye!”
7:3 hzb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd βλέπεις & σου & τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ & οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
7:3 ctb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 Here Jesus refers to small faults and mistakes as if they were a **speck of wood** in a person’s **eye**. He speaks of large faults and mistakes as if they were a **log** in a person’s **eye**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do you focus on your brother’s small fault, which is like a speck of wood in his eye, but you do not notice your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye” or “do you look at the small mistakes your brother makes, but you do not notice your own large mistakes”
7:3 hqnr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 A **speck of wood** is a tiny piece of wood or plant matter. If your readers would not be familiar with a **speck of wood**, you could use the name of something small that commonly falls into a person’s eyes, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”
7:3 d2qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of your fellow disciple”
7:3 mo6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “of your brother or sister”
7:3 xdcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὴν & δοκὸν 1 A **log** could not literally go into a person’s **eye**. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood”\n
7:3 q1z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν & δοκὸν 1 A **log** is a long, large piece of wood. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of object, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the beam” or “the plank” or “the large object”
7:4 c1kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a second question that provides another improper way to behave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar situation or command, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,”
7:4 k58h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to challenge his disciples to pay attention to the **log** in their own **eye** before they pay attention to a **speck of wood** in another person’s **eye**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your eye.” or “Do not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your eye!”
7:4 kcgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your fellow disciple”
7:4 eaym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “to your brother or sister”
7:4 kc80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου, ἄφες & σου & σοῦ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **your** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation.
7:4 d66b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus continues to refer to small faults and mistakes as if they were a speck of wood in a person’s eye and to large faults and mistakes as if they were a log in a person’s eye. Express the idea as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “‘Let me assist you in getting rid of your small fault, which is like a speck of wood in your eye,’ while behold, you have your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye” or “‘Let me assist you in avoiding the small mistakes you make,’ while behold, you have your own large mistakes”
7:4 iwgf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 Translate the phrase **speck of wood** as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”
7:4 uyno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “see”
7:4 rark rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἡ δοκὸς 1 A **log** could not literally go into a person’s **eye**. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood”
7:4 odbi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἡ δοκὸς 1 Translate the word **log** as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the beam” or “the plank” or “the large object”
7:5 kwqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ὑποκριτά & ἔκβαλε & σοῦ & διαβλέψεις & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so the command **take out** is singular, and the words **you** and **your** are singular throughout the verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of the command and the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
7:5 psgh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἔκβαλε πρῶτον ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σοῦ τὴν δοκόν, καὶ τότε διαβλέψεις ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Here Jesus continues to refer to small faults and mistakes as if they were a **speck of wood** in a person’s eye and to large faults and mistakes as if they were a **log** in a person’s eye. Express the idea as you did in [7:3–4](../07/03.md). In this verse, Jesus also adds the idea of being able to **see clearly**, which indicates that a person is spiritually mature and knowledgeable. Alternate translation: “First get rid of your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye, and then you will know how to assist your brother in getting rid of his small fault, which is like a speck of wood in his eye” or “First get rid of your own large mistakes, and then you will know how to properly assist your brother in avoiding his small mistakes”
7:5 cg35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὴν δοκόν 1 A **log** could not literally go into a person’s **eye**. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood”
7:5 wtbk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν δοκόν 1 Translate the word **log** as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the beam” or “the plank” or “the large object”
7:5 js25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 Translate the phrase **speck of wood** as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object”
7:5 cb9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of your fellow disciple”
7:5 jydm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “of your brother or sister”
7:6 tqpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς. 1 It is likely that Jesus speaks about **dogs** in the first and last clauses in this verse and about **pigs** in the middle two clauses. This was a poetic form in his culture. If your readers would not recognize this as poetry and misunderstand which animals Jesus is speaking about in the last two clauses, you could rearrange the clauses. Alternate translation: “You should not give the holy to the dogs. Otherwise, having turned, they will tear you to pieces. Nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise they will trample them under their feet”
7:6 wohg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 Here Jesus speaks of how his disciples should behave as if they were interacting with **dogs**, **pearls**, and **pigs**. See the chapter introduction for some possible interpretations of this figure of speech. You should express the idea in a way that allows for many interpretations. If it is necessary for you to indicate that Jesus is using a figure of speech here, you could introduce the verse with a form that usually introduces a saying or proverb. Alternate translation: “Think about what this means for your life: You should neither give the holy to the dogs, nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise they will trample them under their feet, and having turned, tear you to pieces”\n
7:6 id6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὸ ἅγιον 1 Jesus is using the adjective **holy** as a noun to mean anything that is **holy**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “holy things”
7:6 gkn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῖς κυσίν 1 A **dog** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. It would be very improper to give **the holy** to this kind of animal. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting, you could use the name of this animal instead.
7:6 xy2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 The word **pearls** refers to beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. If your readers would not be familiar with **pearls**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “jewelry” or “valuable beads”
7:6 desz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the phrases **they will trample** and **they will tear** could refer to: (1) how the pigs **trample** and the dogs **tear**. Alternate translation: “the pigs will trample them under their feet, and having turned, the dogs will tear you to pieces” (2) how the pigs and the gods will together **trample** and **tear**. Alternate translation: “the pigs and dogs together will trample them under their feet, and having turned, they will tear you to pieces”
7:6 kpge rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to the pearls. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to pearls. Alternate translation: “the pearls”\n
7:6 atg0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στραφέντες 1 Here, the phrase **having turned** indicates that the animals will stop paying attention to the holy things and pearls and start focusing on **you**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “turning to face you” or “focusing on you instead”
7:7 ut6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε 1 You may need to say what a person would be asking for and seeking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use general expressions that refer to anything good that a person might want or need. Alternate translation: “ask for a good thing, and it will be given to you; seek a good thing, and you will find it”
7:7 tv49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you”
7:7 rt8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρούετε 1 To **knock** means to hit a door a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house. Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap”
7:7 zu03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here Jesus speaks of praying as if it were knocking on a door, and he speaks of God answering the prayer as if it were the door being opened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ask for permission, and permission will be given to you” or “pray, and God will answer your prayer”
7:7 yz3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will open it to you”
7:8 ykrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces some reasons why the disciples should do what Jesus commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Do those things since” or “That is because”
7:8 yva3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶς & ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει, καὶ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει 1 You may need to say what a person would be asking for and seeking. If so, express the idea as you did in [7:7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “everyone asking for a good thing receives it; and the one seeking a good thing finds it”
7:8 uvcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ κρούοντι 1 Express the idea of **knocking** as you did in [7:7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “to the one calling out” or “to the one coughing” or “to the one clapping”
7:8 vcdb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ κρούοντι ἀνοιγήσεται 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of praying as if it were knocking on a door and of God answering the prayer as if it were the door being opened. Express the idea as you did in [7:7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “to the one asking for permission, permission will be given” or “to the one praying, it will be answered”
7:8 ohhx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνοιγήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will open it”
7:9 et6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a contrasting alternative to what Jesus has said about how people who ask will receive. Jesus then uses the question form to show that this alternative is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a false alternative, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,”
7:9 p1if ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ 1 Alternate translation: “Or what man is there from among you who will give his son a stone when he asks for bread”
7:9 mq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus uses a question to show how parents do not give bad things to their children. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is not a man from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” or “No man among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, will give him a stone!”
7:9 fscs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain how parents give good things, not bad things, to their children. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Or imagine a man from among you. When his son asks him for bread, he will not give a stone, will he”
7:9 n5s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ 1 Although Jesus uses the example of a **man** and **his son**, he does not mean that this example applies only to fathers and sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that includes all parents and children. Alternate translation: “what parents are there from among you, of whom their child will ask for bread—they will not give their child a stone, will they”
7:10 z9xu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces another similar example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,”
7:10 y9q5 ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Alternate translation: “Or he will not give him a snake when he asks for a fish, will he”
7:10 t19o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus asks another question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.”
7:10 kgak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain how parents give good things, not bad things, to their children. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Or imagine that same man again. When his son asks him for a fish, he will not give him a snake, will he”
7:10 mf6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ 1 Although Jesus continues to use the example of a father and his son, he does not mean that this example applies only to fathers and sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that includes all parents and children. Alternate translation: “the child will also ask for a fish—the parents will not give the child a snake, will they”
7:10 tz8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὄφιν 1 In this culture, people did not eat snakes. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat snakes in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat”
7:11 n1vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since”
7:11 n98d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast πονηροὶ ὄντες 1 Here, the phrase **being evil** states something that is unexpected for people who **know how to give good gifts**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “although you are evil” or “despite being evil”
7:11 pk31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that God will definitely give **good things** to people who ask for them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Father in the heavens will much more give good to the ones asking him.” or “much more will your Father in the heavens give good things to the ones asking him!”
7:11 z8zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “your Father, God,”\n
7:11 t3p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”\n
7:12 wybf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion to what Jesus has said in [5:15–7:11](../05/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In summary” or “So”
7:12 wwz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure πάντα & ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς 1 In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you should do to men all things in the way that you desire them to do to you”
7:12 g8c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “people” or “men and women”
7:12 cywd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason for the command that Jesus has just given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “since” or “which you should do because”
7:12 y4f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος & ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, the clause **this is the Law and the Prophets** means that Jesus’ command summarizes what **the Law and the Prophets** require. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this is what the Law and Prophets require” or “this is a summary of the Law and the Prophets”
7:12 wivn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 The word **Law** is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word **Prophets** is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the Scriptures, both the Law and the Prophets”
7:12 b1x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, the word **Prophets** represents what the prophets said and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets”
7:13-14 f47a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς; & ὅτι στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν. 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [7:13](../07/13.md) and [7:14](../07/14.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about the **narrow gate** together. Alternate translation: “Enter through the narrow gate. For the gate {is} narrow and the way has been made narrow that is leading to life, and there are few finding it. But wide {is} the gate and broad {is} the road that is leading to destruction, and there are many entering through it”
7:13 dgr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Here Jesus speaks of how people live as if they were walking on a **road** and of what happens when they die as if it were entering through a **gate**. When a **gate** is **narrow**, that means that it is difficult to go through and that not many people go through it. When a **gate** is **wide** and a **road** is **broad**, that means that they are easy to travel on or go through and that many people travel on or through them. Since these are important images that Jesus uses in the following verse as well, you should preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “You should live like a traveler who enters through a narrow gate. Many people live like travelers who enter through a wide gate and travel on a broad road, but this path leads to destruction”
7:13 g4be rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why people should enter through the **narrow gate**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because”
7:13 zv24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to being destroyed” or “to God destroying you”
7:13 mulg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοί 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many travelers”
7:14 aj95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὅτι στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **For the gate is narrow and the road has been made narrow**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “How narrow is the gate and having been made narrow the road.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
7:14 mvfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, the word **For** introduces another reason why people should enter through the narrow **gate**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Enter through the narrow gate because”
7:14 krug rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of how people live as if they were walking on a **way** and of what happens when they die as if it were entering through a **gate**. When a **gate** is **narrow** and a **way** has been made **narrow**, that means that they are difficult to go through and that not many people go through them. Express the idea as you did in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “only a few people live like travelers who find the narrow gate and travel on the road that has been made narrow, and this road leads to life”
7:14 jish rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “the road is narrow” or “God has made the road narrow”
7:14 byw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ζωήν 1 Here Jesus implies that **life** is eternal or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “true life” or “eternal life”
7:14 wlr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to being able to live”
7:14 gdji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὀλίγοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective **few** as a noun to mean few people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “few travelers”
7:14 opn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 Here, the word **it** could refer to: (1) both the **gate** and the **road**. Alternate translation: “them” (2) just the **road**. Alternate translation: “this road” (3) just the **gate**. Alternate translation: “this gate”
7:15 lj5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες 1 Here Jesus speaks of God’s people as if they were **sheep**. By the **false prophets** wearing **sheep’s clothing**, he means that the **false prophets** pretend to be part of God’s people. However, Jesus says that **inwardly** they are **ravenous wolves**. He means that they hurt and take advantage of God’s people, which is acting just like **wolves** that eat **sheep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who pretend to be part of your group, as if they were dressed in sheep’s clothing. However, inwardly they want to harm you, as if they were ravenous wolves”
7:15 bwag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων 1 Here, the phrase **sheep’s clothing** refers to disguising oneself to look like a sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “disguising themselves as sheep” or “pretending to be sheep”
7:15 t21q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λύκοι ἅρπαγες 1 When **wolves** are **ravenous**, they want to capture and eat other animals, such as **sheep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “hungry wolves” or “wolves on the hunt”
7:16 pul5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς. μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? 1 Here Jesus speaks of people as if they were plants that produced **fruits**. Just as thorny plants do not produce **fruits**, so evil people who do not trust God do not do what is right. Jesus uses this metaphor for several verses, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “You will know who people are by what they do, just as you know what plants are by their fruits. They do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they? Similarly, evil people do not do what is right, do they”
7:16 jvxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 The pronouns **their** and **them** refer to any people, but particularly people like the “false prophets” Jesus mentioned in the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the false prophets or to any people who claim to be believers. Alternate translation: “You will recognize the false prophets by their fruits” or “You will recognize anyone who claims to believe by his or her fruits”
7:16 nve4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? 1 Jesus is using the question form to to show that **grapes** do not come from **a thornbush** and **figs** do not come from **thistles**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “They do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” or “No one gathers grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles!”
7:16 gy7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μήτι συλλέγουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “People do not gather … do they”
7:16 d7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “grapes or figs from thorny plants” or “fruits from scrub plants”
7:16 vqnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τριβόλων 1 Here, the word **thistles** refers generally to plants that have points or spikes on their stems or leaves. These plants do not produce fruit. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “spiky plants”
7:17 f5l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced **fruits**. Just as a **good tree** produces **good fruits**, so people who follow God do what is right. Just as a **roten tree** produces **rotten fruits**, so people who do not follow God do what is wrong. Jesus uses this metaphor for several verses, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “In the same way, every good tree produces good fruits, but the rotten tree produces bad fruits. Similarly, believers do what is right, but unbelievers do what is wrong”
7:17 vy6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ & σαπρὸν δένδρον & ποιεῖ 1 The phrase **the rotten tree** represents rotten trees in general, not one particular rotten tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “rotten trees produce”
7:18 gey5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor οὐ δύναται δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖν, οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖν 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced **fruits**. Express the idea as you did in the previous verse [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “A good tree is not able to produce bad fruits, nor a rotten tree to produce good fruits. Similarly, believers do not do what is wrong, and unbelievers do not do what is right”
7:18 x849 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “nor is a rotten tree able”
7:19 xwrm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced **fruit**. Express the idea as you did in the previous verses [7:17–18](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into a fire. Similarly, every person who does not do what is right is judged and punished”
7:19 g7fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “They cut down every tree not producing good fruit and throw it into a fire”
7:19 a5u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns καρπὸν καλὸν 1 In this verse, the word **fruit** is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “good fruits”
7:20 pb7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα γε 1 Here, the phrase **So then** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been saying about trees, plants, and fruit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “As you can see”
7:20 x87m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 Here Jesus continues to speak about people as if they were plants that produced **fruits**. In this verse, Jesus repeats the general principle he stated in [7:16](../07/16.md), so you should express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “you will know who people are by what they do, just as you know what plants are by their fruits”
7:20 yaho rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 The pronouns **their** and **them** refer to any people, but particularly people like the “false prophets” Jesus mentioned in [7:15](../07/15.md). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the false prophets or to any people who claim to be believers. Alternate translation: “you will recognize the false prophets by their fruits” or “you will recognize anyone who claims to believe by his or her fruits”
7:21 dkh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication μοι, Κύριε, Κύριε 1 Here Jesus could quote these people repeating the word **Lord** in order to: (1) express the urgency or earnestness of the address. Alternate translation: “to me, ‘My Lord!’” (2) show that this address happens often. Alternate translation: “to me repeatedly, ‘Lord’”
7:21 qq3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ὁ ποιῶν 1 Here Jesus means that the only people who **enter into the kingdom of the heavens** are those who do God’s will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “but only the one doing”
7:21 wzoi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ποιῶν 1 The phrase **the one doing** represents anyone who does these things in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who do”
7:21 fgdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what my Father in the heavens desires”
7:21 c6yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus.
7:21 l1te rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God the **Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”\n
7:21 m4ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “in the heavens will enter into the kingdom of the heavens”
7:22 t095 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”
7:22 mp6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **that day** refers to how God will judge everyone at the end of this time period. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the judgment day” or “when God is judging everyone”
7:22 makk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Κύριε, Κύριε 1 Here Jesus again quotes these people repeating the word **Lord**. Express the idea as you did in [7:21](../07/21.md). Alternate translation: “day, ‘My Lord!’” or “day repeatedly, ‘Lord’”
7:22 m9py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? 1 The people speaking are using the question form to to show that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” or “we prophesied in your name, and we cast out demons in your name, and we did many mighty deeds in your name!”
7:22 hg17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 Here, the word **name** refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority … by your authority … by your authority”
7:22 losr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σῷ -1 Since the speakers are talking to Jesus, the word **your** in this verse is singular.
7:23 d4y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 Here Jesus speaks of his disciples as those whom he knows. When he says **I never knew you**, he means that the person addressed was never one of his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have never been my disciples”
7:23 zdo4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 Here Jesus directly addresses those to whom he is speaking as **ones practicing lawlessness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the direct address more explicit. Alternate translation: “you who practice lawlessness”
7:23 fvm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lawlessness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is lawless”
7:24 jopr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion that is based on what Jesus has said in [7:21–23](../07/21.md) and perhaps also what he said in [7:15–20](../07/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “So then”
7:24 f0yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, the phrase **these words of mine** could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said in this section of Matthew, which began in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “the words I have been speaking” (2) what Jesus teaches in general. Alternate translation: “the words I speak”
7:24 qjh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 Jesus compares those who do what he has said to a person who builds **his house** on **the rock**, where it is secure and not easily knocked down. He means that people who do what he has said can be as confident about how God will judge them as the **wise man** is confident about the security of his **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be as sure about God’s favor as a wise man is sure that his house, which he built upon the rock, is secure”
7:24 iv10 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ὁμοιωθήσεται 1 Here Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most natural for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “is compared to”
7:24 qw6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁμοιωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I will compare to” or “is comparable to”
7:24 b8hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a wise person … his or her”
7:24 dy1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέτραν 1 Here, the word **rock** means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “bedrock” or “solid ground”
7:25 p99w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσέπεσαν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 Here the **winds** strike **against that house** by blowing hard and stressing the **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “stressed that house” or “strained the house”
7:25 bv81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τεθεμελίωτο 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the wise man. Alternate translation: “the wise man had founded it”
7:25 cr01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πέτραν 1 Express the idea as you did in [7:25](../07/25.md). Alternate translation: “the bedrock” or “the solid ground”
7:26 kisb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, just as in [7:24](../07/24.md), the phrase **these words of mine** could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said in this section of Matthew, which began in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “the words I have been speaking” (2) what Jesus teaches in general. Alternate translation: “the words I speak”
7:26 nw97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον 1 Jesus compares those who do not do what he has said to a person who builds **his house** **upon the sand**, where it is not secure and is easily knocked down. He means that people who do not do what he has said cannot be confident about how God will judge them, just as the **foolish man** cannot be confident about the security of his **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be as unsure about God’s favor as a foolish man is unsure that his house, which he built upon the sand, is secure”
7:26 ljg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ὁμοιωθήσεται 1 Here, just as in [7:24](../07/24.md), Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most natural for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “is compared to”
7:26 o85y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁμοιωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I will compare to” or “is comparable to”
7:26 ieyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a foolish person … his or her”
7:26 fzhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον 1 The word **sand** refers to very small pieces of rock that collect together, often on the edge of a body of water or in a desert. The **sand** constantly moves and shifts, and it is not a solid foundation on which to place anything. If your readers would not be familiar with **sand**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “upon mud” or “upon what is not solid”
7:27 tkt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσέκοψαν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 Express the idea as you did in [7:25](../07/25.md). Alternate translation: “stressed that house” or “strained the house”
7:27 k4hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it was totally destroyed”
7:28 jrh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, ἐξεπλήσσοντο οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ sermon by describing how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus finished speaking these words. The crowds were astonished at his teaching”
7:28 fo8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **teaching**, you could express the same idea in another way. Matthew could be focusing primarily on: (1) the way in which Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “at how he taught” (2) what Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “at what he taught”
7:29 gnyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces the reason why “the crowds were astonished by his teaching” ([7:28](../07/28.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “since”
7:29 qpp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν ἔχων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one having been authorized”
7:29 bzur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς αὐτῶν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “not as their scribes taught them”
8:intro f33a 0 # Matthew 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n3. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1–9:34)\n * Healing a leper (8:1–4)\n * Healing the centurion’s servant (8:5–13)\n * Healing Peter’s mother-in-law and many others (8:14–17)\n * The cost of following Jesus (8:18–22)\n * Calming the storm (8:23–27)\n * Casting demons out of two men (8:28–34)\n\n## Important Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Healings\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew narrates how Jesus heals a leper, the paralyzed servant of a centurion, Peter’s mother who had a fever, and many other people who were sick. In every case where Matthew describes what happened, Jesus speaks words, or he touches the sick person, or he does both. These stories show how powerful Jesus is. He does not need to use medicine or magic to heal people. Instead, he can just command the sickness to go away or simply touch the person.\n\n### Casting out demons\n\nMatthew clearly distinguishes sick people from people who are controlled by demons. Demons are evil spiritual beings who can control people. They usually use these people to hurt themselves or others. Matthew briefly mentions that Jesus drives demons out of people in [8:16](../08/16.md). At the end of the chapter, he includes a longer story about how Jesus drives demons out of two men ([8:28–34](../08/28.md)). The demons use the two men to speak, but they say what the demons want them to say. The demons know that Jesus is the Son of God, and they plead with Jesus not to punish them too much. Jesus agrees to do what they ask, but he is the one who is in charge. Again, the story shows how powerful Jesus is.\n\n### Feasting in the kingdom of heaven\n\nIn [8:11–12](../08/11.md), Jesus speaks about how many people will feast with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob in the kingdom of the heavens. However, some people who are expected to be part of the feast will be cast outside and punished. It is likely that Jesus is referring to a feast that will eventually happen, so do not express the idea as if it were a metaphor.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nIn [8:26](../08/26.md) and [8:29](../08/29.md), characters in the story use rhetorical questions. They ask these questions to make strong points, not because they are looking for information. If your language does not use questions in this way, you could include answers to the questions or you could express them as statements or exclamations. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue between Jesus and other people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
8:1 qb1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
8:1 wd15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τοῦ ὄρους 1 Express this phrase as you did in [5:1](../05/01.md). Alternate translation: “the high place” or “the small mountain”
8:2 vas8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν, προσεκύνει 1 Here Matthew introduces a **leper** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man who was a leper. Approaching Jesus, he bowed before”
8:2 yhgp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
8:2 he5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
8:2 yc3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 The man is using this statement to make a request. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in request form. Alternate translation: “please make me clean”
8:2 yjn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit με καθαρίσαι 1 The man talks about becoming **clean** ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is primarily asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to heal my disease”
8:3 ttdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα, ἥψατο αὐτοῦ 1 The pronouns **his** and **he** refer to Jesus. The pronoun **him** refers to the leper. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “having reached out his hand, Jesus touched the leper”
8:3 cy6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
8:3 atmx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit θέλω 1 Here Jesus implies that he is **willing** to cleanse or heal the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am willing to cleanse you”
8:3 lj1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “he was clean, with no leprosy” or “Jesus cleansed him of his leprosy”
8:4 akk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
8:4 g1uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μηδενὶ εἴπῃς 1 The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you tell no one that you have been healed”
8:4 zi3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 Jesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest for inspection if they had been unclean but were now clean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “ask to be inspected by the priest” or “let yourself be examined by the priest”
8:4 tq9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς 1 Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to **offer** a specific **gift**. This made the person ceremonially clean, and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “offer the gift that Moses commanded for making people clean again”
8:4 rj8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Here Jesus means that the man should show himself to the priest and offer the gift to prove or provide **testimony** that he had been healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for a testimony to them that you have been cleansed”
8:4 b0pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that it testifies to them”
8:4 eewm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “to people” (2) the priests specifically. Alternate translation: “to the priests”
8:5 gec7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
8:6 xehl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “telling him”
8:6 cr8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown παραλυτικός 1 People who is **paralyzed** are not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and cannot move his limbs”
8:6 lhmw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δεινῶς βασανιζόμενος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “suffering much” or “being greatly in pain”
8:6 il8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δεινῶς βασανιζόμενος 1 Here the centurion tells Jesus what is happening to his **servant**. He implies that he wants Jesus to heal the **servant**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “being tormented terribly, so please help him”
8:7 qatk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγει αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **him** refers to the centurion. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the people. Alternate translation: “Jesus says to the centurion”
8:7 u8er rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
8:7 fh56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθὼν 1 Here Jesus implies that he will **come** to the centurion’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when I have come to your house”
8:7 go4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “when I have gone”
8:8 p7p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθῃς 1 The phrase **enter under my roof** means “come into my house.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might personally visit me” or “you might enter into my house”
8:8 hig7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 Here, the centurion uses the command form to politely ask Jesus to **speak a word**. Use a form in your language that communicates this. Alternate translation: “please speak only a word”
8:8 uqkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λόγῳ 1 Here the centurion means that Jesus can heal his servant by using a **word** of command, which is how Jesus healed the leper in [8:3](../08/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that the centurion is referring to a single word of command. Alternate translation: “one order” or “a word of command”
8:8 rk1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will heal my servant”
8:9 ds2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “whom someone has placed under authority” or “who is under someone’s authority”
8:9 da25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν 1 Here the centurion speaks of those over whom he has authority as if they were **under** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under my authority” or “whom I command”
8:9 mg4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ λέγω τούτῳ, πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται, καὶ ἄλλῳ, ἔρχου, καὶ ἔρχεται, καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου, ποίησον τοῦτο, καὶ ποιεῖ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this sentence so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and I tell this one to go, and he goes, and I tell another one to come, and he comes, and I tell my servant to do something, and he does it”
8:9 qz61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ἄλλῳ & καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου 1 The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and to another I say … and to my servant, I say”
8:10 znqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθαύμασεν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “marveled”
8:10 t93t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 Here, the word **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to everyone who follows him.
8:10 c7y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον 1 Here Jesus implies that he expected Jewish people to have this kind of **faith**, but they did not. He did not expect Gentiles to have this kind of faith, yet this man did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I have found no one in Israel, the people who should trust me, who trusts me as much as this Gentile does”
8:10 bhdp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **I have found such great faith from no one in Israel**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “not even in Israel have I found such great faith.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
8:10 al6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εὗρον 1 Here, the word **found** represents experiencing or observing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have experienced” or “I have observed”
8:10 z5gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “no one in Israel who believes so much”
8:10 fjgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here, the word **Israel** refers to the people who live in the country of **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among the people of Israel”
8:11 xee4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development of what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,”
8:11 tdup rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 Here, the word **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to everyone who follows him.
8:11 v7ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”
8:11 mt2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν 1 Here, Jesus is referring to every direction by naming the directions that are opposities: **east** and **west**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from every direction”
8:11 u4sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνακλιθήσονται 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually **recline**, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “they will sit down to eat” or “they will eat”
8:11 kxaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀνακλιθήσονται 1 When Jesus speaks about eating while **in the kingdom of the heavens**, he could mean: (1) that one thing that people will do is feast together. In this case, Jesus is not using a metaphor. Alternate translation: “they will recline at the feast” (2) that people will rejoice and be happy as if they were at a feast. In this case, Jesus is using a metaphor. Alternate translation: “they will rejoice”
8:11 qmc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Ἰακὼβ 1 The words **Abraham**, **Isaac**, and **Jacob** are the names of the three most important ancestors of Jesus’ people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, who are our important ancestors,”
8:12 ks3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will throw the sons of the kingdom out”
8:12 aug7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 The expression **the sons of the kingdom** refers to people who would normally belong in the **kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who would normally be part of the kingdom” or “those who expect to be in the kingdom”
8:12 g9js rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ & υἱοὶ 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the children”
8:12 liu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 Here, the phrase **the outer darkness** refers to the place of punishment in contrast to **the kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If possible, preserve the idea of **darkness**. Alternate translation: “into the darkness of hell” or “into the dark place of punishment”
8:12 jqpn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the dark place outside”
8:12 gww4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would grind their teeth when they experienced anger, grief, and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to an action with comparable meaning or state the meaning of this action plainly. Alternate translation: “beating of breasts” or “grinding of the teeth in anger and pain”
8:13 trdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 Here Jesus implies that the centurion should return to his home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Return to your house”
8:13 ki92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω σοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “let it happen to you” or “let God do it for you”
8:13 op3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p γενηθήτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be done” or “I am doing it”
8:13 sdn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἰάθη ὁ παῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant”
8:13 mjps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 Here, the phrase **at that hour** indicates that **the servant was healed** when Jesus spoke these words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment”
8:14 d542 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “when Jesus had gone”
8:14 vl5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Peter. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Peter’s”
8:14 iw9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὴν πενθερὰν 1 The word **mother-in-law** refers to the mother of Peter’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
8:14 o7tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βεβλημένην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lying down”
8:14 ynh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πυρέσσουσαν 1 A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. People with fevers feel sick and weak. If your reader would not be familiar with fevers, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate Translation: “having a high body temperature” or “being ill with an elevated temperature”
8:15 w7nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 Here Matthew speaks of the **fever** as if it were a person that **left her**. He means that she was no longer sick with the fever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she was no longer sick with a fever” or “her fever was gone”
8:15 tmp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διηκόνει αὐτῷ 1 Here Matthew implies that she took food and offered it to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “gave him food”
8:16 lxfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
8:16 i9lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns προσήνεγκαν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “other people brought”
8:16 pwr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many whom demons possessed”
8:16 s9qx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλούς 1 Matthew is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many people”
8:16 low2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ πνεύματα 1 Here, the word **spirits** refers to the same spiritual beings that Matthew referred to earlier in the verse as **demons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the same term in both places or make it clear in another way that these are same beings. Alternate translation: “the demonic spirits”
8:16 f1cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 Matthew is using the term **word** to mean something spoken using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by speaking to them”\n
8:16 zos9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sickness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sick people”
8:17 cn2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως πληρωθῇ 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from Jesus casting out demons and healing people. Alternate translation: “with the result that would be fulfilled” (2) a purpose for which Jesus cast out demons and healed people. Alternate translation: “in order that might be fulfilled”\n
8:17 r3dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill”
8:17 tjbo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “that which God spoke”
8:17 x9vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see [Isaiah 53:4](../isa/53/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in his book” or “who declared”
8:17 eyu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “He himself took our sicknesses; indeed, he bore our diseases”
8:17 nb36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν 1 Here Matthew could mean that Jesus: (1) removed **sicknesses** and healed **diseases**. Alternate translation: “He himself removed our sicknesses and healed our diseases” (2) became sick and diseased himself to deal with people’s **sicknesses** and **diseases**. Alternate translation: “He himself became sick in our place and became diseased in our place”
8:18 y32v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”
8:18 ruxx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἰδὼν 1 Here, the phrase **having seen** could introduce: (1) what happened before Jesus **commanded** his disciples. Alternate translation: “after he saw” (2) the reason for which Jesus **commanded** his disciples. Alternate translation: “because he saw”
8:18 qw48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὄχλον 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **a crowd**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “large crowds.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
8:18 gdsr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “commanded, ‘Let us depart to the other side’”
8:18 a2pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus **commanded** the disciples **to depart** with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “commanded his disciples to depart with him”
8:18 h8ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 Here Jesus implies that he wants the disciples to **depart** with him **to the other side** of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “to the opposite side of the Sea of Galilee”
8:19 hssp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ προσελθὼν, εἷς γραμματεὺς 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus and the disciples have not yet gotten into a boat to cross over to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. He says that they get into the boat in [8:23](../08/23.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit here. Alternate translation: “And before they departed to the other side, a scribe approached and”
8:19 k51q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀκολουθήσω σοι ὅπου ἐὰν ἀπέρχῃ 1 Here, the clause **I will follow you** indicates that the scribe wishes to travel with Jesus and be his disciple. The phrase **wherever you go** indicates that he wishes to be Jesus’ disciple no matter what Jesus does or where he goes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will become your faithful disciple” or “I will travel with you as your student wherever you go”
8:20 tkl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
8:20 pqp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 Here, Jesus is referring to all animals by naming an animal that lives on land and an animal that flies in the air. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all animals have places to live”
8:20 ub5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν 1 The word **foxes** describes land animals that are similar to small dogs. The word **dens** refers to how these animals dig holes in the ground as shelters. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal and its habits, you could describe them in general terms. Alternate translation: “Little animals live in holes in the ground”
8:20 qqvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the birds of the sky have nests”
8:20 ci6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **birds** that fly in the **sky**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the birds in the sky” or “the birds flying in the sky”
8:20 arxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The expression **of the sky** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the birds”
8:20 qvm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “but I, the Son of Man, do not have a place where I might lay my head”
8:20 mhps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus for the first time in Matthew uses the title **Son of Man** to refer to himself. He is using the title to refer to himself, a human, and also to implicitly identify himself with the important and powerful figure named “the son of man” in the Old Testament book of Daniel (see [Daniel 7:13–14](../dan/07/13.md)). See the book introduction for more information about this title. Consider how you might best translate this title here and throughout the rest of Matthew. Alternate translation: “but the Human One” or “but the one called Son of Man”
8:20 qjw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 Jesus implies that if the scribe were to follow him, he too might not have a home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “does not have a place where he might lay his head, so if you become his disciple, expect that you will not have such a place either”
8:20 yl4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 Here, the phrase **{a place} where he might lay his head** refers to a place to sleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not have a place where he might sleep” or “does not have a sleeping place”
8:20 grfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 Jesus actually did find places to sleep wherever he went to teach and heal, but he says that he has no such place at all to emphasize that he has no permanent home. Alternate translation: “does not have a permanent home”
8:21 gvee rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
8:21 fq8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου 1 Here the disciple could be indicating that: (1) his **father** had not yet died, but he needed to help and support his father until he died and was buried. Alternate translation: “permit me first to go away and help my father until he dies and I bury him” (2) his **father** had died very recently, and he needed to mourn and arrange the burial ceremonies. Alternate translation: “permit me first to go away and to bury my father who just died”
8:21 wk46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου 1 Here the disciple means that he plans to **bury** his father before he travels with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to go away and to bury my father first before I go with you”
8:22 fwwd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
8:22 h7fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς 1 Here, the phrase **the dead** could refer to: (1) people who have already died. In this case, Jesus is stating that **dead** people will take care of other **dead** people. What he means is that living people should not be concerned about those who have died. Alternate translation: “let the dead take care of themselves” or “do not concern yourself with the dead” (2) people who are spiritually **dead**. In this case, Jesus is saying that only people who are spiritually **dead** should care more about burying their **dead** than following him. Alternate translation: “let the spiritually dead bury their own dead”
8:22 l5d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκροὺς & τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean dead people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead humans … their own dead humans”
8:23 vlqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew implies that they started sailing across the Sea of Galilee, as Jesus had commanded in [8:18](../08/18.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he had entered into a boat, his disciples followed him into the boat, and they started to sail across the lake”
8:23 wgwf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **followed** could indicate: (1) simply that the **disciples** went into the boat with Jesus. Alternate translation: “his disciples entered the boat with him” (2) that the **disciples** went into the boat with Jesus since they were acting as his disciples or followers. Alternate translation: “his disciples went with him as his apprentices”
8:24 fshp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
8:24 m6w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the waves covered the boat”
8:24 korf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 The implication is that the **storm** was causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the boat was filling up with water because of the waves”
8:24 wiyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸς 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
8:25 kq07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἤγειραν αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the disciples, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples woke Jesus”
8:25 b9do rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation without the preceding comma: “and they said”
8:25 b2wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 Here, the word **we** includes both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form.
8:26 yln8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
8:26 g8p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for being **cowardly** and for having **little faith**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be cowardly, you of little faith.” or “Do not be cowardly, you of little faith!”
8:26 f973 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Here, the word **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to all the disciples who are in the boat with him.
8:26 r5ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you who believe so little”
8:26 syd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο γαλήνη μεγάλη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **calm**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they became very calm”
8:27 mme2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & ἄνθρωποι 1 Here, the phrase **the men** refers to the disciples who are on the boat with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples”
8:27 w8cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
8:27 u2qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν? 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this into two sentences, one asking the question, and the other giving the reason for the question. Alternate translation: “What sort of man is he? Even the winds and the sea obey him!”
8:27 k5mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 This is a genuine question, not a statement in question form. The disciples are looking for information about what kind of person Jesus could be if he can do these things. Alternate translation: “What sort of person is this man, for even the winds and the sea obey him”
8:28 jlxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **he** refers directly to Jesus, but Matthew implies that the disciples were with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he and his disciples”
8:28 vxww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 Here, the phrase **the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee opposite to Capernaum, where Jesus and the disciples had started. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the opposite side of the lake”
8:28 yzi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν 1 The name **Gadarenes** refers to people from the town of Gadara.
8:28 ceiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **Gadarenes**. The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient manuscripts read “Gergesenes,” and other ancient manuscripts read “Gerasenes.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
8:28 o3du rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὑπήντησαν αὐτῷ δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἐξερχόμενοι, χαλεποὶ λείαν ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης 1 Here Matthew provides background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “two men met him. Now these men were possessed by demons, and they came out of the tombs. They were very violent, so that no one was strong enough to pass through that road”
8:28 hz5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαιμονιζόμενοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom demons had possessed”
8:28 zt5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἐξερχόμενοι 1 Here Matthew implies that the **two men** live in the **tombs** and came from that area to meet Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “coming out of where they lived in the tombs”
8:28 dbuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης 1 Here Matthew implies that the **road** goes through or nearby the **tombs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the nearby road” or “the road near them”
8:29 oifc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
8:29 qlyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
8:29 gr2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 The two men are using the question form to insist on something urgently. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is nothing to us and to you, Son of God!”
8:29 rlf0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί 1 Here, the question **What to us and to you** asks whether **you** and **us** have anything in common or have any reason to be together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What do you and we have in common” or “What reason do you have to get involved with us”
8:29 jcq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
8:29 u4jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς 1 The men are using the question form to confront Jesus about why he has come to their area. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the set time for you to come here to torment us.” or “Surely you have not come here to torment us before the set time!”
8:29 uw6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸ καιροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the set time** refers to the time when God will judge all evil spirits and people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before the time when God will judge everyone” or “before the time that God has chosen for judgment”
8:30 v91c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Matthew uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “At the same time,”
8:30 l65b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μακρὰν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Here, the phrase **at a distance from them** indicates that the **pigs** were far away from Jesus and the two men, but they could still be seen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “off in the distance” or “far away from them but still visible”
8:31 ya2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next part of the story. It does not introduce a contrast with the pigs grazing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next part of a story, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “So,”
8:31 xms2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
8:31 tf32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς 1 Although the demons speak as if this were a hypothetical situation, they are relatively sure that Jesus is going to cast them out. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what the demons are saying is uncertain, then you could translate their words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “When you cast us out” or “After you cast us out”
8:31 cgf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 Here, the word **us** refers only to the demons, not to Jesus or any of his disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form.
8:31 luaa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἀπόστειλον ἡμᾶς 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you send us away”
8:31 jm53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίρων 1 Here the demons speak of wanting to go **into the herd of the pigs**. They mean that they want to enter and control the **pigs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the herd of the pigs so that we can possess them”
8:32 tczx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑπάγετε 1 Here, the command is plural because Jesus is speaking to all the demons.
8:32 iheg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελθόντες 1 Here Matthew implies that they came out of the two men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come out of the two men”
8:32 czr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τοὺς χοίρους 1 Here, much as in [8:31](../08/31.md), the demons go**into the pigs**. This means that they enter and control the **pigs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the pigs to possess them”
8:32 qy43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
8:32 xdzk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπέθανον 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the pigs. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to the pigs. Alternate translation: “the pigs died”
8:33 xken rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
8:33 uumo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & βόσκοντες 1 Here Matthew refers to the people who were taking care of the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the ones who were herding the pigs”
8:33 u0zu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν 1 Here, the **city** is the town of Gadara, which Matthew already referred to indirectly in [8:28](../08/28.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the city of Gadara”
8:33 fhin rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** could introduce: (1) one of the specific things that **they reported**. Alternate translation: “especially” (2) another thing that they reported. Alternate translation: “and also”
8:33 ev2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν δαιμονιζομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the demons had possessed”
8:34 jzjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
8:34 xb5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 Matthew says **whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of the city”
8:34 j6sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 Here, the phrase **the whole city** represents most of the people who lived in the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “most of the people from the city”\n
8:34 nukc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations παρεκάλεσαν ὅπως μεταβῇ ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they begged, ‘Please depart from our region’”
9:intro tg41 0 # Matthew 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n3. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)\n * Healing a paralytic (9:1–8)\n * Calling Matthew and eating with sinners (9:9–13)\n * Jesus brings something new (9:14–17)\n * Healing a woman and resurrecting a girl (9:18–26)\n * Healing two blind men (9:27–31)\n * Casting a demon out of a mute man (9:32–34)\n4. Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)\n * More laborers for the harvest (9:35–38)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Healings\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew narrates how Jesus heals a paralyzed man, a woman with a disease that caused bleeding, two blind men, and many other people who were sick. In every case where Matthew describes what happened, Jesus speaks words, or he touches the sick person, or he does both. These stories show how powerful Jesus is. He does not need to use medicine or magic to heal people. Instead, he can just command the sickness to go away or simply touch the person.\n\n### Casting out demons\n\nMatthew clearly distinguishes sick people from people who are controlled by demons. Demons are evil spiritual beings who can control people. They usually use these people to hurt themselves or others. In [9:32–34](../09/32.md), Matthew briefly describes how Jesus drove out a demon who caused the man it controlled to be mute, that is, unable to speak. In response, both the crowds and the Pharisees realize that Jesus is powerful.\n\n### Resurrecting the dead\n\nIn [9:18–19](../09/18.md) and [9:23–26](../09/23.md), Matthew narrates how Jesus raised a girl from the dead. While Jesus describes her as only “sleeping,” he uses this word to indicate that the girl will “wake up” from being dead. The story clearly indicates that the girl had died and that Jesus raises her from the dead by touching her.\n\n### “Sinners”\n\nWhen Matthew uses the word “sinners,” he is describing a group of people whom many Jewish religious groups would have considered to be living in ways that were improper for those who were part of God’s people. Some of these people may have committed significant sins, while others may have disagreed with many of the Jewish religious groups about how Jews could properly behave. If possible, use a word or phrase that identifies people who are not living as many religious groups think that people should live. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The short parables in [9:15–17](../09/15.md)\n\nIn these verses, Jesus gives three short parables that describe how certain things do not go well together. Fasting does not happen during a wedding celebration. An unshrunk piece of cloth does not make a good patch for an old garment. Old wineskins do not make a good container for fresh wine that still needs to ferment. Jesus tells these parables to illustrate how his ministry and preaching do not match well with how people had previously done things. In other words, Jesus wants people to expect what he does to be new, and this may require thinking and doing many new things. You should preserve these parables, since they are not direct metaphors. If necessary, you could introduce them in such a way that your readers recognize that they are parables or illustrations. See the notes on each verse for possible translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n### The harvest metaphor\n\nIn [9:37–38](../09/37.md), Jesus speaks of people who will believe as if they were a harvest of grain, and he speaks of those who preach the gospel as the laborers who work to harvest the grain. Just as when there is a large harvest but only a few laborers, so there are many people who will believe, but only a few people who are preaching the gospel. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n## Other Po
9:1 lje9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διεπέρασεν 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the lake”
9:1 s8n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διεπέρασεν 1 Here, the word **he** refers directly to Jesus, but Matthew implies that the disciples were with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he and his disciples crossed over”
9:1 mwx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
9:1 qk74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν 1 Here, the phrase **his own city** refers to the city in which Jesus was living, which was Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the city where he was living” or “Capernaum, his own city”
9:2 nycb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
9:2 hkfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns προσέφερον & αὐτῶν 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the people who brought the **paralytic** to Jesus. Matthew does not give us any more information about who they were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to specific people who are not named. Alternate translation: “certain people were bringing … these people’s”
9:2 szd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν & τῷ παραλυτικῷ 1 The word **paralytic** describes people who are not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. See how you translated **paralytic** in [4:24](../04/24.md). Alternate translation: “a paralyzed person … to the paralyzed person” or “a person who could not move his limbs … to the person who could not move his limbs”
9:2 x8ao rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κλίνης 1 A **mat** was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bed, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a stretcher”
9:2 dwzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδὼν & τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having recognized that they were convinced that he could heal the paralytic”
9:2 ooj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how they trusted”
9:2 iu8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Here Jesus calls the paralytic **Child** to indicate that he cares for him. The word also implies that the paralytic was younger than Jesus. The paralytic was not actually Jesus’ son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form of address that an older person would use to show that they care for a younger person. Alternate translation: “My friend” or “Young one”
9:2 dhtx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θάρσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be courageous”
9:2 iys2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins”
9:3 ptno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδού 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “immediately”
9:3 ck90 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **among themselves** could mean that: (1) the scribes **said** these words to themselves, not out loud. Alternate translation: “in themselves” or “to themselves” (2) the scribes **said** these words quietly to other scribes. Alternate translation: “to each other”
9:3 e6me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 Here the scribes refer to Jesus by using the phrase **This one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the reference more explicit. Alternate translation: “This man” or “This Jesus”
9:4 u643 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδὼν & τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν 1 Here Matthew speaks as if Jesus could see people’s **thoughts**. He means that Jesus knew what they were thinking, even though they did not say it out loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having known their thoughts” or “having perceived their thoughts”
9:4 n4yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not think evil in your hearts.” or “Do not think evil in your hearts!”
9:4 e936 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἐνθυμεῖσθε & ὑμῶν 1 Here, the words **you** and **you** are plural because Jesus is speaking to the scribes.
9:4 jpg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πονηρὰ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **evil** as a noun to mean evil thoughts. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “evil thoughts”
9:4 d499 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 In Matthew’s culture, **hearts** are the places where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the places where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in your heads” or “in your minds”
9:5 hae2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the scribes should not be thinking evil in their hearts ([9:4](../09/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “I say that because”
9:5 j716 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί & ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show the scribes which of these things is easier to say. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. He could mean: (1) that saying **Your sins have been forgiven** is **easier** than saying **Get up and walk**. This is because it is easy to show that someone is lying when they try to heal a paralytic, but it is not easy to show that someone is lying when they claim to forgive sins. Alternate translation: “it is easier to say, ‘Your sins have been forgiven,’ than to say, ‘Get up and walk.’” (2) that both things are equally easy to say. Alternate translation: “saying ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ is just as easy as saying, ‘Get up and walk.’”
9:5 mk14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this sentence so that there are no quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to say that a person’s sins have been forgiven or to tell a person to get up and walk”
9:5 x05v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins”
9:6 p3nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a slight contrast with the comparison in the previous verse. Jesus now shows that he will both forgive and heal the paralytic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a slight contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “But now,” or “Leaving that aside,”
9:6 ahaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα & εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας (τότε λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ), ἐγερθεὶς 1 Here, the phrase **in order that** introduces the purpose for which Jesus **says to the paralytic** the commands that he gives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that provides the stated purpose for which a person performs an action. Alternate translation: “here is what I will do so that you might know that the Son of Man has authority on the earth to forgive sins.’ Then, he says to the paralytic, ‘Getting up”
9:6 n5sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular εἰδῆτε & σου & σου 1 Here, the **you** is plural and is addressed to the scribes, but both instances of **your** are singular and are addressed to the paralytic.
9:6 td1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, have”
9:6 k6rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν ἔχει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has been authorized”
9:6 s838 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ παραλυτικῷ 1 The word **paralytic** describes people who are not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. See how you translated **paralytic** in [9:2](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “to the paralyzed person” or “to the person who could not move his limbs”
9:6 w7q0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν κλίνην 1 A **mat** was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. See how you translated this word in [9:2](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “stretcher”
9:7 fx6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγερθεὶς, ἀπῆλθεν 1 The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been healed, he got up and went away”
9:8 hnme rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next action in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next action, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
9:8 ae9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἰδόντες & οἱ ὄχλοι 1 Here, the word **this** refers to how Jesus had healed the paralytic man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the crowds had seen Jesus heal the man”
9:8 v9yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἐφοβήθησαν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **they were afraid**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “they marveled.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
9:8 sif8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Here this phrase further describes **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “who has given such authority to men” or “the one having given such authority to men”
9:8 x71s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having authorized men to do such things”
9:8 jrv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Matthew is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to humans”
9:9 nkpi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the word **there** refers to the place where Jesus healed the paralytic man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he healed the man”
9:9 cusb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον Μαθθαῖον λεγόμενον 1 Here Matthew introduces a tax collector named Matthew as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “saw a man whose name was Matthew. Matthew was sitting at the tax collection office”
9:9 w62x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Μαθθαῖον λεγόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who had the name Matthew”
9:9 fqwo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον 1 Here we learn that **Matthew** worked as a tax collector. He would sit at the **tax collection office** and make sure that people paid their taxes to the Roman empire, who had control over this area. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who worked to collect taxes for the Romans at the tax collection office”
9:9 puwg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **him** refers to Matthew. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “Jesus says to Matthew”
9:9 sat5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
9:9 q0bp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Matthew, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “Matthew followed Jesus”
9:10 zduj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom καὶ ἐγένετο 1 Here, the phrase **And it happened that** introduces something that happened soon after what Matthew previously narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an event that came soon after the previous event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,”
9:10 f9lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνακειμένου 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “was sitting down to eat” or “was eating”
9:10 js9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 Here it is implied that this is Matthew’s **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Matthew’s house”
9:10 e3iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
9:11 coh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἰδόντες 1 Here, the word **this** refers to how Jesus was feasting with tax collectors and sinners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having seen that Jesus was feasting in this way”
9:11 zk8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus’”
9:11 z4h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν? 1 The Pharisees are using the question form to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your teacher has no reason to eat with tax collectors and sinners.” or “Your teacher should not eat with tax collectors and sinners!”
9:12 iimz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὁ 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
9:12 m7fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀκούσας 1 Here, the word **this** refers to what the Pharisees asked the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard what the Pharisees asked”
9:12 tl42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are unwell do”
9:12 n33c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones having sickness have need of a physician”
9:12 r9kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sickness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones who are sick”
9:13 dypl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces how Jesus will apply the proverb he spoke in the previous verse ([9:12](../09/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “So,”
9:13 vn0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πορευθέντες & μάθετε 1 Here, the phrase **having gone** indicates that Jesus wants the Pharisees to study the passage he is about to quote more carefully. Jesus does not mean that they have to leave him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “carefully read and learn” or “think carefully and learn”
9:13 ygev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular μάθετε 1 Here, the command is in plural form because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees.
9:13 fl8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τί ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus means that they should **learn** what the passage he is about to quote means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what this means” or “the meaning of this passage”
9:13 m2bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τί ἐστιν: ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 Here Jesus introduces a quotation from [Hosea 6:6](../hos/06/06.md), where God is speaking to the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce the quotation as something that God has said that is written in the Scriptures, or you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “what this passage from the book of Hosea is: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice” or “what God said through Hosea: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice”
9:13 k4cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 Here God says that he does not want any **sacrifice**. The Israelites would have understood him to mean that God primarily wants **mercy**, and he only wants **sacrifice** if there is also **mercy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “I primarily desire mercy, and only then sacrifice” or “I desire mercy much more than sacrifice”
9:13 wil7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος & καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **mercy** and **sacrifice**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “people to be merciful and not to sacrifice to me”
9:13 fol8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a development based on what the quotation means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then,” or “In light of that,”
9:13 wopd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον 1 Here, the word **come** refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For I did not come to this world” or “For I am not acting”\n
9:13 xorf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δικαίους 1 Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to mean righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people”
9:13 a886 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners”
9:14 k8vc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces a new event that took place sometime after the previous event, probably relatively soon after. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “One day,”
9:14 vhnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 Here, the name **John** refers to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could refer to him more explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist”
9:14 zlyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense προσέρχονται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came”
9:14 y5yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “to Jesus”
9:14 ksqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
9:14 halx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure διὰ τί ἡμεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύομεν πολλά, οἱ δὲ μαθηταί σου οὐ νηστεύουσιν? 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this sentence into two sentences, one giving the reason for the question, and the other asking the question. Alternate translation: “We and the Pharisees often fast. For what reason do your disciples not fast?”
9:14 p31d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 Here, the word **we** refers only to the **disciples of John**. It does not include Jesus or his disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form.
9:15 vmgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νηστεύσουσιν 1 To help John’s disciples understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers a brief illustration. He wants John’s disciples to think of him as if he were a **bridegroom** and of his disciples as if they were the **sons of the bridal chamber**. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that Jesus is like the **bridegroom**, and his disciples are like the **sons of the bridal chamber**. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? But days will come when the bridegroom will be taken away from them, and then they will fast. I am like the bridegroom, and my disciples are like the sons of the bridal chamber.”
9:15 r8if rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach John’s disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them.” or “The sons of the bridal chamber cannot mourn while the bridegroom is still with them!”
9:15 xnp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος 1 The expression **sons of** describes people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “The groom’s attendants”
9:15 iz9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐλεύσονται & ἡμέραι ὅταν 1 Here Jesus is using the word **days** to refer to a particular time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a time will come when” or “there will be a time when”
9:15 p6hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ & ὁ νυμφίος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone will take the bridegroom away”
9:16 je5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces another example that Jesus uses to explain why his disciples do not fast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “Again,”
9:16 j9fx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables οὐδεὶς & ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ; αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται 1 To help John’s disciples understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers another brief illustration. He wants John’s disciples to think of the new things that he teaches and does as **a patch of unshrunk cloth** and of the current ways of doing things as if they were **an old garment**. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that what Jesus does and teaches is like the **patch of unshrunk cloth**, and the normal way of doing things is like **an old garment**. Alternate translation: “no one puts a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment, for its patch tears away from the garment, and a worse tear happens. What I say and do is like the unshrunk cloth, and the normal way of doing things is like an old garment.”
9:16 i1zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδεὶς & ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ 1 Here Jesus refers to the practice of patching a hole or tear in a **garment** by sewing or attaching a **patch** to the **garment** to cover the hole or tear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “no one patches an old garment with a patch of unshrunk cloth”
9:16 yf98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἴρει & τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου 1 Here Jesus implies that the **patch** will tear away when the garment is washed, because the **patch** will shrink and rip the **old garment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the garment is washed, its patch will shrink and tear away from the garment”
9:17 s13y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς; εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται & ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται 1 To help John’s disciples understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers another brief illustration. He wants John’s disciples to think of the new things that he teaches and does as **new wine** and of the current ways of doing things as if they were **old wineskins**. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that what Jesus does and teaches is like the **new wine**, and the normal way of doing things is like **old wineskins**. Alternate translation: “Neither do they put new wine into old wineskins. But if not, the skins are burst, and the wine is spilled, and the wineskins are destroyed. Instead, they put new wine into new wineskins, and both are preserved. What I say and do is like the new wine, and the normal way of doing things is like the old wineskins.”
9:17 pyk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν & βάλλουσιν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “Likewise, no one puts … a person puts”
9:17 plli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo εἰ δὲ μή γε 1 Here, the phrases **But if not** introduces what would happen if people actually did **put new wine into old wineskins**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Otherwise” or “But supposing that they actually do that”
9:17 hv8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the new wine bursts the skins, and the wine spills out, and the wineskins become useless”
9:17 jjbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί 1 Here Jesus implies that the **new wine**, when it ferments, will expand and **burst** the **skins**, which are **old** and so no longer able to stretch. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the wine ferments, the skins cannot stretch and are burst”
9:17 l68m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀμφότεροι 1 Here, the word **both** refers to the **new wine** and the **fresh wineskins**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “both wine and wineskins”
9:17 i8v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that preserves both” or “both are safe”
9:18 a7ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς 1 Here Matthew uses the clause **{While} he was saying these things to them** to introduce a new event that began while Jesus was saying the words that Matthew records in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a new event that began during the previous event. Alternate translation: “Something happened while Jesus was saying these things to them:”
9:18 n1i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῖς & αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus, and the pronoun **them** refers to the disciples of John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “Jesus … to John the Baptist’s disciples … to Jesus”
9:18 z44w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
9:18 a4s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἄρχων εἷς προσελθὼν, προσεκύνει 1 Here Matthew introduces the **official** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “a man approached. He was an official, and he bowed down”
9:18 lpst rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἄρχων εἷς 1 While Mark and Luke identify this man as the ruler or leader of a synagogue, Matthew uses a more general title to identify him as a leader or important person. Since Matthew did not specify exactly what position this man had, you should use a general term for a leader or important person. Alternate translation: “a certain leader” or “a certain prominent man”
9:18 qjgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told him”
9:18 zubi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces what the man wants Jesus to do, even though his **daughter** has already **died**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but despite that” or “yet even though that has happened”
9:18 rgrr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “but I ask that you, having come, lay your hand on her”
9:18 nvkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
9:18 ilkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces what the man believes will happen as a result of Jesus laying his hand on his daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and as a result,” or “and so”
9:19 buue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus and his disciples went with the man to his home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “followed him to his home”
9:20-21 qdq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge καὶ ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ αἱμορροοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη προσελθοῦσα ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ. & ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [9:20](../09/20.md) and [9:21](../09/21.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to include what the woman is thinking before she acts based on what she is thinking. Alternate translation: “And behold, there was a woman suffering from a discharge of blood for 12 years. She was saying to herself, ‘If only I touch his cloak, I will be saved.’ So, having approached from behind, she touched the edge of his cloak.”
9:20 laks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
9:20 cxsr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants γυνὴ αἱμορροοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη προσελθοῦσα ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο 1 Here Matthew introduces this **woman** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a woman who had suffered from a discharge of blood for 12 years. She approached Jesus from behind and touched”
9:20 gv15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism αἱμορροοῦσα 1 Matthew uses the phrase **a discharge of blood** to refer discreetly to her condition or illness. She was probably experiencing menstrual bleeding at many times, even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you could use that expression here, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffering from abnormal menstruation” or “suffering from frequent menstrual bleeding”
9:20 m9zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew does not explain why she **touched the edge of his cloak**. Since Matthew does explain it in the next verse, you should not explain its meaning here.
9:21 eb6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the woman touched the edge of Jesus’ garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for an action, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “since” or “which she did because”
9:21 w9jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔλεγεν & ἐν ἑαυτῇ 1 Here, the clause **she was saying in herself** indicates that she was thinking the words, not saying them out loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to thinking or speaking only to oneself. Alternate translation: “she was saying to herself” or “she was thinking to herself”
9:21 sj2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to herself that if she could only touch his cloak, she would be saved”
9:21 ni7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μόνον ἅψωμαι 1 Here, the word **only** indicates that the woman thinks that, to be healed, she does not need to do anything more than **touch** Jesus’ garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all I do is touch” or “I can just touch”
9:21 ukb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could indicate that is God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God will save me” or “he will save me”
9:22 x398 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θύγατερ 1 Here Jesus calls the woman **Daughter** to indicate that he cares for her. The word implies that the woman was younger than Jesus. The woman was not actually Jesus’ daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form of address that an older person would use to show that they care for a younger person. Alternate translation: “My friend” or “Dear woman”\n
9:22 ih1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θάρσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be courageous”
9:22 h2m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you believed, and that has caused you to be saved”
9:22 q6ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Jesus speaks of the woman’s **faith** as if it had actively **saved** her. He means that her **faith** was the necessary condition for the healing that she received from God. Alternate translation: “because of your faith, you have been saved”
9:22 zv2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could indicate that it is God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God saved the woman” or “Jesus saved the woman”
9:22 olzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 Here, the phrase **from that hour** indicates that the woman was healed at the time when she encountered Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that moment on”
9:23 q47m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
9:23 jae1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοὺς αὐλητὰς 1 A **flute** is a musical instrument. It is a thin, hollow rod, and people blow into one end of it to make sounds. In Jesus’ culture, people often hired **flute players** to play music at funerals. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of instrument or why people are playing it when someone dies, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “people playing funeral songs” or “the musicians for the funeral”
9:23 pt06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον 1 Here Matthew refers to how people make much noise when they are grieving or mourning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the crowd grieving loudly” or “the crowd being very loud as they mourned”
9:23 uyoh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive θορυβούμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “making a commotion” or “being noisy”
9:24 i5ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀναχωρεῖτε 1 Here, the command is in plural form because Jesus is speaking to the flute players and the crowd.
9:24 f5ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why the flute players and the crowd should go away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “because”
9:24 pc1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ κοράσιον 1 Here, the word **girl** refers to a very young woman. We know from Mark and Luke that she was about 12 years old. Use a word or phrase in your language that refers to a **girl** who is about this age. Alternate translation: “the young girl”
9:24 obvp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but she sleeps”
9:25 gjj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast between how the crowd laughed at Jesus and what Jesus himself does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Nevertheless,”
9:25 nqs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus made **the crowd** leave. Alternate translation: “Jesus had put the crowd outside” or “the crowd went outside”
9:25 r7zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσελθὼν 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus entered the room or place where the dead girl was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having entered the girl’s room” or “having entered the place where the dead girl lay”
9:25 wgap rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκράτησεν τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **her** refers to the girl who had died. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “Jesus took the girl’s hand”
9:25 zl3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠγέρθη 1 Here, the phrase **raised up** indicates both that **the girl** came back to life and that she stood up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “came back to life and got up”
9:25 mm3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Matthew implies that Jesus **raised** her from the dead, but the girl herself got up from where she was lying. Alternate translation: “Jesus raised the girl up” or “the girl got up”
9:26 rxs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς 1 Here, Matthew speaks of **the report** as if it were a person who could go out. He means that people shared **the report** with others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people shared this report throughout”
9:26 hr0v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ φήμη αὕτη 1 Here Matthew is referring to the news about how Jesus raised the girl who had died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the report about what Jesus had done” or “the story about what had happened”
9:26 pfq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην 1 Here, the word **region** refers to the people who live in that region. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to people throughout all that region”
9:27 smql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the word **there** refers to the place where Jesus raised the girl who had died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the official’s house” or “from where he raised the girl”
9:27 glzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations κράζοντες καὶ λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “crying out” or “saying loudly”
9:27 d8bu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 When the blind men ask for **mercy**, they are asking Jesus to heal them from their blindness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Have mercy on us and heal us”
9:27 tuhf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to us”
9:27 rexg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Here, the word **Son** means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”
9:27 dh5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David could implicitly mean “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Son of David, Messiah”
9:28 e4mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
9:28 mg1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντι 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “when he had gone”
9:28 n8fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 Here, the phrase **the house** refers to the place where Jesus was staying. He did not own the house, but someone was letting him live there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the house in which he was living”
9:28 kv74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσῆλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
9:28 ap9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
9:28 q6z5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular πιστεύετε 1 Here, the word **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the two blind men.
9:28 fdr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτο ποιῆσαι 1 The pronoun **this** refers to the act of healing them. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to this act directly. Alternate translation: “to make you see”
9:28 e81f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ναί, Κύριε 1 The two blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe that you are able to do this”
9:29 sjmb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”\n
9:29 w92e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let it happen to you” or “Let God do it for you”
9:29 tsji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῶν & ὑμῖν 1 Here, the words **you** and **your** are plural because Jesus is speaking to the two blind men.
9:29 psyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p γενηθήτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It will be done” or “I am doing it”
9:29 idph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “just as you believed”
9:30 uk2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 Here, the clause **their eyes were opened** indicates that they were now able to see with **their eyes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their eyes were healed” or “their eyes could see”
9:30 qa39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their eyes became open”
9:30 p5l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐνεβριμήθη αὐτοῖς & λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “warned them by saying” or “gave them this warning:”
9:30 t6p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε 1 Here, the word **See** means that men need to make sure that something happens or does not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Make sure that”
9:30 abof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὁρᾶτε 1 Here, the command is in plural form because Jesus is speaking to the two blind men.
9:30 sizx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω 1 Here Jesus implies that they should **let no one know** that Jesus was the one who healed them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you let no one know that I healed you” or “you let no one know about what I have done”
9:31 h8hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the men actually did in contrast to what Jesus told them to avoid doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “Despite that,” or “In contrast,”
9:31 jgre rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out”
9:31 lika rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the story about how Jesus healed the two blind men. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to this story more directly. Alternate translation: “this story” or “how Jesus had healed them”
9:32 nhpy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
9:32 riog rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** could refer to: (1) the two men whom Jesus had just healed. Alternate translation: “those two men” (2) Jesus and his disciples, who were leaving the house that they had been in. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples”
9:32 utlj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
9:32 u5ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns προσήνεγκαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to unnamed friends of the **demon-possessed man**. It does not refer to the two men who **were going away**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a word or phrase that refers to unnamed people. Alternate translation: “certain people brought”
9:32 mtbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “to Jesus”
9:32 sh32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον 1 A **mute** person is a person who cannot speak. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of disorder or illness, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a demon-possessed man who was unable to talk”
9:32 fwpd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον 1 Here Matthew implies that the demon made the man **mute**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a man possessed by a demon that made him mute”
9:32 n6fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a mute man whom a demon had possessed”
9:33 dks9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus having cast out the demon”
9:33 qf6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου 1 Here Matthew implies that the demon **had been cast out** of the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the demon having been cast out of the man”
9:33 f9jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ κωφός 1 A **mute** person is a person who cannot speak. Express the idea as you did in [9:32](../09/32.md). Alternate translation: “the man who was unable to talk”
9:33 v5c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
9:33 y4l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has ever seen anything such as this”
9:34 tcop rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what **the Pharisees** say in contrast to what the crowds said ([9:33](../09/33.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
9:34 yahs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 Here the Pharisees mean that Jesus has power from **the ruler of the demons** to cast out demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “By the power of the ruler of the demons” or “As he is empowered by the ruler of the demons”
9:34 z2r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 The phrase **the ruler of the demons** refers to the devil, that is, Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Satan, the ruler of the demons,”
9:35 z130 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces a summary of what Jesus normally did during this time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of summary, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “During this time,”
9:35 x9ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰς πόλεις πάσας καὶ τὰς κώμας 1 Here Matthew is referring to **all the cities and the villages** in a specific area. He may mean the region of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these **cities** and **villages** are in a specific region. Alternate translation: “all the cities and the villages of that region”
9:35 uz5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a gospel that is about the kingdom. See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “the gospel concerning the kingdom”
9:35 gfyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Here, the phrase every disease and every sickness represents people with these diseases and sicknesses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “every diseased person and every sick person”
9:35 e7at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 The terms **every disease** and **every sickness** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “every ailment” or “every sickness”
9:35 gl9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Matthew says **every** here as a generalization to emphasize how Jesus healed many different kinds of **disease** and **sickness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “many kinds of diseases and many kinds of sicknesses”
9:36 pfx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
9:36 k4h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἰδὼν & τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐσπλαγχνίσθη περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἦσαν ἐσκυλμένοι καὶ ἐριμμένοι, ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could include the reason why Jesus **felt compassion** before stating that he felt that way. Alternate translation: “he saw that the crowds were troubled and discouraged, like sheep not having a shepherd. So, he felt compassion for them”
9:36 l1r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐσπλαγχνίσθη περὶ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he sympathized with”
9:36 u78p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦσαν ἐσκυλμένοι καὶ ἐριμμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they were experiencing trouble and discouragement” or “things were troubling and discouraging them”
9:36 t47i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 Here Matthew compares **the crowds** to **sheep** who do not have a **shepherd**. Just as **sheep** without a **shepherd** have no one to lead and take care of them, so **the crowds** have no one to lead and take care of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the simile more explicitly. Alternate translation: “and, like sheep without a shepherd, they did not know what to do or where to go”
9:37 al89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
9:37 mur4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι 1 Here Jesus speaks of people who will believe as if they were a **harvest**, and he speaks of those who proclaim the good news as if they were **laborers** who help with the **harvest**. He means that there are many people who are ready to believe, but there are only a few people proclaiming the good news. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “There are many people who will believe in me, but only a few people are proclaiming the good news. It is as if there were a plentiful harvest but only a few laborers”
9:38 edhu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular δεήθητε 1 Here, the command is in plural form because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
9:38 q7j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὅπως ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of people who will believe as if they were a **harvest** and of those who proclaim the good news as if they were **laborers** who help with the **harvest**. He also describes God as **the Lord of the harvest**. He means that the disciples should ask God to send more people to proclaim the good news to others. Express the idea as you did in [9:37](../09/37.md). Alternate translation: “the Lord, who is like the person in charge of the harvest, to send out more people who will proclaim the good news. These people are like the laborers for the harvest.”
9:38 vz8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe God as the one who is **the Lord** who is in charge of **the harvest**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the Lord, who is in charge of the harvest”
9:38 kxbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὅπως ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “of the harvest, ‘Please send out laborers into your harvest.’”
10:intro m5iu 0 # Matthew 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n4. Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35–10:42)\n * The 12 disciples (10:1–4)\n * Instructions about behavior and travel (10:5–15)\n * Teaching on persecution (10:16–39)\n * Expecting persecution (10:16–23)\n * Motivation to persevere (10:24–33)\n * Purpose during persecution (10:34–39)\n * How to treat fellow disciples (10:40–42)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Jesus’ instructions on how to travel\n\nJesus instructs the disciples not to bring money, sandals, staff, or extra clothing with them when they travel and preach the good news. Instead, he wants the disciples to rely on the hospitality of people they visit. So, he instructs them to find someone who is “worthy” to host them, and he tells them to stay at that person’s house until they leave the area. Make sure that your translation indicates that the disciples should not pack money or extra clothing because they will be staying with people who welcome them and their message.\n\n### The coming of the Son of Man\n\nIn [10:23](../10/23.md), Jesus tells the disciples that they will not complete their work in the towns of Israel before “the Son of Man comes.” Jesus often uses the phrase “Son of Man” to refer to himself as an important representative of God. In this verse, it is not clear what it means for this important figure, Jesus himself, to “come.” Christians have understood this “coming” in several ways:\n\n1. it could describe Jesus’ second coming, but it seems like the disciples probably did finish their work in the towns of Israel before Jesus’ second coming.\n2. it could describe the time when the Romans destroyed Jerusalem, which was Jesus “coming” to judge and punish.\n3. it could describe Jesus’ ascension to be enthroned in heaven. In this case, “coming” refers going into heaven, not coming to earth.\n4. it could describe Jesus’ appearances to the disciples after his resurrection.\n\nSince Christians have understood this verse in at least these different ways, if possible your translation should allow for all these options. See the notes on [10:23](../10/23.md) for translation options.\n\n### Persecution and conflict\n\nThroughout this chapter, Jesus speaks about the persecutions and troubles his disciples will face, even from members of their own families. He motivates them to persevere during these persecutions and troubles in several ways. First, he reminds them that people persecute him, and so they will definitely persecute his disciples. That means that persecution is a sign that the disciples are following Jesus. Second, he encourages them that God knows and cares about them and their suffering. Third, he tells them that God will show them what to say when people are accusing them. In the end, Jesus wants to teach his disciples to expect persecution, how to think about it, and how to persevere during it.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The 12 disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the 12 disciples in Matthew, Mark, and Luke:\n\nIn [Matthew 10:2–4](../mat/10/02.md):\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn [Mark 3:16–19](../mrk/03/16.md):\n\nSimon (Peter), James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Andrew, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn [Luke 6:14–16](../luk/06/14.md):\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, Judas son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThese lists do not always follow the same order or use the same names for the disciples. In that culture, people often had two or three names. For example, it is likely that that Thaddaeus was also named Judas or Jude. So, do not harmonize these lists by usi
10:1 nhp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
10:1 xr7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 Since Matthew will list who these **12 disciples** are in the following verse, you do not need to explain in this verse who they are. However, you could clarify that these are the **12** closest or most important disciples. Matthew does not mean that Jesus only had 12 disciples. Alternate translation: “his 12 closest disciples” or “his 12 most important disciples”
10:1 x1er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he empowered them to control unclean spirits”
10:1 amlq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Here, the phrase **every disease and every sickness** represents people with these diseases and sicknesses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “every diseased person and every sick person”
10:1 tjq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 The terms **every disease** and **every sickness** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “every ailment” or “every sickness”
10:1 m9i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Matthew says **every** here as a generalization to emphasize how Jesus healed many different kinds of **disease** and **sickness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “many kinds of diseases and many kinds of sicknesses”
10:2 t59v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τῶν δὲ δώδεκα ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματά 1 Matthews uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand who the 12 disciples were. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for these 12 apostles, their names”
10:2 sc7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “one”
10:2 cuas rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo πρῶτος 1 Here Matthew introduces the first item in the list with the word **first**, but then he does not number any other items in the list. If it would be unnatural in your language to number the first item in a list but then omit other numbers, you could use another form that introduces the first item in a list, or you could leave **first** untranslated. Alternate translation: “at the beginning”
10:2 u0ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Πέτρος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose other name was Peter”
10:2 tg2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew never says whether **Simon** or **Andrew** was older, but he mentions **Simon** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **Andrew** was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”
10:2 j4mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ 2 Matthew never says whether **James** or **John** was older, but he mentions **James** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **John** was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”
10:3 nry4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Θαδδαῖος 1 The word **Thaddaeus** is the name of a man.
10:3 ea93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants Θαδδαῖος 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **Thaddaeus**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Lebbaeus, who was surnamed Thaddaeus.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
10:4 n4st rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ὁ Καναναῖος 1 **Cananaios** is a word borrowed from Aramaic that describes someone as a “zealot,” that is, someone who is very zealous about something. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. If you translate the word’s meaning, **Cananaios** could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One”
10:4 kmp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν 1 Matthew writes **having also handed him over** to provide some extra information about what Judas did to Jesus later. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “who would later also hand him over”
10:4 xao6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
10:5 sn9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων 1 Here Matthew narrates how Jesus **sent out** the disciples before he narrates what Jesus **instructed them** to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events more explicit. Alternate translation: “When Jesus was about to send the twelve out, he instructed them, saying”
10:5 c46d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Matthew is using the adjective **twelve** as a noun to mean twelve men. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “twelve men”
10:5 yix4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἀπέστειλεν 1 Matthew does not clarify here what Jesus **sent** them **out** to do. However, in the instructions from Jesus in the following verses, Jesus makes it clear what he has sent them out to do. So, you do not need to include any implicit information here.
10:5 vgn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “having instructed them with these words:”
10:5 qhw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Jesus means that the **twelve** disciples should not travel to any area where **Gentiles** live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to Gentile regions”
10:5 at2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun εἰς πόλιν 1 The word **city** represents cities in general, not one particular city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “into any city”
10:6 oxi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus tells the disciples not to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Rather,”
10:6 xbzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe: (1) all of **the house of Israel** as **lost sheep**. Alternate translation: “the lost sheep, who are the house of Israel” (2) some of **the house of Israel** as **lost sheep**. Alternate translation: “the lost sheep among the house of Israel”
10:6 q1pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 Here Jesus speaks of his fellow Jewish people as if they were **lost sheep**. He means that they are not following God and need help. This is an important metaphor in the Bible, so you could preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “the house of Israel, who are like lost sheep” or “the house of Israel, who are far away from God, like lost sheep”
10:6 b6i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 Here Matthew refers to a people group or nation as if it were a **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the nation of Israel” or “of the Israelites”
10:7 xbp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next section of the instructions that Jesus is giving to his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next section, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
10:7 daib rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations κηρύσσετε λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “preach this:”
10:7 l39i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the kingdom of the heavens has come near.”
10:7 w59i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν 1 Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of **near** in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen”\n
10:8 trl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀσθενοῦντας & νεκροὺς 1 Matthew is using the adjectives **sick** and **dead** as nouns to mean people who are sick and dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sick people … dead people”
10:8 bb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε 1 Here, the phrase **raise the dead** refers to causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again”
10:8 ggor rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λεπροὺς καθαρίζετε 1 Jesus commands the disciples to ceremonially **cleanse the lepers**, but he implies that he wants them to heal people of skin diseases, since they are what make **lepers** unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “heal lepers from their unclean diseases”
10:8 ilj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Here Jesus means that he has given things to them **Freely**, and so they should also give to others **freely**. The things that they have received and should give could be: (1) the power and authority to preach, heal, and cast out demons. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received power from me; freely use that power for others” (2) help and blessings from God. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received help from God; freely give help to other people”\n
10:9 kufl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ κτήσησθε 1 Here, the word **acquire** refers to getting and packing things to take on a trip. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not take with you”
10:9 a4xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν 1 Here, the words **gold**, **silver**, and **copper** refer to various coins made out of these metals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “gold coins or silver coins or copper coins” or “any amount of money”
10:9 sb72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown χαλκὸν 1 The word **copper** refers to a brown metal that is less valuable than **gold** or **silver**. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of metal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “bronze” or “less valuable metal”
10:9 b4m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would often wrap their money up in long strips of cloth and then tie them around their waists as **belts**. This was a way to keep the money safe while the people were traveling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in your money bag” or “to have with you as you travel”
10:10 kia9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πήραν 1 The term **bag** means something a traveler would use to carry things that were needed on a journey. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a knapsack”
10:10 mtqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁδὸν 1 Here, **road** represents a journey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the journey”
10:10 i2ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δύο χιτῶνας 1 Here Jesus implies that they should bring only one tunic instead of **two**. In other words, they should not bring an extra one in case they needed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a second tunic” or “a spare tunic”
10:10 qna0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑποδήματα 1 Here Jesus could mean that the disciples should: (1) not wear anything on their feet but instead go barefoot. Alternate translation: “shoes” or “footwear” (2) not bring an extra pair of **sandals**. Alternate translation: “” “extra sandals”
10:10 yeem rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why the disciples should not take any of these things with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “since”
10:10 m97h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ἄξιος & ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that each **laborer** desires to receive **food**. He applies this to the disciples, who are serving others and so deserve to receive what they need to live. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “workers deserve food” or “those who work should be given what they need”
10:10 k3rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using **food** to represent what people need to live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of what he needs to live”
10:10 nu98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
10:11 ymff rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δ’ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next section of the instructions that Jesus is giving to his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next section, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
10:11 mji7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τίς & ἄξιός ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus does not state in what way this person is **worthy**. He could mean: (1) that the person is hospitable and willing to host the disciples. Alternate translation: “someone who is hospitable to you” (2) that the person listens to and believes the disciples’ message. Alternate translation: “someone who believes your message”
10:11 s2wa rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the **city** or **village** that the disciples have entered. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those places more directly. Alternate translation: “in that city or village”
10:11 a41d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀκεῖ μείνατε 1 Here, the word **there** refers to the **worthy** person’s house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and stay at his or her house”
10:11 o1op rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε 1 Here Jesus implies that they are leaving the **city or village** that they had entered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until you go out from that city or village”
10:12 bhsd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces further clarifications about how to stay in people’s houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces further clarifications or instructions, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “More specifically,”
10:12 j8kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν οἰκίαν 1 Here, the phrase **the house** refers to the home of the “worthy” person whom Jesus mentioned in the previous verse ([10:11](../10/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that house” or “the worthy person’s house”
10:12 oiwm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus implies that the greeting includes a peace blessing (see [10:13](../10/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “greet it with a blessing” or “greet it and wish for its peace”
10:12 n6cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus refers to the house to speak about the people who live in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “its family” or “those who are in it”
10:13 kc9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ᾖ ἡ οἰκία & αὐτήν & ᾖ 1 Here, just as in [10:12](../10/12.md), Jesus refers to the **house** to speak about the people who live in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the house’s family is … it … it is” or “those who are in the house are … them … they are”
10:13 k331 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ᾖ & ἀξία & μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 Here, just as in [10:11](../10/11.md), Jesus does not state in what way the **house** is **worthy** or **not worthy**. He could mean: (1) that the **house** is hospitable and willing to host the disciples. Alternate translation: “is hospitable to you … it is not hospitable to you” (2) that the **house** listens to and believes the disciples’ message. Alternate translation: “believes your message … it does not believe your message”
10:13 ykyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν & ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the **peace** were an object that could **come upon** someone or **be returned** to someone. He means that the **peace** that the disciples asked God to give to **the house** will either happen or not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let it experience your peace … let it not experience your peace” or “let the peace you wished for it happen … let the peace you wished for it not happen”
10:13 rssb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν & ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you peace will come upon it … your peace will be returned to you” or “send your peace upon it … take your peace back to you”
10:13 lzmq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν & ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is peaceful … what is peaceful”
10:13 ns50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “let your peace come back to you” or “take your peace back to you”
10:14 wpjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 This action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the **dust** of a house or city to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider referring to it here, or you could explain the meaning of the action. Alternate translation: “wash the dirt of that place off your hands” or “shake off the dust from your feet to sever your relationship with that place”
10:15 sg3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων & τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 Here Jesus refers to cities to speak about the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah … for the people who live in that city”
10:15 p8t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων 1 In Jesus’ culture, people knew that **Sodom** and **Gomorrah** were cities where many wicked people had lived. God punished these people harshly. You can read about what happened in [Genesis 19:1–29](../gen/19/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for the evil land of Sodom and Gomorrah”
10:15 gk7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **day** on which **judgment** will happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone”
10:15 pr81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people are judged”
10:15 zmm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 Here, **that city** is referring to any city that does not welcome or listen to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for any city that does not welcome you or listen to you”
10:16 v480 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Picture this:” or “Consider this:”
10:16 b262 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 Here Jesus compares his disciples to **sheep**, which are defenseless and not dangerous. He compares people who want to harm them to **wolves**, which are dangerous and like to kill and eat sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the simile or use more general expressions for the animals. Alternate translation: “as sheep in the midst of wolves, since some people will want to harm you” or “as harmless animals that will encounter a group of predators”
10:16 s21a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις 1 Here Jesus wants his disciples to be like **serpents**, which were considered **wise** in Jesus’ culture. If **serpents** are not considered **wise** in your culture, you may need to express the idea without the simile form. In this context, the phrase **wise as the serpents** could mean that the disciples should be: (1) clever or shrewd. Alternate translation: “shrewd” (2) watchful. Alternate translation: “watchful” or “careful”\n
10:16 ekrp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί 1 Here Jesus wants his disciples to be like **doves**, which were considered **harmless** in Jesus’ culture. If **doves** are not considered **harmless** in your culture, you may need to express the idea without the simile form. In this context, the phrase **harmless as the doves** could mean that the disciples should be: (1) innocent. Alternate translation: “guileless” or “without guilt” (2) gentle. Alternate translation: “gentle” or “kind”
10:17 kmt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development of what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,”
10:17 uj1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus is referring to **men** in general, some of whom will persecute and harm the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “others” or “people”\n
10:17 ectt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the men and women” or “the people”
10:17 u206 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why the disciples should **beware of the men**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “since”
10:17 fct4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παραδώσουσιν & ὑμᾶς εἰς 1 Here, the phrase **hand you over** refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand before” or “they will bring you before”\n
10:18 v2io rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀχθήσεσθε 1 Here, the phrase **you will be brought** refers to being arrested and accused before someone in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will be seized and put on trial”
10:18 pe3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀχθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they will bring you”
10:18 p74k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus means that these things will happen because the disciples are connected with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you follow me”
10:18 rqda rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς μαρτύριον 1 Here, the phrase **for a testimony** could introduce: (1) the purpose for which God allows the disciples to **be brought before governors and kings**. Alternate translation: “and that way you can give testimony” (2) the result of the disciples being **brought before governors and kings**. Alternate translation: “and as a result you will give testimony”
10:18 csb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure that your translation matches the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “which will happen so that you can testify” or “and as a result you will testify”
10:18 fwil rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the **governors** and **kings**. Alternate translation: “to these authorities” (2) the people who **brought** them before the governors and kings. Alternate translation: “to your accusers”
10:19 omw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development of what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
10:19 e5t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to any person who hands the disciples over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to any person. Alternate translation: “somebody hands you over” or “anyone hands you over”
10:19 un80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the phrase **hand you over** refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they seize you” or “they bring you before the authorities”
10:19 ien3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λαλήσητε 1 Here Jesus implies that the disciples will be required to speak in their defense after people **hand** them **over**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will speak when they accuse you” or “you will speak in your defense”
10:19 l7rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται & ὑμῖν & τί λαλήσητε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will give to you what you will say”
10:19 cm7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **in that hour** refers to the time during which they **will speak**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment”
10:20 vjlm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples can be confident that they will be given what to say (see [10:19](../10/19.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You can be confident because” or “Do not be anxious, since”
10:20 ilc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ & ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here Jesus means that they will not say whatever they think but will instead say what the **Spirit** reveals to them. He does not mean that the **Spirit** will use their bodies to project his voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you are not speaking your own words, but the words you speak come from the Spirit of your Father”
10:20 v9tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the Spirit of your Father** refers to the Holy Spirit, whom the **Father** sends. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, sent by your Father,”
10:20 k3xr rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 **Father** is an important title for the first person in the Trinity. He is the Father also of Jesus.
10:20 zxd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “of your Father is the one speaking”
10:21 kasg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παραδώσει & ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 Here, the phrase **hand over** refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will seize brother to cause his death” or “will bring brother before the authorities to cause his death”
10:21 lh6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς θάνατον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be killed”
10:21 p8w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “a father will hand over his child to death”
10:21 j5jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται & ἐπὶ 1 Here, the phrase **rise up against** refers to rebelling against an authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will defy”
10:21 jdp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “cause them to die”
10:22 sp6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all will hate you”
10:22 wc5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 Matthew is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone”
10:22 c7jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντων 1 Jesus says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most people”
10:22 n3xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, **name** represents the person whose name it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me”
10:22 k5w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ & ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 Jesus is speaking of anyone who endures, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who endure to the end, they will be saved”
10:22 l7n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τέλος 1 Here, the phrase **the end** could refer to: (1) the time when the persecution of the person who is enduring ceases. Alternate translation: “to the end of the persecution” (2) the time when Jesus comes back. Alternate translation: “until when I return” (3) the person’s death. Alternate translation: “until he dies”
10:22 qn7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will save this one”
10:23 osa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns διώκωσιν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to any person who persecutes the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to any person. Alternate translation: “somebody persecutes” or “anyone persecutes”
10:23 m42z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 The phrase **this city** represents any specific city, not the city where Jesus currently is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a city”
10:23 jjd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὴν ἑτέραν 1 Matthew is using the adjective **next** as a noun to mean the next city. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the next city”
10:23 z42k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why the disciples should quickly go from one city to the next. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “which you should do because”
10:23 kj2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ μὴ τελέσητε 1 Here Jesus means that they will not **finish** preaching the good news in **the cities of Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not finish preaching in” or “you will certainly not finish working in”
10:23 x7jp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”\n
10:23 hqpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Christians disagree on what the clause **the Son of Man comes** refers to. It could describe Jesus’ second coming; the time when the Romans destroyed Jerusalem, which was Jesus coming to judge and punish; Jesus’ ascension to be enthroned in heaven; or Jesus’ appearances to the disciples after his resurrection; or several other events. If possible, express the idea here in such a way that all of these options are possible. Alternate translation: “before the Son of Man comes again” or “before the coming of the Son of Man”
10:23 dk4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, come”
10:24 p8mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that no **disciple** is above his or her **teacher**, and no **slave** is above his or her **master**. He applies this proverb to his disciples to show them that people will not treat them any better than they treated Jesus. Translate this proverb in such a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Disciples are not above their teachers, and slaves are not above their masters” or “No disciple is above his teacher. No slave is above his master”
10:24 ig4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ -1 Here, Jesus is speaking of people who have more honor and importance than others as if they were **above** the others. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more honorable than … more honorable than” or “more significant than … more significant than”
10:24 l7eg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τὸν & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her … his or her”
10:24 syb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ δοῦλος 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “nor is a slave”
10:25 r5ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ. 1 Here, Jesus continues to develop the proverb that he used in the previous verse ([10:24](../10/24.md)) to teach that each **disciple** and **slave** should be content to **be like** their **teacher** or **master**. He applies this proverb to his disciples to show them that they should be content to be like Jesus. Translate this proverb in such a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Disciples should be content to be like their teachers, and slaves should be content to be like their masters” or “This is sufficient: the disciple is to be like his teacher, and the slave is to be like his master”
10:25 f9yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **It is enough** indicates that something is sufficient or satisfying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the disciple should be satisfied to be like his teacher”
10:25 a49b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῷ μαθητῇ & ὁ δοῦλος 1 The phrases **the disciple** and **the slave** represent any disciples or slaves, not one particular disciple or slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for any disciple … any slave”
10:25 x9yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations γένηται & αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **he** and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she might be … his or her … his or her”
10:25 zi4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ δοῦλος 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and it is enough for the slave that he might be”
10:25 du8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ? 1 Here Jesus applies the proverb more directly to himself and his disciples. He speaks of himself as **the master of the house** and his disciples as **the members of his household**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or include the meaning of the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “I am like the master of the house, and you are like the members of my household. If they called the master of the house Beelzebul, how much worse the members of his household” or “If they called me, the master of the house, Beelzebul, how much worse you, the members of the household”
10:25 pu5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Given that” or “Because”
10:25 sj3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐπεκάλεσαν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to any person who called Jesus **Beelzebul**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to any person who does that. Alternate translation: “some people called” or “his enemies called”
10:25 y5md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πόσῳ μᾶλλον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “how much worse names will they call”
10:25 mhjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 3 Since Jesus applies this proverb in such a way that he is the **master of the house**, the word **his** refers specifically to Jesus. Jesus is not using the word generically here. Preserve the reference to a specific man. Alternate translation: “the master’s”
10:26 v8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτούς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the people mentioned in the previous verse who called the master of the house and his household names. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as you did in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “that kind of person” or “those enemies”
10:26 taoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why the disciples should not **fear them**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “since”
10:26 cnzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that things that appear to be **concealed** or **hidden** will eventually be **revealed** or **made known**. Translate this proverb in such a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Jesus could be applying this proverb: (1) to things that people do in secret to hurt or harm his disciples, things that will be made known to everyone. Alternate translation: “everything that people conceal will be revealed, and everything that people hide will be made known” (2) to the gospel message, that was or is concealed but that will be made known to everyone. Alternate translation: “the message that is concealed will be revealed, and the message that is hidden will be made known”\n
10:26 x4o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses into one. Alternate translation: “there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed; yes, there is nothing hidden that will not be made known” or “there is nothing hidden that will not be revealed”
10:26 xqs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use positive expressions to translate these double negatives that consist of the negative word **nothing**, which is implied in the second clause, and the negative particle **not**. Alternate translation: “everything that is concealed will be revealed, and everything that is hidden will be made known”
10:26 j86e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, Jesus could be implying: (1) that people do the concealing and hiding and God does the revealing and making known. This fits with the view that the proverb refers to how people persecute the disciples. Alternate translation: “there is nothing that people conceal that God will not reveal, and there is nothing that people hide that God will not make known” (2) that God does both the concealing and hiding and the revealing and making known. This fits with the view that the proverb refers to preaching the gospel. Alternate translation: “there is nothing that God has concealed that he will not reveal, and there is nothing that God has hidden that he will not make known”
10:27 fa1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “What I tell you in the darkness, say in the light. Again, what you hear in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops”
10:27 kw75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 Jesus uses the image of **darkness** to represent the idea of concealment or secrecy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “secretly”
10:27 rw53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a dark place”
10:27 kih1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 Jesus uses the image of **light** to represent the idea of no concealment or secrecy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “openly”
10:27 fc49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε 1 Here, the phrase **what you hear in your ear** refers to something that a person told **you** quietly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what is whispered to you” or “what I say privately to you”
10:27 v1b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 Houses in Israel had flat roofs that were reached by stairs or ladders, so people could easily go up and stand on top of them. If houses are different in your culture and you think your readers might wonder how people would get up onto housetops and stand there, you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “from a high place from which everyone will be able to hear”
10:28 l2uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων 1 Here, the phrase **the ones** refers to humans in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “humans, the ones killing”
10:28 c4nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ σῶμα, τὴν & ψυχὴν & καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα 1 Here, Jesus uses the words **body** and **soul** to distinguish between the physical and non-physical parts of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words that describe the physical and non-physical parts of a person, or you could use more general expressions. Alternate translation: “your physical parts … your non-physical parts … both your physical and non-physical parts”
10:28 pk7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ μᾶλλον 1 Matthew contrasts fear of people with fear of God by using the phrase **But instead**. People are only able to kill our physical bodies, but God is **the one being able** to destroy both our physical bodies and our spiritual souls. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather”
10:28 x3y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν δυνάμενον 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, who is able”
10:28 w5rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γεέννῃ 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. The valley named **Gehenna** was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this name in [5:22](../05/22.md). Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna”
10:29 tm3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Jesus applies what he says here about **sparrows** to his disciples in [10:31](../10/31.md). So, you do not need to include any implied information in this verse.
10:29 glbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show the disciples how inexpensive **sparrows** are. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Two sparrows are sold for an assarion.” or “You know that two sparrows are sold for an assarion!”
10:29 zayd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell two sparrows for an assarion”
10:29 q22l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown στρουθία 1 The word **sparrows** refers to small, seed-eating birds. If your readers would not know what sparrows are, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “small birds”
10:29 i399 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ἀσσαρίου 1 An **assarion** was a small copper coin equivalent to about half an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “for a small copper coin” or “for half an hour’s wage”
10:29 wxt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative phrase **apart from**. Alternate translation: “each one of them falls to ground in the presence of your Father”
10:29 id3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 Here, the phrase **fall to the ground** refers politely to the sparrow dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that politely refers to an animal dying, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will pass away” or “will perish”
10:29 us0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **apart from your Father** could indicate that something happens: (1) without the Father’s knowledge. Alternate translation: “apart from the knowledge of your Father” (2) without the Father’s will. Alternate translation: “apart from the will of your Father” (3) without the Father’s care or interest. Alternate translation: “apart from the care of your Father”
10:29 fe8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is your Father,”
10:30 s07o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a new but related idea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a new but related idea, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “In fact,”
10:30 e2jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν 1 Here Jesus implies that God knows everything about the disciples, including how many **hairs** each disciple has on his or her **head**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God knows everything about you, including the number of all the hairs on your head” or “God knows so much about you that even the hairs of your head are all numbered”
10:30 cih3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God has counted even all the hairs on your head”
10:30 jjhh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὑμῶν & τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 Here, the word **head** is a singular noun that refers to the “heads” of many people. It may be more natural in your language to use a plural form. Alternate translation: “of your heads” or “of each of your heads”
10:30 xbp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν 1 The word **numbered** can also refer to counting. Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have all been counted”
10:31 cwym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ & φοβεῖσθε; πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς 1 The implication is that if God is aware of and concerned for **sparrows**, which are of less value, then God is certainly aware of and concerned for people, who are of greater value. And so followers of Jesus do not need to be afraid, since God is watching over them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “since you are more valuable than many sparrows, God is certainly even more aware of you and concerned for you, and so you do not need to fear”
10:31 ox7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown στρουθίων 1 Translate this word as you did in [10:29](../10/29.md). Alternate translation: “small birds”
10:32 c1zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus has said about persecution and following him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “In the end”
10:32 or3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus implies that the people **confess** that they follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will confess before men that they follow me” or “will confess before men that they believe in me”
10:32 prj9 ἔμπροσθεν -1 Alternate translation: “in the presence of … in the presence of”
10:32 lo11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans”\n
10:32 isvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Here Jesus implies that he will **confess** that these people truly do follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will also confess before my Father in the heavens that he follows me” or “I will also confess before my Father in the heavens that he believes in me”
10:32 zxzu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτῷ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
10:32 n1nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.\n
10:32 b8cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God the **Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”\n
10:33 gc6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅστις & ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus implies that the person **denies** that he or she follows Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whoever denies before men that he or she follows me” or “whoever denies before men that he or she believes in me”
10:33 xm19 ἔμπροσθεν -1 Alternate translation: “in the presence of … in the presence of”
10:33 d15s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans”
10:33 d4yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Here Jesus implies that he will **deny** that these people truly do follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will also deny before my Father in the heavens that he follows me” or “I will also deny before my Father in the heavens that he believes in me”
10:33 zhhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτὸν 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her”
10:33 m8gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
10:33 p2wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God the **Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
10:34 d74z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθον & οὐκ ἦλθον 1 Here, the words **came** and **come** refer to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I came to this world … I did not come to this world” or “I am acting … I am not acting”
10:34 shrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns βαλεῖν εἰρήνην & βαλεῖν εἰρήνην, ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another … to make people get along with one another, but I came to bring a sword”
10:34 l5ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 Here, the phrase **upon the earth** refers to the people who live on **the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “among people”
10:34 uaap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but I came to bring a sword”
10:34 jq6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μάχαιραν 1 Here, the word **sword** represents strife or fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “strife” or “conflict”
10:35-36 rg1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἦλθον γὰρ διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς & καὶ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 In these two verses, Jesus paraphrases or refers to an Old Testament passage, [Micah 7:6](../mic/07/06.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could format these words differently or indicate in a footnote that Jesus is referring to this passage. Alternate translation: “For I came ‘to set a man against his father, and a daughter against her mother, and a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law; and the enemies of a man will be the ones of his household’”
10:35 ec9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about bringing a “sword”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Specifically,”
10:35 te1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθον 1 Here, the word **came** refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. Express the idea as you did in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “I came to this world” or “I am acting”
10:35 a6jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διχάσαι 1 Here, the word **set** refers to separating things so that they no longer go together. Jesus means that he will cause family members to quarrel and fight with each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to divide” or “to turn”
10:35 xx5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and to set a daughter against her mother, and to set a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law”
10:36 i62f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “of a man or woman … his or her”
10:37 lc9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ -1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “more than he or she loves me … more than he or she loves me”
10:37 fb3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος -1 Here, the phrase **worthy of me** indicates that the person deserves or is fit to be Jesus’ disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “does not deserve to be my disciple … does not deserve to be my disciple”
10:38 tezk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ὃς οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου, οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this sentence that has two negatives. Alternate translation: “whoever is worthy of me takes up his cross and follows after me”
10:38 ye95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus also assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “does not take up the wooden cross on which he will be executed”
10:38 vq4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks of taking up a **cross** in order to describe people who are ready and willing to suffer and even die because they follow Jesus. Because this figure of speech is connected to how Jesus himself died on a **cross**, if possible you should preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “is not ready to suffer, which is like taking up his cross,” or “does not take up his cross, ready to suffer or die,”
10:38 x390 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
10:38 ai2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος 1 See how you translated the phrase **worthy of me** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “does not deserve to be my disciple”
10:39 pbf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus speaks of how people’s attitudes toward their current lives affects their eternal lives after they resurrect. He means that those **having found** their current lives **will lose** their eternal, resurrection lives, and that those **having lost** their current lives **will find** their eternal, resurrection lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The one having found his current life will lose it forever, and the one having lost his current life for my sake will find it forever”
10:39 u4jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus speaks of trying to preserve one’s **life** as if it were finding it. He speaks of dying as if it were losing one’s **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one having preserved his life will die”
10:39 ochk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ -1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her … his or her”
10:39 jwf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus speaks of dying or being willing to die as losing one’s **life**. He speaks of experiencing eternal life as if it were finding one’s **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one having died for my sake will have eternal life”
10:39 jxh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 When Jesus says **for my sake**, he means that some people will lose their lives because they are his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” or “because he believes in me”
10:40 c77e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive the disciples were actually receiving him. He means that these people, by receiving the disciples, show that they would receive Jesus too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If someone receives you, it is as if he or she received me” or “The one receiving you proves that he or she would receive me”
10:40 y9ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive him were actually receiving God, who sent him. He means that these people, by receiving him, show that they would receive God too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if someone receives me, it is as if he or she received the one having sent me” or “the one receiving me proves that he or she would receive the one having sent me”
10:40 me6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 Here Jesus implies that **the one having sent** him is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me”
10:41 f9pv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents two similar proverbs in order to teach that people who help others who are serving God will be rewarded in a fitting way. Translate these proverbs in a way that will be recognized as proverbs and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If you receive a prophet in the name of a prophet, you will receive the reward of a prophet. If you receive a righteous man in the name of a righteous man, you will receive the reward of a righteous man”
10:41 zgef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου & εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου 1 Here, the phrase **in the name of** indicates that the reason for **receiving** a person is the recognition or knowledge that the person being received is a **prophet** or **righteous {man}**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the knowledge that he is a prophet … with the knowledge that he is a righteous man” or “because he is a prophet … because he is a righteous man”
10:41 yj1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession μισθὸν προφήτου & μισθὸν δικαίου 1 Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to indicate that a person receives: (1) the same **reward** that a **prophet** or **righteous** person receives from God. Alternate translation: “the same reward that a prophet receives … the same reward that a righteous man receives” (2) the **reward** that a **prophet** or **righteous** person gives. Alternate translation: “a reward from a prophet … a reward from a righteous man”
10:41 st5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations δίκαιον & δικαίου & δικαίου 1 Although the term **righteous {man}** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a righteous person … of a righteous person … of a righteous person”
10:42 rwto rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων ποτήριον ψυχροῦ 1 Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of cold water to drink** as an example of one small way in which a person can help another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is an example, or you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “whoever, for example, gives to one of these little ones a cup of cold water to drink” or “whoever helps one of these little ones in any way”
10:42 z8tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 Here, Jesus refers to people whom others consider unimportant or insignificant as if they were **little**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to any person whom people ignore” or “to an insignificant person”
10:42 v6jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μόνον εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase **in the name of** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “with only the knowledge that this person is a disciple” or “simply because this person is a disciple”
10:42 n58q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 Jesus is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative phrase, **certainly not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “he will most certainly receive”
10:42 d61l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **he** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose his or her”
10:42 ehq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
11:intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n5. Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God, and opposition to Jesus begins (11:1-12:50)\n * Jesus and John the Baptist (11:1–19)\n * John asks about who Jesus is (11:1–6)\n * Jesus teaches about John (11:7–15)\n * Jesus speaks about himself and John (11:16–19)\n * Judgment on Galilean cities (11:20–24)\n * Jesus speaks about his ministry (11:25–30)\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation from [Malachi 3:1](../mal/03/01.md) in 11:10.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Elijah”\n\nIn [11:14](../11/14.md), Jesus says that John the Baptist is “Elijah, the one being about to come.” Here Jesus refers to a prophecy in [Malachi 4:5–6](../mal/04/05.md) that indicates that God will send “Elijah” to prepare the way before God comes to judge his enemies and reward his people. Malachi is referring to a prophet who lived even earlier. This prophet, named Elijah, performed many miracles and spoke messages from God (see [1 Kings 17–19](../1ki/17/01.md) and [2 Kings 2:1–17](../2ki/02/01.md)). So, when Jesus says that John is “Elijah,” he means that John fulfills the prophecy in Malachi that someone like the prophet Elijah will prepare the way before God comes to judge and reward people. If your readers would not know the prophecy in Malachi or the stories about the prophet Elijah, you may need to include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote.\n\n### The day of judgment\n\nIn [11:21–24](../11/21.md), Jesus refers to “the day of judgment.” He says that, on that day, it will be more tolerable for wicked people who lived in cities like Tyre, Sidon, and Sodom than it will be for people who reject Jesus’ ministry in cities like Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Capernaum. The phrase “day of judgment” refers to a specific time in the future when God will judge everyone, punish those who disobey him, and reward those who believe in and obey him. What Jesus means is that even wicked people who lived in cities like Tyre, Sidon, and Sodom will receive less punishment than people who reject him and his message. See the notes on these verses for translation options.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The comparison with children in [11:16–19](../11/16.md)\n\nIn these verses, Jesus compares how people treat him and John with how children play in the marketplace. There are two primary ways to understand the comparison. First, Jesus and John could be like the children who play flutes or sing funeral songs. In this case, Jesus is saying that people reject both John’s mournful ministry and Jesus’ joyful ministry. Second, the people whom Jesus is speaking about could be like the children who play flutes or sing funeral songs. In this case, Jesus is saying that these people are upset that John and Jesus do not behave as they want them to behave. Since both of these options have similar meanings, and because Jesus does not clearly explain which option he intended, if possible express the comparison in such a way that either interpretation could make sense.\n\n### Jesus rebuking cities in [11:20–24](../11/20.md)\n\nIn these verses, Jesus speaks to specific cities as if they were among the crowds who were listening to him. He speaks in this way to express his attitude towards these cities. Further, when Jesus refers to the cities, he uses their names to refer to the people who live in those cities. So, when Jesus speaks directly to Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Capernaum, he is expressing his attitude toward the people who live in those cities. See the notes on these verses for translation strategies and options.\n\n### The yoke and burden metaphor in [11:28–30](../11/28.md)\n\n\nIn these verses, Jesus promises rest, an easy yoke, and a light burden to those who are laboring and heavy-burdened. There are several ways to u
11:1 z2y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς διατάσσων τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, μετέβη ἐκεῖθεν τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν 1 This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ instructions by summarizing what Jesus did and then describing what he did next. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus finished giving orders to his 12 disciples. After that, he departed from there to teach and to preach in their cities”
11:1 h5qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετέβη 1 Here Matthew implies that the **12 disciples** also left that place to do what Jesus had instructed them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he sent them out, and then he departed”
11:1 md5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the word **there** refers to the place where Jesus was when he gave his disciples the instructions that are quoted in the previous chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he had been”
11:1 dr3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν 1 The terms **teach** and **preach** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to teach frequently” or “to preach often”
11:1 hhfx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν 1 Here, the word **their** refers to Jewish people in general, particularly those who lived in Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Jewish cities” or “the cities in Galilee”
11:2 uei9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
11:2 f3j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ 1 Matthew has not yet told the story of why **John** was **in prison**. Since Matthew narrates this story in [14:4-5](../14/4.md), you do not need to explain it to your reader here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that John is **in the prison** when he hears about **the deeds of Christ**. Alternate translation: “John, who was in prison, having heard about”
11:2 zy7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe **deeds** that **Christ** did. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the deeds that Christ had done”
11:2 k1a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew means that John **sent** his **disciples** to Jesus and had them speak to Jesus for him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sent his disciples to speak to Jesus for him”
11:2 q79l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to John. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “his own”
11:3 isix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ 1 Since John’s disciples are talking to Jesus, the word **you** in this verse is singular.
11:3 w2im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, John uses the phrase **the one coming** to refer to a special person whom God promised would come and help God’s people. People sometimes called this special person “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the special person whom God said would come” or “the Messiah whom God said would come”
11:3 q89t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “should we expect another person to be the coming one”
11:4 w03k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the question that John’s disciples had asked him. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded”
11:5 dyxy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 When he answers John’s disciples, Jesus lists many things that he has done. John’s disciples would have known that this list is similar to the lists found in [Isaiah 35:5–6](../isa/35/05.md) and [Isaiah 61:1](../isa/61/01.md) that describe what will happen when God acts to help his people. Jesus does not directly quote either of these lists, but he wants John’s disciples to know that what he has done is what God promised would happen when the Messiah came. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a footnote that refers to the lists in Isaiah, or you could include a small amount of explanatory information. Alternate translation: “Just as God promised, the blind are seeing again, and the lame walk, lepers are cleansed, and the deaf hear, and the dead are raised, and the poor are being told the gospel”
11:5 tjuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ & χωλοὶ & κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **blind**, **lame**, **deaf**, **dead**, and **poor** as nouns in order to describe groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “Blind people … lame people … deaf people … dead people … poor people”
11:5 sd6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται & νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lepers become clean … the dead come back to life, and the poor hear the gospel”
11:5 gnt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 Here, much as in [10:8](../10/08.md), Jesus speaks of ceremonially cleansing lepers, but he implies that the lepers are healed of their skin diseases, since these are what make lepers unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “lepers are healed from their unclean diseases”
11:5 v274 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται 1 Here, the phrase **the dead are raised** refers to people who have died becoming alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dead live again”\n
11:6 jm3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will bless any person who”
11:6 he52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever does not stumble on me”
11:6 yyuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί 1 Here Jesus speaks as if he were a lump or rock that people could **stumble on**. He means that some people will reject and desert him because of what he does and because of what will happen to him. However, those who do not reject or desert him will be **blessed**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not desert me because of what I do” or “does not run away from me”
11:7 vt51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
11:7 d4lo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τούτων 1 The pronoun **these** refers to John’s disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to these people. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples”
11:7 ysq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach the crowds about John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out into the wilderness to see a reed shaken by the wind!” or “I know what you went out into the wilderness to see. It was not a reed shaken by the wind.”
11:7 f3f1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι 1 Here Jesus implies that the people went out to see and hear John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “When you visited John in the wilderness, what did you go out to see”
11:7 ydn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 Here, the phrase **a reed being shaken by the wind** could describe: (1) a person who changes his or her mind or message whenever there is any trouble or difficulty, just like a **reed** moves whenever the **wind** blows. Alternate translation: “a man who changes his message whenever it is convenient” or “a man who changes his mind as easily as a reed is shaken by the wind” (2) something or someone ordinary, just like **a reed being shaken by the wind** was a common or normal sight in Matthew’s culture. Alternate translation: “something ordinary, like a reed being shaken by the wind”
11:7 w269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed that the wind shakes”
11:8 fn2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with the possibility that Jesus asked about in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “If not that,” or “So,”
11:8 n5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach the crowds about John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to see a man dressed in soft clothing!” or “I know what you went out to see. It was not a man dressed in soft clothing.”
11:8 y24r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον 1 Luke assumes that readers will know that John wore crude, rugged clothing. Like his residence in the desert, his clothing was a symbolic protest against the established order. As such, it would have been offensive rather than attractive. So no one would have gone out just to see a person dressed that way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “A man wearing splendid clothing? You would not have gone to hear John if that was what you wanted to see.”
11:8 nrdy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν & ἠμφιεσμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who had put on”
11:8 by2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μαλακοῖς & τὰ μαλακὰ 1 The term **soft clothing** refers to luxurious or expensive clothes, since normal clothing was rough. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “splendid clothing … splendid clothing” or “expensive clothing … expensive clothing”
11:8 n2k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “As you know”
11:9 msgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, much as in [11:8](../11/08.md), the word **But** introduces a contrast with the possibility that Jesus asked about in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “If not that,” or “So,”
11:9 lfls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν? 1 Here the two questions could be divided so that the phrase **To see** goes with: (1) **a prophet**. See the ULT. (2) **go out**. Alternate translation: “what did you go out to see? A prophet?”\n
11:9 gm97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach the crowds about John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Surely you went out to see a prophet!” or “I know why you went out. It was to see a prophet.”
11:9 iytz λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is telling the crowds. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”
11:9 fb75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ περισσότερον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and he was more than”
11:9 rp94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom περισσότερον προφήτου 1 Here Jesus means that John was indeed a prophet, but that he was even **more** than a typical prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not just an ordinary prophet” or “greater than the other prophets”
11:10 ttv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτός 1 The pronoun **This** refers to John the Baptist. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “John”
11:10 ts9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Malachi (see [Malachi 3:1](../mal/03/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “you can read in the Scriptures” or “it says in the book of Malachi”
11:10 de17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Malachi wrote in the Scriptures”
11:10 jc00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention”
11:10 fi5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 Here, the phrase **before your face** means before or in front of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of you” or “before I send you”
11:10 mzmx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου -1 Here, the words **your**, **your**, and **you** are singular because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in this quotation.
11:10 kva7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 Here the author of the quotation speaks of helping people to get ready for the coming of the Messiah as if it were preparing the **way** or road for the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will help people get ready for you to arrive”
11:11 z5yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 The phrase **those born of women** refers to all people who have lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among all the people who have ever lived”
11:11 r9ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne”
11:11 c093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐκ ἐγήγερται & μείζων 1 Jesus is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, **greater**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “there have only arisen ones lesser than”
11:11 jm5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἐγήγερται 1 Here Jesus speaks of people having lived as if they had **arisen**, or stood up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there has not existed” or “there has not lived”
11:11 cag4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ & μικρότερος 1 Matthew is using the adjective **least** as a noun to mean people who are not very important. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this phrase with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person”
11:11 pxbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 The implication is that being part of **the kingdom of the heavens** is greater than any human distinctive. So anyone who is part of **the kingdom** is greater than even John, whom Jesus said was the greatest person who had ever lived before the coming of **the kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is greater than John is because he or she is part of something greater than anything that is human”
11:12 c2qi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, based on how this verse is interpreted (see the following notes and the chapter introduction) the word **But** could introduce: (1) a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse about how great the kingdom of the heavens is. In contrast with that, the **kingdom of the heavens** is attacked violently. Alternate translation: “However,” (2) a development of what Jesus said in the previous verse about how great the kingdom of the heavens is. The kingdom advances and grows forcefully. Alternate translation: “Now”
11:12 mb4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῶν ἡμερῶν 1 Here, the word **days** refers to a specific period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time period”
11:12 ynqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **days** in which **John the Baptist** preached. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when John the Baptist ministered”
11:12 o81e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 If you understand these two clauses to say similar things (see the following notes and the chapter introduction), then the second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens suffers violence; yes, violent men take it by force”
11:12 inr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται 1 Christians disagree about what exactly this clause means. See the chapter introduction for more information and options. Most likely, the clause could mean: (1) that people attack God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently” (2) that God’s kingdom triumphs forcefully in the world. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully”
11:12 qy4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns βιάζεται 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **violence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is violently treated” or “is attacked violently”
11:12 rjlg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 Christians disagree about what exactly this clause means. See the chapter introduction for more information and options. Most likely, the clause could mean: (1) that the **men** are evil and **violent** and attack the kingdom. Alternate translation: “violent men attack it forcefully” (2) that the **men** are forceful and want to be part of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “forceful men take hold of it”
11:12 viv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations βιασταὶ 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “violent men and women”
11:12 ce88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **force**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “take it forcefully”
11:13 xfx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of how John is an important or significant person. As the last verse showed, the kingdom of the heavens has “suffered violence” since John began his ministry, and this verse shows that **the Prophets** and **the Law** prophesied about these things up to the time when John began his ministry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “In fact,”
11:13 g1i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος & ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the Prophets** and **the Law** were people who **have prophesied**. He means that these sections of Scripture contain prophecies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the Prophets and the Law contain what people have prophesied”\n
11:13 r95f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος 1 Jesus is referring to all of God’s word that had been written up to that time. He is using the names of two of its major components to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures”
11:13 s8h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 Here Jesus implies that the Scriptures include prophecies about the kingdom of the heavens, Jesus’ ministry, and all the things that were happening once John and then Jesus began their ministries. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. If possible, use a general phrase that could refer to many of these events and actions. Alternate translation: “have prophesied until John about what has begun to happen”
11:13 s5ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως Ἰωάννου 1 Here Jesus could mean that: (1) **the Prophets and the Law** contain prophecies written down only **until John** began his ministry. Alternate translation: “up to when John began his ministry” (2) what **the Prophets and the Law** prophesied was a prediction about the future only **until John** began his ministry. Now these prophecies have come true. Alternate translation: “until John began his ministry, when the prophecies came true”
11:14 rdsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δέξασθαι, αὐτός 1 Here Jesus leaves out what will happen if the people are **willing to accept {it}**. He implies that, when they **accept {it}**, they will learn or understand what he is about to tell them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include this implied idea. Alternate translation: “to accept it, you can be sure that he” or “to accept it, you will understand that he”
11:14 yg2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δέξασθαι 1 Here Jesus could be implying that they need to be willing to **accept**: (1) what Jesus says about John. Alternate translation: “to accept what I tell you” (2) what the Law and the Prophets prophesied (see [11:13](../11/13.md)). Alternate translation: “to accept what the Law and the Prophets said”
11:14 fj3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 Here Jesus is referring to a prophecy in [Malachi 4:5–6](../mal/04/05.md). This prophecy states that God will send **Elijah** before the day of the Lord arrives, and he will prepare people. **Elijah** was a prophet who did many powerful things a long time before Malachi wrote down this prophecy. What Jesus implies is that John the Baptist fulfills this prophecy, and so he is like **Elijah**, just as Malachi prophesied. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he is the person about whom it is prophesied that someone like Elijah would come” or “he is the one being about to come, whom the prophets named Elijah”
11:14 kb67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτός 1 The pronoun **he** refers to John the Baptist. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist”
11:15 z97x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Here, the phrase **ears to hear** represents the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one who wishes to understand, let him understand and obey” or “The one who can listen to me should pay attention”
11:15 w4cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, not about other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person plural here. Alternate translation: “You who have ears to hear should hear” or “If you have ears to hear, then hear”
11:15 ccyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἀκούειν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **to hear**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
11:15 r1do rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἀκουέτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should hear”
11:15 zt7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀκουέτω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person hear”
11:16 hkq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
11:16 mp8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 Jesus is using the question form to introduce a comparison between **this generation** and **children sitting in the marketplace**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Here is what I compare this generation to.”
11:16 yat1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 Here, **generation** represents the people who are part of the **generation**, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “today’s people” or “the people of this generation”\n
11:16 zjr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν 1 These words are the beginning of Jesus’ comparison. His opponents complain about John being too austere, and they complain about Jesus not being austere enough, just like children who complain when other children don’t dance with them, and then complain again when they don’t cry with them. Since Jesus explains this comparison in the following verses, you do not need to explain it here in your translation.
11:16 l7km rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the town square” or “the park”
11:17 sney rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they played the flute for them, and they did not dance, and that they sang a funeral song, and they did not mourn.”
11:17 ai4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσιν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they say”\n
11:17 d916 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ηὐλήσαμεν 1 The children are referring to the **flute** to indicate that they played a happy, upbeat tune, for which the **flute** was well suited. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We played a happy tune”
11:17 t723 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ -1 In both places, the children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “and yet … and yet”
11:18 yz80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθεν 1 Here, the word **came** refers to John living and behaving in certain ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was” or “lived”
11:18 qe7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting” or “neither eating good food nor drinking wine”
11:18 ya2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “many say” or “others say”
11:18 p4ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon.”
11:18 evok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δαιμόνιον ἔχει 1 To say that someone **has a demon** is to say that the demon possesses or controls that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He is demon-possessed” or “He is controlled by a demon”
11:19 iwk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man,”
11:19 bvon rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθεν 1 Here, the word **came** refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “came to this world” or “lived”
11:19 gs6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 Here Jesus means that he did not fast and that he participated in feasts and enjoyed **eating and drinking**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating good food and drinking wine” or “feasting”
11:19 x4ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!”
11:19 ddxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “This is” or “Observe”
11:19 pv4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης 1 The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk as a result. If you do not have words for these kinds of people, you could use descriptive phrases. Alternate translation: “one who eats and drinks more than he should”\n
11:19 vwk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb that he applies to what people say about him and John. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children”
11:19 ml8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **wisdom** were a woman who had **children**. The **children** could be: (1) people who are wise. Alternate translation: “wisdom has been justified by wise people” (2) the **children** could be the results of wise behavior. Alternate translation: “wisdom has been justified by its results”
11:19 yyk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure your translation fits with how you chose to translate **children** (see the previous note). Here, the word **wisdom** could refer to: (1) wise behavior and thinking. Alternate translation: “what is wise has been justified by wise people” (2) how God is wise. Alternate translation: “how wise God is has been justified by wise people”
11:19 o3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wisdom’s children justify her”
11:19 e8h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **her children**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “her works.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
11:20 w12g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces what happened after Jesus finished saying what Matthew has included in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next thing that happened. Alternate translation: “After that,”
11:20 n39l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τότε ἤρξατο ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ, ὅτι οὐ μετενόησαν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Then, because the cities in which most of his miracles were done had not repented, he began to rebuke them”
11:20 w4g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people of the cities”
11:20 t51a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “he had done most of his miracles”
11:21 xxb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! & ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as if he were speaking directly to people about these cities. Alternate translation: “There will be woe for Chorazin! There will be woe for Bethsaida! … those cities”\n
11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **woe to you** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How bad it is for you … How bad it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you … Trouble will come to you”
11:21 vmsk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι -1 Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so **you** is singular in both cases.
11:21 lcsu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν 1 The words **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida** are the names of two cities.
11:21 y9d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, and **Tyre and Sidon** refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of Chorazin … people of Bethsaida … among the people of Tyre and Sidon”
11:21 uo47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Jesus pronounces **Woe** to these cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a statement, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I rebuke you because” or “That is because”
11:21 ozdx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus assumes that his audience will know that God destroyed the cities of **Tyre** and **Sidon** because the people in them were so wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even they would have repented if they had seen the miracles which happened in you. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well”
11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Here Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “suppose that the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you. They would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes”
11:21 k3in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
11:21 tm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have worn **sackcloth** and put **ashes** on their heads. These actions are signs of humility and sorrow that show that they were very sorry for doing what was wrong. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of these actions in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins by wearing sackcloth and putting ashes on their heads”
11:22 ewcx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast πλὴν 1 Here, the word **Nevertheless** introduces a contrast with how people might think about the wicked people of **Tyre** and **Sidon**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **Nevertheless** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Yet” or “As a matter of fact”
11:22 g4mo λέγω ὑμῖν & ἔσται 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that it will be”
11:22 ibpo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν 1 Jesus assumes that his audience will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God will judge you more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked”
11:22 mr18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 Here, the words **Tyre and Sidon** refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the people of Tyre and Sidon”
11:22 ngkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **day** on which **judgment** will happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone”
11:22 i16e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people are judged”
11:23 h8e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Much as in [11:21](../11/21.md), Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of **Capernaum**. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about that city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as if he were speaking directly to people about these cities. Alternate translation: “And Capernaum will not be exalted to heaven, will it? It will go down to Hades. For if the miracles that happened in it had happened in Sodom, Sodom would have remained until today”
11:23 laui rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down as far as Hades**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “And you, Capernaum, the one being exalted to heaven, will be brought down as far as Hades.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
11:23 nddz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because they think that they will be **exalted to heaven**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you, Capernaum, will certainly not be exalted to heaven.” or “you, Capernaum, will by no means be exalted to heaven!”
11:23 vpz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σύ & μὴ & ὑψωθήσῃ & καταβήσῃ & σοί 1 Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so **you** is singular throughout this verse.
11:23 fj7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Καφαρναούμ & ἐν Σοδόμοις 1 Here, the words **Capernaum** and **Sodom** refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … among the people of Sodom”
11:23 vbsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 The phrase **be exalted** refers to receiving honor. To **be exalted** all the way up to **heaven** indicates that this honor is very great. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will not be honored greatly, will you”
11:23 aa7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?”
11:23 yckg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 The phrase **be brought down** refers to experiencing punishment and dishonor. To **be brought down** all the way to **Hades** indicates that this punishment and dishonor are very great. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You will be punished severely”
11:23 w9qp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will bring you down as far as Hades”
11:23 igya rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Jesus says that **Capernaum** will **go down to Hades**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a statement, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say this about you because” or “That is because”
11:23 fwpf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 In Jesus’ culture, people knew that **Sodom** was a city where many wicked people had lived. God punished these people by destroying them. You can read about what happened in [Genesis 19:1–29](../gen/19/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the city of Sodom because it was so wicked. But even those people would have repented, and Sodom would have remained until today, if they had seen the miracles which happened in you. So the people of Capernaum certainly should have repented as well”
11:23 vk57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Here Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but that they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “suppose that the miracles had happened in Sodom which happened in you. That city would have remained until today”
11:23 z279 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Here Jesus means that God would not have destroyed the city of **Sodom** because its people would have repented when they saw the **miracles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it would have remained until today because its people would have repented” or “they would have stopped sinning, and so the city would not have been destroyed”
11:23 b24t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 Here, the phrase **until today** indicates that something is true or exists at the time when the speaker is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “up to our time” or “even now”
11:24 z3pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast πλὴν 1 Here, the word **Nevertheless** introduces a contrast with how people might think about the wicked people of **Sodom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **Nevertheless** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Yet” or “As a matter of fact”
11:24 vcd1 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”
11:24 t8n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί 1 Jesus assumes that his audience will know that God destroyed **the land of Sodom** because the people in it were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God will judge you more severely than he will judge the people who lived in the land of Sodom, even though he destroyed that land because they were so wicked”
11:24 e3pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων 1 Here, the phrase **the land of Sodom** refers to the people who live in that land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the people of the land of Sodom”
11:24 yk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **day** on which **judgment** will happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone”
11:24 wenk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people are judged”
11:24 mc79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοί 1 Since Jesus is addressing an individual city, Capernaum, **you** here is singular.
11:25 xt8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 Here, the word **answering** indicates that Jesus is responding to what he has said in the previous verses about how people have not repented in response to Jesus’ message and miracles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because of how people were not repenting, Jesus said”
11:25 rtar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι & ἔκρυψας 1 Because Jesus is praying to God the Father, all forms of **you** in this verse are singular.
11:25 h5x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.
11:25 u9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Here, Jesus is referring to all of creation by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Lord over everything that exists” or “Lord of all creation”
11:25 uhp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα & αὐτὰ 1 Here, the phrase **these things** and the word **them** refer generally to the meaning and significance of Jesus and his ministry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what my ministry means … its meaning” or “my message … it”
11:25 qw5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to describe groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “from people who are wise and intelligent”
11:25 las9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus calls these people **wise and intelligent** because that is what they think about themselves. Jesus knows that God has not revealed things to them, so they are not actually that **wise** or **intelligent**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent”
11:25 w9hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 The terms **wise** and **intelligent** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything”
11:25 b6w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 Here, the phrase **little children** refers to people who may not have much education but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to people who are like little children” or “to people who trust you completely” or “to uneducated people”
11:26 mq9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ναί 1 Here, the word **Yes** emphasizes that God has indeed done what Jesus said he had in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You have indeed done that” or “You have done those things”
11:26 jfla rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.
11:26 qp7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 Here, the phrase **before you** indicates that it is **well-pleasing** according to God’s evaluation or judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your sight” or “in your judgment”
11:26 ppui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου 1 Because Jesus is praying to God the Father, **you** here is singular.
11:27 yk5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed over all things to me”
11:27 gd67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα & παρεδόθη 1 The phrase **All things** could refer to: (1) knowledge about the **Father** and what the **Father** does. Alternate translation: “All things about the Father have been handed over” or “All knowledge has been handed over” (2) authority over everything that the **Father** has created. Alternate translation: “All authority has been handed over”
11:27 j3vk rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου & τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Πατήρ & τὸν Πατέρα & ὁ Υἱὸς & ὁ Υἱὸς 1 The words **Father** and **Son** are important titles for God that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus.
11:27 s1as rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only one who knows the Son is the Father”
11:27 esp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Υἱὸς & βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son, … me, the Son … I, the Son, desire”
11:27 l8xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “and the only ones who know the Father are the Son and anyone to whom the Son desires to reveal him”
11:28 x978 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δεῦτε πρός με 1 Here, the phrase **Come to me** is an invitation to be with Jesus as his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples” or “Be with me as my students”
11:28 o49n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 Here Jesus could be speaking about: (1) how many experiences and situations make people tired and exhausted. Jesus promises **rest** from these things. Alternate translation: “all the ones whose lives are full of labor and heavy burdens, and I will give you rest from these things” (2) how the religious leaders’ interpretation of the law made people tired and exhausted when they tried to obey it. Jesus promises **rest** and offers a different interpretation of the law. Alternate translation: “all the ones laboring under the law and heavy burdened by it, and I will give you rest from that law”
11:28 t2jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κοπιῶντες 1 Here, the word **laboring** could describe: (1) people who are tired. Alternate translation: “who are tired” or “who are exhausted” (2) people who are working hard. Alternate translation: “who are working hard”
11:28 oetw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πεφορτισμένοι 1 Here Jesus speaks of how people struggle or suffer as if they were **burdened** by a **heavy** load. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffering” or “being oppressed”
11:28 f1w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **rest**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will make you restful” or “cause you to rest”
11:29 vckw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς, καὶ μάθετε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ; καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last two clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for your souls. Therefore, take my yoke on you and learn from me”
11:29 q1ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Here Jesus speaks of people who obey his commands and teaching as if they were farm animals that accepted a **yoke**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Obey me as if you were a farm animal wearing a yoke” or “Obey me”
11:29 t1rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς 1 The terms **gentle** and **humble** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” or “I am very humble”
11:29 i3qs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 The phrase **gentle and humble in heart** means that Jesus has a **gentle** and **humble** attitude. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have a gentle and humble attitude” or “I am gentle and humble”
11:29 o8cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **rest** were an object that his audience could **find**. He means that they will be able to experience **rest**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your souls will be able to rest”
11:29 sysp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **rest**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that your souls can rest”
11:29 i3ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here, the word **souls** refers to the people who **find rest**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for yourselves”
11:30 o9zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why people should take Jesus’ yoke and find rest (see [11:30](../11/30.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should do that because” or “That is because”
11:30 ynf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ & ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “my yoke is easy; yes, my burden is light” or “my yoke and burden are easy”
11:30 hlv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ & ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of people who obey his commands and teaching as if they were farm animals that accepted a **yoke** or carried a **burden**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeying me is easy. It is as if you were a farm animal wearing an easy yoke. Accepting my teaching is not difficult. It is as if you were a farm animal carrying a light burden” or “Obeying me is easy, and accepting my teaching is not difficult”
12:intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n5. Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God, and opposition to Jesus begins (11:1-12:50)\n * Arguments with the Pharisees about the Sabbath (12:1–14)\n * Picking heads of grain on the Sabbath (12:1–8)\n * Healing a man on the Sabbath (12:9–14)\n * Jesus fulfills a quotation from Isaiah (12:15–21)\n * Argument with the Pharisees about casting out demons (12:22–30)\n * Jesus teaches on words and God’s judgment (12:31–37)\n * Jesus condemns “this generation” (12:38–45)\n * Jesus’ true family (12:46–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [12:18–21](../12/18.md), which is a quotation from [Isaiah 42:1–4](../isa/42/01.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nIn the law that God gave to Moses, God commanded the Israelites to rest on the seventh day, which was called the Sabbath. The Jewish religious leaders disagreed with each other about what kinds of things a person could do on the Sabbath and still rest as God had commanded. For example, they debated which emergencies were serious enough that someone could do work on the Sabbath without disobeying God’s command. In [12:1–14](../12/01.md), the Pharisees and Jesus engage in these kinds of debates about the Sabbath. Jesus disagrees with how the Pharisees understand the Sabbath, and he argues for a different view. If your readers may not understand what the Sabbath is and why Jesus and the Pharisees are debating about it, you may need to include some information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### Casting out demons\n\nDemons are evil spiritual beings who can control people and who serve Satan. They usually use the people they control to hurt themselves or others. In [12:22](../12/22.md), Matthew briefly describes how Jesus drove out a demon who caused the man it controlled to be blind and mute, that is, unable to see or speak. In response, the crowds wonder whether Jesus is the special “Son of David.” However, the Pharisees accuse Jesus of using the power of Beelzebul, that is, Satan, to cast out demons. Jesus tells them that it does not make sense for Satan, who rules the demons, to empower someone to cast out demons.\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nIn [12:31–32](../12/31.md), Jesus speaks about “blasphemy of the Spirit” and speaking “against the Holy Spirit.” He indicates that God will forgive all kinds of sins, including speaking against Jesus himself. However, God will not forgive people who speak against the Holy Spirit. Jesus says these things because the Pharisees said that he cast out demons by the power of Beelzebul. Jesus implies that he actually cast out demons by the power of the Holy Spirit. So, since the Pharisees have called the Holy Spirit Beelzebul, they have blasphemed or spoken against the Spirit. Christians debate what counts as this kind of blasphemy and why God will not forgive people for it. In your translation, you should express the idea as generally as Jesus does. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### The sign of Jonah\n\nIn [12:39–41](../12/39.md), Jesus refers to a story about a prophet named Jonah. God told Jonah to prophesy in the city of Nineveh that God would destroy it. Jonah instead got on a boat to go the opposite direction. God sent a bad storm on the ocean, and to stop the storm Jonah had the sailors throw him into the ocean. God then had a huge fish swallow Jonah. He was inside the fish for three days and three nights, and then the fish spit Jonah out onto the shore. Jonah then did prophesy in the city of Nineveh, and the people there repented and asked God for mercy. In response, God chose not to destroy the city. You can read this story in [Jonah 1–4](../jon/01/01.md). When Jesus refers to “the sign of Jonah,”
12:1 m2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 The phrase **At that time** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,” or “Then,”
12:1 xte6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῖς Σάββασιν 1 Here Matthew uses the phrase **on the Sabbaths** to indicate that this event occurred on one specific Sabbath day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on one of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day”
12:1 tvt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 The word **grainfields** refers to places where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of field, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “fields where grain is grown”
12:1 rgpc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces a contrast with how people were expected to behave **on the Sabbaths**, which included not picking grain or other crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this contrast. Alternate translation: “but, even though it was the Sabbath,” or “and, despite the fact that it was the Sabbath,”
12:1 y5vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown στάχυας 1 The **heads** are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant, which are the parts that people eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tops of the grain plants” or “the edible parts of the grain plants”
12:2 dkze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** is meant to draw the attention of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the person to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention:”
12:2 swl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 The Pharisees considered even the small action of picking heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. This kind of work was prohibited on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are harvesting grain, and that is work that is not lawful to do on the Sabbath”
12:3-4 d712 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ & πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show the Pharisees that they should have learned a principle from the story about **David** that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have not understood what you have read about what David did when he was hungry, and the ones with him—how he went into the house of God and ate the loaves of the Presence, which was not lawful for him to eat nor for the ones with him, except only for the priests.”
12:3-4 ov8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ & πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις? 1 Here Jesus refers to a story about **David** before he became king. The current king, Saul was trying to kill David. So, David ran away to the priest who was serving God at the time. David and the men who ran away with him were very hungry, so they asked the priest for food. The priest gave them the special bread that was laid out in God’s presence every day, and David and his men ate this bread. You can read this story in [1 Samuel 21:1–6](../1sa/21/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Have you not read what David did when he was hungry after he escaped from King Saul, who wanted to kill him? He and the ones with him visited the priest, went into the house of God, and ate the loaves of the Presence, which was not lawful for him to eat nor for the ones with him, except only for the priests.”
12:4 u3ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **the house of God** to refer to the tabernacle, the place where God’s presence was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the sanctuary”
12:4 ue7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 The phrase **the loaves of the Presence** refers to loaves of bread that were placed every day on a table in the tabernacle or temple as an offering to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the loaves that were presented to God” or “the bread that was placed in God’s presence every morning”
12:4 lkx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Here Jesus indicates that the only people who were allowed to eat this **bread** were **the priests**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces this kind of exception. Alternate translation: “since only the priests could eat it” or “which was lawful only for the priests to eat”
12:5 f79q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show the Pharisees that they should have learned a principle from the laws about priests working on **the Sabbath** that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Again, you have not understood what you have read in the law about how on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.”
12:5 bkjv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a second example from the Scriptures that Jesus uses to prove his point. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example. Alternate translation: “Similarly,” or “Further,”
12:5 dqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 The priests were said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “profane the Sabbath by doing priestly work”
12:5 i9ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν 1 Here Jesus means that, although the priests do work on the Sabbath, the law does not condemn them, since doing priestly work on the Sabbath is an exception to the Sabbath requirements. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are innocent, since God permits this kind of work on the Sabbaths”
12:6 b6i0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a slight contrast with what Jesus has said about how serving in **the temple** is an exception to keeping the Sabbath. In this verse, Jesus indicates that there is an even **greater** thing that provides an exception to keeping the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “And yet” or “But now”
12:6 k4mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo μεῖζόν 1 Here, the word **something** is a very general term. It could refer to the kingdom of God, Jesus himself, the ministry that Jesus begins, what Jesus calls his disciples to do, or many other things. If possible, you should use a general term that could refer to many or all of these things. Alternate translation: “an entity greater than” or “a new thing greater than”
12:7 wjba rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a further development of what Jesus has been saying about the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now” or “In fact,”
12:7 ypj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ & ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that the Pharisee have not understood this quotation, because they have indeed **condemned the innocent**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “since you do not know what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you have condemned the innocent”
12:7 pp9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τί ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus means that they should learn what the passage he is about to quote means. See how you translated this phrase in [9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “what this means” or “the meaning of this passage”
12:7 e1ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 Here Jesus introduces a quotation from [Hosea 6:6](../hos/06/06.md), where God is speaking to the Israelites. Jesus has already quoted this verse in [9:13](../09/13.md), so translate it exactly as you did there.
12:7 s23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” or “my innocent disciples”
12:7 wc5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Here Jesus means that his disciples are **innocent** of breaking the Sabbath laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who are innocent of breaking the Sabbath” or “those who have not disobeyed Sabbath laws”
12:8 oy77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the basis for what Jesus has said about the Sabbath in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I can say those things because” or “Here is why I am able to say such things:”
12:8 l7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐστιν & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am”
12:8 o3op rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Κύριος & ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **Lord** who rules over **the Sabbath**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has authority over the Sabbath” or “rules over the Sabbath”
12:9 oy4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the phrase **from there** refers to the grainfields that Jesus and his disciples were walking through when the Pharisees confronted them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from those fields” or “from that place”
12:9 y4me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **their** refers to the Jewish people living in this region. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish synagogue” or “the synagogue in that area”
12:10 h5q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 Matthew is using the phrase **behold, a man** to introduce this man with **a withered hand** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain man was in the synagogue, and he had a withered hand”
12:10 xb13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Use a word or phrase that expresses this idea clearly. Alternate translation: “having a shriveled hand” or “whose hand was atrophied”
12:10 dn3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτησαν & κατηγορήσωσιν 1 The pronoun **they** in both cases could refer to: (1) the Pharisees, the ones who had asked about the disciples picking grain on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “these Pharisees questioned … they might accuse” (2) some people who were in the synagogue. Alternate translation: “some people there questioned … they might accuse”
12:10 c1cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **him** in both places refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus”
12:10 nabg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking whether it was lawful to heal on the Sabbaths, in order that”
12:10 x6ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which the Pharisees ask this question. They intend to **accuse** Jesus based on how he answers the question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of purpose. Alternate translation: “so that, when he answered,” or “They asked this question so that”
12:10 odoz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew implies that they would accuse Jesus of breaking the Sabbath commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses”
12:11 ng4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Every man among you, if he has one sheep that falls into a pit on the Sabbaths, will definitely grasp hold of it and lift it out.” or “There is no man among you who, having one sheep that falls into a pit on the sabbaths, will not grasp hold of it and lift it out!”
12:11 adjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain when it is appropriate to work **on the Sabbaths**. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “What would one of you do if you had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbaths? You would grasp hold of it and lift it out, wouldn’t you”
12:11 mays rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρόβατον ἕν 1 Here, the phrase **one sheep** could imply that: (1) the person only owns **one sheep**. Alternate translation: “only one sheep” (2) the person owns more than one sheep, but only this **one** falls into **a pit**. Alternate translation: “a sheep”
12:11 yzvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “person”
12:11 kdjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῖς Σάββασιν 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **on the Sabbaths** to indicate that this event would occur on a Sabbath day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on one of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day”
12:11 zie4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ 1 Here Jesus implies that these actions are considered work, which would normally break the Sabbath commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not work on the Sabbath by grasping hold of it and lifting it out”
12:12 s2tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that **a man** is **more valuable** than **a sheep** and should be treated accordingly. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “A man, then, is more valuable than a sheep.” or “A man, then, is much more valuable than a sheep!”
12:12 zno4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 Here Jesus implies that, since even on Sabbath days people help sheep that are less valuable, they should also help people, who are more valuable, even on Sabbath days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep? So, even on the Sabbaths, you should assist other people more than you assist sheep.”
12:12 ot8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the transition word **then** to the beginning of the question. Alternate translation: “Then how much more valuable is a man than”
12:12 no9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **then** introduces an inference based on what Jesus said about the **sheep** in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference. Alternate translation: “given what I have said about sheep” or “in light of that”
12:12 modr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “is a person”
12:12 b1ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε ἔξεστιν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an inference based on what Jesus has said about sheep and people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an inference. Alternate translation: “Because of those things, you can see that it is lawful” or “Since that is true, you can tell that it is lawful”
12:12 efle καλῶς ποιεῖν 1 Alternate translation: “to help people”
12:13 valq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
12:13 be8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “I heal you. Now stretch out your hand!”
12:13 n1wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα 1 Here, the command and the word **your** are singular since Jesus is speaking to the man with the withered hand.
12:13 jry3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “it became healthy” or “Jesus restored it to health”
12:13 twyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **health**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it was made healthy”
12:13 ybhk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἡ ἄλλη 1 Matthew is using the adjective **other** as a noun to mean the man’s other hand. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other hand”
12:14 zbkn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
12:14 l88i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **took counsel against him** indicates that **the Pharisees** were working together to figure out ways to harm Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “made plans concerning Jesus” or “came up with ideas about how they could harm Jesus”
12:15 hnff rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
12:15 mh7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γνοὺς 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus **perceived** that the Pharisees were planning to kill him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “having perceived that they were taking counsel against him”
12:15 qugq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the word **there** refers to the area where Jesus had been when he healed the man with the withered hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “from that region” or “from where he had healed the man”
12:15 gbqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοί 1 Matthew is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many others”
12:15 lbo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus healed **all** the people who were sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all of them who had diseases”
12:16 sqxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them, ‘Do not make me known,’”
12:16 hrvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ & ποιήσωσιν 1 The pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) all the people who were following Jesus. Alternate translation: “all of them that they might not make” (2) just the people whom he healed. Alternate translation: “those he had healed that they might not make”
12:16 ckgx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 Here, the phrase **make him known** refers to telling many people about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might not talk about him with many other people” or “they might not speak about him with everyone”
12:17 mcd7 0 This verse is identical to [4:14](../04/14.md), so express the idea as you did there.
12:18-21 vyt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations 0 In these verses, Matthew quotes parts of [Isaiah 42:1–4](../isa/42/01.md). He leaves out parts of [Isaiah 42:4](../isa/42/04.md), and in many places his quotation does not match the Hebrew version of Isaiah. So, translate what Matthew writes, not what you might read in [Isaiah 42:1–4](../isa/42/01.md).
12:18 lrj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ, ὁ παῖς μου 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Look, my servant” or “Think about my servant”
12:18 zkt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ ἀγαπητός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom I love”
12:18 rgsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who pleases my soul”
12:18 s6a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 God is using **my soul** to represent himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I myself am well pleased”
12:18 dmap rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense εὐδόκησεν 1 Here the past tense indicates that God **was well pleased** with the **servant** and continues to be **well pleased**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense makes this clear. Alternate translation: “is well pleased” or “has been well pleased”
12:18 go3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θήσω τὸ Πνεῦμά μου ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Here God speaks as if the **Spirit** were an object that he **will put** on the servant. He means that he will give the **Spirit** to the servant so that the servant can act with power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will give him my Spirit” or “I will enable him to act by the power of my Spirit”
12:18 qmlm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμά μου 1 Here, the phrase **my Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “my Holy Spirit”
12:18 uvyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 Here, the word **justice** could indicate that: (1) God does what is just. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles that God is just” or “to the Gentiles that God does what is just” (2) God will judge justly. Alternate translation: “just judgment to the Gentiles” or “to the Gentiles that God will judge”
12:18 jh8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure that your translation fits with the interpretation of **justice** that you chose in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles that God will act justly”
12:18 oyeq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 Here, the words translated **to the Gentiles** could refer to: (1) people who are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “to Gentile people” (2) all people, including Jewish people. Alternate translation: “to the nations” or “to all peoples”
12:19 gj1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his voice** represents him speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “him talking”
12:19 jr87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 In Jesus’ culture, **the streets** were public, noisy places. The author of the quotation uses the phrase **the streets** as an example of any public, noisy place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar place in your culture. Alternate translation: “in the public square” or “in noisy places where there are many people”
12:20 kbu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “He will not break a bruised reed; yes, he will not quench a smoking flax”
12:20 cdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει 1 Here the author of the quotation speaks of weak or suffering people as if they were **a bruised** or damaged **reed**. He means that Jesus will not ignore or hurt these people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or use plain language. Alternate translation: “He will not hurt suffering people, which would be like breaking a bruised reed” or “He will not hurt suffering people”
12:20 p3f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 Here the author of the quotation speaks of weak or suffering people as if they were **a smoking flax**. He means that Jesus will not ignore or hurt these people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or use plain language. Alternate translation: “He will not ignore injured people, which would be like quenching a smoking flax” or “He will not ignore injured people”
12:20 y8mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον 1 A **flax** is a piece of cloth or thread made out of parts of the flax plant. People in the author’s culture would use these pieces of cloth or thread as lamp wicks. If the **flax** was **smoking**, it was not burning properly and would normally be thrown away and replaced. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of cloth and its use, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a smoldering wick” or “a lamp that is barely burning”
12:20 sqy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἕως 1 Here, the word **until** indicates that the servant will continue to act as this verse describes up to the time when the goal of **justice** is accomplished. It does not mean that the servant will start acting differently at that time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates a duration of time up to a point in the future. Alternate translation: “up to the time when”
12:20 iytt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκβάλῃ & τὴν κρίσιν 1 Here, the phrase **casts out** indicates that the servant is producing **justice** or causing **justice** to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he produces justice” or “he causes justice to happen”
12:20 gqb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς νῖκος 1 Here, the phrase **to victory** could mean that **justice**: (1) is accomplished successfully. Alternate translation: “successfully” or “completely” (2) lasts forever. Alternate translation: “forever”
12:20 b6tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Make sure that your translation fits with the choices you made in the previous two notes. Alternate translation: “he successfully accomplishes what is just” or “he makes everything just forever”
12:21 voi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 Here the author of the quotation implies that the **Gentiles will hope** for the servant to help or save them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Gentiles will hope in his name, that he will help them” or “Gentiles will hope in his name, that he will save them”
12:21 w3rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **name** represents the person who has that name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in my servant”
12:21 qf3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔθνη 1 Here, just as in [12:18](../12/18.md), the words translated **the Gentiles** could refer to: (1) people who are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” (2) all people, including Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the nations” or “all peoples”
12:22 nba2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 The word **Then** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,”
12:22 vilg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Matthew is using the phrase **one being demon-possessed** to introduce this man as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a person was brought to Jesus. He was demon-possessed, blind, and mute”
12:22 f54d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Here Matthew implies that the demon made the man **blind and mute**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “one being possessed by a demon that made him blind and mute was brought to Jesus”
12:22 e1g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they brought to him one being demon-possessed”
12:22 osqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαιμονιζόμενος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one whom a demon had possessed”\n
12:22 k2vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 A **mute** person is a person who cannot speak, and a **blind** person is a person who cannot see. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of disorders or illnesses, you could use the names of similar things in your area or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “who was unable to talk or see things”
12:22 fpxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτόν 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus **healed** the man in every way, which would include casting out the demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he cast out the demon and healed him”
12:22 aewk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν κωφὸν 1 Here Matthew uses the phrase **the mute one** to indicate that the man had been **mute**, and also **blind**, before Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this phrase describes what the man was like before Jesus healed him, or you could refer back to the man in a different way. Alternate translation: “the man who had been mute and blind” or “he”
12:23 m743 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξίσταντο 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were marveling”
12:23 r065 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 The **crowds** are using the question form to suggest that Jesus might be **the Son of David**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “This might be the Son of David.” or “Maybe this is the Son of David!”
12:23 h8kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Here, the word **Son** means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. Express the idea as you did in [9:27](../09/27.md). Alternate translation: “the Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”
12:23 ink7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** could implicitly mean “Messiah.” Express the idea as you did in [9:27](../09/27.md). Alternate translation: “the Son of David, the Messiah”
12:24 jibk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες 1 Here Matthew implies that Pharisees heard what the crowds were asking about Jesus (see [12:23](../12/23.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard what the crowds were asking”
12:24 p1mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 If, in your language, it would appear that the Pharisees were making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He is only able to cast out demons by Beelzebul”
12:24 r1ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 These people are using the name of this chief demon to refer by association to his power, which they are accusing Jesus of using. Alternate translation: “by the power of Beelzebul”
12:25 plnm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
12:25 i1sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents two proverbs in order to teach the Pharisees that his power cannot come from the same source as the demon’s power. Translate these proverbs in such a way that they will be recognized as proverbs and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If a kingdom is divided against itself, it will be made desolate. Similarly, if a city or a house is divided against itself, it will not stand”
12:25 ll42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second sentence is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate; indeed, every city or house divided against itself will not stand”
12:25 g9ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Here, the words **kingdom**, **city**, and **house** represent the people who live in those places. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use equivalent expressions from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People in one kingdom who are divided against each other will be made desolate, and people in one city or house who are divided against each other will not stand”
12:25 rvzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς -1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that attacks itself … that attacks itself”
12:25 yoav rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρημοῦται -1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ruins itself” or “destroys itself”
12:25 za8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Here, the phrase **will not stand** means that the **city or house** will not exist much longer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will fall” or “will no longer exist”
12:26 yixz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει, ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν ἐμερίσθη 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that **Satan** is not **divided against himself**, because Satan has not **been divided against himself**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “were Satan to cast out Satan, he would have been divided against himself”
12:26 i42r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει 1 In both places, **Satan** represents people who act by the power of Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Satan’s followers cast out Satan’s followers” or “those who act by Satan’s power cast out others who also act by Satan’s power”
12:26 siu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν ἐμερίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he has attacked himself”
12:26 ah7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that Satan’s **kingdom** will not **stand** if he is divided against himself. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “His kingdom, then, will not stand.” or “His kingdom will certainly not stand!”
12:26 ce2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **stand** means that the **kingdom** would exist for a long time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will his kingdom continue to exist” or “will his kingdom remain”
12:27 ntcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that he does not **cast out demons by Beelzebul**, but he wants to show what would also be true if he did **cast out demons by Beelzebul**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “were I to be casting out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom would your sons be casting them out”
12:27 f00a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν 1 The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of Beelzebul, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if I cast out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons cast them out? Since you do not believe that they cast out demons by Beelzebul, it must not be true about me, either.”
12:27 gee9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that the **sons** of the Pharisees must use the same power that he uses. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your sons cast them out by that same power” or “then your sons also cast them out by Beelzebul”
12:27 x9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of the disciples of the Pharisees as if they were their **sons**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your disciples” or “your followers”
12:27 scn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, Jesus implies that the Pharisees would not say that their **sons** cast out demons by Beelzebul, and the phrase **Because of this** introduces a result based on this implied answer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the reason for this result more explicit. Alternate translation: “Because you would not say that they cast out demons by Beelzebul,” or “Since you would not answer that they do it by Beelzebul,”
12:27 jja2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 Here Jesus speaks of the **sons** of the Pharisees as if they were the Pharisees’ **judges**. He means that what the **sons** do proves that the Pharisees are wrong about what they have said about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they do proves that you are wrong” or “when they cast out demons, it shows that you have spoken falsely”
12:28 j0yv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what the Pharisees have said about how Jesus casts out demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “On the other hand,” or “In contrast,”
12:28 zb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ & ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since I cast out the demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you”
12:28 r5dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the kingdom of God** had **come upon** the Pharisees. He means that God is making where they and Jesus are into part of his **kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God is ruling among you” or “this region has become part of God’s kingdom”
12:29 ille rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, Jesus uses the word **Or** to introduce another explanation of the same point that he has been making. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an alternate explanation, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In other words,” or “Think about it this way:”
12:29 t4vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἢ πῶς δύναταί τις 1 To help the Pharisees understand what he has been saying, Jesus offers a brief illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. For an explanation of this parable, see the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration of what I mean: how is anyone able”
12:29 w54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that a **strong man** must be **tied up** before someone can **steal his possessions**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one is able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his possessions if he has not first tied up the strong man.” or “It is impossible for anyone to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his possessions if he has not first bound the strong man!”
12:29 zluo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “how, unless he has first bound the strong man, is anyone able to enter into the house of that strong man and steal his belongings”
12:29 b2et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ & διαρπάσει 1 Although the term **he** in both these places is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person has not first bound … that person will plunder”
12:29 tsrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει 1 Here, the word **he** refers to the person who is stealing. The word **his** refers to the strong man. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the thief will plunder the strong man’s”
12:30 lvjf ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 Jesus is not referring to a specific individual. Rather, he is making a general statement that applies to any person or group of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to any person. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters” or “Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter”
12:30 ivp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **with me** describes people who support or are friendly to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one not being my friend” or “The one not helping me”
12:30 ek1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 Here Jesus implies that people are either **gathering** other people to him as disciples or scattering other people away from Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one not gathering people to be with me scatters people away from me”
12:31 sqo5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **For this reason** introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus has said in [12:25–30](../12/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “Therefore”
12:31 x5dd λέγω ὑμῖν, πᾶσα ἁμαρτία 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to tell his audience. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that every sin”
12:31 t280 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only sin or blasphemy that will not be forgiven men is the blasphemy of the Holy Spirit” or “most sins and blasphemies will be forgiven men, but the blasphemy of the Spirit will not be forgiven”
12:31 hy38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the actions, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will forgive men for every sin and blasphemy, but God will not forgive the blasphemy of the Holy Spirit”
12:31 fzao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Here Jesus is indicating that God forgives all kinds of **sin** and **blasphemy**, not that God will forgive every single **sin** or **blasphemy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “every sin and blasphemy can be forgiven men” or “all kinds of sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men”
12:31 kqx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sin** and **blasphemy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “all sinful and blasphemous things” or “whenever anyone sins or blasphemes, it”
12:31 igxn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
12:31 ezx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **blasphemy** that is spoken against **the Spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the blasphemy against the Spirit” or “the blasphemy spoken against the Spirit”
12:31 ho0d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “whenever anyone blasphemes against the Spirit, it”
12:32 gwx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἴπῃ λόγον 1 Matthew is using the term **word** to mean something spoken in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “says anything”
12:32 h79z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man, that is, me”
12:32 z3ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the actions, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him … God will not forgive him”
12:32 vnr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτῷ -1 Although the terms **him** and **him** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “that person … that person”
12:32 lw5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 Here, the phrase **this age** refers to the time before God judges everyone and renews the world, and the phrase **the one coming** refers to the time after God judges everyone and renews the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this life, nor in the life to come” or “before God judges everyone, nor after God judges everyone” or “now nor ever”
12:33 bi8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 Here Jesus speaks of people as if they were trees that produced fruit. It makes sense to say that a tree and its fruit together are either **good** or **rotten**. It does not make sense to say that a tree is good and its fruit **rotten** or that a tree is **rotten** and its fruit **good**. That is because trees are **known** by their fruits. Similarly, people who follow God do what is right, and people who do not follow God do what is wrong. It does not make sense to say that someone who does what is right is not following God or that someone who does what is wrong is following God. Most likely, Jesus wishes to apply this figure of speech both to himself (a good tree) and to the Pharisees (bad trees). If possible, preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree rotten and its fruit rotten. Similarly, either call people good and their deeds good, or call people bad and their deeds bad. For, just as a tree is known by its fruit, so people are known by their deeds”
12:33 rs37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν 1 Here Jesus could be indicating that: (1) people should **make** consistent judgments or evaluations of both a tree and its fruit. Alternate translation: “Either consider both the tree and its fruit good, or consider both the tree and its fruit bad” (2) people can **make** a tree either **good** or **rotten** by how they care for that tree. Then, the tree will **make** fruit that fits with how people cared for that tree. Alternate translation: “Either make the tree good, and it will make its fruit good, or make the tree rotten, and it will make its fruit rotten” or “Either make the tree good, and its fruit will be good, or make the tree rotten, and its fruit will be rotten” (3) a tree produces fruit that fits with what kind of tree it is. Alternate translation: “Either a tree is good and produces good fruit, or a tree is rotten and produces rotten fruit”
12:33 kl16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ δένδρον -1 The word **tree** represents trees in general, not one particular tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “any tree … any tree … every tree”
12:33 ot3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ -1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why a **tree** and **its fruit** must either be **good** or **rotten**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “since” or “which I command because”
12:33 nx9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκ & τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people know the tree by its fruit”
12:34 r1uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν & ὄντες 1 Translate this metaphor as you did in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “You are like poisonous creatures! Being” or “You wicked people! Being”
12:34 o2xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πονηροὶ ὄντες 1 Here, the phrase **being evil** gives the reason why Jesus implies that the Pharisees cannot **say good things**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “since you are evil”
12:34 e7x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees for failing to speak **good things**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you are certainly not able to say good things” or “you are never able to say good things!”
12:34 kywr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why **evil** people cannot **say good things**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “The reason you are not able to say good things is that”
12:34 hgku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the heart** were a container that could be full of an **abundance** of thoughts or desires. When **the heart** is full, it overflows out through **the mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever fills the heart comes out of the mouth” or “whatever is in the heart is what the mouth speaks”
12:34 mbh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 The words **heart** and **mouth** represents people’s hearts and mouths in general, not one particular person’s heart and mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of their hearts people’s mouths speak”
12:34 e9bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς καρδίας 1 In Matthew’s culture, **the heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the thoughts” or “of the desires”
12:34 i7c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 Here, the word **mouth** represents the person as a whole, in the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person speaks”
12:35 r3uw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people say and do whatever they value and think about. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A good man brings forth good things from his good treasure. Similarly, an evil man brings forth evil things from his evil treasure”
12:35 l00m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ & ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ 1 Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “The good person from his or her good treasure … the evil person from his or her evil treasure”
12:35 utja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος & ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος 1 The phrases **The good man** and **the evil man** represents good and evil men in general, not two particular men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Every good man … every evil man”
12:35 kjwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά & ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά 1 Jesus is speaking of the thoughts and desires of people as if they were their **treasure** that they bring forth when they act and especially when they speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the good things that he values produces good things … from the evil things that he values produces evil things” or “from his good thoughts speaks good things … from his evil thoughts speaks evil things”
12:35 cgaq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ & τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ 1 Here, the word **treasure** could refer to: (1) a place where treasures are kept or stored. Alternate translation: “his good treasury … his evil treasury” or “his storehouse of good things … his storehouse of evil things” (2) the treasures that the person has. Alternate translation: “his good treasures … his evil treasures”
12:36 bpbn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development in what Jesus is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
12:36 bre6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν 1 Here, the word **careless** could indicate that the **word** is: (1) unproductive or useless. In other words, the **word** does not accomplish anything. Alternate translation: “every unproductive word” or “every word with no value” (2) hurtful to others, even if the person who said it did not intend it to be hurtful. Alternate translation: “every hurtful word” or “every damaging word”
12:36 t2pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
12:36 vhoy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον 1 Here, to **give an account** refers to giving reasons and explanations for something that one has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will have to give reasons for it” or “they will have to explain it”
12:36 ay18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **day** on which **judgment** will happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone”
12:36 ir83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people are judged”
12:37 humh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about the day of judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,”
12:37 a67d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐκ & τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου καταδικασθήσῃ 1 These two clauses use the same form to give two options. The second provides a contrasting alternative to the first. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine parts of the two clauses together to form a natural contrast in your language. Alternate translation: “by your words you will be justified or condemned” or “by your words either you will be justified or you will be condemned”
12:37 c8sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ & τῶν λόγων σου καταδικασθήσῃ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many people, he is addressing an individual situation, so **your** and **you** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation.
12:37 qw5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you”
12:38 y3nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”\n
12:38 ikg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 The implication is that the people who were challenging Jesus wanted him to do a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. Alternate translation: “to see you do a sign that shows that your authority is from God”
12:38 jpx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοῦ 1 Here, the word **you** is singular since the scribes and Pharisees are speaking to Jesus.
12:39 d8b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 Jesus is speaking about his audience in the third person instead of directly addressing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person here instead. Alternate translation: “You, an evil and adulterous generation, seek a sign, but no sign will be given to you”
12:39 amqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς & ἐπιζητεῖ & αὐτῇ 1 Here, **generation** represents the people who are part of the **generation**, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. See how you translated the similar expression in [11:16](../11/16.md). Alternate translation: “today’s people, who are evil and adulterous, seek … to them” or “Evil and adulterous people of this generation seek … to them”
12:39 a5di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μοιχαλὶς 1 Here Jesus speaks of people who do not fully trust and obey God as if they were **adulterous**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unfaithful” or “disobedient”\n
12:39 rng3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σημεῖον 1 Here, just as in [12:38](../12/38.md), the implication is that the **sign** is a miracle that proves that Jesus’ authority comes from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a sign that shows that my authority is from God”
12:39 j21p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that it will be given is the sign of Jonah the prophet”
12:39 c6hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it could be: (1) God the Father. Alternate translation: “God will not give it a sign” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign”
12:39 ttlo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **sign** that happened to **Jesus**. Jesus will describe this sign in the following verse. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sign that Jonah the prophet experienced” or “the sign related to Jonah the prophet”
12:40 kexs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of “the sign of Jonah” (see [12:39](../12/39.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is that sign:” or “Now”
12:40 hzem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥσπερ & ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 Here Jesus refers to part of the story of **Jonah**. God told Jonah to preach to people in the town of Nineveh, but Jonah ran away instead. God had a **big fish** swallow Jonah, and Jonah was inside this fish for **three days and three nights**. After that, God had the fish spit Jonah out. You can read this story in [Jonah 1–2](../jon/01/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “just as Jonah was swallowed by a big fish and was in its belly for three days and three nights before it spit him out”
12:40 vh9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας -1 The phrase **three days and three nights** refers to three periods of 24 hours in a row. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “three straight days … three straight days”
12:40 m56i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους -1 Here, the phrase **big fish** refers to any large creature that lives in the sea or ocean. Its **belly** is its stomach. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of sea creature, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the stomach of the large sea creature” or “the stomach of the sea monster”
12:40 iuv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man, that is, me,”
12:40 v691 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 Here Jesus implies that after the **three days and three nights** he will no longer be **in the heart of the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “three days and three nights in the heart of the earth, and then he will arise”
12:40 gg65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the heart of the earth** refers to how people are buried deep in the ground. Jesus means that he will be in a tomb for **three days and three nights**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “deep in the ground” or “in a grave”
12:41 sn8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second half of the verse gives the reason for the result that the first half of the verse describes. Alternate translation: “The men of Nineveh repented at the preaching of Jonah, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here. So, they will rise up in the judgment with this generation and condemn it”
12:41 gnh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “The inhabitants” or “The men and women”
12:41 s5tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 Here, the phrase **rise up** could mean: (1) to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. Alternate translation: “will stand up at the judgment to give testimony before God against this generation” (2) to resurrect. Alternate translation: “will be resurrected with this generation at the judgment”
12:41 b94i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will, when people are judged, rise up”
12:41 x8gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης & αὐτήν 1 Translate the phrase **this generation** as you did in [12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “today’s people … them” or “the people of this generation … them”
12:41 qg29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “see” or “listen carefully”
12:41 dbs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 Here Jesus implies that the people of **this generation** have not repented, unlike the **men of Nineveh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “something greater than Jonah is here, but you have not repented”
12:41 zb6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo πλεῖον 1 Here, the phrase **something greater** is a very general term. It could refer to the kingdom of God, Jesus himself, the ministry that Jesus begins, what Jesus calls his disciples to do, or many other things. If possible, you should use a general term that could refer to many or all of these things. See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:6](../12/06.md). Alternate translation: “an entity greater than” or “a new thing greater than”\n
12:42 ikb0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second half of the verse gives the reason for the result that the first half of the verse describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of the South came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, something greater than Solomon is here. So, she will stand up in the judgment with this generation and condemn it”
12:42 zwv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names βασίλισσα νότου 1 Here, the phrase **The Queen of the South** refers to the **Queen** of the country called Sheba. Sheba was a land south of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Queen who ruled Sheba, the country to the south,”
12:42 kku7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 Here, as in [12:41](../12/41.md), the phrase **stand up** could mean: (1) to stand on one’s feet. In this culture, people would **stand up** to give testimony in a legal proceeding. Alternate translation: “will stand up at the judgment to give testimony before God against this generation” (2) to resurrect. Alternate translation: “will be resurrected with this generation at the judgment”
12:42 z46e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:41](../12/41.md). Alternate translation: “will, when people are judged, stand up”
12:42 zc72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης & αὐτήν 1 Translate the phrase **this generation** as you did in [12:41](../12/41.md). Alternate translation: “today’s people … them” or “the people of this generation … them”
12:42 q8q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the ends of the earth** describes any place that is very far away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she traveled a long way” or “she came from a faraway place”
12:42 l710 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Solomon speak wisely”
12:42 t521 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “see” or “listen carefully”
12:42 aj1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 Here Jesus implies that the people of **this generation** have not listened to wisdom, unlike the **Queen of the South**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, but you have not listened”
12:42 uf5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo πλεῖον 1 Here, the phrase **something greater** is a very general term. It could refer to the kingdom of God, Jesus himself, the ministry that Jesus begins, what Jesus calls his disciples to do, or many other things. If possible, you should use a general term that could refer to many or all of these things. See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:6](../12/06.md). Alternate translation: “an entity greater than” or “a new thing greater than”
12:43 yj4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
12:43 tnea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὅταν & τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα 1 To further explain what he has been saying about “this generation,” Jesus tells a short story that continues through [12:45](../12/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “here is an illustration about this generation: when the unclean spirit”
12:43 w48i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ὅταν & τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 With this clause, Jesus introduces **the unclean spirit** and **the man** as characters in his story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was an unclean spirit possessing a man. When the unclean spirit has gone out from the man”
12:43 f5jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a desert” or “the wilderness”
12:43 h9i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀνάπαυσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **rest**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a place to rest”
12:43 h1pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀνάπαυσιν 1 Here, **rest** represents a place to live or stay, which for an **unclean spirit** would be a person to possess or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place to live” or “a home” or “a person to control”
12:44 jv4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον & καὶ ἐλθὸν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to its house from which it came out. And having come”
12:44 ty9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου & ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 Here the demon refers to the person it formerly controlled as if he were its **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the person whom I used to control, who is like a house from which I came out” or “to the man from whom I came out”
12:44 j40t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὸν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
12:44 s6jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 Here Jesus refers to the person whom the demon formerly controlled as if he were a house that was **empty**, **swept out**, and **put in order**. This means that no one is living in the house, so it is ready for someone to move in. Similarly, the person is not serving or obeying anyone, so he is ready for someone to lead or control him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it finds the man like an empty house, having been swept out and put in order” or “it finds that the man is not serving anybody, but he is living a good life”
12:44 cd4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “and a person has swept it out and put it in order”
12:45 ko63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορεύεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “comes” instead of **goes**. Alternate translation: “it comes”
12:45 tt9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ 1 Here Jesus implies that the evil spirits **entered** the man and lived in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they having entered the man, it resides in him”
12:45 l9do rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ 1 Here Jesus continues to refer to the person whom the evil spirit formerly controlled as if he were a house. When the evil spirits control the man, it is as if they are living in him as their home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having entered, they reside there as if he were their home” or “having overpowered the man, they possess him”
12:45 hmr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατοικεῖ 1 Here Jesus speaks of the evil spirit living in the man, but he implies that the **seven other spirits** also live in the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the spirits reside”
12:45 wint rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 Here, the phrase **last things** refers to the situation or condition of the man after the evil spirits return. The phrase **the first things** refers to the situation or condition of the man before the first evil spirit left him. Jesus means that the man’s situation or condition is now **worse** than it was when he only had one evil spirit possessing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that man’s condition is now worse than it was before” or “the current situation of that man has become worse than the previous situation”
12:45 v09k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ 1 Here, **generation** represents the people who are part of the **generation**, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. See how you translated the similar expression in [12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “with today’s people who are evil” or “with evil people of this generation”
12:46 kkhq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
12:46 i4t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 These were Jesus' younger **brothers**. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you could use it here.
12:46 rg73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵστήκεισαν ἔξω 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus’ mother and brothers arrived and then stood **outside** wherever Jesus was. Since [13:1](../13/01.md) describes Jesus leaving a house, he may have been in a house while he was teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “had come and stood outside the house” or “had arrived outside the place where he was teaching”
12:47 rp3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι 1 Some ancient manuscripts do not include this verse. However, many ancient manuscripts do include this verse. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to include the verse, as the ULT does.
12:47 qd32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
12:47 vv5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to him that his mother and his brothers had stood outside, seeking to speak to him”
12:47 fner rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** is intended to draw the attention of Jesus and to ask him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Excuse me”
12:47 chpt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου & σου & σοι 1 Here, the words **your**, **your**, and **you** are singular since this person is speaking to Jesus.
12:47 jnag rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοί σου 1 Translate this phrase as you did in [12:46](../12/46.md).
12:48 jat5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
12:48 orxy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the information that the person gave him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “he responded”
12:48 e535 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his audience about whom he considers to be part of his family. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Since Jesus answers the question in [12:49](../12/49.md), you should not include an implied answer here. Alternate translation: “I will inform you about whom I call my mother and my brothers.” or “Let me tell you whom I love as if they were my mother or my brothers.”
12:48 rdd0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Translate **brothers** as you did in [12:46](../12/46.md).
12:49 fumh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew describes how Jesus used **his hand** to motion toward or indicate **his disciples**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe a motion that indicates a specific group of people, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “having gestured with his hand toward his disciples” or “having indicated his disciples”
12:49 jnt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ μου 1 Here, the word **Behold** indicates that the audience should look where Jesus indicated when he **stretched out his hand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Consider these people to be my mother” or “These are my mother”
12:49 rxe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Here Jesus speaks of his **disciples** as if they were his **mother** and **brothers**. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning of the metaphor more explicitly. Alternate translation: “those whom I call my mother and my brothers” or “the people I love as if they were my mother and my brothers”
12:49 qav3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Translate **brothers** as you did in [12:46](../12/46.md).
12:50 e25c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation concerning why Jesus can call the disciples his mother and brothers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “I say that because”
12:50 aha6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what my Father in the heavens desires”
12:50 mq9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
12:50 s0yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God the **Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
12:50 gn31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 Here Jesus speaks of everyone who does God’s will as if they were his **brother** and **sister** and **mother**. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. Express the idea as you did in the previous verse ([12:49](../12/49.md)). Alternate translation: “I call him my brother and sister and mother” or “he is a person whom I love as if he were my brother and sister and mother”
12:50 wenb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτός 1 Although the term **he** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she” or “such a person”
13:intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n6. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1–52)\n * The parable of the sower (13:1–9)\n * Jesus explains why he uses parables (13:10–17)\n * Jesus explains the parable of the sower (13:18–23)\n * The parable of the darnel (13:24–30)\n * The parable of the mustard seed (13:31–32)\n * The parable of the yeast (13:33)\n * Summary statement (13:34–35)\n * Jesus explains the parable of the darnel (13:36–43)\n * The parable of the treasure in the field (13:44)\n * The parable of the pearl (13:45–46)\n * The parable of the net (13:47–50)\n * Jesus concludes his teaching (13:51–52)\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53–17:27)\n * Jesus visits his hometown (13:53–58)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [13:14–15](../13/14.md), which is a quote from [Isaiah 6:9–10](../isa/06/09.md), and in [13:35](../13/35.md), which is a quote from [Psalm 78:2](../psa/78/02.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Farming\n\nJesus refers to many different farming practices in this chapter. In his culture, farmers often threw seeds over their fields, a process called sowing. After throwing the seeds, they would use a tool called a plow to cover the seeds with dirt. Then they would water and take care of the seeds until they sprouted and grew. Finally, when the plants produced grain or other kinds of crops, they would cut down the plants, separate the edible parts from the inedible parts, and store the edible parts in a safe place. See the notes on the verses in which Jesus discusses farming practices for specific information and translation options.\n\n### Darnel\n\nDarnel are plants that look much like wheat plants. However, they do not produce the same kind of grain, and the grain that they do produce is somewhat poisonous. In your translation, you could refer to a plant that looks like wheat or grain plants, or you could use a descriptive phrase. See the notes for translation options.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nThroughout this chapter, Jesus uses many parables to teach the crowds and his disciples. Each parable is a short story that includes a specific lesson. Jesus uses parables to teach so that people who already know his message will learn more but people who do not know his message will not learn anything (see [13:10–17](../13/10.md)). Jesus explains three of the parables, but he does not explain any of the others. Possible explanations for each parable are included below, but only for help in translation. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of any parable more than Jesus does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n* **The parable of the sower**—In [13:3–9](../13/03.md), Jesus tells a story about a man who sows seed and about what happens to the seed. Jesus explains this parable in [13:18–23](../13/18.md). Even with this explanation, Christians debate who the sower is, what the seed represents, and what the different areas in the field represent. The sower could be Jesus himself, God, or anyone who preaches the gospel. The seed could be the gospel or the person who hears the gospel. The different areas in the field could be regions or areas where people hear the gospel, different kinds of people, or different ways of responding to the gospel. Most likely, the seed and the area in the field together describe what happens when people respond to the gospel in these four ways.\n\n* **The parable of the darnel**—In [13:24–30](../13/24.md), Jesus tells a story about a farmer who planted good seed and the farmer’s enemy who planted darnel seed in the same field. Jesus explains this parable in [13:37–43](../13/37.md). Jesus is the farmer, and the good seed are people who believe in him. The enemy is the
13:1 vx5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 Here, the phrase **On that day** introduces the next major event in the story, an event that happened on the same day as the teaching recorded in the previous chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an event that happened later during the same day. Alternate translation: “Sometime later that day”
13:1 avp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out”
13:1 cy1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς οἰκίας 1 Here Matthew refers to **the house** that Jesus was in while he was teaching what is recorded in the previous chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the house where he had been” or “of the house in which he had been teaching”
13:1 lws0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκάθητο 1 In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually sat down when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was sitting down to instruct people” or “was sitting down as a teacher does”
13:2 d16z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “large crowds gathered to him” or “large crowds came to listen to him”
13:2 d0v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθῆσθαι 1 Just as in the previous verse, Jesus **sat down** to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “sat down down to instruct the people” or “sat down as a teacher does”
13:2 us0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν 1 The word **beach** refers to the ground next to a body of water when this ground is covered by sand or small rocks. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of terrain, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “on the edge of the sea” or “on the sandy area by the water”
13:3 f5mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “in parables. Here is what he said:”
13:3 o5f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων 1 To teach the people in the crowd, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the sower went out”
13:3 khx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἰδοὺ & ὁ σπείρων 1 Here Jesus introduces a **sower** as a character in his story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Behold, there was a sower. He”
13:3 kcvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Picture this:” or “Listen”
13:4 gw0z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν 1 While there are many ways to sow or plant seeds, here Jesus is describing a practice in which farmers pick up handfuls of seed and throw them so that they are scattered all over the top of the soil. This method is a quick and easy way to plant seeds in large fields, but some seeds land on ground that is not good for them to grow in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit what kind of sowing this is. Alternate translation: “as he threw the seeds over the ground” or “as he scattered the seeds over the field”
13:4 qr2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ ἦλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτά 1 Here Jesus implies that the seeds that fall **beside the road** do not sink into the ground. Instead, they just sit on top of the hard-packed dirt by the **road** and are unprotected from birds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “some fell on the hard ground beside the road, and the birds came and easily devoured them”
13:4 cvj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἃ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **some** as a noun to mean some of the seeds. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “some seeds”
13:4 rdmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὰ πετεινὰ 1 The phrase **the birds** represents any birds, not particular birds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “birds”
13:5 ql87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλα 1 Jesus is using the adjective **others** as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seeds that did not fall beside the road. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seeds”
13:5 dyc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ πετρώδη, ὅπου οὐκ εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν 1 Here Jesus describes an area that has a thin layer of **soil** on top of a layer of rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes this kind of area. Alternate translation: “a thin layer of soil on top of rocks” or “a rocky area, where there was very little soil”
13:5 njjm οὐκ εἶχεν & ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν 1 Here Jesus refers back to the **others** as a group using singular words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural words to refer back to the **others**. Alternate translation: “they did not have … they sprang up, because they did not have”
13:5 x4av rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος γῆς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it did not have deep soil, immediately it sprang up”
13:5 nz17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐξανέτειλεν 1 Here, the phrase **sprang up** refers to how plants sprout or begin to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “it came up” or “it began to grow”
13:6 pz44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡλίου & ἀνατείλαντος 1 Here, the phrase **the sun had risen** refers to the sun coming up over the horizon in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when the sun came up” or “in the morning when the sun began to shine”
13:6 nqjf ἐκαυματίσθη καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη 1 Here, much as in [13:5](../13/05.md), Jesus refers to the plants that sprouted from the seeds by using singular words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural words to refer to these plants. Alternate translation: “they were scorched, and because they had no roots, they withered”
13:6 qq5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the sun. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched it”
13:6 lswv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν 1 Jesus says **no root** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it had almost no root” or “it had very small roots”
13:7 k69q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλα 1 Jesus is using the adjective **others** as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seeds that did not fall beside the road or on rocky soil. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated the word in [13:5](../13/05.md). Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seeds”
13:7 vt8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 Here Jesus means that the **thorns** grew quickly and took all the nutrients, water, and sunlight, so the farmer’s plants could not grow well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew very large and crowded them out” or “the thorns grew faster and kept them from growing well”
13:8 iwv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλα 1 Jesus is using the adjective **others** as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seeds that did not fall beside the road or on rocky soil. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated the word in [13:5](../13/05.md). Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seeds”
13:8 d30o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐδίδου καρπόν 1 Here the word **fruit** refers to the crop that the plants that grew from the seeds produced. Since the farmer is sowing wheat seeds, this crop would be more wheat seeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were producing more seeds” or “sprouted and produced a harvest”
13:8 tqs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns καρπόν 1 Here, the word **fruit** is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fruits”
13:8 e91e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 Here Jesus means that plants produced **100**, **60**, or **30** new seeds. Scholars estimate that these numbers are very good in Jesus’ time period, although not impossible or unheard of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “and they produced a very good harvest, with some plants producing 100 seeds, and some plants producing 60 seeds, and other plants producing 30 seeds” or “many times more than the farmer planted: some 100 times more, and some 60 times more, and some 30 times more”
13:9 q2e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 This verse is almost identical to [11:15](../11/15.md), although that verse includes the phrase “to hear” after **ears**. Express the idea as you did in [11:15](../11/15.md), but omit the phrase “to hear” if you expressed it explicitly there.
13:9 b9m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἔχων ὦτα 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **having ears**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “having ears to hear.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
13:10 utyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπαν αὐτῷ, διὰ τί ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖς αὐτοῖς? 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked him for what reason he spoke to them in parables.”
13:10 b16z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the “crowd” that was standing on the shore of the sea to listen to Jesus (see [13:2](../13/02.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the crowd”
13:11 g2cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
13:11 fc5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δέδοται & οὐ δέδοται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has given … God has not given”
13:11 wmlo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **mysteries** that are about **the kingdom of the heavens**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the mysteries concerning the kingdom of the heavens”
13:11 xq2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκείνοις & οὐ δέδοται 1 Here Jesus implies that **those** people have not **been given** the **mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens”
13:11 mgx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἐκείνοις 1 Jesus is using the adjective **those** as a noun to mean the people whom the disciples asked him about. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to those people” or “to the crowds”
13:12 x34s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** could introduce: (1) a reason why God reveals the mysteries of the kingdom to some people and not to other people. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why that happens:” (2) an explanation concerning why God reveals the mysteries of the kingdom to some people and not to other people. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Here is what I mean:”\n
13:12 uirc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὅστις & ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people who have something usually gain more of it, while people who have very little usually lose everything. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “people who have things receive more, and they have an abundance. But people who do not have things lose what they used to have”
13:12 lukr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅστις & ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus implies that what the person **has** or **does not have** is knowledge or understanding about the “mysteries of the kingdom of heaven” (see [13:11](../13/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whoever has understanding, it will be given to him, and he will have an abundance. But whoever does not have understanding, even what he has will be taken away from him” or “whoever has knowledge about the kingdom, more will be given to him, and he will have an abundance of knowledge. But whoever does not have knowledge about the kingdom, even what knowledge he has will be taken away from him”
13:12 v61y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take away”
13:12 j3rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται & ὃ ἔχει & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **him** and **he** are masculine in this verse, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “to that person, and he or she will have an abundance … what that person has … him or her”
13:12 rfgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns περισσευθήσεται 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abundance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will abound” or “he will have very much”
13:12 ug61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει 1 Jesus says **whoever does not have** here as a generalization for emphasis. It is clear in the second half of the sentence that the person did have something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But whoever has almost nothing” or “But whoever does not have much”
13:13 cagw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the pronoun **this** could refer to: (1) what Jesus is about to say, beginning with the word **because**. Alternate translation: “Here is why” (2) what Jesus said in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “That is why” or “For those reasons”
13:13 qnsk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the “crowd” that was standing on the shore of the sea to listen to Jesus (see [13:2](../13/02.md)). Express the idea as you did in [13:10](../13/10.md). Alternate translation: “to the crowd”
13:13 b4fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν 1 Here Jesus means that the people **see** things, but they do not look carefully. They **hear** things, but they do not listen carefully or **understand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “although they see, they do not really see; and although they hear, they do not really hear nor understand” or “seeming to see, they do not actually see, and seeming to hear, they do not actually hear nor understand”
13:14 khve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they are fulfilling the prophecy of Isaiah” or “what they do fulfills the prophecy of Isaiah”
13:14 jz9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἀναπληροῦται & ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα 1 In Jesus’s culture, this was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see [Isaiah 6:9–10](../isa/06/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the prophecy from the book of Isaiah is being fulfilled. Here is the prophecy:” or “is being fulfilled what Isaiah prophesied when he wrote”\n
13:14 a1im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε & βλέποντες βλέψετε 1 Here the author of the quotation repeats the words **hear** and **see** in order to emphasize that the people really do **hear** and **see**. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Otherwise, you could express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly hear … you will certainly see” or “You will indeed hear … you will indeed see”
13:14 q4cj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ -1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words in the original Greek. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means … by no means”
13:15 mxzy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the people hear but do not understand and see but do not perceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “That happens since”
13:15 oz31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 The author of the quotation switches from speaking to the Israelite people in the second person (see [13:14](../13/14.md)) to speaking about them in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use second person forms in this verse. Alternate translation: “the heart of you people has been thickened, and with your ears you have hardly heard, and you have shut your eyes, lest you might see with your eyes, and you might hear with your ears, and you might understand with your heart and turn back, and I would heal you”
13:15 ljec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 These three clauses mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second and third phrase are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could express the idea with just one or two clauses. Alternate translation: “the heart of this people has been thickened; yes, with their ears they have hardly heard; indeed, they have shut their eyes” or “the heart of this people has been thickened, and they barely use their ears and eyes”
13:15 tfl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 Here the author of the quotation is speaking as if the **heart** of the people of Israel has literally been **thickened**. He means that they are resisting God stubbornly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this people has been made stubborn”
13:15 n416 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **heart**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “the hearts of these people have been thickened … with their hearts”
13:15 driw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπαχύνθη & ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 In the author’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the mind of this people was made dull … with their mind” or “the thoughts of this people were made dull … in their thoughts”
13:15 o0ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπαχύνθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has become thick”
13:15 ifit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν 1 It may be that these expressions contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could shorten them. Alternate translation: “and they have hardly heard anything, and they have shut their eyes, lest they might see clearly, and they might hear clearly”
13:15 u9la rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 The author of the quotation is speaking as if the people of Israel have become unable to hear and have **shut their eyes** so that they will not see. He means that they are refusing to consider what God wants to tell them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they are refusing to pay attention to God, as if they were closing their ears and eyes” or “and they are refusing to consider what God wants to tell them”
13:15 p6we rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 These three clauses mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second and third phrase are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could express the idea with just one or two clauses. Alternate translation: “they might see with their eyes; yes, they might hear with their ears; indeed, they might understand with their heart” or “they might use their eyes and ears, and they might understand with their heart”
13:15 ps56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 The author of the quotation is speaking of the people of Israel as if they had been traveling somewhere and had taken the wrong way and needed to **turn back** onto the right way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “start obeying the Lord again”
13:15 q1h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 Here the author of the quotation does not mean God would only **heal** the people physically. He would also **heal** them spiritually by forgiving their sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I would heal them and forgive them”
13:16 glp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν & οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 Jesus is using **eyes** and **ears** to represent people as they **see** and **hear**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you, for you see; and blessed are you, for you hear” or “you as you look at things, for you see; and as you listen to things, for you hear”
13:16 rlt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βλέπουσιν & ἀκούουσιν 1 Here Jesus implies that their **eyes** can **see** properly and their **ears** can **hear** properly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they see well … they hear well”
13:16 xczh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and blessed are your ears”
13:17 bsj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples are blessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because” or “That is because”
13:17 e6ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε & ἃ ἀκούετε 1 Here Jesus implies that what the disciples **see** and **hear** is what he does and teaches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what you see me do … what you hear me say”
13:17 q14w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ εἶδαν & οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 Here Jesus implies that these people did not **see** or **hear** what the disciples can see and hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did not see those things … did not hear those things”
13:17 nq4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ εἶδαν & οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 Here Jesus implies that these people did not **see** or **hear** what the disciples see and hear because they lived before Jesus was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because they lived before this time, did not see … because they lived before this time, did not hear”
13:17 lslf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ἀκοῦσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and they longed to hear”
13:18 pg1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **therefore** introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus has said in the previous verses about how the disciples are blessed because they can listen to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an inference, or you could leave **therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “then” or “given all that”
13:18 w35t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν 1 Here Jesus means that he is going to explain the **parable** that he just spoke. He does not mean that he is going to tell it again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “listen to the explanation of the parable”
13:19 suhi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is about **the kingdom**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the word concerning the kingdom”
13:19 het1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Matthew is using the term **word** to mean something spoken in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the proclamation” or “the news”
13:19 a8nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks about the message about the kingdom as if it were seed that **had been sown** in a person’s **heart**. He speaks of **the evil one** as if he were a bird that swooped down and snatched away the seed. Since these figures of speech connect to the parable that Jesus told, if possible you should preserve them or express the ideas in simile form. Alternate translation: “the evil one comes like a bird and snatches away the word, which had been sown like a seed in his heart”
13:19 sb7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πονηρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the evil one** refers to the devil, Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the devil” or “the evil one, Satan,”
13:19 r9u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “what someone sowed”
13:19 xi8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in his head” or “in his thoughts”\n
13:19 nkux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her” or “that person’s”
13:19 wfd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς 1 Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seed was sown **beside the road**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “When this happens, it is like what happened to the seed that was sown beside the road”
13:19 xgz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτός 1 The pronoun **This** refers to the person whom Jesus has described in the previous sentence. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the person more directly. Alternate translation: “That person” or “He”
13:19 mau3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “what the farmer sowed beside the road”
13:20 zyhq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
13:20 rnct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seed was sown **on the rocky ground**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seed having been sown on the rocky ground is like what happens to the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy”
13:20 bf7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὁ & ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός 1 Here, the word **this** refers directly back to **the one having been sown on the rocky ground**. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce **the one having been sown on the rocky ground** and then explain what it means. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word **this** would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the one having been sown on the rocky ground”
13:20 l5iv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σπαρείς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “that the farmer sowed”
13:20 j717 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ πετρώδη 1 Here, just as in [13:5](../13/05.md), Jesus refers to an area that has a thin layer of soil on top of a layer of rocks. Express the idea as you did in that verse. Alternate translation: “a thin layer of soil on top of rocks” or “a rocky area”
13:20 cl6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, just as in [13:19](../13/19.md), Jesus is using the term **word** to mean something spoken in words. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “the proclamation” or “the news”
13:20 w4f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν λόγον 1 Here Jesus implies that this is the same “word of the kingdom” that he mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the word about the kingdom”
13:20 z76f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μετὰ χαρᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “joyfully”
13:21 zg9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus speaks about these people as if they were the plants in the parable that had **no root** and were only **temporary** since they withered when the sun rose. Since this figure of speech connects to the parable that Jesus told, if possible you should preserve it or express the ideas in simile form. Alternate translation: “but he is like a plant with no roots that does not live for long”
13:21 tm2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἔχει & ἑαυτῷ & σκανδαλίζεται 1 Although the terms **he**, **himself**, and **he** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person has … himself or herself … he or she is caused to stumble”
13:21 p4ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole οὐκ & ῥίζαν 1 Here, just as in [13:6](../13/06.md), Jesus says **no root** as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost no root” or “very small roots”
13:21 lxuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “and when he is afflicted or persecuted”
13:21 xv50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, just as in [13:19](../13/19.md), Jesus is using the term **word** to mean something spoken in words. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “the proclamation” or “the news”
13:21 p5jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν λόγον 1 Here Jesus implies that this is the same “word of the kingdom” that he mentioned in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the word about the kingdom”
13:21 ixil rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλίζεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he stumbles”
13:21 lim9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζεται 1 Here, Jesus speaks of ceasing to believe the gospel as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he stops believing” or “he ceases to trust the good news”
13:22 lkhy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
13:22 wowu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων, καὶ ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seed was sown **among the thorns**, which **choke** the plant that grows from the seed and make it **unfruitful**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seed having been sown among the thorns is like what happens to the one hearing the word, but the worry of this age and the deceitfulness of riches, like thorns, choke the word, so that it is not effective, just like that seed which becomes unfruitful”
13:22 irn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὁ & εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς, οὗτός 1 Here, the word **this** refers directly back to **the one having been sown among the thorns**. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce **the one having been sown among the thorns** and then explains what it means. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word **this** would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the one having been sown among the thorns”
13:22 d4h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σπαρείς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “that the farmer sowed”
13:22 a3u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον -1 Here, just as in [13:19](../13/19.md), Jesus is using the term **word** to mean something spoken in words. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “the proclamation … the proclamation” or “the news … the news”
13:22 vs00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν λόγον -1 Here Jesus implies that this is the same “word of the kingdom” that he has mentioned in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the word about the kingdom … this word”
13:22 rc28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **worry** and **deceitfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “this person worries about this age and is deceived by riches. These things”
13:22 q2nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **worry** that is related to **this age**. In other words, the **worry** is about things and problems that exist in **this age** or world. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the worry about things in this age” or “the worry about what happens in this age”
13:22 wwf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **riches** that are characterized by **deceitfulness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “deceitful riches” or “riches that deceive”
13:23 xw4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”\n
13:23 ptb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ συνιείς; ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seed was **sown on the good soil** and produced a crop of various sizes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seed having been sown on the good soil is like what happens to the one hearing the word understanding it. That person will be like a seed that bears fruit and yields, some 100, and some 60, and some 30”
13:23 k4pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς, οὗτός 1 Here, the word **this** refers directly back to **the one having been sown on the good soil**. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce **the one having been sown on the good soil** and then explains what it means. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word **this** would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the one having been sown on the good soil”
13:23 whru rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σπαρείς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “that the farmer sowed”
13:23 zqep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, just as in [13:19](../13/19.md), Jesus is using the term **word** to mean something spoken in words. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “the proclamation” or “the news”
13:23 c2py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν λόγον 1 Here Jesus implies that this is the same “word of the kingdom” that he has mentioned in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the word about the kingdom”
13:23 wm3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 Here Jesus means that plants produced **100**, **60**, or **30** new seeds. Scholars estimate that these numbers are very good in Jesus’ time period, although not impossible or unheard of. Express the idea as you did in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “bears fruit, with some plants yielding 100 seeds, and some plants yielding 60 seeds, and other plants yielding 30 seeds” or “bears fruit and yields many times more than the farmer planted: some 100 times more, and some 60 times more, and some 30 times more”\n
13:23 i4t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns καρποφορεῖ 1 Here, the word **fruit** is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “bears fruits”
13:24 xkov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here Matthew speaks as if the **parable** were an object that Jesus could **set before** the people. He means that Jesus told them **another parable**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He spoke to them” or “He narrated to them”
13:24 iiv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people who were standing by the side of the sea of Galilee (see [13:2](../13/02.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people standing on the shore” or “those people”
13:24 l5yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
13:24 bp9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ 1 To teach the people in the crowd, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is compared to a man”
13:24 f8j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I compare the kingdom of the heavens to” or “The kingdom of the heavens is comparable to”
13:24 a02s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπῳ & αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus is telling a story about a specific **man**. It is not important for the story whether the person is a man or a woman. If you have a form that refers to any person without identifying a gender, you could use it here. Otherwise, you could identify the person as a man, as the UST does.
13:24 u21k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 Here, the phrase **good seed** refers to seed that sprouts into plants that produce helpful crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “seed that sprouts into productive plants”
13:24 di7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns σπέρμα 1 Here, the word **seed** is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “seeds”
13:25 f6s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 Here, the phrase **the men** could refer to: (1) the farmer and the people who help take care of his field and crops. Alternate translation: “the man and his helpers” (2) people in general. Alternate translation: “people” or “everyone”
13:25 q4tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζιζάνια 1 The word **darnel** refers to a plant that looks like a wheat plant, but the grain that it produces can be poisonous. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “weeds” or “poisonous plants that look like wheat”
13:25 yz0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν 1 Here the implication is that the **enemy** sowed the **darnel** and **went away** without the farmer and his workers noticing what he had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “went away without the men noticing what he had done”
13:26 cu8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος καὶ καρπὸν ἐποίησεν 1 Here Jesus refers to the how seeds sprouted as small **blades** of grass and then grew until they began to produce heads of grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe this process more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the wheat sprouted and grew until it began to produce heads of grain”
13:26 ymqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια 1 Here Jesus means that the field workers recognized that some plants were **darnel** once the wheat and the darnel had **sprouted** and grown. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the darnel also grew and became recognizable”
13:26 fqoj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ ζιζάνια 1 Translate the word **darnel** as you did in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “the weeds” or “the poisonous plants that look like wheat”
13:27 e1v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
13:27 h51x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 The **master of the house** is the farmer who owns the field. He is the “man” whom Jesus already mentioned in [13:24](../13/24.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the man, the one who owned the field” or “of the farmer who owned the field”
13:27 xxjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπον αὐτῷ, Κύριε, οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? πόθεν οὖν ἔχει ζιζάνια? 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked him, their master, about whether he had sown good seed in his field and about where the darnel came from.”
13:27 gr7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 The servants are using the question form to indicate that they know that the farmer sowed **good seed**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we realize that you sowed good seed in your field.” or “you certainly sowed good seed in your field!”
13:27 bycx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας & σῷ 1 Here, the words **you** and **your** are singular since the servants are speaking to the master of the house.
13:27 fb86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας 1 The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did you not have us sow”
13:27 ikxr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 Here, the phrase **good seed** refers to seed that sprouts into plants that produce helpful crops. Express the idea as you did in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “seed that sprouts into productive plants”
13:27 izdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns σπέρμα 1 Here, the word **seed** is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “seeds”
13:27 afws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν οὖν ἔχει ζιζάνια 1 The servants could be using the question form to: (1) inform the **landowner** that there is **darnel** in the field and they are not sure where it came from. Alternate translation: “Despite that, there is darnel in the field, and we are not sure where it came from.” (2) ask the **landowner** if he knows where the **darnel** came from. Alternate translation: “So, from where did the darnel in the field come?”
13:27 fcyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζιζάνια 1 Translate the word **darnel** as you did in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “weeds” or “poisonous plants that look like wheat”
13:28 l154 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
13:28 r83z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes αὐτοῖς, ἐχθρὸς ἄνθρωπος τοῦτο ἐποίησεν. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them that a hostile man had done this.”
13:28 rri8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο ἐποίησεν 1 The pronoun **this** refers to the action of planting the weed seeds. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to this action more directly. Alternate translation: “planted the weeds”
13:28 ljm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 2 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
13:28 rt1o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες, συλλέξωμεν αὐτά? 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “ask him whether he would desire that, having gone out, they would gather them.”
13:28 wufi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
13:28 p8ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θέλεις οὖν 1 Here, the word **you** is singular since the servants are speaking to the master of the house.
13:28 z5w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπελθόντες, συλλέξωμεν αὐτά 1 Here the servants mean that they could go to the field, pull up the weeds, and **gather them** in one place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “having gone out to your field, we would pull up and gather them together”
13:28 num8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive συλλέξωμεν 1 By **we**, the servants means themselves but not the farmer, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
13:28 l2fu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτά 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the weed plants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the weeds”
13:29-30 teuv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δέ φησιν, οὔ, μήποτε συλλέγοντες τὰ ζιζάνια, ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν σῖτον & ἄφετε συναυξάνεσθαι ἀμφότερα μέχρι τοῦ θερισμοῦ; καὶ ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ θερισμοῦ ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these verses so that there are no quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “he says that they should certainly not, lest gathering the darnel, they might uproot the wheat along with them. He told them to permit both to grow together until the harvest, and at the time of the harvest he would say to the reapers that they should first gather the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up, but that they should gather the wheat into his barn.”
13:29 w3p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
13:29 qlzt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συλλέγοντες τὰ ζιζάνια, ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν σῖτον 1 Here the farmer is implying that they will pull up the **darnel** before they gather it. He also implies that pulling up the **darnel** may also **uproot the wheat**, since their roots are growing together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “pulling up and gathering the darnel, you might uproot the wheat that is growing with them in the ground”
13:29 c9jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ ζιζάνια 1 Translate the word **darnel** as you did in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “the weeds” or “the poisonous plants that look like wheat”\n
13:29 rd1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to **the darnel**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the plant’s name here. Alternate translation: “the darnel”
13:30 wgz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀμφότερα 1 Here, the word **both** refers to the wheat and the darnel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “both wheat and darnel”
13:30 deb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo μέχρι τοῦ θερισμοῦ; καὶ ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 The expressions **until the harvest** and **at the time of the harvest** contain extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expressions. Alternate translation: “until the harvest, when”
13:30 z36a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 Here, the farmer is using the possessive form to describe a **time** in which to perform the **harvest**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at harvest time” or “at the time when we harvest”
13:30 yd39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ ζιζάνια 1 Translate the word **darnel** as you did in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “the weeds” or “the poisonous plants that look like wheat”
13:30 ke2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν & σῖτον συναγάγετε 1 Here the farmer implies that the **reapers** should first harvest the **wheat** and then **gather** it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “harvest the wheat and gather it”
13:30 ll14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν ἀποθήκην μου 1 The word **barn** refers to a place where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the place where my food is stored”\n
13:31 g143 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here Matthew speaks as if the **parable** were an object that Jesus could **set before** the people. He means that Jesus told them another parable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “He spoke to them” or “He narrated to them”
13:31 nyaa rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people who were standing by the side of the sea of Galilee (see [13:2](../13/02.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those people more directly. See how you expressed the idea in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “the people standing on the shore” or “those people”
13:31 s999 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”\n
13:31 tdf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 To teach the people in the crowd, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a mustard seed”\n
13:31 qby8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of seed, in your translation you could use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed”
13:31 jw7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος & αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus is telling a story about a specific **man**. However, it is not important for the story whether the person is a man or a woman. If you have a form that refers to any person without identifying a gender, you could use it here. Otherwise, you could identify the person as a man, as the UST does.
13:32 gyi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole μικρότερον & πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων 1 Jesus says **smallest of all the seeds** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “one of the smallest seeds” or “smaller than most seeds”
13:32 xvkn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν λαχάνων 1 The phrase **vegetable plants** refers to plants that people grow so that they can eat them or parts of them. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “other plants that people grow to eat” or “plants that people have in their gardens”
13:32 g6v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom γίνεται δένδρον 1 Here, the phrase **becomes a tree** means that the plant grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “becomes as large as a tree”
13:32 ah8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “the birds”
13:32 fur6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατασκηνοῦν 1 Here, the word **nest** could indicate that: (1) the birds are building nests in the **branches** of the mustard plant. Alternate translation: “build nests” (2) the birds are perching or resting on the **branches** of the mustard plant. Alternate translation: “perch” or “roost”
13:33 ov36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people who were standing by the side of the sea of Galilee (see [13:2](../13/02.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those people more directly. See how you expressed the idea in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “to the people standing on the shore” or “to those people”
13:33 z94k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 To teach the people in the crowd, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like yeast”
13:33 w8sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζύμῃ 1 Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that only a little bit of **yeast** is needed to make a lot of dough rise. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a little bit of yeast”
13:33 r88g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 The term **seahs** is the plural of “seah,” a dry measure equivalent to nearly eight liters or two gallons. You can express this quantity in terms of a measure that your culture uses, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large amount of flour”
13:33 xc9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the **yeast**. Alternate translation: “until the yeast leavened it all”
13:34 nt7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ teaching by summarizing how Jesus taught the crowds. Use a natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a speech. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus stopped speaking to the crowds. He had spoken all those things in parables to them, and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable”\n
13:34 n54e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 The phrase **All these things** is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “All those teachings”
13:34 a5c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word **nothing** and the negative preposition **without**. Alternate translation: “he was only speaking to them with a parable”
13:35 xse0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from Jesus teaching in parables. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus was teaching in parables. Alternate translation: “in order that”
13:35 ybq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the speaking, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill that which God said through the prophet”
13:35 p3tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος, 1 In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see [Psalm 78:2](../psa/78/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Psalms” or “who declared”
13:35 f9gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνοίξω & τὸ στόμα μου 1 Here, the phrase **I will open my mouth** refers to speaking words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will talk”
13:35 yx6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “what God has hidden”
13:35 th8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from when God founded the world”
13:36 pq2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Then** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that” or “Next”
13:36 y93p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν οἰκίαν 1 Here Matthew refers to **the house** that Jesus had been in before he taught in parables (see [13:1](../13/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the house where he had been” or “the house in which he had taught previously”
13:36 vk44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
13:36 xsg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, διασάφησον ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking him to explain to them the parable of the darnel of the field.”
13:36 gn0b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative διασάφησον ἡμῖν 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you explain to us”
13:36 mq8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 Here, the disciples are using the possessive form to describe the **parable** that was about **the darnel** that grew in **the field**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the parable concerning the darnel that grew in the field”
13:36 crrv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν ζιζανίων 1 Translate the word **darnel** as you did in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “of the weeds” or “of the poisonous plants that look like wheat”
13:37 g8ht rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
13:37 xf1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα ἐστὶν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the **one sowing** were **the Son of Man**. He means that the sower represents or is like **the Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “The one sowing the good seed represents the Son of Man” or “The one sowing the good seed should be interpreted as the Son of Man”
13:37 zjfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα 1 Translate the phrase **good seed** as you did in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “the seed that sprouts into productive plants”
13:37 vgyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns σπέρμα 1 Here, the word **seed** is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “seeds”
13:37 xj4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man”
13:38 t1l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the field** were **the world**. He means that **the field** represents or is like **the world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the field represents the world” or “the field should be interpreted as the world”
13:38 reyl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ & καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the good seed** were **the sons of the kingdom**. He means that **the good seed** represents or is like **the sons of the kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the good seed—these represent the sons of the kingdom” or “the good seed—these should be interpreted as the sons of the kingdom”
13:38 w6dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τὸ & καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί 1 Here, the word **these** refers directly back to **the good seed**. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce **the good seed** and then explain what it means. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word **these** would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the good seed”
13:38 nzxb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ & καλὸν σπέρμα 1 Translate the phrase **good seed** as you did in [13:37](../13/37.md). Alternate translation: “the seed that sprouts into productive plants”
13:38 z0gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns σπέρμα 1 Here, the word **seed** is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “seeds”
13:38 h9iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 The expression **the sons of the kingdom** refers to people who are part of God’s kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who are part of the kingdom” or “people who are in the kingdom”
13:38 tokh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ υἱοὶ -1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the children” or “the sons and daughters”
13:38 oo0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ & ζιζάνιά εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the darnel** were **the sons of the evil one**. He means that **the darnel** represent or are like **the sons of the evil one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the darnel represent the sons of the evil one” or “the darnel should be interpreted as the sons of the evil one”
13:38 eni3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ & ζιζάνιά 1 Translate the word **darnel** as you did in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “the weeds” or “the poisonous plants that look like wheat”
13:38 fjuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 The expression **the sons of the evil one** refers to people who belong to or follow **the evil one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who belong to the evil one” or “people who follow the evil one”
13:38 sfit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the evil one** refers to the devil, Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Express the idea as you did in [13:19](../13/19.md). Alternate translation: “of the devil” or “of the evil one, Satan,”
13:39 k7r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά, ἐστιν ὁ διάβολος 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the enemy having sowed them** were **the devil**. He means that **the enemy** represents or is like **the devil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the enemy having sowed them represents the devil” or “the enemy having sowed them should be interpreted as the devil”
13:39 n7oh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτά 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the darnel. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the plant more directly. Alternate translation: “the darnel” or “the weeds”
13:39 fpfq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ θερισμὸς συντέλεια αἰῶνός ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the harvest** were **the end of the age**. He means that **the harvest** represents or is like **the end of the age**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “And the harvest represents the end of the age” or “the harvest should be interpreted as the end of the age”
13:39 vvbm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συντέλεια αἰῶνός 1 Here, the phrase **the end of the age** refers to when the current time period will cease and a new **age** will begin. If your language has a way to refer to the end of the way things are now, you could use it here, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
13:39 vypb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ & θερισταὶ ἄγγελοί εἰσιν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the reapers** were **angels**. He means that **the reapers** represent or are like **angels**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the reapers represent angels” or “the reapers should be interpreted as angels”
13:40 k7en rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an inference or conclusion based on how Jesus has interpreted the story about the **darnel** and the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then”
13:40 rn64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ & συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Here Jesus compares how **the darnel are gathered and burned with fire** to what will happen **at the end of the age**. Jesus explains this comparison in the following verses, so you do not need to explain it here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that clearly compares **the end of the age** with how **the darnel are gathered and burned with fire**. Alternate translation: “think about how the darnel are gathered and burned with fire. That is what the end of the age will be like”
13:40 whlc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the workers who were harvesting. Alternate translation: “the ones who are harvesting gather the darnel and burn them with fire”
13:40 hzih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 See how you translated the phrase **the end of the age** in [13:39](../13/39.md). Alternate translation: “during the end of the world” or “at the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
13:41 fiy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ & τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, will send out my angels … my kingdom”
13:41 p5p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συλλέξουσιν ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus implies that the angels will **gather** these things and people and remove them **from his kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they will gather and take out of his kingdom”
13:41 ptw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα 1 Here, Jesus speaks of things that cause people to sin as if they were **stumbling blocks**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the things that lead people to disobey”
13:41 chpx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ σκάνδαλα 1 Here, the phrase **stumbling blocks** could refer to: (1) things that cause people to stumble. Alternate translation: “the things that cause people to stumble” (2) people who cause others to stumble. Alternate translation: “the ones who cause others to stumble”
13:41 clel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lawlessness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones who are lawless” or “the ones doing what is lawless”
13:42 fndw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the angels. The pronoun **them** refers to the people and things that the angels gathered (see [13:41](../13/41.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people and things more directly. Alternate translation: “those angels will throw the people and things that they gathered”
13:42 lqpq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **furnace** that is full of **fire**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the fiery furnace” or “the furnace blazing with fire”
13:42 d9md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 Here, the phrase **the furnace of fire** refers to hell and describes it as a very unpleasant place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is as hot as a furnace of fire” or “hell”
13:42 zu3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would grind their **teeth** when they experienced anger, grief, and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to an action with comparable meaning or state the meaning of this action plainly. See how you translated this phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “beating of breasts” or “grinding of the teeth in anger and pain”\n
13:43 azqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to mean righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous”
13:43 u5c9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκλάμψουσιν 1 Here Jesus speaks of how great and glorious **the righteous** will be by describing them as if they **will shine**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will have glory, as if they were shining” or “will have glory”
13:43 u6sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 Here Jesus compares how **the righteous will shine** to how **the sun** shines. He means that they will shine very brightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the comparison more explicitly. Alternate translation: “as brightly as the sun shines”
13:43 sea2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “of God, who is their Father”\n
13:43 zxh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 See how you translated the identical sentence in [13:9](../13/09.md).
13:44 fjm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ 1 To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a treasure”
13:44 wg6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that someone had hidden”
13:44 xmem rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ὃν εὑρὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔκρυψεν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ ὑπάγει καὶ πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον 1 Here Jesus tells the story partly in the past tense and partly in the present tense. This was a natural way to tell the story in his language. Consider what tense your language might use to tell this kind of story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the same tense throughout the story. Alternate translation: “which, finding, a man hides. And from his joy, he goes and sells everything, as much as he has, and buys that field”
13:44 e9cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃν εὑρὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔκρυψεν 1 Here Jesus means that the man **found** the treasure, but then he **hid** it again so that no one else would find it before he could buy the field. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which a man found and then hid again”
13:44 tac2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ ὑπάγει 1 Here Jesus could mean that: (1) the man sold everything and bought the field because of **his joy**. Alternate translation: “because of his joy, he goes” (2) the man sold everything and bought the field while he experienced **joy**. Alternate translation: “joyfully he goes”
13:44 k9rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure that your translation fits with the interpretation you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “because of how joyful he was”
13:44 or3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo πάντα ὅσα ἔχει 1 The expression **everything, as much as he has** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that he has”
13:44 yd64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον 1 Here Jesus implies that the man **buys that field** so that he can also own the treasure. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “buys that field and the treasure in it” or “buys that field so he can possess the treasure”
13:45 efps rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases πάλιν 1 Here, the word **Again** introduces another parable or short story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another story, or you could leave **Again** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Also” or “Even further”
13:45 vv91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ 1 To teach the disciples, Jesus offers another story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a man”
13:45 khy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι 1 A **merchant** is a trader who buys merchandise and sells it to people. If your readers would not be familiar with this occupation, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a man, a shopkeeper, seeking” or “a man who sold goods who was seeking”
13:45 c633 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 Jesus implies that the man is **seeking fine pearls** because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls”
13:45 b88q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 The word **pearls** refers to beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. When **pearls** are **fine**, they are particularly beautiful and valuable. If your readers would not be familiar with **pearls**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated **pearls** in [7:6](../07/06.md). Alternate translation: “beautiful jewelry” or “very valuable beads”
13:46 z2su rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἕνα πολύτιμον μαργαρίτην 1 See how you translated “pearls” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “one piece of very valuable jewelry” or “one very valuable bead”
13:46 jqyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ 1 The expression **everything, as much as he had** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you translated the similar phrase in [13:44](../13/44.md). Alternate translation: “everything that he had and”
13:47 pv0u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases πάλιν 1 Here, the word **Again** introduces another parable or short story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another story, or you could leave **Again** untranslated. See how you translated this word in [13:45](../13/45.md). Alternate translation: “Also” or “Even further”
13:47 vw24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ 1 To teach the disciples, Jesus offers another story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a net”
13:47 g79n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σαγήνῃ 1 Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A **net** is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which fishermen throw into the water to trap many fish at once. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to how people catch many fish at once in your culture, or you could use a general phrase. See how you translated the similar word in [4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: “a fish trap” or “a fishing tool”\n
13:47 vrp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βληθείσῃ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject or refer to people who fish. Alternate translation: “that fishermen cast”\n
13:47 rjm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ 1 Here Jesus means that **every kind** of fish was trapped in the **net**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having collected every kind of fish” or “having caught some fish of every kind”
13:47 e64h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole παντὸς γένους 1 Jesus says **every kind** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many kinds”
13:48 aqhl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was fish. Alternate translation: “fish filled it up”
13:48 pgfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν αἰγιαλὸν 1 See how you translated **beach** in [13:2](../13/02.md). Alternate translation: “the edge of the sea” or “the sandy area by the water”
13:48 rfn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθίσαντες 1 Here Jesus implies that the people **sat down** to sort through the fish to find the useful ones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sat down to separate the fish”
13:48 cnp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns συνέλεξαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the fishermen who cast the net into the sea. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the fishermen gathered”
13:48 xwy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ καλὰ & τὰ & σαπρὰ 1 Here Jesus is referring to **good** fish and **rotten** fish. The **good** fish are good for eating, while the **rotten** fish are not good for eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the useful fish … the worthless fish” or “the fish that were good to eat … the fish that were not good to eat”
13:49 hto2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 See how you translated the phrase **the end of the age** in [13:39](../13/39.md). Alternate translation: “during the end of the world” or “at the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”\n
13:49 zawv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι 1 Jesus does not say where the angels **go out** from. Jesus and his audience would have known that the angels went out from God’s presence in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The angels will go out from God’s presence” or “The angels will go out from heaven”
13:49 lmhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελεύσονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “will come out”
13:49 ah2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πονηροὺς & τῶν δικαίων 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **wicked** and **righteous** as nouns to mean people who are **wicked** or **righteous**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the wicked people … the righteous people”
13:50 j8nf καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός. ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 This verse is identical to [13:42](../13/42.md), so express the idea as you did there. Make sure that your translation still fits the context of this verse.
13:51 g9k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 Here Jesus refers to what he has been teaching the disciples (see [13:37–50](../13/37.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all these things I have told you” or “everything I have been teaching you”
13:51 p5ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “They say to him that they do.”
13:51 k6bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said”
13:52 vw8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
13:52 clwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **For this reason** could introduce: (1) a general conclusion to Jesus’ teaching in this chapter. Alternate translation: “Given all that I have said” (2) an inference from what the disciples said about how they understood what Jesus had taught them. Alternate translation: “Because you understand” or “Therefore”
13:52 z8sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γραμματεὺς 1 The word **scribe** usually refers to teachers of the Jewish law. Here it refers more generally to anyone who is an expert in a specific subject and can teach it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “educated person” or “expert”
13:52 g4dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μαθητευθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could refer generally to the scribe’s teacher or leader. Alternate translation: “whose teacher has disciplined him or her”
13:52 diu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Here, the phrase **discipled for the kingdom of the heavens** indicates that the scribes are part of **the kingdom of the heavens** and have knowledge about **the kingdom of the heavens**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “concerning the kingdom of the heavens” or “as part of the kingdom of the heavens”
13:52 ip6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the **scribe** and **the master of the house** because they both use **new** and **old** things to help other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this comparison more explicitly. Alternate translation: “is like a man, the master of the house, who brings forth new and old goods from his treasure, just as a scribe speaks both old and new teachings”
13:52 o2wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj καινὰ καὶ παλαιά 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **new** and **old** as nouns to mean things that are **new** and **old**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “new things and old things”
13:52 g59c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, just as in [12:35](../12/35.md), the word **treasure** could refer to: (1) a place where treasures are kept or stored. Alternate translation: “his treasury” or “his storehouse” (2) the treasures that the person has. Alternate translation: “his treasures”\n
13:53 jwv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν 1 This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ teaching by stating that Jesus **finished** speaking in **parables** and then describing what he did next. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “At that time, Jesus finished speaking all those parables. Then, he departed from there”
13:53 gk4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the word **there** refers to the “house” (see [13:36](../13/36.md)) where Jesus was when he gave to his disciples the instructions and parables that are quoted in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the house where he had been staying” or “from where he had been”
13:54 qnh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
13:54 q3ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth”
13:54 gjw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς ἐν & αὐτῶν & αὐτοὺς 1 The pronouns **them**, **their**, and **they** refer to the people who were living in Jesus’ **hometown**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people living there in their … they”
13:54 icmm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus and what he said and did. Alternate translation: “he astonished them” or “what he said astonished them”
13:54 b3d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? 1 The people in Jesus’ hometown are using the question form to express their surprise that Jesus has **wisdom** and can do **miracles**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We are surprised that this one has this wisdom and these miracles.” or “We have no idea where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles!”
13:54 gmst rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη 1 Here, the phrase **From where to this one** asks about the source from which Jesus received his **wisdom** and the power to do **miracles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What is the source of this wisdom” or “How did he receive this wisdom”
13:54 xwfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ σοφία αὕτη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is this wise teaching” or “comes how wise he is”
13:55 rk5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας? 1 The people are using the question form to show that they know Jesus’ family. They mean that Jesus is just an ordinary person. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” or “He is only the son of the carpenter! His mother is called Mary, and his brothers, James and Joseph and Simon and Judas!”
13:55 rpj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῦ τέκτονος 1 The word **carpenter** refers to someone who builds things with wood. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of worker, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “of the man who builds with wood” or “of the construction worker”
13:55 f26b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Do they not call his mother” or “Is not the name of his mother”
13:55 ng4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος 1 The people are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and are not his brothers called James”
13:55 qspg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 These were Jesus' younger **brothers**. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you could use it here.
13:55 l3zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσὴφ & Σίμων & Ἰούδας 1 The words **Joseph**, **Simon**, and **Judas** are the names of men.
13:56 m9pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? 1 The people are using the question form to show that they know Jesus’ family. They mean that Jesus is just an ordinary person. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this question as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us.” or “we all know that all his sisters are with us!”
13:56 bnv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα? 1 The people are using the question form to express their surprise that Jesus can do **all these things**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We are surprised, therefore that this one has all these things.” or “We have no idea, therefore, where to this one are all these things!”
13:56 wuck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **From where, therefore, to this one** asks about the source from which Jesus received the ability to do **all these things**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What is the source, therefore, of all these things” or “How, therefore, did he receive all these things”
13:56 gko3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ 1 Here, the word **therefore** introduces an inference based on the fact that the people in Jesus’ hometown know his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference, or you could leave **therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then, from where to this one” or “Because of that, from where to this one”
13:56 pqf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles, as mentioned in the previous verse ([13:55](../13/55.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and miracles”
13:57 sywp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here Matthew speaks as if Jesus were a lump or rock that the people in Jesus’ hometown were stumbling on. He means that these people were offended by him and rejected him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were offended by him” or “they did not listen to him”
13:57 f5md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they were stumbling on him”
13:57 azn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν & ἄτιμος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative preposition **without**. Alternate translation: “has honor” or “is always honored”
13:57 feli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἄτιμος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “dishonored” or “treated dishonorably”
13:57 sq8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “A prophet is only without honor”
13:57 w4x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses the phrase **in his house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “among his father, mother, or siblings”
13:58 e2cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of their unbelief, he did not do many miracles there”
13:58 nidv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they did not believe”
14:intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53–17:27)\n * Herod hears about Jesus (14:1–2)\n * Flashback: Herod executes John the Baptist (14:3–12)\n * Jesus feeds 5,000 men (14:13–21)\n * Jesus walks on water (14:22–33)\n * Jesus heals people in the region of Gennesaret (14:34–36)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Herod and Herodias\n\nThe man named “Herod the tetrarch” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) was a son of King Herod, the man mentioned in [2:1–22](../02/01.md). Herod the tetrarch ruled over the area to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee, which is where Jesus spent much of his ministry. Herodias was married to Herod’s brother Philip, and the two of them had a daughter. However, Herodias divorced Philip and married Herod, who had also divorced his previous wife. Since the Jewish law condemned anyone who married his brother’s wife while his brother was still alive (see [Leviticus 20:21](../lev/20/21.md)), John the Baptist rebuked Herod for doing this. It was in response to this rebuke that Herod had John the Baptist put in prison and eventually executed. Make sure that your translation accurately refers to the relationships between Herod, Herodias, and Herodias’ daughter.\n\n### The miracle of multiplying food\n\nIn [14:13–21](../14/13.md), Matthew tells a story in which Jesus provides 5,000 men and even more women and children with food. All these people were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were five loaves of bread and two fish. Despite that, Jesus used the five loaves of bread and the two fish to feed everyone who was there. Matthew does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle.\n\n### The miracle of walking on water\n\nIn [14:22–33](../14/22.md), Matthew tells a story in which Jesus walks on top of the Sea of Galilee, even though there was a storm. Later, Jesus allows Peter to walk briefly on the water, and when Jesus and Peter climb into the boat that the rest of the disciples were in, the storm miraculously stops. Your translation should not explain exactly how Jesus or Peter walked on the water, but it should be clear that Jesus walking on the water, Peter walking on the water, and the storm stopping were all miracles.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The flashback to John’s death\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew includes a story that happened before the stories that appear before and after it in his narrative. The previous chapter includes much of Jesus’ teaching, and this chapter begins by describing Herod Antipas’ response to Jesus (see [14:1–2](../14/01.md)). Then, to explain what Herod said about Jesus, Matthew includes a story that happened earlier. This type of storytelling is called a flashback. Here, the flashback tells about how John the Baptist died (see [14:3–12](../14/03.md)). In [14:13](../14/13.md), Matthew returns to the main narrative and tells what happened after the events recorded in chapter 13 and [14:1–2](../14/01.md). While the story that begins in [14:13](../14/13.md) is linked to the flashback by the phrase “Now having heard,” Matthew does not indicate how long it took for Jesus to hear about John’s death from John’s disciples. So, you should use a form that shows your readers that [14:3–12](../14/03.md) is a flashback that describes something that happened previously, and [14:13](../14/13.md) continues with the main narrative. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogue between characters. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singul
14:1 ny6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **At that time** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “While all those things were happening” or “During this period”
14:2 pd1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτός 1 The pronoun **This** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “This person” or “This Jesus”
14:2 nx7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He has been restored to life”
14:2 dy2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Herod could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised him” (2) John himself did it. Alternate translation: “He has risen”
14:2 wwe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to refer to all people who are **dead**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses”
14:2 x4zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **because of this** introduces the result of what Herod thinks about John being **raised from the dead**. Herod thinks that Jesus has **powers** because he has already **been raised from the dead**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he has been raised,”
14:2 vve7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here Herod speaks as if **the powers** were people that could **work** in Jesus. He means that Jesus is powerful and can do powerful things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has his powers” or “he is very powerful”
14:3-4 zgp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο, διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ & ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [14:3](../14/03.md) and [14:4](../14/04.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to include what John said to Herod before stating what Herod did in response. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod, ‘It is not lawful for you to have Herodias, the wife of your brother Philip.’ So, because of Herodias, Herod, having seized John, bound him and put him in prison.”
14:3 ybyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces background information that tells about how John died. This background information continues in [14:4–12](../14/04.md). In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information, not the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Now sometime earlier,” or “By this time, John had already died. Here is what happened:”
14:3 zsvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ & Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο, διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these elements, since the second half of the verse gives the reason for the result that the first half of the verse describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, the wife of his brother Philip, Herod, having seized John, bound him and put him in prison”
14:3 h466 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 Here Matthew implies that **Herod** sent his soldiers to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to seize John, bind him, and put him in prison”
14:3 rqfw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew implies that Herod married **Herodias** after she divorced **Philip**, Herod’s brother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because of Herodias, whom he married after she divorced his brother Philip”
14:3 ftfc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew introduces **Herodias** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a woman named Herodias, who was the wife of his brother Philip”
14:3 lr92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Φιλίππου 1 The word **Philip** is the name of a man.
14:3 tqyo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 It is not certain whether **Philip** was older or younger than **Herod**, but it is slightly more likely that he was older. So, if you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger **brother**, you could state that **Philip** was older. Alternate translation: “his older brother”
14:3 e6zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Herod. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Herod’s”
14:4 jpro rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Herod put John in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “He did that because”
14:4 lp4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Herod. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “to Herod”
14:4 n1t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔλεγεν & αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “was saying to him that it was not lawful for him to have her”
14:5 pajg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast θέλων αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Here, the word **wanting** introduces a clause that states something that contrasts with what Herod actually did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “although he wanted to put him to death” or “despite the fact that he wanted to put him to death”
14:5 tx3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν & ἐφοβήθη & αὐτὸν 1 The pronouns **him** and **him** refer to John the Baptist, and the pronoun **he** refers to Herod. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “John … Herod feared … John”
14:5 rtp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐφοβήθη τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here Matthew implies that Herod both **feared the crowd** and did not have John killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he feared the crowd and did not put him to death” or “he did not give the order, for he feared the crowd”
14:5 epdd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here Matthew implies that Herod feared what **the crowd** would do if he put John to death. They might have rioted or attacked Herod. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot”
14:6 d2em rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
14:6 a0u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants γενεσίοις & γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου, ὠρχήσατο ἡ θυγάτηρ τῆς Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 Here Matthew introduces **the daughter of Herodias** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Herodias had a daughter, and the birthday of Herod having come, she danced”
14:6 ggkc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous γενεσίοις & γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου 1 Here, the phrase **the birthday of Herod having come** gives the time period in which the following events occur. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that gives the time period in which something happens. Alternate translation: “when it was the birthday of Herod” or “while Herod was celebrating his birthday”
14:6 vdik rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown γενεσίοις & τοῦ Ἡρῴδου 1 In some cultures, people celebrate a **birthday**, the day that someone was born. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of celebration, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “Herod’s birthday celebration” or “the celebrations on the anniversary of Herod’s birth”
14:6 ejhk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ἡ θυγάτηρ τῆς Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 Here Matthew implies that this woman was **the daughter of Herodias** by a previous husband, probably Philip. She was not the daughter of Herod. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “the daughter of Herodias and Philip” or “the daughter of Herodias, Herod’s step-daughter,”
14:6 fvs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ μέσῳ 1 Here, the phrase **in the midst** indicates that **the daughter of Herodias** danced so that Herod and the guests at his party could all see her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before all Herod’s guests” or “in front of everyone”
14:7 yyq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅθεν 1 Here, the phrase **because of which** introduces what Herod did because Herodias’ daughter pleased him with her dancing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “and because she pleased Herod,”
14:7 f0mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations μεθ’ ὅρκου, ὡμολόγησεν αὐτῇ δοῦναι ὃ ἐὰν αἰτήσηται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he promised with an oath, ‘I will give you whatever you ask.’”
14:8 gnqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
14:8 rhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her mother having urged her beforehand”
14:8 dptx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προβιβασθεῖσα 1 Here Matthew implies that the woman’s mother, Herodias, had already told her what to ask for if Herod offered to do something for her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been instructed ahead of time” or “having been told what to request ahead of time”
14:8 dlue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δός μοι & ὧδε ἐπὶ πίνακι, τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 Here the woman implies that she wants Herod to have John killed by having his head cut off and brought to her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Have one of your soldiers behead John the Baptist and then give me his head here, on a platter”
14:8 w4iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative δός μοι 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a request. Alternate translation: “I ask that you give me”
14:8 ruy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πίνακι 1 A **platter** is a large, flat serving dish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of dish, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a tray” or “a large serving plate”
14:9 s8zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐλυπήθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was very sorry”
14:9 qgrl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους 1 Here Matthew indicates two reasons why Herod kept his word. First, he had made **oaths** that he did not want to break. Second, he had promised in front of **the ones reclining to eat with him**, and it would be embarrassing and shameful to break his promise when everyone had heard it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these reasons more explicit. Alternate translation: “but because he had used oaths and because the ones reclining to eat with him had heard what he promised”
14:9 op6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς συνανακειμένους 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, at a table when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “the ones sitting down to eat with him” or “the ones eating with him”
14:9 j6nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who would do the action, Matthew implies that one of Herod’s soldiers would do it. Alternate translation: “he commanded that one of his soldiers give it”
14:9 zn1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι 1 Here Matthew means that Herod **commanded** someone to do what Herodias’ daughter asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “commanded that someone give her what she had requested”
14:10 v80r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέμψας, ἀπεκεφάλισεν 1 Here Matthew implies that Herod **sent** one of his soldiers to behead John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sent a soldier, Herod had him behead”
14:11 nd5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could refer to whoever beheaded John, or you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the soldier who beheaded John brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” or “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl”
14:11 cmcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to John. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “John’s”
14:11 pba6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πίνακι 1 See how you translated the word **platter** in [14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “a tray” or “a large serving plate”
14:11 pqqf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ κορασίῳ 1 Here, the word **girl** refers to a woman who has reached puberty but who is still young, probably between 12 and 20 years old. Use a word in your language that refers generally to a young woman who has reached puberty. Alternate translation: “to the young woman”
14:12 csaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσελθόντες 1 Here Matthew implies that John’s disciples went to the jail where John had been imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having visited the place where John had been imprisoned”
14:12 sct4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πτῶμα 1 Here Matthew implies that this was John’s **corpse**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “John’s corpse”
14:12 up4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντες 1 Here Matthew implies that John’s disciples went to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come to where Jesus was”
14:12 suei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
14:12 mq89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here Matthew implies that John’s disciples told Jesus that Herod had executed John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they told Jesus what had happened to John”
14:13 id97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
14:13 r40v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσας 1 Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus has **heard**: (1) what John’s disciples told him about how Herod executed John (see [14:12](../14/12.md)). Alternate translation: “having heard the news about John’s death” (2) what Herod was saying about how Jesus must be John the Baptist raised from the dead (see [14:2](../14/02.md)). Alternate translation: “having heard what Herod was saying about him”
14:13 ia39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς & κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples … by themselves”
14:13 noxb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here Matthew does not state where Jesus was when he **heard**, so your translation should not identify exactly where Jesus was either. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to wherever Jesus was when he **heard**. Alternate translation: “from where he was” or “from the place where he heard this”
14:13 chbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες 1 Here Matthew implies that the crowds **heard** that Jesus had gone to **a desolate place**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard that Jesus went there”
14:13 ipm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πεζῇ 1 Here, the phrase **on foot** means that the crowds walked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by walking”
14:13 j44h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων 1 Here Matthew refers to **the cities** near the Sea of Galilee, which Jesus had crossed over **in a boat**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the cities in that region” or “from the cities near the Sea of Galilee”
14:14 v44w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν 1 Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus comes out: (1) of the boat in which he traveled across the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “having come out of the boat” or “having disembarked” (2) of the desolate area, where he wanted to be alone. Alternate translation: “having come out of the place where he was alone”
14:14 d7hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone out”
14:14 askz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he sympathized with”
14:14 kyji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀρρώστους αὐτῶν 1 Matthew is using the adjective **sick** as a noun to mean sick people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the sick people among them”
14:15 ay6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
14:15 ba9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσῆλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
14:15 lml8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
14:15 otp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν 1 The clause **the hour has already passed by** means that it is late in the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the day is about to end” or “the sun is setting”
14:15 iarr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ὄχλους 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you send the crowds away”
14:15 a63b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰς κώμας 1 Here the disciples are referring to **villages** that are near the **desolate** place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the nearest villages” or “the villages that are close to this place”
14:16 brfw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus says in a contrast with what the disciples asked him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”
14:16 r5gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 Here Jesus implies that the disciples should give food to the crowds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You give them food”
14:17 e4ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the disciples say in contrast to what Jesus told them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”
14:17 a7pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
14:17 ih48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἔχομεν ὧδε, εἰ μὴ 1 If, in your language, it would appear that the disciples were making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The only food we have here are”
14:17 v8x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτους 1 The word **loaves** refers to loaves of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bread, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”
14:18 jo61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “And”
14:18 qvll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & εἶπεν, φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples did what Jesus commanded them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he said, ‘Bring them here to me.’ So they brought them.”
14:18 jsbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular φέρετέ 1 Here, the command is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
14:19 zi12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations κελεύσας τοὺς ὄχλους ἀνακλιθῆναι ἐπὶ τοῦ χόρτου, λαβὼν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he commanded the crowds, ‘Recline on the grass!’ Then, having taken”
14:19 pd8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνακλιθῆναι 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually **recline**, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “to sit down to eat” or “to get ready to eat”
14:19 fubq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτους & τοὺς ἄρτους 1 See how you translated **loaves** in [14:17](../14/17.md). Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread … the large chunks of bread”
14:19 i34u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 In Jesus’ culture, most people thought that **heaven** was up above the earth. Looking up towards **heaven** was a common posture for someone who was praying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a common posture for prayer in your culture, or you could explain the meaning of this posture. Alternate translation: “having raised his arms in prayer” or “having looked up to heaven to pray”
14:19 bf1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλόγησεν 1 Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus **blessed**: (1) God for providing the food. Alternate translation: “he blessed God” or “he praised God” (2) the food. Alternate translation: “he blessed the food” or “he asked God to make the food holy”
14:19 ujxx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κλάσας, ἔδωκεν & τοὺς ἄρτους 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus broke the loaves of bread in pieces so that they could be served to the crowds. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having divided the loaves into servings, he gave them” or “having broken the loaves into smaller pieces, he gave the pieces”
14:19 t7ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ & μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples gave them to the crowds”
14:20 k6l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔφαγον πάντες & ἦραν 1 The pronoun **they** in the phrase **they all ate** refers to the crowds. The pronoun **they** in the phrase **they took up** refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowds all ate … the disciples took up”
14:20 l2h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: “until they were full”
14:20 a1dk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων 1 Here, the phrase **the remaining** refers to what was left after everyone ate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leftovers” or “what was left of the broken pieces”
14:20 xh01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κοφίνους 1 The word **baskets** refers to large circular containers that store food or other items. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”
14:21 als7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Matthews uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that helps the readers understand how amazing what Jesus did was. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for how many people were there,” or “In the end,”
14:21 e1ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων 1 Here Matthew means that the number he has given does not include **women and children**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which does not include women and children”
14:22 yp8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples are sailing **to the other side** of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “across the sea to the opposite side”
14:23 qtfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὸ ὄρος 1 Matthew does not clarify what **mountain** this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small mountain without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain”
14:23 b1mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
14:23 eruc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀψίας & γενομένης 1 Matthew indicated that it was **evening** earlier in the story (see [14:15](../14/15.md)). Here, he uses the same phrase but implies that it was later on in the **evening**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes a time later than the time described in [14:15](../14/15.md). Alternate translation: “when it was even later in the evening” or “further into the evening”
14:24 ww6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the disciples were doing while Jesus was on the mountain. There is a slight contrast between Jesus, who was safe on the mountain, and the disciples, who were in danger on the sea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “At the same time,”
14:24 dduj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **was already in the middle of the sea**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “was already many stadia away from the land.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
14:24 wtvv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “and the wind was against it, so it was being tormented by the waves”
14:24 j404 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with the waves tormenting it”
14:24 vzd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 Here Matthew speaks as if the **waves** were people who were tormenting another person. What he means is that the **waves** were crashing against the boat and putting it under much strain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being battered by the waves” or “being tossed about by the waves”
14:24 rzpd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος 1 When **wind** is **against** a boat, that means that it is blowing directly opposite to the direction in which the boat is traveling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for the wind was opposite to the direction they were sailing” or “for the wind was blowing directly against it”
14:25 hy85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
14:25 pmw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τετάρτῃ & φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the fourth watch of the night** refers to the period of time between 3:00 AM and 6:00 AM. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that refers to this period of time. Alternate translation: “in the last part of the night” or “shortly before dawn”
14:25 f1n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples”
14:25 q3sa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus was miraculously **walking** on the surface of **the sea**. He did not sink into the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “walking on the surface of the sea” or “miraculously walking on top of the sea”
14:26 hmgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
14:26 ta31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης περιπατοῦντα 1 See how you translated this phrase in [14:25](../14/25.md). Alternate translation: “walking on the surface of the sea” or “miraculously walking on top of the sea”
14:26 snml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐταράχθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were very nervous” or “were very anxious”
14:26 h7df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά ἐστιν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that he was a ghost,”
14:26 f0u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φάντασμά 1 Here, the word **ghost** refers to an spiritual or supernatural being that people see. In Jesus’ culture, when people saw a **ghost**, they usually assumed that something bad was going to happen. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of unusual experience, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an apparition” or “some powerful and dangerous being”
14:26 rns1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid”
14:27 zpoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
14:27 zxnr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told them”
14:27 tl45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θαρσεῖτε & μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Here, the commands are plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
14:27 p8v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θαρσεῖτε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous”
14:28 ugq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
14:28 w195 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ σὺ εἶ, κέλευσόν 1 Here Peter could be using the conditional form: (1) to refer to something that he thinks may or may not be true. In this case, if Jesus commands him to walk on the water, Peter will believe that it really is Jesus. Alternate translation: “if it is you, then command” or “to prove that it is you, command” (2) to refer to something that he thinks is true. In this case, he is already convinced that it is really Jesus. Alternate translation: “since it is you, command”
14:28 cfxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative κέλευσόν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please command”
14:28 wxaq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθεῖν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “to go”
14:28 wzlh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα 1 Here Peter means that he wants Jesus to **command** him to walk miraculously on the surface of **the water**, just as Jesus was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [14:25](../14/25.md). Alternate translation: “on the surface of the water” or “miraculously on top of the water”
14:29 gb5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν, ἐλθέ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “said that he should come”
14:29 qmgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθέ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of **Come**. Alternate translation: “Go”
14:29 n80t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περιεπάτησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα 1 Here Matthew means Peter walked miraculously on the surface of **the water**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [14:28](../14/28.md). Alternate translation: “walked on the surface of the water” or “walked miraculously on top of the water”
14:29 io5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθεῖν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “to come”
14:30 gw4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces how Peter begins to sink in contrast with how he started walking on the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “And yet,” or “Soon, however,”
14:30 sk3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βλέπων & τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 Here Matthew could mean that: (1) Peter saw the effects of the **strong wind**, including the waves. Alternate translation: “seeing what the strong wind did” or “seeing large waves” (2) Peter felt or experienced the **strong wind**. Alternate translation: “noticing the strong wind” or “feeling the strong wind”
14:30 sh5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀρξάμενος καταποντίζεσθαι 1 Here Matthew implies that Peter began **to sink** into the water that he was walking on top of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having begun to sink into the Sea of Galilee”
14:30 aiig rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
14:30 sfnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative σῶσόν με 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask you to save me”
14:31 nb12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
14:31 uvgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus grabbed Peter and lifted him up out of the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “took hold of him and lifted him up”
14:31 a0o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
14:31 af17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὀλιγόπιστε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You who believe so little”
14:31 cr9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter for doubting. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted.” or “you never should have doubted!”
14:31 ia1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 Here Jesus implies that Peter doubted whether Jesus could really enable him to walk on the water and keep him from sinking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking”
14:32 hp5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and Peter. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the two of them”
14:33 h9pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ 1 Here Matthew is referring to the disciples who were **in the boat**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples”
14:33 cewv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
14:33 u8pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
14:34 cv3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διαπεράσαντες 1 Matthew implies that they **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having crossed over the lake”
14:34 w8bx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “they went”
14:34 x9nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Γεννησαρέτ 1 The word**Gennesaret** could refer to: (1) a region on the northwest side of the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the area called Gennesaret” (2) a small town on the northwest side of the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the village of Gennesaret”
14:35 w9ou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνδρες 1 Here Matthew uses a word that refers specifically to **men**. However, the gender of these people is not important for the story, so you could use a word or phrase that refers to both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people”
14:35 oxtx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου 1 Here, the phrase **that place** refers to the area named “Gennesaret” (see [14:34](../14/34.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the region of Gennesaret”
14:35 yh1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns προσήνεγκαν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the people who lived in **that surrounding area**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to these people. Alternate translation: “people from that whole area brought”
14:35 xd7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 Matthew says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “many of”
14:35 h2iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sickness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sick people”
14:36 ajpg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns παρεκάλουν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the sick people. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the ones having sickness were begging”
14:36 bogz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτὸν ἵνα μόνον ἅψωνται τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ; καὶ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please let us only touch the edge of your garment.’ And”
14:36 wrl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μόνον ἅψωνται 1 Here, the word **only** indicates that these people think that, to be healed, they do not need to do anything more than touch Jesus’ **garment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all they might do is touch” or “they could just touch”
14:36 mw8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅσοι ἥψαντο διεσώθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate that was God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God healed as many as touched it” or “Jesus healed as many as touched it”
15:intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27)\n * Argument with the Pharisees and scribes about washing hands (15:1–9)\n * Jesus teaches about what defiles people (15:10–20)\n * Jesus meets a Canaanite woman (15:21–28)\n * Jesus heals many people (15:29–31)\n * Jesus feeds 4,000 men (15:32–39)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [15:8–9](../15/08.md), which is a quote from [Isaiah 29:13](../isa/29/13.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “tradition of the elders”\n\nThe “tradition of the elders” included interpretations of Moses’ law that Jewish religious leaders had developed and passed down to their disciples, and they to their disciples. These interpretations explained what specific laws meant and how to obey them. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for specific interpretations of the law that he disagreed with. In this chapter, Jesus and the Pharisees argue about washing hands, honoring parents, and giving gifts to God. When you translate the phrase “tradition of the elders,” use a form that refers to teachings that teachers pass down to their students. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/tradition]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/elder]])\n\n### Washing hands before eating\n\nIn [15:1](../15/01.md), the scribes and Pharisees rebuke Jesus for failing to have his disciples wash their hands before eating. One of the traditions that the Pharisees followed was a requirement that people wash their hands before eating. They did this to make their hands ceremonially clean, not primarily to clean off dirt. Make sure that your translation indicates that Jesus and the Pharisees are debating about ceremonial or ritual washing, not washing off dirt.\n\n### The gift for God\n\nIn [15:4–6](../15/04.md), Jesus rebukes the Pharisees for allowing people to promise to give something to God instead of using it to help their parents. Jesus is not saying that giving things to God is wrong. Instead, he is saying that honoring one’s parents is one of the most important commandments that God gave, and no tradition should prevent people from honoring their parents. Make sure that this meaning is clear in your translation.\n\n### The Canaanite woman\n\nMatthew describes the woman as a “Canaanite,” which is an old term for the people who lived in the land of Israel before the Israelites arrived. Matthew means that the woman is not a Jew, and he might mean that she is descended from the people that the Israelites defeated when they took over the land of Israel. Your translation should make clearly indicate that the woman is not a Jew. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/canaan]])\n\n### The miracle of multiplying food\n\nIn [15:32–39](../15/32.md), Matthew tells a story in which Jesus provides 4,000 men and even more women and children with food. All these people were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were seven loaves of bread and a few fish. Despite that, Jesus used the seven loaves of bread and the few fish to feed everyone who was there. Matthew does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle. Matthew told a similar story about how Jesus fed 5,000 men in [14:13–21](../14/13.md), so see how you expressed the ideas there.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Feeding little dogs\n\nIn [15:26](../15/26.md), Jesus tells the Canaanite woman that it is not right to give food that is meant for children to little dogs. In [15:27](../15/27.md), the woman responds that little dogs eat the little bits of food that fall off their owners’ tables. The children represent Jews, and the l
15:1 q6af rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces a new event that took place sometime after the previous event, probably relatively soon after. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “One day,” or “Sometime later,”\n
15:1 d8ar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσέρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “go to”
15:1 xcqf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
15:2 j1b8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? 1 The Pharisees are using the question form to rebuke Jesus for what his disciples are doing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples should not transgress the tradition of the elders.” or “We are shocked that your disciples transgress the tradition of the elders!”
15:2 yn6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Here, the scribes and Pharisees are using the possessive form to describe a **tradition** that came from **the elders**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the tradition given to us by the elders” or “the tradition handed down to us by the elders”
15:2 dc73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tradition**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what the elders taught us”
15:2 j6uo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Here, the word **elders** refers to respected ancestors whose teaching is trusted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the ancestral teachers” or “of our respected forefathers”
15:2 f7vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of how the disciples are transgressing the tradition. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “They do that when” or “Here is how they do that:”
15:2 gfn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ & νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας 1 Here the scribes and Pharisees are referring to how they would **wash their hands** with water to make them ritually or ceremonially clean. See the chapter introduction for more information about this kind of washing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they do not ceremonially wash their hands with water”
15:2 fn5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 The scribes and Pharisees are using **bread** to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” or “anything”
15:3 ia1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees for things that they do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not transgress the commandment of God because of your tradition.” or “I am shocked that you transgress the commandment of God because of your traditions!”
15:3 jsqa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the rest of the question describes. Alternate translation: “Why, because of your tradition, do you also transgress the commandment of God”
15:3 ft1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **commandment** that came from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the commandment given by God” or “the commandment we received from God”
15:3 x2o6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **commandment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God commanded us”
15:3 qdev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tradition**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you were taught”
15:4 itl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of how the scribes and Pharisees transgress God’s law. This explanation continues in [14:5–6](../14/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is how you do that:” or “What I mean is that”
15:4 kckw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὁ & Θεὸς ἐνετείλατο λέγων 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **God commanded, saying**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “God said.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
15:4 woat rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. The first quotation could be from [Exodus 20:12](../exo/20/12.md) or [Deuteronomy 5:16](../deu/05/16.md). The second quotation could be from [Exodus 21:17](../exo/21/17.md) or [Leviticus 20:9](../lev/20/09.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a quotation from an important text, and you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “saying in the law he gave to Moses” or “speaking through Moses”
15:4 srz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καί ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that all people should honor their father and their mother and that everyone speaking evil of his father or mother should end in death.”
15:4 kzvj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular τίμα τὸν & τὴν 1 Since God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command the words **your** and **your** are singular.
15:4 iigy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one speaking evil of his father or mother, he should end in death” or “Anyone who speaks evil of his father or mother must end in death”
15:4 qfu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ κακολογῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The one saying evil things about”
15:4 erkh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 Here, the phrase **end in death** means that the person is killed or executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him be put to death” or “let him be killed”
15:4 mfmw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τελευτάτω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person end”
15:5-6 l8t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς & οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother that whatever they might have benefited from him is a gift, he will certainly not honor his father.”
15:5 hsz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the scribes and Pharisees allow in contrast to what God commanded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “Despite that,”
15:5 dofz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 Here, the phrase **Whatever you might have benefited from me** refers to money or goods that children might give to their parents when they need help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Whatever I might have given to help you” or “Anything you might have received from me”
15:5 ybem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὠφεληθῇς 1 Here, the word **you** is singular since a child is speaking to one of his or her parents.
15:5 ql75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δῶρον 1 Here Jesus implies that the person is giving something as **a gift** to God. Because of that, the person will not give it to his or her parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” or “is a gift to God, so I cannot give it to you”
15:6 hcwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus implies that the Pharisees and scribes mean that the person cannot **honor his father** by giving him the money or goods that he promised to give to God. The person could still **honor his father** in other ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not honor his father in that way” or “he will certainly not honor his father by giving him what he declared to be a gift for God”
15:6 oyqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οὐ μὴ τιμήσει & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **he** and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not honor his or her”
15:6 ybif rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ μὴ τιμήσει 1 Here Jesus could mean that the scribes and Pharisees taught that: (1) the person was not allowed to **honor his father**. Alternate translation: “we is certainly not allowed to honor” (2) the person did not have to **honor his father**. Alternate translation: “he does not need to honor”
15:6 g66y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
15:6 q3kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατέρα 1 Here Jesus implies that this person will also **not honor** his mother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “father or his mother”
15:6 rp3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the result of what the Pharisees and scribes tell people that they can do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “So,”
15:6 tkru rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the rest of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “because of your tradition, you have set aside the word of God”
15:6 belk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἠκυρώσατε 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the word of God** were an object that people could **set aside** and ignore. He means that they are ignoring **the word of God** and treating it like it is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have nullified” or “you have ignored”
15:6 znt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **word** to refer to the commands that God gave using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God said”
15:6 xr06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τὸν λόγον 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **the word**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the commandment,” and some other ancient manuscripts read “the law.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
15:6 wq1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns παράδοσιν ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tradition**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you were taught”
15:7 t4fq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καλῶς 1 Here, the word **well** indicates that what **Isaiah prophesied** accurately describes the scribes and the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “accurately” or “truly”
15:7 n4ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Here Jesus introduces a quotation from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Isaiah 29:13](../isa/29/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a quotation from an important text, and you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “saying in the book of Isaiah” or “as it is written”
15:8 spwd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ λαὸς οὗτος & τιμᾷ 1 Here, the phrase **This people** refers to the Israelites about whom Isaiah was speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The Israelites honor” or “These Jewish people”
15:8 bz91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns με & ἐμοῦ 1 Here, both uses of the word **me** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “me, their God, … me”
15:8 qw69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 Here, **lips** represent someone speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with their speech” or “with their words”
15:8 q7vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Isaiah speaks as if the Israelites’ **heart** was **far away** from God. He means that they do not think about God or want to obey him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if their hearts were far away from me” or “they do not want to serve me”
15:8 hr29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **heart**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their hearts are far away”\n
15:8 wuw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν 1 In the author’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “their mind” or “their thinking”
15:9 b8d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next idea in the quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,”
15:9 n47x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διδάσκοντες 1 Here, the word **teaching** introduces a reason why their worship is **in vain**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “since they teach”
15:9 qdlv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **doctrines** and **commandments**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as authoritative what men have commanded”
15:9 vvb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe **commandments** that are given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things commanded by men”
15:9 jikp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Isaiah is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of people”
15:11 s28y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα 1 Here Jesus is referring to food and drink, which are what people put into their mouths. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The food and drink that the man puts into his mouth”
15:11 obg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ στόμα & τὸν ἄνθρωπον & τοῦ στόματος & τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 The phrases **the mouth** and **the man** represent men and their mouths in general, not one particular man and his mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone’s mouth … that person … someone’s mouth … that person”
15:11 lii8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον -1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person … the person”
15:11 lte6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο 1 Here, the word **this** refers directly back to **what comes out from the mouth**. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce **what comes out from the mouth** and then explain what it does. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word **this** would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “what comes out from the mouth”
15:11 o7bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 Here Jesus is referring to words, which are what come out of people’s mouths. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the words that come out of his mouth”
15:11 yuf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐκπορευόμενον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “goes out”
15:12 ibrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οἶδας ὅτι οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν? 1 The disciples are using the question form to inform Jesus about how the Pharisees responded. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should know that the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended.” or “The Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended!”
15:12 l2uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “you caused the Pharisees to stumble when they heard this word”
15:12 wcfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 The disciples is using the term **word** to refer to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the words that you spoke” or “the things that you said”
15:12 b8ou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 Here disciples speaks as if the **word** that Jesus said were a lump or rock that **the Pharisees** were stumbling on. They mean that the the Pharisees were offended by what he said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were offended”
15:13 u1z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
15:13 n5ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Here Jesus speaks of the Pharisees who were offended by him as if they were plants that God did not plant. He means that they are not serving God. Then, Jesus speaks of God’s punishment as if it were uprooting these plants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those Pharisees are like plants that my heavenly Father will uproot because he did not plant them” or “Those Pharisees will be punished by my heavenly Father because they have not obeyed him”
15:13 j49e rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
15:13 hs4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “he will uproot”
15:14 dubo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 Here, the clause **Leave them** means that the disciples should not worry about or pay attention to the Pharisees who were offended by Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Ignore them” or “Do not pay attention to them”
15:14 r167 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτούς & εἰσιν 1 The words **them** and **They** refer to the Pharisees who were offended by Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “those Pharisees! They are”
15:14 ai9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 Here, Jesus speaks of the Pharisees who were offended by him as if they were **blind guides**, and he speaks of other Jewish people as if they were **blind** people. He means that neither the Pharisees nor the rest of the people know what is right, but the Pharisees teach the people anyways, even though what they teach is wrong. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “They are like blind guides. They teach people what is wrong, just as a blind one guides a blind one so that they both fall into a pit”
15:14 c1jp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **They are blind guides**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “They are blind guides of the blind.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
15:14 xho5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “So,”
15:14 wz4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo τυφλὸς & τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι & πεσοῦνται 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if a **blind** person guided another **blind** person. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine a blind one guiding a blind one. They would both fall”
15:15 cbzk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
15:15 omu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative φράσον 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you explain”
15:15 yqqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν παραβολήν 1 Here Peter could be referring to: (1) the **parable** about blind people guiding other blind people (see [15:14](../15/14.md)). Alternate translation: “the parable about the blind guides” (2) the **parable** about things that go into and out of a person (see [15:11](../15/11.md)). Alternate translation: “the parable about what goes into a person”
15:15 shg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 By **us**, Peter means himself and the other disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
15:16 txes rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
15:16 al9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for how they still do not understand what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are still without understanding.” or “I am amazed that you still do not understand!”
15:17 l5nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? 1 Jesus is using the question form to remind his disciples about what happens to the food that people eat. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should already understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine.” or “You already know that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine!”
15:17 izwd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα 1 Here Jesus is referring to food and drink, which are what people put into their mouths. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [15:11](../15/11.md). Alternate translation: “all the food and drink that a person puts into his mouth”
15:17 jzaw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν 1 The phrases **the mouth** and **the stomach** represent mouths and stomachs in general, not one particular mouth and stomach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “into someone’s mouth … into that person’s stomach”
15:17 u6ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται 1 Jesus is referring to the process of expelling and removing feces and urine in a polite way by using the phrase **is passed out into the latrine**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “is evacuated from the bowels” or “passes out of the body as waste”
15:17 zyhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκβάλλεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it is the person’s body or bowels. Alternate translation: “the body passes it out” or “the bowels pass it out”
15:17 s9z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀφεδρῶνα 1 A **latrine** is a place where people expel and remove feces and urine. If your readers would not be familiar with this word, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the bathroom” or “the water closet”
15:18 ca1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ & ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 Here Jesus is referring to words, which are what come out of people’s mouths. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [15:11](../15/11.md). Alternate translation: “the words that come out of the mouth”
15:18 qtkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐκπορευόμενα & ἐξέρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “going” and “go” instead of **coming** and **come**. Alternate translation: “going out … go”
15:18 r693 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ στόματος & τῆς καρδίας & τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 The phrases **the mouth**, **the heart**, and **the man** represent men, their mouths, and their hearts in general, not one particular man his mouth, and his heart. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone’s mouth … that person’s heart … that person”
15:18 jt6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς καρδίας 1 In the author’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the mind” or “the thoughts”
15:18 fnec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person”
15:19 kqvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a basis for the claim that Jesus made in the previous verse about how what comes out of the heart defiles a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “I say that because”
15:19 cv09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῆς καρδίας 1 The phrase **the heart** represents hearts in general, not one particular heart. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people’s hearts”
15:19 ekbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς καρδίας 1 See how you translated **heart** in [15:18](../15/18.md). Alternate translation: “the mind” or “the thoughts”
15:19 qeit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξέρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “go”
15:19 ccfm διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι, πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, ψευδομαρτυρίαι, βλασφημίαι 1 Each of the items in this list translates a plural term that refers to specific actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to specific actions. Alternate translation: “acts of evil thinking, murder, adultery, sexual immorality, theft, false testimony, and blasphemy”
15:19 xjbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι, πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, ψευδομαρτυρίαι, βλασφημίαι 1 If your language does not use nouns for some or all of the ideas in this list, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things that people do, including evil thinking, murdering, acting in adulterous and sexually immoral ways, stealing things, claiming that something false is true, and blaspheming”
15:20 q94l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον & τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 The phrase **the man** represents men in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone … someone”
15:20 bme7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον & ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “person … person”
15:20 c6z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ & ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν 1 Here Jesus refers to how people would wash their hands with water to make them ritually or ceremonially clean. See the chapter introduction for more information about this kind of washing. Express the idea as you did in [15:2](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “to eat without ceremonially washing one’s hands with water”
15:21 e5gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the phrase **And having come out from there** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said those things, he came out from there. Then”\n
15:21 acuv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone out”
15:21 fvxr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the word **there** refers to the region of Gennesaret (see [14:34](../14/34.md)), which is where Jesus was teaching the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he was” or “from Gennesaret”
15:21 t81u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 Matthew implies that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples”
15:22 x1wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα, ἔκραζεν 1 Here Matthew introduces **a Canaanite woman** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a woman who was a Canaanite. She came out from those regions to Jesus, and she was crying out”
15:22 huq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
15:22 aobs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Here Matthew implies that the woman left her home and went to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come out from her home in those regions to where Jesus was”
15:22 jeo0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθοῦσα 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone out”
15:22 babb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσα 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and she said”\n
15:22 zxvj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἐλέησόν με, Κύριε, Υἱὸς Δαυείδ; ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 Here the woman asks Jesus to have **mercy** on her before she says why she needs help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include why she needs help before she asks for **mercy**. Alternate translation: “Lord, my daughter is severely demon-possessed. Have mercy on me, Son of David!”
15:22 kwye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐλέησόν με 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to me”
15:22 xs64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Here, the word **Son** means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. Express the idea as you did in [9:27](../09/27.md). Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”
15:22 j6rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A demon is severely possessing my daughter”
15:22 o0yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 Here the woman implies that the demon is hurting or injuring her **daughter**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is painfully demon-possessed” or “is demon-possessed and suffering greatly”
15:23 hd2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 Matthew is using the term **word** to mean something spoken in words. The phrase **did not answer her a word** means that Jesus did not use words to respond to the woman’s requests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “kept silent” or “did not answer her in any way”
15:23 hlqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσελθόντες 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples **approached** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having approached Jesus”
15:23 p8e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation without the preceding comma: “and they said”
15:23 uxps rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἀπόλυσον αὐτήν, ὅτι κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the request that the first clause expresses. Alternate translation: “She is crying out after us, so send her away”
15:23 a3wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἀπόλυσον αὐτήν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you send her away”
15:23 otzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπόλυσον αὐτήν 1 Here the disciples could be asking Jesus: (1) to tell the women to leave them alone and go away. Alternate translation: “Make her leave us alone” (2) to cast the demon out of the woman’s daughter and tell her to go home. Alternate translation: “Cast the demon out of her daughter and send her away”
15:23 wu1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν 1 Here the disciples imply that the woman was walking behind them and **crying out** many times. The disciples found this very annoying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of that information explicit. Alternate translation: “she is following us and annoying us by crying out”
15:24 mk22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo εἶπεν 1 Here Matthew does not specify to whom Jesus said these words. It is possible that it was the woman, or more likely, the disciples. If possible, do not specify to whom Jesus said these words. Alternate translation: “spoke these words:”
15:24 wfnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only to the lost sheep of the house of Israel”
15:24 t9ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God did not send me”
15:24 u9t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe: (1) all of **the house of Israel** as **lost sheep**. Alternate translation: “the lost sheep, who are the house of Israel” (2) some of **the house of Israel** as **lost sheep**. Alternate translation: “the lost sheep among the house of Israel”
15:24 oruf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 Here Jesus speaks of his fellow Jewish people as if they were **lost sheep**. He means that they are not following God and need help. This is an important metaphor in the Bible, so you could preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. See how you translated this phrase in [10:6](../10/06.md). Alternate translation: “the house of Israel, who are like lost sheep” or “the house of Israel, who are far away from God, like lost sheep”
15:24 kilt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 Here Jesus refers to a people group or nation as if it were a **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this phrase in [10:6](../10/06.md). Alternate translation: “of the nation of Israel” or “of the Israelites”
15:25 oojb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
15:25 u3jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 In the woman’s culture, bowing down to a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what bowing down means. Alternate translation: “prostrated herself before him” or “bowed down to him in respect”
15:25 cntx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative βοήθει 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you help”
15:26 ihz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 To explain to the woman why he has not helped her, Jesus offers a story or illustration. In the story, the **children** represent the Jewish people, the **little dogs** represent non-Jewish people, and **the bread** represents the help that Jesus gives to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is a story with a specific message, or you could explain what the parable means. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw {it} to the little dogs” or “It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw {it} to the little dogs. That is what helping you instead of my fellow Jews would be like”
15:26 vrm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **bread** that was prepared for **the children** to eat. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the food prepared for the children” or “the food that the children were going to eat”
15:26 a5bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Jesus is using **bread** to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the meals”
15:26 faxn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 Here, Jesus implies that the bread is thrown **to the little dogs** so that they can eat it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to throw it to the little dogs for them to eat”
15:26 ge48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 Here, the phrase **little dogs** could describe: (1) domesticated animals that eat pests and can protect houses and families. You could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “to the domesticated animals” or “to the guard animals” (2) scavenging animals that were generally considered unclean and dirty. You could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “to the scavenging animals” or “to the dirty animals”
15:27 rtie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ναί 1 Here, the woman uses the word **Yes** to indicate that she understands and agrees with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yes, I agree” or “Yes, that is true”
15:27 j686 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the woman’s further explanation of what Jesus said about children and little dogs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “but it is also true” or “yet even further,”
15:27 yvw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables καὶ γὰρ τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 To ask Jesus to help her, the woman offers a story or illustration based on the parable that Jesus told in [15:26](../15/26.md). In the story, the **little dogs** represent non-Jewish people, and **the crumbs** represent the help that Jesus gives to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is a story with a specific message, or you could explain what the parable means. Alternate translation: “and here is a similar story: the little dogs eat from the crumbs falling from the table of their masters” or “for also the little dogs eat from the crumbs falling from the table of their masters. That is what helping me would be like”
15:27 i5tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ κυνάρια 1 See you how you translated this phrase in [15:26](../15/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the domesticated animals” or “to the scavenging animals”
15:27 hoxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 Here the woman refers to how **dogs** often eat bits of food that fall off **the table** where the dogs’ owners are eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the bits of food that fall off the place where their masters are eating”
15:27 y50p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῆς τραπέζης 1 In this verse, the word **table** is singular in form, but it refers to all the tables of their masters as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the tables”
15:28 bcx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὦ γύναι 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **O woman** to address the Canaanite woman. This phrase was a polite way to refer to someone, and Jesus uses it to show how impressed he is with what the woman said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers politely to woman who has a daughter. Alternate translation: “My dear woman” or “My lady”
15:28 x0rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μεγάλη σου ἡ πίστις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you have believed greatly”
15:28 swf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου & σοι & θέλεις 1 Here, the words **your**, **you**, and **you** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the woman.
15:28 mbi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p γενηθήτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It will be done” or “I am doing it”
15:28 tea2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “let it happen” or “let God do it”
15:28 n229 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter”
15:28 wwq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 Here, the phrase **from that hour** indicates that the woman’s daughter **was healed** at the time when Jesus said those words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time”
15:29 np6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν, ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Here, the phrase **And having left from there** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus left that place. He”
15:29 vqs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the word there refers to the areas near the cities of Tyre and Sidon (see [15:21](../15/21.md)), where Jesus was when he spoke with the Canaanite woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the region of Tyre and Sidon” or “from where he met the Canaanite woman”
15:29 d0ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with **Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went”
15:29 j1rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀναβὰς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come up”
15:29 jp6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὸ ὄρος 1 Matthew does not clarify what **mountain** this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small mountain without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain”
15:30 c8td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 Matthew is using the adjectives **lame**, **blind**, **crippled**, and **mute** as nouns to mean people who were sick in all those ways. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were lame, blind, crippled, and mute”
15:30 l36z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑτέρους πολλούς 1 Here Matthew implies that these people were sick in other ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “many other sick people” or “many who were sick in various other ways”
15:30 yf7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **they laid them at his feet** means that the crowds **laid** the sick people in front of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they laid them before him”
15:30 gy3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς & αὐτούς 1 Here, the word **they** refers to the **large crowds**, and the word **them** refers to the sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowds laid the sick people … those sick people”
15:31 zarb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces a result from Jesus healing many sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “with the result that”
15:31 be52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj κωφοὺς & κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς 1 See how you translated these phrases in [15:30](../15/30.md). Alternate translation: “people who were mute … people who were crippled … people who were lame … people who were blind”
15:31 dfgm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν Θεὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe the **God** whom **Israel** worships. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the God whom Israel worships”
15:31 n0m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, the word **Israel** refers to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel”
15:32 gngo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
15:32 ofkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον, ὅτι ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The crowd is remaining with me already three days and does not have anything to eat, so I have compassion on them”
15:32 m8v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I sympathize with”
15:32 lmax ἐκλυθῶσιν 1 Alternate translation: “they might become weary” or “they might lose their strength”
15:32 q1dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Here, Jesus implies that the people would be walking **on the way** to their homes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the way to their homes” or “while they going home”
15:33 plpn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
15:33 uhi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 The disciples are using the question form to tell Jesus that they do not have enough food for the crowd. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for us in a desolate place to find enough loaves so as to satisfy so large a crowd.” or “There is certainly no place in this desolate area where we can get enough loaves to satisfy so large a crowd!”
15:33 m719 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἄρτοι 1 The disciples are using **loaves** to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food”
15:34 f4lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
15:34 hbte rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτους 1 See how you translated **loaves** in [14:17](../14/17.md). Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”
15:34 k86l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἑπτά, καὶ 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We have seven loaves and”
15:35 pc5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually **recline**, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “to get ready to eat on the ground”
15:36 mll5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρτους 1 See how you translated **loaves** in [14:17](../14/17.md). Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”
15:36 qrcn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔκλασεν καὶ ἐδίδου 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus **broke** the loaves of bread in pieces so that they could be served to the crowds. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he divided the loaves into servings and was giving them” or “he broke the loaves into smaller pieces and was giving the pieces”
15:36 a9s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ & μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples gave them to the crowds”
15:37 m7nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔφαγον πάντες & ἦραν 1 The pronoun **they** in the phrase **they all ate** refers to the crowds. The pronoun **they** in the phrase **they took up** refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowds all ate … the disciples took up”
15:37 trkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: “until they were full”
15:37 gjjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων 1 Here, the phrase **the remaining** refers to what was left after everyone ate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leftovers” or “what was left of the broken pieces”
15:37 htll rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σπυρίδας 1 The word **baskets** refers to large circular containers that store food or other items. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”
15:38 i5xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Matthews uses the word **But** to introduce background information that helps the readers understand how amazing what Jesus did was. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for how many people were there,” or “In the end,”
15:38 z66m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων 1 Here Matthew means that the number he has given does not include **women and children**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which does not include women and children”
15:39 j06u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνέβη 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples got”
15:39 eku7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “came”
15:39 m8dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 The word **Magadan** could be the name of: (1) a small village. Alternate translation: “of the village of Magadan” (2) a district or area. Alternate translation: “of the district of Magadan”
15:39 zdyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants Μαγαδάν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **Magadan**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Magdala.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
16:intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27)\n * The Pharisees and Sadducees test Jesus (16:1–4)\n * The yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees (16:5–12)\n * Who Jesus really is (16:13–20)\n * What Jesus and his disciples must do (16:21–28)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The sign of Jonah\n\nIn [16:4](../16/04.md), Jesus briefly refers to “the sign of Jonah.” He has already discussed this sign in more detail in [12:39–41](../12/39.md). See the introduction to chapter 12 for more information. Express the idea here as you did there. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/jonah]])\n\n### Peter, “this rock,” and the keys of the kingdom\n\nIn [16:18–19](../16/18.md), Jesus tells Peter that he is a rock on which the church will be built and that he has been given the keys to the kingdom of the heavens. It is clear is that Peter is very important for God’s kingdom. However, Christians debate in what way Peter is important. Some think that Peter is primarily important because of what he confessed about Jesus. Others think that Peter and his successors have authority over the church. Others think that Peter himself had authority over the early church but that he did not have any successors. If possible, express the idea in a general way but so that it is clear that Peter supports the church and has some kind of authority.\n\n### The coming of the Son of Man\n\nIn [16:27–28](../16/27.md), Jesus twice refers to how he, the Son of Man, will “come.” The first time (in [16:27](../16/27.md)), Jesus speaks about coming in glory with his angels. In this case, he is almost certainly referring to his second coming, when he will punish or reward everyone for what they have done.\n\nThe second time he refers to his “coming” (in [16:28](../16/28.md)), Jesus speaks about coming “in his kingdom.” Christians debate what he could be referring to. It could be:\n\n1. Jesus’ transfiguration, which Matthew narrates in [17:1–8](../17/01.md)\n2. Jesus’ resurrection and enthronement in heaven\n3. the empowerment and growth of the church\n4. the destruction of Jerusalem\n5. Jesus’ second coming\n6. several of these options together\n\nSince Christians have understood this verse in at least these different ways, if possible your translation should allow for all these options. See the notes on [16:28](../16/28.md) for translation options.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees\n\nIn [16:5–12](../16/05.md), Jesus tells his disciples to guard themselves from the “yeast” of the Pharisees and Sadducees. The disciples misunderstand him and think that he is saying something about bread, which they forgot to bring with them. Jesus reminds them that he is not talking about lack of bread, since he has proved twice that he can multiply food. When he repeats that they should guard themselves from the “yeast” of the Pharisees and Sadducees, the disciples realize that Jesus is speaking figuratively about what the Pharisees and Sadducees teach. Since the disciples misunderstanding “yeast” is an important part of this passage, you should not explain what “yeast” means when Jesus uses the word. However, make sure that it is clear that “yeast” refers to teachings when Matthew explains the metaphor in [16:12](../16/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “This rock” and the name Peter\n\nIn [16:18](../16/18.md), Jesus tells Peter that his name is “Peter.” Jesus does this because he wants to comment on what the name “Peter” means, which is “rock.” After saying the name “Peter,” Jesus says that he will build his church “on this rock,” which refers back to the name “Peter.” Consider how you might naturally explain what the name “Peter” means so that your readers understand what Jesus means when he speaks about “this rock.” You could consider usi
16:1 l9h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
16:1 syka rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal προσελθόντες & πειράζοντες 1 Here, the word **testing** introduces the purpose for which the Pharisees and Sadducees **approached** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “having approached with the goal of testing him”
16:1 t7p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτοῖς 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked him, ‘Show us a sign from heaven!’”
16:1 vs9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The implication is that the Pharisees and Sadducees wanted Jesus to do a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a sign from heaven that proved that his authority was from God”
16:1 eukn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **from heaven** indicates that the **sign** originates in **heaven**, where God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from heaven, where God rules” or “that comes from the place where God is”
16:2-3 ubk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὀψίας γενομένης λέγετε, εὐδία; πυρράζει γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός. & καὶ πρωΐ, σήμερον χειμών; πυρράζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός. τὸ μὲν πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γινώσκετε διακρίνειν τὰ δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ δύνασθε? 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include [16:2b–3](../16/02.md) in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in these verses, for those who decide to include them.
16:2 e057 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, εὐδία; πυρράζει γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it will be fair weather, for the sky is red.”
16:2 tda2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result εὐδία; πυρράζει γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The sky is red, so it will be fair weather”
16:2 lp67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐδία 1 Here the people speaking are implying that the **fair weather** will take place on the next day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “fair weather tomorrow”
16:3 rl8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πρωΐ, σήμερον χειμών; πυρράζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in early morning you say that today will be stormy, for the sky is red, being overcast.”
16:3 r5tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πρωΐ, σήμερον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “in early morning, you say, ‘Today”
16:3 f2eu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result σήμερον χειμών; πυρράζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The sky is red, being overcast, so today will be stormy”
16:3 k6w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ & πρόσωπον 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the **sky** had a **face**. He is referring to how the sky looks from the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the appearance” or “the look”
16:3 kd67 τὰ δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ δύνασθε 1 This clause could be: (1) a statement that rebukes the Pharisees and Sadducees. Alternate translation: “but you are not able to interpret the signs of the time.” (2) a rhetorical question that rebukes the Pharisees and the Sadducees. Alternate translation: “but are you not able to interpret the signs of the times?”
16:3 e5yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ & σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν 1 Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe **signs** that: (1) happen during the **times**. Alternate translation: “the signs that are happening during these times” (2) indicate that specific **times** have arrived. Alternate translation: “the signs that show that the times are here”
16:3 hu1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ δύνασθε 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “you are not able to interpret”
16:4 jl3e γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 What Jesus says here is identical to what he said in [12:39](../12/39.md) except for the phrase “the prophet” before the name **Jonah**. Translate this sentence as you did in [12:39](../12/39.md).
16:4 fhx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Pharisees and Sadducees who had asked for a sign (see [16:1](../16/01.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who asked him for a sign” or “those Pharisees and Sadducees”
16:4 d9eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went away”
16:5 ii6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
16:5 xyrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἐπελάθοντο ἄρτους λαβεῖν 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples **forgot** the **loaves** before they traveled **to the other side**, but they realized that they had forgotten it when they reached **the other side**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples forgot to take loaves with them, and when they came to the other side, they realized that they had forgotten” or “the disciples, having come to the other side, recognized that they had forgotten to take loaves”
16:5 whsi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντες 1 Here Matthew implies that both the disciples and Jesus came to the other side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when they and Jesus came”
16:5 upyi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
16:5 si9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πέραν 1 Here Matthew implies that they traveled to **the other side** of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake”
16:6 h3rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
16:6 u7my rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁρᾶτε καὶ προσέχετε ἀπὸ 1 The terms **See** and **guard** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Guard against” or “Keep away from”
16:6 jak2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε καὶ 1 Here, the word **See** means that the disciples need to make sure that something happens or does not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you”
16:6 gs4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **yeast** that **the Pharisees and Sadducees** have or use. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the yeast that the Pharisees and Sadducees have”
16:6 hfz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 Here, **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to what the Pharisees and Sadducees teach. However, the disciples did not immediately understand that Jesus was using a metaphor; instead, they do not realize what **yeast** refers to until [16:12](../16/12.md). So, you should preserve the metaphor here without explaining its meaning, since Matthew will give an explanation in [16:12](../16/12.md).
16:7 p6hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **among themselves** could mean: (1) that the disciples **were reasoning** with each other. Alternate translation: “with one another” (2) that the disciples were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within themselves”
16:7 jx1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐλάβομεν 1 Here, the word translated **because** could introduce: (1) what the disciples think might be the reason for why Jesus said what he did about yeast. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘He said that because we did not take loaves’” (2) what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘We did not take loaves’”
16:7 t9om rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐλάβομεν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that it was because they did not take loaves”
16:7 wyua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι 1 Here the disciples imply that they are giving a reason for why Jesus said what he did about yeast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus has spoken about yeast because”
16:7 mmzt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive οὐκ ἐλάβομεν 1 By **we**, the disciples mean themselves but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
16:8 ekph rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
16:8 zz4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You of little faith! Do not reason among yourselves that you do not have loaves!” or “You of little faith, it is wrong for you to be reasoning among yourselves that you do not have loaves.”
16:8 mg8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You who believe so little”
16:8 ia8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 Here, much as in [16:7](../16/07.md), the phrase **among yourselves** could mean: (1) that the disciples were **reasoning** with each other. Alternate translation: “with one another” (2) that the disciples were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within yourselves”
16:9 h5bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation.Alternate translation: “You do not yet perceive nor remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you received!” or “I am disappointed that you do not yet perceive nor remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you received.”
16:9 ux51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to refer to **the five loaves** that he used to feed **the 5,000**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the five loaves that fed the 5,000”
16:9 glqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν πεντακισχιλίων 1 Matthew is using the number **5,000** as a noun to mean 5,000 men. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the 5,000 men”
16:9 m3cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτους 1 See how you translated **loaves** in [14:17](../14/17.md). Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”
16:9 c2lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κοφίνους 1 Here Jesus implies that the **baskets** were full of leftover food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “baskets full of leftovers”
16:9 h1ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κοφίνους 1 See how you translated **baskets** in [14:20](../14/20.md). Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”
16:10 ejm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Nor do you perceive or remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you received!” or “I am also disappointed that you do not yet perceive nor remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you received.”
16:10 s854 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Nor do you understand or remember”
16:10 b11x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to refer to **the seven loaves** that he used to feed **the 4,000**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the seven loaves that fed the 4,000”
16:10 kjfw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτους 1 See how you translated **loaves** in [14:17](../14/17.md). Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”
16:10 npb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν τετρακισχιλίων 1 Matthew is using the number **4,000** as a noun to mean 4,000 men. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the 4,000 men”
16:10 jnkk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σπυρίδας 1 Here Jesus implies that the **baskets** were full of leftover food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “baskets full of leftovers”
16:10 vcgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σπυρίδας 1 See how you translated **baskets** in [15:37](../15/37.md). Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”
16:11 mb2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not perceive that I did not speak to you about loaves!” or “I am disappointed that you do not perceive that I did not speak to you about loaves.”
16:11 nw24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus really wants to say about **yeast** in contrast to simply speaking **about bread**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Rather,”
16:11 g16r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 Here, just as in [16:6](../16/06.md), Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **yeast** that **the Pharisees and Sadducees** have or use. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the yeast that the Pharisees and Sadducees have”
16:11 i7x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 Here, just as in [16:6](../16/06.md), **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to what the Pharisees and Sadducees teach. However, the disciples did not immediately understand that Jesus was using a metaphor; instead, they do not realize what **yeast** refers to until [16:12](../16/12.md). So, you should preserve the metaphor here without explaining its meaning, since Matthew will give an explanation in [16:12](../16/12.md).\n
16:12 f73l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns συνῆκαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples understood”
16:12 f4p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οὐκ εἶπεν προσέχειν ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν ἄρτων, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῆς διδαχῆς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “he had told them to guard from the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees, not from the yeast of loaves”
16:12 b4h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῆς ζύμης τῶν ἄρτων 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe **yeast** that people use to make **loaves**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the yeast used to make loaves”
16:12 d990 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but to guard from”
16:12 t740 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς διδαχῆς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **teaching**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the things that the Pharisees and Sadducees taught”
16:13 e5cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
16:13 xs2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθὼν 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he and his disciples came”
16:13 ez5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
16:13 f7ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
16:13 e8y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
16:13 e1jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person εἶναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is the Son of Man, am”\n
16:13 dju6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** may refer to a special person, possibly the Messiah, that people expected to arrive. However, since Jesus is asking about who people say that **the Son of Man** is, if possible you should not explain what the title means. Alternate translation: “the Human One”
16:14 mwgp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ μὲν Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν; ἄλλοι δὲ Ἠλείαν; ἕτεροι δὲ Ἰερεμίαν ἢ ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν 1 Since all these people and prophets had died before the disciples answered this question, the disciples are implying that people think that Jesus is one of these people who has come back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Some, John the Baptist come back to life; and some, Elijah come back to life; and others, Jeremiah or one of the prophets come back to life”
16:14 zqqg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ μὲν Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν; ἄλλοι δὲ Ἠλείαν; ἕτεροι δὲ Ἰερεμίαν 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Some say John the Baptist; and some say Elijah; and others say Jeremiah”
16:14 v7kl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ μὲν & ἄλλοι & ἕτεροι 1 The disciples are using the adjectives **Some**, **some**, and **others** as nouns to mean various groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “Some among the people … some among the people … others among the people”
16:14 c9iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν 1 Here the disciples are not excluding **John the Baptist**, **Elijah**, or **Jeremiah** from the group of **the prophets**. Instead, they are referring the many other **prophets** that God had sent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “another one of the prophets”
16:15 cgiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
16:16 n5wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
16:16 r1h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 Here, the phrase **the living God** identifies God as the one who “lives.” The primary point is that God actually “lives,” unlike idols and other things that people call “god.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes that God really “lives.” Alternate translation: “of the God who lives” or “of the true God”
16:17 sash rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
16:17 yh0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses since the last clauses gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens, you are blessed, Simon Bar Jonah”
16:17 zm55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μακάριος εἶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God will bless you”
16:17 le6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ 1 **Bar** is a word borrowed from Aramaic. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Simon son of Jonah”\n
16:17 gxjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βαριωνᾶ 1 The word **Jonah** is the name of a man.
16:17 g8s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “my Father in the heavens revealed this to you, not flesh and blood”
16:17 dfw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The words **flesh and blood** together identify what it means to be human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “humans did not reveal this” or “no human being revealed this”
16:17 wix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι 1 The pronoun **this** refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous verse that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to that pronouncement more directly. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ” or “did not reveal to you what you just said”
16:17 v5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but my Father in the heavens revealed it to you”
16:17 gi3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
16:17 a3e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
16:18 dx2v κἀγὼ & σοι λέγω 1 Jesus uses the clause **I also say to you** this to emphasize what he is telling the Peter. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I also want you to know”
16:18 z897 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σὺ εἶ Πέτρος 1 The name **Peter** means “rock.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you have the name Peter, which means ‘rock’”
16:18 c7rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ 1 Here Jesus could be referring to **this rock** in order to: (1) describe **Peter**, whose name means “rock,” as solid foundation, a **rock**, for the church. Alternate translation: “upon you, who are like a rock,” or “upon you” (2) refer to what Peter said about Jesus (that he is the Christ) as a solid foundation or **rock** for the church. Alternate translation: “upon your confession, which is like a rock,” or “upon your confession”
16:18 x43d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Jesus here speaks as if his **church** were a building that someone could **build**. With this metaphor, he refers to making the **church** become stronger and more mature, just like the one who builds a house makes it strong and complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will strengthen my church as if I were building it” or “I will make my church strong”
16:18 vu9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πύλαι ᾍδου 1 Here, Jesus could be referring to **the gates of Hades** in order to: (1) speak about how, when people enter through **the gates of Hades**, they die. Alternate translation: “death” or “the power of death” (2) speak about evil powers that come out through **the gates of Hades**. Alternate translation: “the powers of hell” or “evil powers”
16:18 l98f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῆς 1 The pronoun **it** refers to **my church**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to the church. Alternate translation: “my church”
16:19 pp5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δώσω σοι τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Here Jesus speaks of giving authority to Peter as if he were giving him **the keys of the kingdom of the heavens**. Christians debate what kind of authority this is, so if possible, you should preserve the metaphor or simply refer to some kind of authority. Alternate translation: “I will give to you the keys of the kingdom of the heavens so that you have authority” or “I will give you authority in the kingdom of the heavens”
16:19 dlca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι & δήσῃς & λύσῃς 1 Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular.
16:19 k09j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας 1 The word **keys** refers to tools that are used to lock and unlock things, especially doors and gates. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tool, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the tools for locking and unlocking the kingdom” or “the openers for the kingdom”\n
16:19 dy4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces how Peter will exercise the authority that Jesus will give to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result or goal. Alternate translation: “so that”
16:19 ef9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here Jesus speaks of decisions that Peter and God make as if they were binding something. These decisions are specifically about requiring or enforcing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Since Jesus uses very general language, your translation should also be very general. Alternate translation: “whatever you require on the earth will have been required in the heavens” or “whatever you enforce on the earth will have been enforced in the heavens”
16:19 ysk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσται δεδεμένον & ἔσται λελυμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God will have bound … God will have loosed”
16:19 kc3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here Jesus speaks of decisions that Peter and God make as if they were binding something. These decisions are specifically about allowing or abrogating something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Since Jesus uses very general language, your translation should also be very general. Alternate translation: “whatever you allow on the earth will have been allowed in the heavens” or “whatever you annul on the earth will have been annulled in the heavens”
16:20 s024 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ἵνα μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “the disciples, ‘Tell no one that I am the Christ’”
16:20 b0bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they tell no one, ‘He is the Christ’”
16:21 yile rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “to his disciples, saying, ‘It is necessary for me to go to Jerusalem and to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes and to be killed and to be raised on the third day’”
16:21 so7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that **the elders and chief priests and scribes** would order someone to do it. Alternate translation: “to die” or “for them to put him to death”
16:21 es1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθῆναι 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be restored to life”
16:21 r5hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Matthew could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “to have God raise him” or “for God to raise him” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “to raise himself”
16:21 q0c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **on the third day** refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as the first day, tomorrow as the second day, and the day after tomorrow as **the third day**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days later”
16:21 jjx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three”\n
16:22 olky rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
16:22 guz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἵλεώς σοι 1 Here, the phrase **Merciful to you** could mean: (1) that Jesus should not be thinking about or talking about what he has predicted will happen. Alternate translation: “Far be it from you” or “Stop saying those things” (2) that he believes that God will mercifully protect Jesus from what Jesus has predicted will happen. Alternate translation: “God will have mercy on you” or “May God be merciful to you”
16:22 jpoi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι -1 Since Peter is talking to Jesus, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular.
16:22 qx41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 The pronoun **this** refers to the things that Jesus had just spoken about what would happen to him. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those things more directly. Alternate translation: “those things” or “what you have said”
16:22 tck2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
16:23 qsof rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that”
16:23 sfjd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στραφεὶς 1 Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus **turned**: (1) to face Peter. Alternate translation: “having turned toward Peter” (2) away from Peter. Alternate translation: “having turned away from Peter”
16:23 h99i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου 1 Here Jesus speaks as if he wants Peter to **Get behind** him. He means that Peter should not rebuke him but should instead accept what Jesus says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not stand in my way” or “Do not rebuke me”
16:23 f28i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Σατανᾶ 1 Here Jesus calls Peter **Satan** because Peter is asking like **Satan** by tempting Jesus to disobey God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or explain the metaphor. Alternate translation: “you who are acting like Satan” or “for you are tempting me as Satan does”
16:23 b9y0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because you are not considering the things of God, but the things of men, you are a stumbling block to me”
16:23 asig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of someone who tempts others to sin as if that person were a **stumbling block**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are tempting me to sin”
16:23 cro2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular εἶ & οὐ φρονεῖς 1 Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the words **You** and **you** are singular.
16:23 z28c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “you are considering the things of men, not the things of God”
16:23 svgz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὰ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but you are considering the things”
16:23 y3s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of human beings” or “of people”
16:24 t0zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἴ τις θέλει 1 Here Jesus uses the conditional form to refer to **anyone** who **wants to come after** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form naturally introduces anyone who wants to follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Anyone who wants” or “When someone wants”
16:24 ck1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν 1 Here, the phrase **come after me** refers to traveling with Jesus and being his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciples” or “to travel with me as my students”\n
16:24 m9a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should deny himself and take up his cross and follow me”
16:24 r13i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **him**, **himself**, and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person deny himself or herself … his or her”
16:24 rclq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν 1 Here, the phrase **deny himself** refers to a person choosing not to do what they would naturally do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him exercise self-control” or “choose not to do what he naturally desires”
16:24 m44z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus also assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “take up the wooden cross on which he will be executed”
16:24 pg9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks of taking up a **cross** in order to describe people who are ready and willing to suffer and even die because they follow Jesus. Because this figure of speech is connected to how Jesus himself died on a **cross**, if possible you should preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. See how you translated the similar expression in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “be ready to suffer, which is like taking up his cross,” or “take up his cross, ready to suffer or die,”\n
16:25 guln rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a basis for what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that because” or “In fact,”
16:25 tp9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς & ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν. 1 Here Jesus speaks of how people’s attitudes toward their current lives affects their eternal lives after they resurrect. He means that those who want **to save** their current lives will lose their eternal, resurrection lives, and that those who have lost their current lives will find their eternal, resurrection lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar ideas in [10:39](../10/39.md). Alternate translation: “whoever wants to save his current life will lose it forever, but whoever loses his current life for my sake will find it forever”
16:25 y9kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus speaks of trying to preserve one’s **life** as if it were saving it. He speaks of dying as if it were losing one’s **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar clause in [10:39](../10/39.md). Alternate translation: “wants to preserve his life will die”
16:25 gcf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ -1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her … his or her”
16:25 xz98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus speaks of dying or being willing to die as losing one’s **life**. He speaks of experiencing eternal life as if it were finding one’s **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar clause in [10:39](../10/39.md). Alternate translation: “but whoever has died for my sake will have eternal life”
16:25 a8lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 When Jesus says **for my sake**, he means that some people will lose their lives because they are his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” or “because he believes in me”
16:26 m6jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces another basis for what Jesus said in [16:24](../16/24.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Another reason I say that is because” or “Even further,”
16:26 eqe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί & ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man will benefit nothing if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life.” or “a man will never benefit anything if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life!”
16:26 o8a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo τί & ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that forfeiting one’s **life** is bad enough that gaining anything else cannot make up for it. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “image a man who gained the whole world but forfeited his life. What will that man benefit”
16:26 g0xo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος & κερδήσῃ & αὐτοῦ & ἄνθρωπος & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **man**, **he**, and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “a person … he or she gains … his or her … a person … his or her”
16:26 hh4w τὴν & ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ & τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “his soul … for his soul”
16:26 q7x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a second question that again emphasizes how important a person’s **life** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar idea, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,”
16:26 eck5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man can give nothing in exchange for his life.” or “a man cannot give anything in exchange for his life!”
16:26 ot67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus could be implying: (1) that there is nothing that is worth as much as a person’s **life**. Alternate translation: “that is as worth as much as his soul” (2) that there is nothing that is valuable enough to redeem one’s **life** when it has been forfeited. Alternate translation: “that can buy back his soul”
16:27 bytb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a basis for what Jesus has said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. More specifically, the word **For** could introduce the basis for: (1) what Jesus said in [16:26](../16/26.md) about how nothing is as valuable as a person’s soul. Alternate translation: “You should be thinking about your soul because” (2) what Jesus has said in [16:24–26](../16/24.md). Alternate translation: “I have said all those things because”
16:27 iyu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person μέλλει & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ & ἀποδώσει 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am about … my … my … I will repay”
16:27 n1ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μέλλει & ἔρχεσθαι 1 Here Jesus implies that he, **the Son of Man**, will **come** back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that he will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “is about to come back to this world” or “will leave this world, but he is about to come back”
16:27 t2ho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a way that his Father has made glorious along” or “as one who is as great as his Father”
16:27 vk5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
16:27 ebpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “the angels of the Son of Man” (2) the **Father**. Alternate translation: “his Father’s angels”
16:27 q9g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀποδώσει 1 The pronoun **he** refers to **the Son of Man**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will repay”
16:27 bpbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀποδώσει 1 Here Jesus uses **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing or rewarding someone as if the punishment or reward was payment for that person’s deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will decide how to treat people,”
16:27 g0ko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **action**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the things he did”
16:27 brrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 3 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
16:28 wq13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **death** were food that people could **taste**. Those who **taste death** truly experience **death** as much as a person who eats food truly experiences that food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not experience death” or “will certainly not participate in death”
16:28 p1d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die”
16:28 gfwc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
16:28 etk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, coming in my kingdom”
16:28 txjv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Christians debate what the phrase **coming in his kingdom** means. It could refer to one or several of the following events: Jesus’ transfiguration (see [17:1–8](../17/01.md)), Jesus’ resurrection and enthronement in heaven, the empowerment and growth of the church, the destruction of Jerusalem, and Jesus’ final return. If possible, express the idea in such a way that most or all of these interpretations are possible. Alternate translation: “acting as king in his kingdom” or “taking charge of his kingdom”
17:intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:27)\n * Jesus is transfigured (17:1–8)\n * The disciples ask about Elijah (17:9–13)\n * Jesus heals an epileptic boy (17:14–21)\n * Jesus predicts his suffering and death (17:22–23)\n * The two-drachma tax (17:24–27)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “transfigured”\n\nIn [17:1–8](../17/01.md), Matthew describes how Jesus was “transfigured.” This word indicates that Jesus looked very different to the disciples. Matthew does not tell us all the ways in which Jesus looked different, but he does say that Jesus’ face “shone as the sun” and that his clothes became very white. What this means is that the disciples were able to see some of the glory and majesty that Jesus has as God’s Son. Make sure that your translation shows that Jesus looked great and glorious.\n\n### Elijah\n\nWhen Jesus was transfigured, the disciples saw Moses and Elijah talking with him. Later, they ask Jesus about Elijah. They refer specifically to what the scribes say about a prophecy in [Malachi 4:5–6](../mal/04/05.md), which indicates that God will send “Elijah” to prepare the way before God comes to judge his enemies and reward his people. Malachi is referring to a prophet who lived even earlier. This prophet, named Elijah, performed many miracles and spoke messages from God (see [1 Kings 17–19](../1ki/17/01.md) and [2 Kings 2:1–17](../2ki/02/01.md)). The disciples ask about whether this Elijah is supposed to come before the Messiah does. Jesus says that this is true, and he talks about this “Elijah” in a way that shows the disciples that John the Baptist was “Elijah.” He means that John fulfills the prophecy in Malachi that someone like the prophet Elijah will prepare the way before God comes to judge and reward people. If your readers would not know the prophecy in Malachi or the stories about the prophet Elijah, you may need to include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])\n\n### The epileptic boy\n\nIn [17:14–21](../17/14.md), Matthew tells a story about how Jesus healed a boy. Matthew first describes this boy as an “epileptic,” which refers to a disease that causes people to pass out and move uncontrollably. Later on, however, Matthew makes it clear that a demon is causing the boy’s sickness. You should only make this clear when Matthew does. See the notes on these verses for ways to refer to the disease and how to introduce the demon.\n\n### The two-drachma tax\n\nDuring this time period, Jewish men were expected to pay a tax of two drachmas to the leaders, who would use the money to keep the Jewish temple operating properly. A drachma was about a day’s wages for a hired worker. When Jesus told Peter how to pay the tax, he said that he would find a coin worth four drachmas (a shekel) in the mouth of a fish he would catch. This coin would be enough to pay both Peter’s and Jesus’ taxes. You could include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to the disciples. Because of this, the majority of forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### Verse 21\n\nSome of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for [17:21](../17/21.md). Some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “But this kind does not go out except by prayer and fasting.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use
17:1 u6dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ 1 Here, the phrase **And after six days** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then, after six days had passed,” or “Six days after those things happened,”
17:1 x4sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραλαμβάνει & ἀναφέρει αὐτοὺς 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “took along … brought them up”
17:1 f2yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew never says whether **James** or **John** was older, but he mentions **James** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **John** was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”
17:2 lvdq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μετεμορφώθη 1 The word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “his appearance was changed” or “he began to look different”
17:2 kq4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Matthew could be implying that: (1) Jesus did the action. Alternate translation: “he transfigured himself” (2) God did the action. Alternate translation: “God transfigured him”
17:2 uxg3 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “in front of them” or “as they watched”
17:2 i1mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 Matthew is saying that Jesus’ **face** is like **the sun** because both shine brightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his face shone as brightly as the sun does”
17:2 k4co rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς 1 Matthew is saying that how **white** Jesus garments were is like **the light** because both are bright. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “white as the light that shines brightly”
17:3 kpdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
17:3 d8i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Μωϋσῆς καὶ Ἠλείας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they saw Moses and Elijah”
17:3 m6mj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συνλαλοῦντες 1 Here Matthew means that **Moses and Elijah** were **talking with** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and the two of them were talking”
17:3 j9zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus”
17:4 xxfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς 1 Here, the word **answering** indicates that Peter was responding to what he saw. He was not answering a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in response to seeing those things”
17:4 r41c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 By **we**, Peter could mean: (1) everyone who was there, including himself, the other two disciples, Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “for us all” (2) just himself and the other two disciples. Alternate translation: “for us disciples”
17:4 glxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ποιήσω 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **I will make**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “let us make.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
17:4 d231 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 The term **tents** means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of temporary shelter. Alternate translation: “booths”
17:5 w8va rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ -1 In both places, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this … picture this too” or “suddenly … suddenly”
17:5 qxz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit νεφέλη φωτεινὴ -1 Here, a **bright cloud** is one that is white and reflects the light from the sun very strongly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a shining cloud” or “a very white cloud”
17:5 an8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπεσκίασεν 1 Here Matthew could be implying that: (1) the cloud enveloped or surrounded them. Alternate translation: “enveloped” or “surrounded” (2) the cloud cast a shadow on them. Alternate translation: “cast a shadow on”
17:5 wwux rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτούς 1 The pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the three disciples, Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “them all” (2) just Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Moses, and Elijah”
17:5 kc8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φωνὴ 1 Matthew is using **voice** to represent the person who is speaking, which is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person speaking” or “God the Father spoke”
17:5 jduw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσα 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and it said”
17:6 vpfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential οἱ μαθηταὶ ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses, since the second clause describes something that happened before what the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “the disciples were very afraid and fell on their face”
17:6 a87e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 In Matthew’s culture, “falling” on one’s **face** refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “bowed down” or “lay down to show respect”
17:6 wd76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **face**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their faces”
17:7 iw4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “said that they should get up and not be afraid”
17:7 w4a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two commands. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid; get up”
17:8 vebz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
17:8 aq32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπάραντες & τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the phrase **having lifted up their eyes** means that they stopped looking at the ground and looked up at what was happening around them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having looked up from the ground” or “having looked around”
17:8 i9gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 1 If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus himself”
17:8 nn9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here, the word translated **myself** emphasizes **Jesus**. Consider using a natural way to emphasize **Jesus** in your language. Alternate translation: “him, that is, Jesus”
17:9 fv4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of **coming**. Alternate translation: “as they were going down”
17:9 ib3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων, μηδενὶ εἴπητε τὸ ὅραμα, ἕως οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that they should tell the vision to no one until the Son of Man has risen from the dead”
17:9 tyu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
17:9 y9rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man,”
17:9 dmqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 Here, the phrase **risen from the dead** refers to people who had died then coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “might have been restored to life” or “might have resurrected”
17:9 qbwu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead people” or “the corpses”
17:10 mkz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew continues to refer to Peter, James, and John, the three disciples who went up on the mountain with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John”
17:10 ir3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they asked”
17:10 eij1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Here, the word **then** indicates that the disciples ask this question because of what they saw on the mountain. More specifically, they ask the question because they had just seen **Elijah** and wondered why he appeared after Jesus the Messiah came and not before. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “Because of what we saw on the mountain, we have a question: why” or “We just saw Elijah appear after you, the Messiah, have already come. Why then”
17:10 kq1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν 1 Here the disciples are referring to a prophecy in [Malachi 4:5–6](../mal/04/05.md). This prophecy states that God will send Elijah before the day of the Lord arrives, and he will prepare people. Elijah was a prophet who did many powerful things a long time before Malachi wrote down this prophecy. The **scribes** teach that this means that **Elijah** must come before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for Elijah, who was a prophet long ago, to come” or “the Scriptures indicate that it is necessary for Elijah the prophet to come”
17:10 f6j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐλθεῖν 1 Here, the word **come** refers to **Elijah** appearing in the word and doing what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to appear” or “to do what he is predicted to do”
17:10 agnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρῶτον 1 Here the disciples imply that **Elijah** comes **first** because he comes before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “first, before the Messiah comes”
17:11 cr7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
17:11 fzy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχεται 1 See how you translated “come” in [17:10](../17/10.md). Alternate translation: “appears” or “does what he is predicted to do”
17:11 ukcy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔρχεται 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to state something that is generally true: the scribes are right that Elijah has to come before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form indicates that Jesus is agreeing with the scribes about Elijah. Alternate translation: “must come” or “needs to come”
17:12 bwoe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus has said about how Elijah is going to come. Here, he indicates that Elijah has already come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even further,”
17:12 jd7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦλθεν 1 See how you translated “come” in [17:10](../17/10.md). Alternate translation: “appeared” or “did what he was predicted to do”
17:12 a4h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐπέγνωσαν & ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν 1 The pronouns **they**, **they**, and **them** could refer to: (1) people in generally who did not recognize Elijah and who mistreated him. Alternate translation: “most people did not recognize … those people did … them” (2) the Jewish religious leaders. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did not recognize … they did … those same leaders”
17:12 dewl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅσα ἠθέλησαν 1 Here Jesus implies that what **they wanted** was to mistreat and harm this **Elijah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whatever harmful things they wanted to do” or “any evil things they wanted to do”
17:12 i74i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am about”
17:13 cskj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 Here Matthew continues to refer to Peter, James, and John, the three **disciples** who went up on the mountain with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John”
17:13 cat7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples realized that Jesus was using the name “Elijah” to refer to **John the Baptist**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he was talking about Elijah, he was speaking to them about John the Baptist” or “he was saying that Elijah was John the Baptist”
17:14 kv4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντων 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus and the three disciples came to the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and the disciples came”
17:14 fzl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντων 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
17:14 cb5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction γονυπετῶν αὐτὸν 1 In the Jesus’ culture, **kneeling before** someone was a way to respect a greater person, especially when asking the greater person to do a favor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what **kneeling** means. Alternate translation: “prostrating himself before him” or “kneeling before him to ask a favor”
17:15 kldo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure Κύριε, ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν, ὅτι σεληνιάζεται καὶ κακῶς ἔχει, πολλάκις γὰρ πίπτει εἰς τὸ πῦρ, καὶ πολλάκις εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ 1 Here the man asks Jesus to have mercy on his son before he says why his son needs help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include why the son needs help before the father asks for mercy. Alternate translation: “Lord, my son is epileptic and has sickness, for he often falls into the fire and often into the water. Have mercy on him!”
17:15 ufb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to my son”\n
17:15 kjd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἐλέησόν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you have mercy”
17:15 x0xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἐλέησόν 1 Since the man is talking to Jesus, the imperative here is singular.
17:15 gzsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure σεληνιάζεται καὶ κακῶς ἔχει 1 Here the man states the more specific type of sickness before stating that his son is sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order so that the general statement appears before the specific one. Alternate translation: “he has sickness and is epileptic” or “he has sickness, specifically epilepsy”
17:15 hs55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιάζεται 1 An **epileptic** is someone who sometimes passes out and then moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. See how you translated the similar term in [4:24](../04/24.md). Alternate translation: “he has seizures” or “he sometimes becomes unconscious and moves uncontrollably”
17:15 ij05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κακῶς ἔχει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sickness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is sick”
17:15 q3ro rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces an explanation of how the son has **sickness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “which means that”
17:15 ikjr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ πῦρ & τὸ ὕδωρ 1 The words **fire** and **water** represent fire and water in general, not one particular fire or body of water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fires … rivers and lakes”
17:15 rh6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλάκις εἰς 1 The man is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he often falls into”
17:16 mkx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσήνεγκα αὐτὸν τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου 1 Here the man implies that he **brought** his son so that Jesus’ **disciples** could heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I brought him to your disciples to be healed”
17:16 lv3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου 1 The man Peter is talking to Jesus, the word **your** here is singular.
17:16 jyjl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces what the disciples were actually able to do in contrast with what the man wanted them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but”
17:17 qcv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
17:17 uk64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is speaking to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire **generation** of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about this **generation**. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the crowd that has gathered there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the disciples and the crowd, since they are included in the **generation** that Jesus is addressing. Alternate translation: “You who are part of this unbelieving and perverse generation, how long will I be with you? How long will I bear with you?”
17:17 f89t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη 1 Here, **generation** represents the people who are part of the **generation**, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [11:16](../11/16.md). Alternate translation: “O today’s people who are unbelieving and perverted” or “O unbelieving and perverted people of this generation”
17:17 su3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples and the crowds and to show how frustrated he is by them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “I do not want to be with you for long. I do not want to bear with you for long.” or “I want to leave you! I want to stop bearing with you!”
17:17 euli ἕως πότε -1 Alternate translation: “how long … How long”
17:17 moo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **bear with** refers to being charitable or kind to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “will I be charitable to you” or “will I act kindly with you”
17:17 fff9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to the boy who was epileptic. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the boy” or “the epileptic”
17:18 xauf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun translated **it** could refer to: (1) the **demon** that was possessing the boy. Alternate translation: “the demon” (2) the **boy**. Alternate translation: “the boy”
17:18 t1wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ δαιμόνιον 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus knew that a demon was causing the man’s son to be epileptic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the demon that was causing the boy to be epileptic” or “the demon that was making him sick”
17:18 fgsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to boy who was epileptic. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the epileptic” or “the boy”
17:18 i8kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the boy”
17:18 h2gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 Here, the phrase **from that hour** indicates that **boy was healed** at the time when Jesus rebuked the demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time”
17:19 yahr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπον, διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό? 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked why they were not able to cast the demon out.”
17:19 pz9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 By **we**, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
17:19 sz7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτό 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the demon more directly. Alternate translation: “the demon”
17:20 s43l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
17:20 itol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν ὀλιγοπιστίαν ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Because you believe so little”
17:20 tqzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation about how much **faith** the disciples need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Here is what I mean:”
17:20 hpze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐρεῖτε τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, μετάβα ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ μεταβήσεται, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that a person with even a little bit of **faith** can do amazing things, like having a **mountain** move. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that you had faith like a mustard seed. In that case, you could even say to this mountain, ‘Move from here to there,’ and it would move, and nothing would be impossible for you”
17:20 uy78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 Jesus is saying that their **faith** might be like **a mustard seed** because both would be very small. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith as small as a mustard seed”
17:20 el8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κόκκον σινάπεως 1 A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of seed, in your translation you could use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed”
17:20 kg33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, μετάβα ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to this mountain that you want it move from here to there, and”
17:20 o41s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ 1 Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the mountain from which Jesus and three of his disciples had just come down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the mountain I was just on”
17:20 bkex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular μετάβα 1 Here, the command is singular because someone is speaking to one mountain.
17:20 wbo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἔνθεν ἐκεῖ 1 Here Jesus is not referring to specific locations. Instead, he is referring to telling the mountain to move from where it is to some other location. Use a form that refers to changing locations without specifying where those locations are. Alternate translation: “from this place to another place”
17:20 x48i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word **nothing** and the negative word **impossible**. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible”
17:21 m9nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants Τοῦτο δὲ τὸ γένος οὐκ ἐκπορεύεται εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it.
17:21 b765 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Τοῦτο & τὸ γένος 1 Here Jesus implies that he is speaking about a **kind** of demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this kind of demon”
17:21 p5yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἐκπορεύεται εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only goes out by prayer and fasting”
17:22-23 jzq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am about … me … I will be raised up”
17:22 r2cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
17:22 t3da rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** could refer to: (1) the disciples. Alternate translation: “the disciples” (2) Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus and the disciples”
17:22 eu80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συστρεφομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathering together”
17:22 ff8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over”
17:22 mmk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας 1 The term **hands** represents power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the power” or “into the control”
17:22 jq32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the word **men** refers to people who have authority and who want to get rid of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of powerful people” or “of people who hate him”
17:23 hl6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **on the third day** refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as the first day, tomorrow as the second day, and the day after tomorrow as the third day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days later”
17:23 b6g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three”
17:23 fni4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be restored to life”
17:23 fjac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “he will raise himself up”
17:23 nv7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus and what he said. Alternate translation: “what Jesus said grieved them very much”
17:24 jli6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
17:24 eg3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντων & αὐτῶν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “when they had gone”
17:24 jjns rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples and Jesus”
17:24 b953 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα -1 Here, the phrase **the two-drachma tax** refers to a tax that people paid to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax for supporting the temple … the two-drachma tax for supporting the temple”
17:24 cths rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα -1 A **drachma** was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “the tax of two valuable silver coins … the tax of two valuable silver coins” or “the tax of two coins each worth a day’s wages … the tax of two coins each worth a day’s wages”
17:25 ponb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
17:25 ra0i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσελθόντα εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 Here Matthew means that Peter is the one who **entered into the house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when Peter entered into the house”
17:25 p5c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν οἰκίαν 1 Here, the phrase **the house** refers to the place where Jesus was staying. He did not own the house, but someone was letting him live there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the house in which Jesus was living”
17:25 hlft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προέφθασεν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Here Matthew means that Peter was about to ask about the tax, but Jesus asked him first. The implication is that Jesus knew that Peter was going to ask about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus knew what he was thinking and spoke to him first” or “Jesus acted before could”
17:25 kife rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
17:25 v4bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι 1 Here, the word **you** is singular because Jesus is speaking to Peter.
17:25 s8wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **kings** who rule on **the earth**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The kings who reign on earth”
17:25 k6z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τέλη ἢ κῆνσον 1 The terms **taxes** and **tolls** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “any taxes”
17:25 yp5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων 1 Here, Jesus could be contrasting: (1) children of kings as opposed to the rest of the people over whom the kings rule. Alternate translation: “From their families or from other people” (2) citizens of the kingdom as opposed to conquered people. Alternate translation: “From their citizens or from people they have conquered”
17:26 tbif rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
17:26 di2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰπόντος 1 Here Matthew implies that Peter is the one speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when Peter said”
17:26 u6xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἀλλοτρίων & οἱ υἱοί 1 Here, just as in [17:25](../17/25.md), the words **strangers** and **sons** could be referring to: (1) people over whom kings rule as opposed to their own children. Alternate translation: “other people … the families” (2) conquered people as opposed to citizens of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “people they have conquered … the citizens”
17:26 xrta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρα γε ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοί 1 Here Jesus implies that he agrees with Peter’s answer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You are correct, and so the sons are free”
17:26 lv6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοί 1 Here Jesus implies that he and Peter are like **sons** and so do not have to pay the tax. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the sons are free, and we are like those sons” or “the sons are free, which means that you and I also do not have to pay”
17:27 emlv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here the word **But** introduces what Jesus wants Peter to do in contrast to what he has said about how “the sons are free” (see [17:26](../17/26.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Despite that,” or “Even though that is true,”
17:27 ax2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς 1 Here Jesus speaks as if he and Peter were lumps or rocks that the tax collectors might **stumble** on. He means that the tax collectors might be offended by him and Peter if they did not pay the tax. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we might not offend them”
17:27 sz8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτούς & αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** in both places refers to the people who were collecting taxes. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the ones collecting the tax … to the ones collecting the tax” or “the tax collectors … to the tax collectors”
17:27 t3uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθεὶς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come”
17:27 fzkh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular βάλε & ἆρον & εὑρήσεις & δὸς & σοῦ 1 Because Jesus is speaking to Peter, the commands and the word **you** throughout this verse are singular.
17:27 uhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 A **fishhook** is a sharp curved object that fishermen would tie to the end of a rope or line in order to catch fish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of fishing implement, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could refer more generally to fishing. Alternate translation: “cast your line” or “go fishing”
17:27 w0ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἀναβάντα πρῶτον ἰχθὺν ἆρον 1 Here Jesus means that Peter should take the first fish that he catches with his **fishhook**. The fish would need to **come up** from further down in the water to be caught on the hook. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “take the first fish that you catch”
17:27 t9t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to about four drachmas (see [17:24](../17/24.md)), that is, about four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a four-drachma coin” or “a coin worth four days’ wages”
17:27 km3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus means that this coin will pay for both his and Peter’s two-drachma tax. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as payment for my tax and your tax”
18:intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n8. Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)\n * The disciples ask about who is the greatest (18:1–5)\n * Jesus teaches about stumbling blocks (18:6–9)\n * The parable of the lost sheep (18:10–14)\n * Jesus teaches about a sinning brother (18:15–20)\n * The parable of the unforgiving slave (18:21–35)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “little ones”\n\nIn [18:6](../18/06.md), [18:10](../18/10.md), and [18:14](../18/14.md), Jesus refers to people whom he calls “little ones.” In the previous paragraph, he told the disciples that they needed to be like little children if they wanted to be great in the kingdom of the heavens. Because of this, it is possible that Jesus uses the phrase “little ones” to continue to refer to children. However, it is also possible that he uses the phrase to refer to people who are like little children in some specific way. They could be like little children either because they are insignificant or unimportant or because they are immature in their faith. If possible, express the idea in such a way that all of these interpretations are possible. If you must make the idea more explicit, it is recommended that you refer to insignificant or unimportant people. That is how Jesus used the phrase in [10:42](../10/42.md).\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Stumbling and stumbling blocks\n\nIn [18:6–9](../18/06.md), Jesus discusses “stumbling blocks” and things that cause stumbling. He uses these terms to refer to people and things that cause people to sin. See the notes on these verses for translation options.\n\n### Hyperbole\n\nIn [18:8–9](../18/08.md), Jesus commands his disciples to cut off or pluck out body parts that cause them to sin. He uses this extreme example of resisting sin in order to show his disciples how serious sin really is. He does not mean that believers should always cut off body parts when they sin. Jesus intends his commands to be shocking, however, so you should preserve the extreme language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Jesus’ commands are extreme language. There are very similar verses in [5:29–30](../05/29.md), so you translate as you did there.\n\n### The parable of the lost sheep\n\nIn [18:12–14](../18/12.md), Jesus tells a story about a shepherd who had 100 sheep. When one of the sheep went astray, the shepherd left the other sheep behind to find it. When he found it, he was happier about that one sheep than he was about the 99 sheep that had not gone astray. Jesus applies this story to God the Father, who does not want any person to perish. Just like the shepherd, God will rescue people who go astray and rejoice when they are rescued. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable more than Jesus does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n### The parable of the unforgiving slave\n\nIn [18:23–35](../18/23.md), Jesus tells a story about a slave who owed an enormous debt to his master, the king. When the slave begs the king to be patient with him, the king forgives the entire debt. However, the slave immediately finds another slave who owes him a small amount of money. He demands that the slave pay him immediately and does not forgive the debt. When the king finds out about this, he has the first slave jailed and tortured until he can pay the enormous debt. Jesus applies this story to believers who do not forgive fellow believers. God will punish them, just as the king punished the slave who did not have mercy on his fellow slave. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable more than Jesus does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in instructions that Jesus gives to individual disciples o
18:1 f7zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **At that hour** introduces the next major event in the story. The phrase clarifies that this new event happened immediately after the previous event. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event that happened immediately after the previous one. Alternate translation: “Right after that,” or “Then, shortly after that,”
18:1 u4f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
18:1 pp31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τίς ἄρα 1 Here, the word **then** could: (1) indicate that the disciples are asking the question because of something that just happened. That could be Jesus implying that the disciples are important enough to be exempt from paying taxes, or it could be Jesus singling out Peter as an important disciple, or it could be something else that the disciples have experienced. Alternate translation: “Because of what just happened, we want to ask this: Who” (2) make the question stronger or more urgent. Alternate translation: “Who is it who” or “Tell us! Who”
18:2 nj00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations προσκαλεσάμενος παιδίον, ἔστησεν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having said to a little child, ‘Come here,’ he set”
18:2 cdgb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτὸ 1 Here, the word translated **him** refers to the child without identifying whether the child was male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “this child”
18:3 fs1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was contradicting a statement that he was about to make, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “you will only enter into the kingdom of the heavens if you turn and become like little children”
18:3 diz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν & στραφῆτε & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 Throughout this verse, the word **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
18:3 tsyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor στραφῆτε 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of changing one’s attitude and behavior as if it were physically turning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you change your attitude” or “you act differently”
18:3 w9c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ γένησθε 1 Here, the word **and** introduces the goal for which the disciples should **turn**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a goal. Alternate translation: “in order to become”
18:3 ewj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία 1 Jesus is saying that his disciples should be like **little children** because **little children** are humble. Jesus clarifies this meaning in the following verse, so if possible you should not state this explicitly here. Alternate translation: “act as little children do”\n
18:3 h9w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
18:4 hb1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces Jesus’ application of what he said in [18:3](../18/03.md) to what the disciples asked him about who was the greatest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of application. Alternate translation: “Here is what that means:” or “Consequently”
18:4 rw2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἑαυτὸν & οὗτός 1 Although the terms **himself** and **he** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “himself or herself … that person” or “himself or herself … he or she”
18:4 ta7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο 1 Jesus is saying that people should humble themselves like **this little child** because the **little child** is humble. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will make himself as humble as this little child is humble” or “will humble himself with the result that he is as humble as this little child”
18:4 tdk0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **this little child** refers back to the child whom Jesus set in their midst (see [18:2](../18/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this little child who is in our midst” or “this little child whom I summoned”
18:4 gf8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ μείζων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **greatest** as a noun to mean the greatest person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the greatest person”
18:5 v4a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς ἐὰν δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive **a little child like this** were actually receiving him. He means that these people, by receiving the **little child**, show that they would receive Jesus too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever receives a little child like this in my name, it is as if he or she received me” or “whoever receives a little child like this in my name proves that he or she would receive me”
18:5 i9ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο 1 Here Jesus is again referring to the **little child** whom he set in their midst (see [18:2](../18/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a little child like the one standing here” or “a little child, like this one that I summoned,”
18:5 dz1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Here, the phrase **in my name** could mean that: (1) the person **receives a little child** because the person follows Jesus. Alternate translation: “because that person is acting as my disciple” (2) the person **receives the little child** because the **little child** follows Jesus. Alternate translation: “because the child is my disciple”
18:6 dxd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes one of these little ones who believe in me to sin”
18:6 ehqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ 1 The phrase **these little ones** could refer: (1) to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these unimportant people who believe in me” (2) to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (3) to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these people who recently believed in me”
18:6 z9dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συμφέρει αὐτῷ ἵνα 1 Here Jesus implies that what he is about to describe is **better** than being punished by God for causing **one of these little ones** to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “rather than being punished by God for doing that, it is better for him that”
18:6 q50w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτῷ & αὐτοῦ & καταποντισθῇ 1 Although the terms **him**, **his**, and **he** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “for that person … his or her … he or she would have been sunk”
18:6 ghp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that people might hang a millstone of a donkey around his neck and make sink him into the depth of the sea”
18:6 w3uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύλος ὀνικὸς 1 A **millstone** was a round stone used for grinding grain into flour. The phrase **of a donkey** indicates that this kind of **millstone** was heavy enough that it took a **donkey** to turn it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a very large rock” or “a very heavy object”
18:6 k8ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρεμασθῇ & περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ 1 The implication is that someone would tie the **millstone** around the person’s neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “would have been attached to his neck”
18:6 vs96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, the phrase **the depth of the sea** refers to the parts of a body of water that are deep and far away from land. If your readers would not be familiar with what this phrase describes, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “deep water” or “the parts of the sea that are far from land”
18:6 ihfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῷ πελάγει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **depth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the deep parts”
18:7 hlmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ & οὐαὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The phrases **Woe to the world** and **woe to the man** are the opposite of blessing **the world** and **the man**. The phrases indicate that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How bad it is for the world … how bad it is for the man” or “Trouble will come to the world … trouble will come to the man”
18:7 ees6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, the word **world** refers primarily to the people who live in the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” or “to people”
18:7 y7vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων & τὰ σκάνδαλα & τὸ σκάνδαλον 1 Here, Jesus speaks of things that cause people to sin as if they were **stumbling blocks**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things that lead people to disobey … the things that lead people to disobey … the thing that leads people to disobey”
18:7 jtei rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation about **the stumbling blocks**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is what I mean:” or “Further,”
18:7 lfnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ & τὸ σκάνδαλον 1 The words **man** and **stumbling block** represent men and stumbling blocks in general, not one particular man or stumbling block. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to any man … a stumbling block”
18:7 vg5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to the person” or “to the man or woman”
18:8 znvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic about which Jesus will speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
18:8 vad7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ & ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples might experience their **hand** or **foot** causing them **to stumble**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. See how you translated the similar clauses in [5:29–30](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your hand or foot causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”\n
18:8 mr24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your hand** and **your foot** as if they were people who could cause **you to stumble**. He means that the **hand** or the **foot** is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is your hand’s or your foot’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your hand or your foot”
18:8 qxou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.
18:8 rios rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”
18:8 gqi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. See how you translated the similar constructions in [5:29–30](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even cut it off and throw it away from you!”
18:8 bozd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **life** were a house into which someone could **enter**. He is referring to experiencing or receiving **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience life” or “to receive life”
18:8 g9rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be able to live”
18:8 pc4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ζωὴν 1 Here Jesus implies that this **life** is everlasting or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “true life” or “everlasting life”
18:8 lhk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βληθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you”
18:8 w0sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 Here, the phrase **the eternal fire** refers to hell and describes at as a very unpleasant place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is as hot as an eternal fire” or “hell”
18:9 nv26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples might experience their **eye** causing them **to stumble**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. See how you translated the similar clause in [18:8](../18/08.md). Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your eye causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”
18:9 xruf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your eye** as if it were a person who could cause **you to stumble**. He means that the **eye** is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar clause in [18:8](../18/08.md). Alternate translation: “it is your eye’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your eye”
18:9 l4qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.
18:9 q7tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this phrase in [18:8](../18/08.md). Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”
18:9 xad4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. See how you translated the similar construction in [18:8](../18/08.md). Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even pluck it out and throw it away from you!”
18:9 u4id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **life** were a house into which someone could **enter**. He is referring to experiencing or receiving **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this phrase in [18:8](../18/08.md). Alternate translation: “to experience life” or “to receive life”
18:9 eii2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be able to live”
18:9 m8as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ζωὴν 1 Here Jesus implies that this **life** is everlasting or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the idea in [18:8](../18/08.md). Alternate translation: “true life” or “everlasting life”
18:9 r1ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βληθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you”
18:9 swb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. The valley named **Gehenna** was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place of fire like the valley of Gehenna” or “fiery hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
18:9 nfnj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **Gehenna** as a place that has much **fire**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the fiery Gehenna” or “the fires in Gehenna”
18:10 es9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὁρᾶτε μὴ καταφρονήσητε & ὑμῖν 1 The command **See** and the word **you** throughout this verse are plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
18:10 qnc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε 1 Here, the word **See** means that the disciples need to make sure that something happens or does not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Make sure that”
18:10 e9uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 See how you translated **little ones** in [18:6](../18/06.md). The phrase could refer: (1) to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these unimportant people who believe in me” (2) to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (3) to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these people who recently believed in me”
18:10 qc2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples should **not despise one of these little ones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is why:” or “Indeed,”
18:10 xdl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **angels** that guard or protect the **little ones**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the angels who guard them”
18:10 y6n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here Jesus means that the angels are with God, in God’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are before my Father” or “are close enough to him to see my Father”
18:10 iq8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
18:10 fwy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”
18:11 sq7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants Ἦλθεν γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it.
18:11 l99h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces another reason why the disciples should not despise little ones (see [18:10](../18/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Even further,”
18:11 dkf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man,”
18:11 o4lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Ἦλθεν 1 Here, the word **came** refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “came to this world” or “began to live here”
18:11 cooq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 Here Jesus speaks of some people as if they are **lost**. He means that they are not following God and need help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one that has been far from God” or “the one that is not following God”
18:11 oqcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 The phrase **the one that had been lost** represents lost people in general, not one particular lost person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anyone that had been lost”
18:12 idl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to get the attention of the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I want you to pay attention to what I am about to say.” or “Listen to this!”
18:12 ra6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 The word **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
18:12 d3jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα 1 To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: If a certain man has 100 sheep”
18:12 h1vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα, καὶ πλανηθῇ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν & ἀφείς 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if a person had **100 sheep**, but one of them went **astray**. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine a certain man who has 100 sheep. However, one of them goes astray. Having left”
18:12 t5h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “having left the 99 on the mountains and having gone out, he will seek the one having gone astray” or “having left the 99 on the mountains and having gone out, he will most definitely seek the one having gone astray!”
18:12 pamj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα 1 Jesus is using the number **99** as a noun to mean 99 sheep. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 99 sheep”
18:12 y3gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη 1 Here, the phrase **the mountains** refers to hilly or mountainous areas in general, not several specific mountains. If possible, use a general word for a hilly or mountainous area without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “in the hill country” or “in a mountainous area”
18:12 b6kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθεὶς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come”
18:13 etz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό & χαίρει 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the man might **find** that sheep that went astray. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “were he to find it … he would rejoice”
18:13 cjhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 The word **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
18:13 p8cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “more than he rejoices over”
18:13 okej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα 1 Jesus is using the number **99** as a noun to mean 99 sheep. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 99 sheep”
18:14 kcy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως 1 Here, the phrase **In the same way** indicates that Jesus is comparing God with the man who found the lost sheep. He implies that God is like the man because they both rejoice when something that was lost is recovered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Much like that man who wanted to find his lost sheep” or “Just as that man rejoiced over the sheep that he found”
18:14 q1gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what your Father in the heavens desires”
18:14 usa4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the will before your Father** refers to what is the **will** of the **Father**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the will of your Father” or “the will that belongs to your Father”
18:14 fmm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is your Father in the heavens,”
18:14 pfdd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **your Father**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “my Father.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
18:14 eno6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῶν 1 The word **your** is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
18:14 kyw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”\n
18:14 qk7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 See how you translated **little ones** in [18:6](../18/06.md). The phrase could refer: (1) to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these unimportant people” (2) to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children” (3) to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these people who recently believed in me”
18:15 efvg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next topic that Jesus wishes to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
18:15 kpe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow disciple”
18:15 qtoy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σὲ & σου & σοῦ & σου & ἐκέρδησας & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.
18:15 m8yv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός & αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ & ἀκούσῃ & τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 Although the terms **brother**, **him**, **him**, and **brother** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “brother or sister … him or her … him or her … he or she … brother or sister”
18:15 rhb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants εἰς σὲ 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **against you**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
18:15 uyk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου 1 Here, the phrase **between you and him alone** means that the two people are alone, with no one else listening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when it is just the two of you” or “when you are alone with him”
18:15 yh3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of restoring the relationship with **your brother** as if it were having **gained your brother**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have restored the relationship with your brother” or “you have made that person your brother again”
18:16 kq6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here the word **But** introduces the fact that the brother might **not listen** in contrast with the brother “listening” to the reproof (see [18:16](../18/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “On the other hand,”
18:16 p53d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations μὴ ἀκούσῃ 1 Although the term **he** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she does not listen”
18:16 oea6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο 1 Here Jesus implies that **you** will go back to the other person and “reprove” them again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “go back to him, and take with you yet one or two others” or “take with you yet one or two others and reprove him again”
18:16 ignt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σοῦ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.
18:16 l531 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Deuteronomy 19:15](../deu/19/15.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “so that, as you can read in the Scriptures, ‘by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified’” or “so that you are doing what God required in the law, that is, that every word might be verified by the mouth of two or three witnesses”
18:16 xv1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the mouth of two or three witnesses might verify every word”
18:16 i25x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy στόματος 1 Here, **mouth** represents what a person says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the words” or “the testimony”
18:16 mc5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Here, **word** represents what a person says using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every statement” or “everything that people claim”
18:17 g3aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that could happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
18:17 b82g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations παρακούσῃ & καὶ & παρακούσῃ & ἔστω 1 Although the terms **he**, **he**, and **him** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she refuses to listen to … he or she also refuses to listen to … let him or her be”
18:17 vsnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the “one or two others” whom the person who was sinned against took along to meet the person who committed the sin (see [18:16](../18/16.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the one or two others whom you took with you”
18:17 h0uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰπὲ 1 Here Jesus implies that the person should **speak** about how he or she was sinned against and how he or she has tried to speak to the other person about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “speak about it” or “speak about the sin and what has happened since”
18:17 s2zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σοι 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.
18:17 h5d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 2 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that could happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
18:17 kx28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 Jesus is saying that the person who sinned and refused to listen should be treated like **the Gentile and the tax collector** because they are all people who are not treated like members of God’s people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector who are not fellow believers” or “let him be to you as a non-believer, like a Gentile or tax collector”
18:17 s3wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἔστω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should be”
18:17 v6q7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 The words **Gentile** and **tax collector** represent Gentiles and tax collectors in general, not one particular Gentile and one particular tax collector. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles and the tax collectors” or “any Gentile or any tax collector”
18:18 cqk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν & δήσητε & λύσητε 1 The word **you** throughout this verse is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
18:18 so62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 See how you translated the almost identical sentence in [16:19](../16/19.md). The only differences are that the words **you** and **whatever** throughout this verse are plural, and [16:19](../16/19.md) has the phrase “in the heavens” instead of the phrase **in heaven**. Express the idea as you did in [16:19](../16/19.md), but be sure to make any adjustments needed for the plural words and the phrase **in heaven**.
18:19 n6hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases πάλιν 1 Here, the word **Again** introduces a statement that is related to what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar or related statement, or you could leave **Again** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In addition,”
18:19 sn05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν 1 The word **you** throughout this verse is plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
18:19 cal4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο & ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 Here Jesus implies that he means not only **two**, but two or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “if two or more of you”
18:19 bm30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αἰτήσωνται & αὐτοῖς 1 Since Jesus begins the sentence by referring to **two of you**, If it would be helpful in your language you could continue to refer to these people in the second person. Alternate translation: “you might ask … for you”
18:19 fqu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Father in the heavens will do it for them”
18:19 gs8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
18:19 i6zu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”\n
18:20 od67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why God will do whatever two disciples agree to ask for (see [18:19](../18/19.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why:”
18:20 x3vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 Here Jesus implies that he means not only **two or three**, but two or three or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “two or three or more”
18:20 sctb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 Jesus is using the numbers **two** and **three** as nouns to mean two and three believers. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “two or three believers”
18:20 a2vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰσιν & συνηγμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gather together” or “assemble together”
18:20 l7vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 Here, **name** represents the person whose name it is. Jesus means that they **are gathered together** because of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me”
18:20 aea9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of being spiritually present with believers as if he were physically **in their midst**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if I am there in their midst” or “there I am in their midst spiritually”
18:21 az9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ποσάκις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could refer to forgiving before sinning. Alternate translation: “how often will I forgive my brother when he sins against me”
18:21 c9ym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω 1 Peter is using the future form to ask a question about what he should do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that asks about an obligation or requirement. Alternate translation: “can my brother sin against me and I should forgive” or “could my brother sin against me and I ought to forgive”
18:21 e973 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my fellow disciple”
18:21 viii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός & αὐτῷ 1 Although the terms **brother** and **him** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “brother or sister … him or her”
18:21 d3o4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἕως ἑπτάκις 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous question if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Will I forgive him until seven times”
18:22 pu4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
18:22 k6qs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οὐ λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις, ἀλλὰ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “I say to you up to 77 times, not up to seven times”
18:22 ursi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἕως ἑπτάκις, ἀλλὰ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “that you should forgive your brother up to seven times, but that you should forgive him up to 77 times”
18:22 nz1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 Here Jesus uses the large number **77** to indicate that Peter and all believers must always forgive other people. Jesus does not mean to count up to **77** and then stop forgiving other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “77 times and beyond” or “77 times, by which I mean always”
18:22 b19x ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 Here, the phrase translated as **77 times** could be indicating: (1) 70 times plus seven times. Alternate translation: “70 times plus seven times” (2) 70 times multiplied by seven times. Alternate translation: “70 times seven times”
18:23 rqp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables διὰ τοῦτο ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ 1 To teach his disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: given what I just said, the kingdom of the heavens is compared to a man”
18:23 f8f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **For this reason** a conclusion or inference based on what Jesus has said about how his disciples should forgive others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “Given all that”
18:23 qssl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I compare the kingdom of the heavens to” or “the kingdom of the heavens is comparable to”
18:23 bp72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συνᾶραι λόγον 1 Here, the phrase **to take up a word together** refers to settling accounts, that is, resolving any debts or loans between people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to settle accounts”
18:24 zon0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
18:24 swd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συναίρειν 1 Here, the phrase **to take up together** refers to settling accounts, that is, resolving any debts or loans between people. See how you translated the similar phrase in [18:23](../18/23.md). Alternate translation: “to settle”
18:24 d6ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλάντων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they brought to him one debtor of 10,000 talents”
18:24 ta6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλάντων 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **debtor** who owes **10,000 talents**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “debtor who owed 10,000 talents”
18:24 w3nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney μυρίων ταλάντων 1 A talent was a unit of money equivalent to about 6,000 denarii, that is, about 6,000 days’ wages for a hired worker. This was a very large, almost uncountable, amount of money. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Make sure that your translation shows that this is a very large sum of money. Alternate translation: “of a huge amount of money” or “of 60 million days’ wages”
18:25 zu6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast μὴ ἔχοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι, & ὁ κύριος 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the fact that the servant could not **repay** in contrast to how much he owed the king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Although he had that debt, he was not able to repay, so the master”
18:25 pp91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ κύριος 1 Here Jesus refers to the king as **the master**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in [18:23](../18/23.md). Alternate translation: “his master the king”
18:25 f7r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν & πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “commanded, ‘Let him be sold, together with his wife and children and everything, as much as he had, and let repayment be made’”
18:25 nmz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτὸν & πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it was some of the king’s other servants. Alternate translation: “some other servants to sell him, together with his wife and children and everything, as much as he had, and to make repayment”
18:25 ylnf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν 1 The expression **everything, as much as he had** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that he had”
18:25 iv39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀποδοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repayment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be repaid”
18:26 f95e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **So** introduces what the servant did in response to what the king commanded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a response or reaction, or you could leave **So** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response”
18:26 thl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πεσὼν & ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει 1 In Matthew’s culture, the phrases **having falling down** and **bowing down** refer to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “having thrown himself on the ground, the slave was prostrating himself before” or “having lain down, the slave was showing respect to”
18:26 exlt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
18:26 pbcc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you have patience”
18:26 ujba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μακροθύμησον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **patience**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be patient”
18:27 l4jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
18:27 i9ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having sympathized with the slave”
18:27 xpan rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου 1 Here Jesus again refers to the king as **the master**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in [18:23](../18/23.md). See how you translated “master” in [18:25](../18/25.md). Alternate translation: “the slave’s master, the king,”
18:27 mer0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ δάνιον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ 1 Here, the phrase **forgave him his debt** indicates that the king would no longer require the slave to pay **the debt**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “canceled the debt” or “told him not to pay back the debt”
18:28 yfu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
18:28 qvka rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out”
18:28 xkm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὗρεν 1 Here Jesus could mean that the **slave**: (1) happened to meet the fellow slave. Alternate translation: “encountered” (2) intentionally looked for the fellow slave. Alternate translation: “looked for”
18:28 zyie rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ἑκατὸν δηνάρια 1 A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. This is a much smaller amount than the 10,000 talents that the first slave owed, so make sure that is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “100 silver coins” or “just 100 days’ wages”
18:28 lcje rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρατήσας αὐτὸν ἔπνιγεν 1 Here Jesus could be indicating that the **slave** took: (1) one action, which was seizing his fellow slave around the neck so that he **choked** him. Alternate translation: “he choked him by seizing him around the neck” (2) two actions, one of which was seizing his fellow slave and the other of which was chocking him. Alternate translation: “he seized him and was choking him”
18:28 tp33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔπνιγεν 1 Here Jesus means that the **slave** seized his fellow slave by the throat and made it hard for him to breath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he began to strangle him”
18:28 mg6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων, ἀπόδος εἴ τι ὀφείλεις 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that he needed to repay whatever he owed”
18:28 t319 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
18:29 jwo8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **So** introduces what **his fellow slave** did in response to what the first slave said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a response or reaction, or you could leave So untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response”
18:29 i21c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 In Matthew’s culture, the phrase **having falling down** refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. See how you translated this phrase in [18:26](../18/26.md). Alternate translation: “having thrown himself on the ground” or “lying down to show respect”
18:29 fgze rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
18:29 kk6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. See how you translated the phrase in [18:26](../18/26.md). Alternate translation: “I ask that you have patience”
18:29 lvfi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μακροθύμησον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **patience**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be patient”
18:30 kmvp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the first slave did in contrast to what the other slave asked (see [18:29](../18/29.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use another word or phrase that introduces a contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Despite that,”
18:30 x3j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὁ & οὐκ ἤθελεν & ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν & ἀποδῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **he** in the phrase **he was not willing** and the pronoun **he** in the phrase **he threw** refer to the first slave. The pronoun **him** and the pronoun **he** in the phrase **he might repay** refer to his fellow slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the first slave was not willing … he threw his fellow slave … his fellow slave might repay”
18:30 kgd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἤθελεν 1 Here Jesus implies that the first slave **was not willing** to be patient and wait for the other slave to pay him back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was not willing to have patience”
18:30 j2jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come away”
18:30 t8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 Here, the phrase **he threw him into prison** refers to locking someone up in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he put him into prison” or “he locked him up in prison”
18:30 aal9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν 1 Here Jesus implies that the slave sent someone else to do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had people throw him”
18:30 yqsz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the fellow slave. Alternate translation: “what he owed”
18:31 o4rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces what how the other **slaves** responded to what the first slave did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a response or reaction, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response”
18:31 w9n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἰδόντες & οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ τὰ γενόμενα, ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what the first slave said and did. Alternate translation: “what had happened grieved his fellow slaves very much when they saw it”
18:31 ksv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
18:31 nx9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν 1 Here Jesus again refers to the king as the **master**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in [18:23](../18/23.md). See how you translated “master” in [18:25](../18/25.md). Alternate translation: “their master the king”
18:32 txr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ & αὐτῷ 1 The pronouns **him**, **his**, and **him** refer to the first slave. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the first slave, his … to him”
18:32 dold rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus again refers to the king as the **master**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in [18:23](../18/23.md). See how you translated “master” in [18:25](../18/25.md). Alternate translation: “his master the king”
18:32 sljk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
18:32 u65x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν ἐκείνην ἀφῆκά σοι, ἐπεὶ παρεκάλεσάς με 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because you begged me, I forgave you all that debt”
18:32 xsgw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν ἐκείνην ἀφῆκά σοι 1 Here, the phrase **forgave you all that debt** indicates that the king no longer required the slave to pay the debt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I canceled for you all that debt” or “I told you not to pay back all that debt”
18:32 dgfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρεκάλεσάς με 1 Here the master implies that the slave **begged** him to be patient. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you begged me to be patient”
18:33 jw37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα? 1 The slave’s master is using the question form to rebuke the slave. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It was necessary for you also to have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you.” or “It was most certainly necessary for you also to have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!”
18:33 tfjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου & σὲ ἠλέησα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be merciful to your fellow slave … was merciful to you”
18:34 ugzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus again refers to the king as the **master**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same man as the one referred to as “king” in [18:23](../18/23.md). See how you translated “master” in [18:25](../18/25.md). Alternate translation: “his master the king”\n
18:34 kpue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν 1 Here, the phrase **handed him over** refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sent him” or “gave him”
18:34 j7s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς βασανισταῖς 1 Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) prison guards whose job it was to torture certain prisoners. Alternate translation: “to the guards who tortured prisoners” (2) prison guards in general. Alternate translation: “to the jailers” or “to the prison guards”
18:34 e14m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the fellow slave. Alternate translation: “everything that he owed”
18:35 pm1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
18:35 f5tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν & ἕκαστος & ὑμῶν 1 Here, the words **you**, **you**, and **your** are plural because Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
18:35 ke6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that **you** might not **forgive** your **brother**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “as long as” or “supposing that”\n
18:35 c4fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his fellow disciple”
18:35 z6im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “brother or sister”
18:35 q8p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτοῦ 1 Since Jesus has already referred to **each of you**, if it would be helpful in your language you could continue to refer to these people in the second person. Alternate translation: “your”
18:35 mzn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **out of your heart** indicates that the person has done something sincerely or completely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly” or “sincerely”
19:intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n9. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n * Jesus goes to Judea (19:1–2)\n * Jesus teaches about marriage and divorce (19:3–12)\n * Jesus blesses little children (19:13–15)\n * Jesus talks with a young man (19:16–22)\n * Jesus teaches about wealth, possessions, and the kingdom (19:23–30)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Divorce\n\nIn [19:3](../19/03.md), the Pharisees test Jesus by asking him about an issue that was controversial among Jewish religious leaders: divorce. More specifically, the religious leaders argued about what were acceptable grounds for a divorce. So, they ask Jesus about this. Jesus responds that divorce is never what God wants, and he quotes from Genesis 1 and 2 to prove this. In response, the Pharisees refer to [Deuteronomy 24:1–4](../deu/24/01.md), which assumes that men do divorce their wives. Jesus replies that this section of the Law exists only because the Israelites were stubborn. He means that God knew that the Israelite men would sometimes divorce their wives, so he included a law about how to do it. Jesus then states that the only acceptable ground for a divorce is sexual immorality. He further says that any divorced person who marries again is involved in adultery. Make sure that it is clear that both Jesus and the Pharisees are making arguments based on the Scriptures.\n\n### Eunuchs\n\nThe word “eunuch” refers to a man who is unable to reproduce. People in Jesus’ culture knew about two types of eunuchs:\n\n\n1. some eunuchs were men who underwent a surgery in which parts of their genitals were removed. This kept them from being able to reproduce. These eunuchs were often important servants of kings and rulers, often serving in the harem.\n2. some eunuchs were men who were born with genitals that were already unable to reproduce.\n\nIn [19:12](../19/12.md), Jesus refers to both of these kinds of eunuchs. Then he refers to “eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs because of the kingdom of the heavens.” Here he is referring to people who live like eunuchs for the sake of the kingdom. Consider how you might naturally refer to “eunuchs” in your language.\n\n### Rich people and the kingdom of the heavens\n\nIn Jesus’ culture, many people thought that rich people had been specifically blessed by God. When Jesus said that it was extremely difficult for rich people to enter God’s kingdom (see [19:23–24](../19/23.md)), the disciples were shocked. They thought that if it was hard for rich people to enter the kingdom, it would be impossible for everyone else. That is why they ask the question, “Who then is able to be saved?” ([19:25](../19/25.md)). If your readers might not understand why the disciples respond in this way, you may need to include a footnote that explains some of this information.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees or to his disciples. This means that Jesus frequently uses plural forms of “you.” In this chapter, you should assume that forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n
19:1 nj6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, μετῆρεν 1 These clauses mark the end of Jesus’ teaching by stating that Jesus finished speaking to his disciples and then describing what he did next. Use a natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “At that time, Jesus finished speaking these words. Then, he departed”\n
19:1 c5j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here Matthew uses the term **words** to refer to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speaking these words”
19:1 b7ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετῆρεν 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he and his disciples departed”
19:1 bw17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
19:1 ixko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, the phrase **beyond the Jordan** could refer to: (1) areas to the west of the Jordan River. In this case, Matthew means that Jesus traveled on the eastern side of the Jordan River and then went back across it to reach **Judea**. Alternate translation: “on the western side of the Jordan” (2) areas to the east of the Jordan River. In this case, Matthew means that some areas on the eastern side of the Jordan River could be called **Judea**. Alternate translation: “on the eastern side of the Jordan”
19:2 uqqg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτοὺς 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus **healed** the people who were sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who had diseases”
19:3 o7dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal προσῆλθον αὐτῷ & πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες 1 Here, the word **testing** introduces the purpose for which some **Pharisees approached** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “approached him with the goal of testing him, saying”
19:3 h7ja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνθρώπῳ ἀπολῦσαι τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Is it lawful for a man to divorce his wife for any reason?’”
19:4-5 ncb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς & καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read that the one having made them from the beginning ‘made them male and female,’ and said, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh.’” or “Surely you have read that the one having made them from the beginning ‘made them male and female,’ and said, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’!”
19:4 g7sc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε 1 Here Jesus refers to reading something in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the Scriptures”
19:4 k2l0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the one having made** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one having made them from the beginning, God,”
19:4 yjd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 Here, the phrase **from the beginning** refers to when God created everything that exists. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the beginning of the world” or “at the beginning of creation”
19:4 h71a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “from the beginning, in the words of the Scriptures, ‘made them male and female’”
19:5 n8zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations καὶ εἶπεν 1 Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Genesis (see [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “and said, as you can read in the book of Genesis,” or “and said in the Scriptures”
19:5 xc7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἕνεκα τούτου 1 The pronoun **this** refers to what the previous verse includes about how God created people male and female (see [19:4](../19/04.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those ideas more directly. Alternate translation: “Because God created people that way”
19:5 kwz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος 1 Here the author of the quotation implies that this happens when the **man** gets married. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he gets married, a man will leave”
19:5 qsh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense καταλείψει & κολληθήσεται & ἔσονται 1 Here Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most naturally for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “leaves … is joined … are”
19:5 af1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will join himself to his wife” or “will unite with his wife”
19:5 m83j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 Here the author of the quotation speaks as if **the two** are **one flesh**. He means that a husband and wife are so closely **joined** that it is as if they had one **flesh** or one body between them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the two will be like one flesh” or “the two will be as closely united as possible”\n
19:5 vs06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ δύο 1 Jesus is using the number **two** as a noun to refer to a husband and a wife together. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the two of them” or “the two spouses”
19:6 khz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, the phrase **So then** introduces a conclusion or inference based on the words Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “As you can see”
19:6 m4b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία 1 Here Jesus repeats in different form the words from the figure of speech at the end of the previous verse (see [19:5](../19/05.md)). He means that a husband and wife are so closely **joined** that it is as if they had one **flesh** or one body between them. Express the idea as you did in [19:5](../19/05.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if they are no longer two, but they are like one flesh” or “they are no longer two separate people, but are as closely united as possible”
19:6 gex5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion or inference based on what Jesus has said about marriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “So then”
19:6 ieh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “man should not separate”
19:6 ahoc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person” or “humans”
19:7 enjl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said”
19:7 w93e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Here, the phrase **Why then** indicates that the Pharisees are asking a question based on what Jesus has just said. This question suggests that there is evidence against what Jesus has said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question. Alternate translation: “If you are correct, why”
19:7 tv3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί οὖν Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀποστασίου καὶ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 Here the Pharisees are referring to a specific section in the law that God gave to Moses (see [Deuteronomy 24:1–4](../deu/24/01.md)). This passage discusses divorce and remarriage, and it mentions the use of **a certificate of divorce**. The Pharisees interpreted this passage to mean that men could divorce their wives, but they had to use **a certificate of divorce**. They did not think that **Moses commanded** that men must divorce their wives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Why then has Moses commanded in the Law that a man who wants to divorce his wife must give her a certificate of divorce and then can divorce her”
19:7 xml9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 A **certificate of divorce** is a written document that makes the divorce official. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of document, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this phrase in [5:31](../05/31.md). Alternate translation: “a written paper that testifies to the divorce”
19:8 j6tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
19:8 zu87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **your hardness of heart** refers to obstinacy or unwillingness to listen and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are hardheaded” or “Because you are so stubborn”
19:8 mgx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 Here, the phrase **from the beginning** refers to when God created everything that exists. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated this phrase in [19:4](../19/04.md). Alternate translation: “at the beginning of the world” or “at the beginning of creation”
19:9 xu7v 0 This verse is similar to [5:32](../05/32.md), although there are some significant differences. See how you translated that verse for help with this verse.
19:9 t7q2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus wishes to say about divorce in contrast to what Moses permitted (see [19:8](../19/08.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
19:9 ikim λέγω & ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** this to emphasize what he is telling the Pharisees. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”
19:9 i1u0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only time a man is allowed to divorce his wife is when there is sexual immorality. Otherwise, when he divorces her and marries another, he commits adultery”
19:9 eq8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πορνείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **immorality**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is sexually immoral” or “sexually immoral behavior”
19:9 yl3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλην 1 Jesus is using the adjective **another** as a noun to mean another woman. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “another person”
19:9 e2q2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μοιχᾶται -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “becomes an adulterer … becomes an adulterer” or “does what is adulterous … does what is adulterous”
19:9 ps45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται 1 Many ancient manuscripts include the words **and the one having married one that has been divorced commits adultery**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
19:9 ga4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπολελυμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the woman’s husband. Alternate translation: “one whom her husband has divorced”
19:10 nkab rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
19:10 augz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, the word **thus** refers to what Jesus has said about divorce and remarriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what you have described” or “what you have commanded”
19:10 ys0h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μετὰ τῆς γυναικός 1 Here, the word **reason** could refer to: (1) the basis on which a **man** can divorce **his wife**. Alternate translation: “the only reason for a man to divorce his wife” (2) the accusation against a **man** who divorces **his wife**. Alternate translation: “the charge against a man who divorces his wife” (3) the situation or relationship between a **man** and **his wife**. Alternate translation: “the situation of a man with his wife”
19:10 f527 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μετὰ τῆς γυναικός 1 The words **the man** and **his wife** represents men and their wives in general, not one particular man and his wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of any man with his wife”
19:11 o403 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
19:11 p6v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Jesus is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all people”
19:11 xrdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν λόγον τοῦτον 1 Here, the phrase **this word** could refer to: (1) what the disciples just said. Alternate translation: “the word you have just said” (2) what Jesus previously said about divorce and remarriage. Alternate translation: “the word I have taught” or “this word about divorce”
19:11 tilc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦτον 1 Jesus is using the term **word** to refer to what someone said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Make sure your translation fits with the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “what has just been said” or “what you spoke”
19:11 hzw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οἷς δέδοται 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but those to whom it has been given receive it”
19:11 h3a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δέδοται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has given it”
19:12 vy4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of what Jesus said about how only some people can “receive” what the disciples said (see [19:11](../19/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “More specifically,” or “Indeed,”
19:12 juc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose mothers gave birth to them thus”
19:12 pxsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **from their mother’s womb** indicates that these people were **eunuchs** already when they **were born**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from their birth” or “from the beginning of their lives”
19:12 m1r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom men made eunuchs”
19:12 z7t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans”
19:12 g4bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here Jesus speaks as if people physically **made themselves eunuchs** in order to describe people who live like eunuchs, that is, they do not marry or have children. Since this is an important metaphor in the context, if possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “people like eunuchs who made themselves that way” or “people who made themselves like eunuchs”
19:12 p6c9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ 1 Here, the phrase **because of** could mean that: (1) they are making themselves eunuchs in order to act for or in service of **the kingdom of the heavens**. Alternate translation: “for the sake of” or “in order to work for” (2) they are making themselves eunuchs in order to enter **the kingdom of the heavens**. Alternate translation: “to participate in” or “in order to enter”
19:12 r78n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ὁ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν, χωρείτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one being to accept this must accept it”
19:12 n3ar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations χωρείτω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person accept it”
19:13 wjb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Then** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”
19:13 wu52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθησαν & παιδία 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they brought little children to”
19:13 a3wy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιθῇ αὐτοῖς 1 In Matthew’s culture, when Jesus **would lay his hands** on the little children, that would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what laying **his hands on them** means. Alternate translation: “he would stretch out his hands toward them” or “he would lay his hands on them to bless them”
19:13 hjw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσεύξηται 1 Here the people who brought the little children want Jesus to **pray** that God would bless the children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “would pray for God to bless them”
19:13 dm6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 2 The pronoun **them** refers to the people who were bringing the little children. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who were bringing the little children”
19:14 l7op rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the disciples were doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
19:14 kifm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἄφετε τὰ παιδία καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Permit the little children; yes, do not forbid them to come to me” or “Permit the little children to come to me”\n
19:14 m219 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθεῖν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “to go”
19:14 l1bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the little children should be permitted to come to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “which I command because”
19:14 ukdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe people who belong in **the kingdom of the heavens**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. See how you translated the similar construction in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to the ones such as these” or “the ones such as these belong in the kingdom of the heavens”
19:14 wf1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τῶν & τοιούτων 1 The pronoun **these** refers to the little children. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the little children more directly. Alternate translation: “of the ones such as these little children”
19:14 iizn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τῶν & τοιούτων 1 Jesus is referring to **the little children** and to people who are like them. He does not indicate exactly how these people are like **the little children**, so if possible express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “of people who are like these”
19:15 tbgb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς 1 In Matthew’s culture, when Jesus **laid his hands** on the little children, that expressed God’s love for them and conveyed God’s blessing to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what **having laid his hands on them** means. See how you translated the similar phrase in [19:13](../19/13.md). Alternate translation: “having stretched out his hands toward them” or “having laid his hands on them to bless them”
19:15 iod4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the word **there** refers to the place where Jesus **laid his hands** on the little children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he did that”
19:16 deyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
19:16 w4nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἷς 1 Matthew is using the number **one** as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one man”
19:16 uxhv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σχῶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I might live eternally”
19:17 ffgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
19:17 nt0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὁ & εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **him** refers to the man who asked Jesus the question. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the man”
19:17 sce3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Do not ask me about what is good.” or “You should not ask me about what is good!”
19:17 pxak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἐρωτᾷς & θέλεις & τήρησον 1 Throughout this verse, the word **you** and the command are singular because Jesus is speaking to the young man.
19:17 d4sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός 1 When Jesus says **One is good**, he is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “One is good, that is, God” or “God alone is good”
19:17 o0ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 2 Here, the word **But** indicates that Jesus is about to stop analyzing what the man said and will go on to answer the man’s question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that signals this kind of transition, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “but about what you asked,” or “but as for your question,”
19:17 pkif rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because”
19:17 j9z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **life** were a house into which someone could **enter**. He is referring to experiencing or receiving **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience life” or “to receive life”
19:17 d7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be able to live”
19:18-19 c3dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τὸ οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις, & τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ, ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 Here Jesus quotes commands from the law that God gave to Moses. The first five commands come from either [Exodus 20:12–16](../exo/20/12.md) or [Deuteronomy 5:16–20](../deu/05/16.md). The last command comes from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “These are the ones: ‘Do not kill, do not commit adultery, do not steal, do not testify falsely, honor your father and your mother, and love your neighbor as yourself’”
19:18 esoj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγει αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **He** refers to the man, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “The man says to Jesus”
19:18 a5yi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
19:18 ogqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις 1 Since in these commands God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the commands are singular.
19:18 zl5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ μοιχεύσεις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not be an adulterer or adulteress” or “do not do what is adulterous”
19:19 szjo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular τίμα τὸν & τὴν & ἀγαπήσεις & σου 1 Since in these commands God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the word **your** and the commands are singular throughout this verse.
19:19 ggpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὡς σεαυτόν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as you love yourself”
19:19 d5vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς σεαυτόν 1 Jesus assumes that people love themselves, so he wants these people to love their neighbors just as much. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as deeply as yourself”
19:20 oqol rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
19:20 fxyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ἔτι ὑστερῶ 1 Here, the man is asking about what he lacks in order to gain what he wants, which is eternal life (see [19:16](../19/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What do I still lack before receiving eternal life”
19:21 e4vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that he knows it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because”
19:21 gunb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θέλεις & ὕπαγε πώλησόν σου & δὸς & ἕξεις & δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει 1 Throughout this verse, the word **you**, the word **your**, and the commands are singular because Jesus is speaking to the young man.
19:21 zic9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor”
19:21 hsmw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the result that will follow if the man does sell his possessions and **give to the poor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and as a result”
19:21 ndjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Here, the phrase **come, follow me** is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “come with me as my student”\n
19:22 ufnr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
19:22 ql5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** represents what Jesus just said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ statement” or “the words that Jesus said”
19:22 gi9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λυπούμενος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “being very sorrowful”
19:22 c8l1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the young man was **being grieved**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “since”
19:22 aqqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν & ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 Here Matthew implies that the young man did not want to sell these possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he was having many possessions that he did not want to sell”
19:23 a7z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
19:23 ean2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense εἰσελεύσεται 1 Here Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most naturally for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “enters”
19:24 uect rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases πάλιν δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **And again** introduces a restatement of what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a restatement, or you could leave **And again** untranslated. Alternate translation: “To repeat:” or “Indeed”
19:24 c8l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 Here Jesus compares **a rich {person}** entering **the kingdom of the heavens** with something that is impossible: **a camel** passing through **an eye of a needle**. Jesus does this to emphasize how hard it is for **a rich {person} to enter into the kingdom of God**. As [19:26](../19/26.md) shows, Jesus does not think that this is completely impossible, however. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea here in such a way that it does not sound as if it is totally impossible for **a rich {person} to enter into the kingdom of God**. Alternate translation: “consider how difficult it is for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle. That illustrates how difficult it is for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God”
19:24 dip3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 The phrase **an eye of a needle** refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing needle through which the thread passes. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tool or the hole in it, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term for a small opening. Alternate translation: “the small hole at the end of a needle” or “a very small hole”
19:25 s2cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
19:25 oo3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀκούσαντες & οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα λέγοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “what the disciples heard astonished them greatly, and they said”
19:25 e9ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
19:25 ejs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 The disciples are using the question form to express their astonishment. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It seems then that no one is able to be saved.” or “No one then is able to be saved!”
19:25 x1at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation: “Who then can receive salvation” or “Whom then will God save”
19:25 kvrw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τίς ἄρα 1 Here, the word **then** indicates that the disciples ask this question in response to what Jesus just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “If that is true, who” or “Given that, who”\n
19:26 s7ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
19:26 nbaa παρὰ ἀνθρώποις & παρὰ & Θεῷ 1 Alternate translation: “For men … for God”
19:26 zsp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans”
19:26 flun rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 The pronoun **this** refers to being able to be saved (see [19:25](../19/25.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to that idea more directly. Alternate translation: “being saved”
19:27 ui8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** is intended to draw the attention of Jesus and to ask him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Excuse me”
19:27 yp3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς & ἡμῖν 1 By **we** and **us**, Peter means himself and the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive forms of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
19:27 pdse rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι 1 Here, the phrase **followed you** indicates that the disciples traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become your disciples” or “traveled with you as your students”
19:27 zpd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι 1 Here, the word **you** is singular because Peter is speaking to Jesus.
19:27 em4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν 1 Here Peter is asking what he and his fellow disciples will receive because they **left everything**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What then will we receive” or “What reward then will there be for us”
19:27 ho5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τί ἄρα 1 Here, the word **then** indicates that Peter is asking this question in response to what he just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Since we did that, what” or “Given what we did, what”
19:28 j89c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **in the renewal** refers to the time when God will renew or recreate everything that he has made. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the time when things are recreated,” or “when God makes everything new,”
19:28 gey2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person καθίσῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ & αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, sit on my”
19:28 sx2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction καθίσῃ & ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 When someone **sits** on a **throne**, it indicates that this person is ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of this action. Alternate translation: “sits on his throne of glory as king” or “rules from his throne of glory”
19:28 l4t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus could using the possessive form to describe a **throne** that: (1) belongs to **the Son of Man** and that is characterized by **glory**. Alternate translation: “his throne that is glorious” (2) shows or illustrates the **glory** that **the Son of Man** has. Alternate translation: “the throne that displays his glory”
19:28 sa3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θρόνου δόξης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “glorious throne”
19:28 qxd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ ἀκολουθήσαντές μοι 1 Here, the phrase **followed με** indicates that the disciples traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones having become my disciples” or “the ones having traveled with me as my students”\n
19:28 rx2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction καθήσεσθε & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους 1 When someone **sits** on a **throne**, it indicates that this person is ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of this action. See how you translated the similar phrase earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “will sit on 12 thrones as kings” or “will rule from 12 thrones”
19:28 iz0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρίνοντες 1 Here, the word **judging** could mean that the disciples are acting: (1) as judges. Alternate translation: “acting as judges for” (2) as rulers. Alternate translation: “ruling” or “acting as rulers for”
19:29 w5fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἢ γυναῖκα 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **or wife**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
19:29 gq8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 Here, **name** represents the person whose name it is. Jesus means that they have **left** all these things because of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for my sake”
19:29 nucq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατονταπλασίονα 1 Here Jesus is using a round number (**100**) indicates a large number of **times**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression for a large number or state more explicitly that **100** is a round number. Alternate translation: “very many times as much” or “something like 100 times as much”
19:29 z8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 Here the author speaks as if these people were children who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that these people will receive **eternal life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive eternal life” or “will be given eternal life”
19:29 do2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will be able to live eternally”
19:30 j7pf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next thing, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Yes,” or “Indeed,”
19:30 gyde rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πολλοὶ & ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of important or respected people as if they were **first** and of unimportant or non-respected people as if they were **last**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many respected will be non-respected, and non-respected, respected” or “many significant will be insignificant, and insignificant, significant”
19:30 u8p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πρῶτοι & καὶ ἔσχατοι 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **first** and **last** as nouns to mean first and last people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “first people … and last people” or “people who are first … and people who are last”
19:30 hnm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and many last will be first”
20:intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n9. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n * The parable of the denarius wage (20:1–16)\n * Jesus predicts his death and resurrection (20:17–19)\n * Jesus and the disciples speak about who will be great (20:20–28)\n * Jesus heals two blind men (20:29–34)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Hiring people to work in a vineyard\n\nIn [20:1–7](../20/01.md), Jesus speaks about a master of a house hiring people to work in his vineyard. These people were day laborers who would wait in the marketplace for someone to offer them a job. Then, they would agree with the person hiring them on how much money they would make before starting the job. If this is not a practice that your readers would be familiar with, make sure that what is happening is clear to your readers.\n\n### Sitting at Jesus’ right and left hand\n\nIn [20:21](../20/21.md) and [20:23](../20/23.md), Jesus and the mother of the sons of Zebedee refer to sitting at Jesus’ right hand and at his left hand. They are referring to the places of honor at the right and left side of a king or ruler. The people who sit in these places have authority and are respected the most after the king or ruler. Make sure that this meaning is clear in your translation. See the notes on these two verses for translation options.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The parable of the denarius wage\n\nIn [20:1-15](./01.md), Jesus tells a story about a master of a house who hires people throughout the day to work in his vineyard. He agrees with the first people he hires to pay them a denarius each. However, when he pays everyone at the end of the day, he pays each worker a denarius, even those who only worked for one hour. When the workers who were hired first complain about this, he points out that he can do what he wants with his own money, and they agreed to work for one denarius each. Jesus uses this story to illustrate the point he makes before ([19:30](../19/30.md)) and after ([20:16](../20/16.md)) the story: people who are first will be last, and people who are last will be first. What Jesus means is that the rewards and blessings people receive do not always match what people expect, and God can do whatever he wants with the blessings and rewards he gives. While you should not explain the meaning more than Jesus does, make sure that your translation fits with what Jesus is illustrating. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n### Drinking the cup\n\nIn [20:22–23](../20/22.md), Jesus refers to a “cup” from which he is going to drink. He is referring to a figure of speech in the Old Testament that refers to experiencing suffering and pain (for example, see [Psalm 75:8](../psa/75/08.md) and [Isaiah 51:17](../isa/51/17.md)). He means that he will experience suffering, and his disciples must be ready to experience it as well. Since this figure of speech is from the Old Testament, if possible you should preserve it or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in instructions that Jesus gives to his disciples or in speeches that the master of the house gives in the parable. Because of this, many of the forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
20:1 q9qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ 1 To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is like a man”
20:1 jybx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of what Jesus said about how the first will be last and the last first ([19:30](../19/30.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is what I mean:” or “Let me explain:”
20:1 udmx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “came out”
20:1 dzid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἅμα πρωῒ 1 Here, the phrase **with the morning** means that the **master of the house** left as soon as it was morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as soon as the sun rose” or “as soon as it was morning”
20:2 kkv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
20:2 rsbo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συμφωνήσας & μετὰ τῶν ἐργατῶν ἐκ δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν 1 Here Jesus implies that the master of the house found some **workers**, told them what he wanted them to do, and then **agreed** with them on how much he would pay them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some of that information more explicit. Alternate translation: “having located some workers and having agreed to pay them a denarius for the day”
20:2 iwk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 A **denarius** was a silver coin equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “an average wage”
20:3 jpwu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out”
20:3 s8ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ τρίτην ὥραν 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, the **third hour** would be around nine o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 9:00 AM”
20:3 bki1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τρίτην ὥραν 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour three”
20:3 gj3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would wait **in the marketplace** when they wanted to find work. If they had not yet found work, they would be **standing idle**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the marketplace still looking for work”
20:3 q3b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in [11:16](../11/16.md). Alternate translation: “the town square” or “the park”
20:4 tchs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ ὃ ἐὰν ᾖ δίκαιον, δώσω ὑμῖν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that they too should go into the vineyard and that he would give them whatever is right.”
20:4 lzmj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑπάγετε & εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα 1 Here the master of the house implies that he wants these people to work in **the vineyard** along with the other people he already hired. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “go into the vineyard and work there”
20:5 j3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & ἀπῆλθον 1 Here Jesus implies that the people **went** to the vineyard and began to work there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they went to the vineyard and worked there”
20:5 iebk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπῆλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “came out”
20:5 iyzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “Having come out”
20:5 pip4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, the **sixth hour** would be around noon, and the **ninth hour** would be around three o’clock in the afternoon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated the similar time reference in [20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM and 3:00 PM”
20:5 lv4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hours six and nine”
20:5 rfzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως 1 Here Jesus means that the master of the house did and said the same things that he said and did at “the third hour” (see [20:3–4](../20/03–4.md)). He also implies that there were people in the marketplace who agreed to work in his vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of that information more explicit. Alternate translation: “he told even more people that he would pay them whatever was right, and they too agreed to work in his vineyard”
20:6 rfz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
20:6 qvkv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out”
20:6 htkf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ & τὴν ἑνδεκάτην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, **the eleventh {hour}** would be around five o’clock in the afternoon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated the similar time reference in [20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “about 5:00 PM”
20:6 bzdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν ἑνδεκάτην 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour eleven”
20:6 twdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλους ἑστῶτας & ὧδε ἑστήκατε & ἀργοί 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would wait in the marketplace when they wanted to find work. If they had not yet found work, they would be **standing idle**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “others still looking for work … have you been standing here looking for work”
20:6 y4cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
20:6 r3cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγει αὐτοῖς, τί ὧδε ἑστήκατε ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἀργοί 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asks them why they had stood there idle the whole day.”
20:7 s9i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said … He said”
20:7 yhgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes αὐτῷ, ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἐμισθώσατο λέγει αὐτοῖς, ὑπάγετε καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to him that it was because no one hired them. He says to them that they too should go into the vineyard.”
20:7 me25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑπάγετε & εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα 1 Here the master of the house implies that he wants these people to work in **the vineyard** along with the other people he already hired. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “go into the vineyard and work there”\n
20:8 bgde rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 Here, **the owner of the vineyard** is the same person whom Jesus previously called “the master of the house” (see [20:1](../20/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that this is the same person. Alternate translation: “the master of the house, who owned the vineyard,” or “the master of the house, who was in charge of the vineyard,”
20:8 niz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
20:8 wq8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **manager** is referring to a worker who supervised or managed the other workers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to his manager, who was in charge of the workers”
20:8 ikgj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular κάλεσον & ἀπόδος 1 Because the master of the house is speaking to his **manager**, the commands throughout this verse are singular.
20:8 x6iv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων 1 Here the owner of the vineyard means that he wants his manager to pay the workers in the reverse order in which they were hired. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “beginning with the last and ending with the first” or “beginning from the last and going backwards to the first”
20:8 z3jz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν ἐσχάτων & τῶν πρώτων 1 The owner of the vineyard is using the adjectives **first** and **last** as nouns to mean the workers who were hired **last** and the workers who were hired **first**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the last workers … the first workers” or “the workers hired last … the workers hired first”
20:9 oy9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
20:9 znkj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones who were hired at about the eleventh hour”
20:9 o4xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν 1 See how you translated the phrase **the eleventh hour** in [20:6](../20/06.md). Alternate translation: “about 5:00 PM”
20:9 af8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour eleven”
20:9 gpkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 See how you translated the word **denarius** in [20:2](../20/02.md). Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “an average wage”
20:10 akoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
20:10 rhds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean the workers who were hired first. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the ones who were hired first”
20:10 pvu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐνόμισαν ὅτι πλεῖον λήμψονται, καὶ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “thought, ‘We will receive more.’ But”
20:10 o0nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πλεῖον 1 Here Jesus implies that **the first** workers thought that they would receive **more** than one denarius, since that is what the workers who started at the end of the day received. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “more than one denarius” or “more than the workers who started latest received”
20:10 vaqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 See how you translated the word **denarius** in [20:2](../20/02.md). Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “an average wage”
20:11 jpxd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
20:12 z05n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν, καὶ ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας, τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the last ones had done one hour, but the master of the house made them equal to themselves, the ones having borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat.”
20:12 a2n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
20:12 pglj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι 1 Here the workers are referring to the other workers who were hired **last**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “These ones who were hired last”
20:12 ewrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἐποίησας 1 Because the workers are speaking to the master of the house, the word **you** is singular.
20:12 fiap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 By **us**, the workers mean themselves who were hired first but not any of the other workers, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
20:12 vy87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα 1 Here, the workers are speaking of their hard work as if it were **burden** that they had **borne**. They also speak as if the **scorching heat** were also an object that they had **borne**. They mean that they had to work hard and experience the hot sun during the middle of the day. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ones having worked hard the whole day and having experienced the scorching heat”
20:12 tpss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας 1 Here, the workers are using the possessive form to describe a **burden** that they had to bear during **the day**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another. Alternate translation: “the burden during the day”
20:13 z5rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the master of the house said in contrast with what the workers were saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response,” or “In contrast,”
20:13 b3fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἑνὶ αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἑταῖρε, οὐκ ἀδικῶ σε. οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι? 1 Alternate translation: “called one of them friend and said to him that he was not wronging him and that he agreed with him for a denarius.”
20:13 y6zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σε. οὐχὶ & συνεφώνησάς 1 Because the master of the house is speaking to one of the workers, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular.
20:13 qbu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι 1 The master of the house is using the question form to remind the worker what he agreed to do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You remember that you agreed with me for a denarius” or “You certainly agreed with me for a denarius!”
20:13 x7rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δηναρίου & μοι 1 Here the master of the house implies that the worker **agreed** to work **for a denarius**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “me to work for a denarius”
20:14 scu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἆρον τὸ σὸν & ὕπαγε & σοί 1 Because the master of the house is speaking to one of the workers, the commands and the words **yours** and **you** throughout this verse are singular.
20:14 nedg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the master of the house is going to do in contrast to what the worker wishes he would do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Despite what you want,”
20:14 hv8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τούτῳ τῷ ἐσχάτῳ 1 The master of the house is using the adjective **last** as a noun to mean workers who were hired last. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to this worker who was hired last”
20:14 h8w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τούτῳ τῷ ἐσχάτῳ 1 The phrase **this last** represents the **last** ones in general, not one particular last one. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to these last”
20:14 rt0p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὡς καὶ σοί 1 The master of the house is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as I give also to you”
20:15 m2o9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a contrasting alternative to what the master of the house has said about what he wants to do. He then uses the question form to show that this alternate is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a false alternative, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,”
20:15 h3uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς? 1 The master of the house is using the question form to remind the worker that can do what he wants with his own things. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Remember that it is lawful for me to do what I desire with what is mine.” or “It is certainly lawful for me to do what I desire with what is mine!”
20:15 thk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 2 Here, the word **Or** introduces a second question that again shows that the worker should not complain about how the master of the house is behaving. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar idea, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,”
20:15 dus3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι? 1 The master of the house is using the question form to rebuke the worker. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your eye should not be evil because I am good.” or “Do not let your eye be evil because I am good!”
20:15 uc7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν 1 Here, when the master of the house speaks of a person’s **eye** as **evil**, he means that the person is jealous or envious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do you feel jealousy” or “are you envious”
20:15 pesw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου 1 Because the master of the house is speaking to one of the workers, the word **your** is singular.
20:16 tg2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, the phrase **In the same way** introduces how Jesus applies the story he just told. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Just as in that story” or “Here is what that story means:”
20:16 k5fe ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι 1 See how you translated the similar sentence in [19:30](../19/30.md). This sentence switches the order and does not include the word “many,” so make sure you include those differences.
20:16 bhr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἔσχατοι 2 Some ancient manuscripts do not include any words after **last**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “For many are called, but few are chosen” after the word **last**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
20:17 ag3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Then”
20:17 b6ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀναβαίνων 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “coming up”
20:17 csnw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναβαίνων 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as he and the disciples were going up”\n
20:18 brtg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention:”
20:18-19 obl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν & αὐτὸν & σταυρῶσαι & ἀναστήσεται 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, … me … me … to crucify me … I will be raised up”
20:18 nf34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 Jesus is using the pronoun **we** to refer to himself and the disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction.
20:18 toqa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀναβαίνομεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “we are coming up”
20:18 b2f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone will hand the Son of Man over”
20:18 s8uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανάτῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to die”
20:19 rjq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 Here Jesus is speaking specifically of **Gentiles** who rule or control the the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles who rule” or “to the Gentiles who are in charge”
20:19 hbg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **on the third day** refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as the first day, tomorrow as the second day, and the day after tomorrow as the third day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. See how you translated this phrase in [17:23](../17/23.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days later”
20:19 pn84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three”
20:19 xis6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be restored to life”
20:19 kr7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀναστήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “he will raise himself up”
20:20 sx75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces the next major event in the story. It happened sometime soon after Jesus spoke the words recorded in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Then** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,” or “After Jesus said those things,”
20:20 giba rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 Here Matthew introduces **the mother of the sons of Zebedee** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “the mother of the sons of Zebedee was there. She approached him”
20:20 zr9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 Here Matthew refers to James and John, who were **the sons of Zebedee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of James and John, the sons of Zebedee,”
20:20 epap rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσκυνοῦσα 1 In the woman’s culture, **bowing down** to a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what **bowing down** means. Alternate translation: “prostrating herself” or “bowing down to him in respect”
20:20 r25c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αἰτοῦσά τι παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking, ‘Please do something for me.’”
20:21 lhj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν αὐτῇ, τί θέλεις? 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked her what she desired.”
20:21 wbk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θέλεις 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the mother of the sons of Zebedee, the word **you** is singular.
20:21 vstn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “She said”
20:21 gvrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative εἰπὲ 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you say”
20:21 hqti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular εἰπὲ & δεξιῶν & σου & σου 1 Because the mother of the sons of Zebedee is speaking to Jesus, the command the word **your** are singular throughout what she says.
20:21 b8xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction καθίσωσιν & εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου 1 When someone sits at the **right hand** or at the **left hand** of a ruler, this symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “might sit down to rule, one at your right hand and one at your left hand” or “might took the places of honor and authority, one at your right hand and one at your left hand”
20:21 z43h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου 1 Here, the phrases **at your right hand** and **at your left hand** refer to the places next to Jesus’ right and left hands, which would be the right side and the left side. In the Jesus’ culture, these sides were associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side” and “left side.” Make sure that your readers understand that these sides indicate that the two sons of Zebedee would have honor and authority when they sits there. Alternate translation: “one at your right side and one at your left side” or “one in the honorable place at your right and one in the honorable place at your left”
20:22 gx17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἶπεν 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus is speaking directly to the two sons of Zebedee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “said to her two sons”
20:22 f9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν 1 Here Jesus speaks of experiencing pain and suffering as if it were drinking from a **cup**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the pain that I am about to experience” or “to experience the suffering that I am about to experience”
20:22 wing rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον 1 Here, **cup** represents the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would probably have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the drink” or “the wine in the cup”
20:22 g28n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants πίνειν 1 Many ancient manuscripts end the question with the word **drink**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include after the word **drink** the words “or to be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
20:22 d4rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 The pronoun **They** refers to the sons of Zebedee. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee say”
20:22 zg5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said”
20:22 rrl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive δυνάμεθα 1 By **We**, the sons of Zebedee mean themselves, but not their mother or Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
20:22 n5qs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis δυνάμεθα 1 The sons of Zebedee are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We are able to drink that cup”
20:23 xrz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
20:23 m4d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ & ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε 1 Here Jesus again speaks of experiencing pain and suffering as if it were drinking from a **cup**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed this idea in [20:22](../20/22.md). Alternate translation: “You will experience the pain that I experience” or “You will experience the suffering that I experience”
20:23 ob2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ & ποτήριόν μου 1 Here, **cup** represents the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would probably have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My drink” or “The wine in my cup”
20:23 elnr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants πίεσθε 1 Many ancient manuscripts end the question with the word **drink**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include after the word **drink** the words “and you will be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
20:23 zk4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 When someone sits at the **right hand** or at the **left hand** of a ruler, this symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. See how you translated the similar phrases in [20:21](../20/21.md). Alternate translation: “But to sit down to rule at my right hand and at my left hand” or “to take the places of honor and authority at my right hand and at my left hand”
20:23 aq1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 Here, the phrases **at my right hand** and **at my left hand** refer to the places next to Jesus’ right and left hands, which would be the right side and the left side. In the Jesus’ culture, these sides were associated with honor or authority. See how you expressed the idea in [20:21](../20/21.md). Alternate translation: “at my right side and at my left side” or “in the honorable places at my right and at my left”
20:23 mu7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οἷς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but it will be given to the ones for whom”
20:23 sj51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Father has prepared it”
20:23 x5f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
20:24 z9r3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ δέκα 1 Matthew is using the number **ten** as a noun to refer to other ten disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other ten disciples” or “the rest of the disciples”
20:25 h86l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
20:25 u55y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses Alternate translation: “the rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them; indeed, the great ones exercise authority over them” or “the rulers of the Gentiles and the great ones lord it over them”
20:25 btlv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατακυριεύουσιν & κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 The words translated **lord it over** and **exercise authority over** refer to using power to control and dominate others. The words do not indicate whether **the rulers** and **the great ones** are doing good or bad things with their power. If possible, use words or phrases that refer to total control and domination but that do not imply good or bad use of that control and domination. Alternate translation: “reign absolutely over … have complete authority over”
20:25 aqzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “rule over” or “control”
20:26 q083 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative οὐχ οὕτως ἔστιν 1 Here Jesus could be using the present tense to: (1) give a command or instruction. Alternate translation: “It should not be this way” or “Let it not be this way” (2) state how things work differently among his disciples. Alternate translation: “That is not how it is”
20:26-27 eaiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν μέγας γενέσθαι, ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος & καὶ ὃς ἂν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος, ἔσται ὑμῶν δοῦλος 1 These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second sentence is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two sentences Alternate translation: “whoever desires to become great among you will be your servant; indeed, whoever desires to be first among you will be your slave” or “whoever desires to become first or great among will you be your servant or slave”
20:26 y4qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἔσται 1 Jesus is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “should be” or “has to be”
20:27 j3ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πρῶτος 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of being important or respected as if it were being **first**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this word in [19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “respected” or “significant”\n
20:27 u8ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἔσται 1 Jesus is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “should be” or “has to be”
20:28 m27d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, … my”
20:28 ohi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “came to serve, and to give his life as a ransom in exchange for many, not to be served”
20:28 iz71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διακονηθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “for people to serve him”
20:28 c7r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he came to serve”
20:28 zh3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **his life** were a price or **ransom** he would **give** to free **many** from someone or something that owned or controlled them. He means that he will obtain forgiveness for his people’s sins and will keep those sins from controlling them. This is an important biblical image, so if possible preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “to offer his life as if it were a ransom to set many free from sin”
20:28 zv1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to allow himself to die”
20:28 yv3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”
20:29 qsvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Ἰερειχὼ 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus and the disciples had previously entered Jericho. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “after visiting Jericho, as they were going out from the city” or “as they were traveling through Jericho”
20:29 ptk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “as they were coming out”
20:29 ev2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples”
20:30 naag rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ ἰδοὺ, δύο τυφλοὶ καθήμενοι παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει 1 Matthew is using the phrase **behold, two blind men** to introduce these two people as new participants in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “And there were two blind men sitting beside the road. When they heard that Jesus is passing”
20:30 kpep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Jesus is passing by,’”
20:30 gy5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”\n
20:30 kph1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask you to have mercy on us”
20:30 y0d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to us”
20:30 usrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἐλέησον 1 Because the two blind men are speaking to Jesus, the request is singular.
20:30 t577 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Here, the word **Son** means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of **David**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”\n
20:30 o638 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** could implicitly mean “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Son of David, Messiah”
20:31 czuj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
20:31 ttio rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
20:31 hlj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you have mercy on us”
20:31 t6mo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to us”
20:31 fdrm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἐλέησον 1 Because the two blind men are speaking to Jesus, the request is singular.
20:31 rni0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Here, the word **Son** means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of **David**. Express the idea as you did in [20:30](../20/30.md). Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “you who are descended from David”
20:31 a3lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** could implicitly mean “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Express the idea as you did in [20:30](../20/30.md). Alternate translation: “Son of David, Messiah”
20:32 va1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν, τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “and asked them what they desired him to do for them.”
20:33 k9mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said”
20:33 xdgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Κύριε, ἵνα 1 The blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Lord, we desire that”
20:33 yb39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν. 1 Here, the clause **that our eyes might be opened** indicates that the two blind men want to be able to see with their **eyes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that our eyes might be healed” or “that our eyes might see”
20:33 q3o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “our eyes might become open”
20:34 hin4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having sympathized with them”
20:34 l3nz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Here, the phrase **followed him** could indicate that: (1) the two blind men traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. Alternate translation: “they became his disciples” or “they traveled with him as his students” (2) the two blind men walked with Jesus on the road. Alternate translation: “they walked with him” or “they went with him”
21:intro ni1x 0 # Matthew 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n9. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n * Jesus enters Jerusalem (21:1–11)\n * Jesus drives people out of the temple and argues with the leaders (21:12–17)\n * Jesus curses a fig tree (21:18–22)\n * Jesus speaks with the chief priests and elders (21:23–46)\n * Questions about authority (21:23–27)\n * The parable of the two children (21:28–32)\n * The parable of the vineyard (21:33–41)\n * The stone that the builders rejected (21:42–44)\n * The reaction of the chief priests and elders (21:45–46)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [21:5](../21/05.md), [21:9](../21/09.md), and [21:42](../21/42.md), which are mostly quotes from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nIn [21:1–4](../21/01.md), Jesus instructs two of his disciples to collect a donkey and a colt for him to use as he enters into Jerusalem. Matthew comments that Jesus did that in fulfillment of [Zechariah 9:9](../zec/09/09.md), which indicates that a special king of Israel will ride on a donkey and on a colt, which is a poetic way of referring to a donkey that is a colt. In the story in Matthew, Matthew refers to both the donkey and the colt that the disciples collect, but he does not indicate which one Jesus actually rides. Make sure that it is clear that there are two animals that match the way that [Zechariah 9:9](../zec/09/09.md) was written, but do not indicate which one Jesus rode on.\n\n### Hosanna\n\nThe word “Hosanna” is a Hebrew word spelled out how it sounds in Matthew’s language. The word means “save us, please.” By the time of Jesus, however, people would use the word to praise or honor God and others. Consider whether to spell the word out as it sounds or state its meaning. See the notes on [21:9](../21/09.md) and [21:15](../21/15.md) for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Disrupting activity in the temple area\n\nIn [21:12–13](../21/12.md), Jesus disrupts normal activity in the temple by driving out some people and by overturning the chairs and tables of others. Jesus performed this symbolic action to express a specific message. However, Christians debate exactly what the symbolic action means. Jesus could have been protesting against people who were buying and selling dishonestly. He could have been protesting against all buying and selling in the temple area. He could have been indicating that the temple would be destroyed. Your translation should state what Jesus did while allowing for all of these possible interpretations.\n\n### The baptism of John\n\nIn [21:25–27](../21/25.md), Jesus and the chief priests and elders discuss “the baptism of John.” Here they are referring to how John baptized people for repentance. Jesus asks them whether they think that John’s baptism came from heaven or from people, which means that he performed baptisms by God’s authority or by human authority. The chief priests and elders decide not to answer the question. See the notes on these verses for ways to refer to John’s baptism and to the authority behind it.\n\n### Renting out a vineyard\n\nIn [21:33–41](../21/33.md), Jesus tells a story about a man who built a vineyard and then rented it out to farmers. Jesus is referring to a common arrangement in which a wealthy person who owned property would have poorer people use that property for farming or tending grapes. These poorer people would do the work and then sell the produce, and they would give the person who owned the property a portion of what they made. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of arrangement, make sure that your translation is clear about what is happening in the story.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The parable of the two children\n\nIn [21:28–32](.
21:1 f8fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ὅτε 1 Here, the phrase **And when** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then”
21:1 z5qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἤγγισαν & ἦλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “they went near … went”
21:1 tf8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἤγγισαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples came near”
21:1 p3g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 The word **Bethphage** is the name of a village that was near Jerusalem.
21:1 u8fj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 Here Matthew implies that **Bethphage** is near **the Mount of Olives**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “near the Mount of Olives” or “which is at the Mount of Olives”
21:2 ruc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων αὐτοῖς 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said to them”
21:2 ubr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορεύεσθε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of **Go**. Alternate translation: “Come”
21:2 ku9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὴν κώμην, τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν 1 Here, a **village** that is **opposite** someone means that it is directly in front of them. Jesus is here referring to the village of Bethphage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the village directly in front of you” or “the village of Bethphage, which is before you”
21:2 wen2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὄνον δεδεμένην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “a donkey that a person has tied up”
21:2 pq2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δεδεμένην 1 Here Jesus implies that someone has used a rope or tether to secure the **donkey** so that it cannot wander away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “secured with a tether”
21:2 ure7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πῶλον 1 A **colt** is a young donkey that is no longer a baby but is not yet full grown. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “one of her young ones” or “a young donkey”
21:3 o47q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that they will only have to say these words if someone **says anything** to them. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Now suppose someone says something to you. Then you should say”
21:3 yv1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι 1 Here Jesus is implying that people might ask the disciples why they are taking someone’s donkey and colt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “confronts you about what you are doing” or “speaks to you about what you are doing”
21:3 qwvf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you will say that the Lord has need of them,”
21:3 hiro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Κύριος 1 Here, the word **Lord** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “The Lord, our teacher,” (2) God. Alternate translation: “The Lord God”
21:3 pfcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀποστελεῖ 1 Although the term **he** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person will send them”
21:4 yi1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces Matthew’s comment on what he has narrated so far. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a comment from the narrator, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I note that” or “As a matter of fact,”
21:4 nybn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο & γέγονεν 1 Here, the word **this** refers to what Jesus has just instructed two of his disciples to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to those instructions more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus gave those instructions”
21:4 n979 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from what Jesus commanded. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus commanded those things. Alternate translation: “in order that”\n
21:4 dsar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the speaking, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill that which God said through the prophet”
21:4 x3up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 Here, the **prophet** whom Matthew is speaking about is Zechariah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “through the prophet Zechariah”
21:4 inek rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Zehariah (see [Zechariah 9:9](../zec/09/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Zechariah” or “who declared”
21:5 btvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών, ἰδοὺ, ὁ βασιλεύς σου ἔρχεταί σοι, πραῢς καὶ ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Tell the daughter of Zion that her King is coming to her, humble and riding on a donkey, and on a colt, a son of a beast of burden.”
21:5 whn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών 1 The prophet is using the phrase **daughter of Zion** to mean the people who live in the city of **Zion**, which is Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. If you do, make sure that you use plural forms of “you” throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion”
21:5 rdb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention:”
21:5 on0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου & σοι 1 Since someone is talking to **the daughter of Zion**, the words **your** and **you** are singular.
21:5 yjsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 Here, the author of the quotation refers to one animal both as a **donkey** and as a **colt**, which is **a son of a beast of burden**. This was poetic in his culture. Matthew knows that this is a poetic form, but his story refers to two animals, both a **donkey** and a **colt**. If possible, express the idea in such a way that this quotation could be referring to either one or two animals. Alternate translation: “on a donkey, riding on a colt, a son of a beast of burden”
21:5 e9pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πῶλον 1 A **colt** is a young donkey that is no longer a baby but is not yet full grown. See how you translated this word in [21:2](../21/02.md). Alternate translation: “a young donkey”
21:5 fx3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 Here the author of the quotation refers to the direct offspring of **a beast of burden** as if it were its **son**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a foal of a beast of burden”
21:5 a6qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑποζυγίου 1 A **beast of burden** is an animal that is used to perform jobs that require strength, such as carrying or pulling heavy objects. In Jesus’ culture, the phrase almost always referred to a donkey. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make some of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “of a work animal” or “of a draft animal”
21:6 ln9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
21:6 sjdb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθέντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come”
21:7 r6db rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν πῶλον 1 A **colt** is a young donkey that is no longer a baby but is not yet full grown. See how you translated this word in [21:2](../21/02.md). Alternate translation: “a young donkey”
21:7 fgbo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐπεκάθισεν ἐπάνω αὐτῶν 1 Here Matthew does not specify which animal Jesus sat on, and if possible you should not specify either. If you need to include an object for **sat**, you could refer generally to one of the animals. Alternate translation: “he sat upon them on one of the animals”
21:7 q6r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 3 Here, the word **them** could refer to: (1) the **cloaks**. Alternate translation: “the cloaks” (2) the **donkey** and the **colt**. Alternate translation: “the animals”
21:8 s8x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
21:8 e3t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ὁ & πλεῖστος ὄχλος 1 Matthew says **the largest crowd** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “an enormous crowd”
21:8 t29s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 The people did these things to give Jesus honor and glory. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of these actions. Alternate translation: “spread their cloaks on the road to give him honor, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them on the road to give him glory”
21:8 cy6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλοι 1 Matthew is using the adjective **others** as a noun to mean other people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “different people”
21:9 exm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
21:9 vo7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go οἱ προάγοντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “coming before”
21:9 x1l1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
21:9 ky4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ὡσαννὰ & ὡσαννὰ 1 The word **Hosanna** is a Hebrew word. Matthew has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. **Hosanna** had an original meaning of “save now,” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell **Hosanna** the way it sounds in your language or you could translate it according to how the word was used. Alternate translation: “Honor … Honor”
21:9 ysb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 Here, the word **Son** means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of **David**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Descendant of David” or “the one who is descended from David”\n
21:9 gk06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** could implicitly mean “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Son of David, the Messiah”
21:9 dtjl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 Here the crowds are quoting from [Psalm 118:26](../psa/118/26.md). Since they do not introduce the words as a quotation from an important text, you also should not introduce them as anything more than what the crowds said. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include this information in a footnote.
21:9 fc0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 The phrase **Blessed is the one** could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “Let the one coming in the name of the Lord be blessed” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The one coming in the name of the Lord is blessed”
21:9 c61m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὐλογημένος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “Let God bless”
21:9 q52t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 Here, the word **name** refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by your authority of the Lord”\n
21:9 jt8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡσαννὰ 2 Here, the word **Hosanna** could refer to praising: (1) Jesus, the **Son of David**. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to this one” (2) God, who sent Jesus. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to God”
21:9 g73z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 The people are using the adjective **highest** as a noun to mean the highest heavens, where God dwells. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the highest heavens”
21:10 cb4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις λέγουσα 1 Matthew is using the term **city** to mean the people who live in that city. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city were shaken, saying”\n
21:10 f1ao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus did and how the crowds greeted him. Alternate translation: “this shook the whole city”
21:10 p0gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐσείσθη 1 Here, Matthew is speaking of people becoming agitated as if they were **shaken**. He could be implying: (1) that the people were concerned or confused. Alternate translation: “was disturbed” or “was greatly concerned” (2) that the people were excited. Alternate translation: “was excited”
21:10 g6pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσα 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and the people said”
21:11 nqb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Ναζαρὲθ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Here, the crowds are using the possessive form to describe **Nazareth** as a place in **Galilee**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Nazareth, a town in Galilee”
21:12 y9j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν & εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus entered into the **temple** area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “entered into the temple courtyard”
21:12 w7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Matthew implies that merchants were **selling** animals and other items so that travelers could buy them and offer the proper sacrifices at the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the ones selling and buying things in the temple for the sacrifices”
21:12 u1oe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν 1 Here Matthew is referring to people who exchanged the commonly used Greek and Roman money for special money that could be used at the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the tables of the people who exchanged money” or “the tables of the people who exchanged the temple currency”
21:12 iyox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστεράς 1 Here Matthew refers to people who sold **doves**, which the poorest people would offer as sacrifices. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the seats of the ones selling the doves to be sacrificed”
21:13 om5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
21:13 hvrv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people who were buying, selling, and exchanging things in the temple area. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the people who were buying and selling”
21:13 q41c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Jesus’ culture, **It is written** was a normal way to introduce quotations from important texts, in this case, the books of Isaiah and Jeremiah (see [Isaiah 56:7](../isa/56/07.md) and [Jeremiah 7:11](../jer/07/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from important texts. Alternate translation: “You can read in the Scriptures” or “It says in the books of Isaiah and Jeremiah”
21:13 kp7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through prophets. Alternate translation: “The prophets said” or “God had the prophets write”
21:13 z8gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ οἶκός μου & κληθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “They will call my house”
21:13 n9v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ οἶκός μου 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as **My house** because his presence is there. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My temple”
21:13 bd8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 Here God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, is using the possessive form to describe a **house** that is a place where people perform **prayer**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a house where prayer is offered” or “a place where there is prayer”
21:13 c7l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 Here God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to the temple as a **den** where **robbers** hide and plot their crimes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “a place where robbers live” or “like a cave where robbers hide”
21:14 a2sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ 1 Matthew is using the adjectives **blind** and **lame** as nouns to mean people who were blind and lame. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who were blind and lame”
21:14 q405 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus was in the **temple** area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. See how you expressed the idea in [21:12](../21/12.md). Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
21:15 u6ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces how **the chief priests and the scribes** reacted in contrast with how most of the people reacted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
21:15 r3bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Here Matthew means that **the children** were in the **temple** area. He does not mean that they were in the most sacred parts of the temple building. See how you expressed the idea in [21:12](../21/12.md). Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
21:15 c3qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντας, ὡσαννὰ τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “giving hosannas to the Son of David,”
21:15 fqr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ὡσαννὰ 1 See how you translated **Hosanna** in [21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “Honor”
21:15 c6k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Son of David** in [21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “to the Descendant of David” or “to the one who is descended from David”
21:16 wu5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν 1 Here the chief priests and the scribes are implying that what **these** children are saying is bad or wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do you hear the wrong things that these are saying”
21:16 dhoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀκούεις 1 Since the chief priests and the scribes are talking to Jesus, the word **you** here is singular.
21:16 zx4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οὗτοι 1 The chief priests and scribes are using the adjective **these** as a noun to mean specific children. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “these children”
21:16 gm6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
21:16 twg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ναί 1 Here, the word **Yes** implies that Jesus thinks that what the children are saying is not wrong or bad. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yes, and they are doing what is good” or “Yes, and they are right”
21:16 luy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the chief priests and scribes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise.’” or “Surely you have read, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’!”
21:16 iqlm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε 1 Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see [Psalm 8:2](../psa/08/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Have you never read in the book of Psalms” or “Have you never read in our Scriptures”\n
21:16 qa9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ στόματος 1 Here, **mouths** represents speaking or things that are spoken. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From the voices” or “From the speech”
21:16 qyka rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων 1 The terms **little children** and **nursing infants** mean similar things. The author of the quotation is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of the youngest children”
21:16 jgu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **praise**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you have chosen to be praised” or “you have prepared praising words”
21:16 qe4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular κατηρτίσω 1 Since the author of the quotation is talking to God, the word **you** here is singular.
21:17 hoes rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the chief priests and the scribes (see [21:15](../21/15.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests and the scribes”
21:17 abq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went out”
21:17 t65g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came out”
21:17 cmd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς πόλεως 1 Here, the phrase **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem”
21:18 q488 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
21:18 yk9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπανάγων 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were returning”
21:18 m22l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν 1 Here, the phrase **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem”
21:19 l3bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came”
21:19 h2la rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδὲν εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον 1 If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “found only leaves on it”
21:19 s0vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
21:19 uf93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns καρπὸς 1 Here, the word **fruit** is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fruits”
21:19 d1d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοῦ 1 Since the Jesus is talking to the fig tree, the word **you** here is singular.
21:19 r0s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 Here, the phrase **to eternity** means that something lasts forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever” or “ever again”
21:20 mzry rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
21:21 qye0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
21:21 nd3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε, οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε, ἀλλὰ κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that a person with **faith** can do amazing things, like casting a **mountain** into the sea. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that you had faith and did not doubt. In that case, you could do not only what was of the fig tree. Even more, you could say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ and it would happen”
21:21 mwl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have faith without doubting” or “you truly believe”
21:21 zu6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔχητε πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you believe”
21:21 r61a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ τῆς συκῆς 1 Here Jesus is referring to what he did to the fig tree. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what I did to the fig tree” or “things like what I did to the fig tree”
21:21 jf9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you tell this mountain to be taken up and to be thrown into the sea, it will happen”
21:21 qfo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ 1 Here, the phrase **this mountain** could refer to: (1) the Mount of Olives, which Jesus and his disciples were near. Alternate translation: “to the Mount of Olives” or “to the mountain we are near” (2) any mountain. Alternate translation: “to a mountain”
21:21 erml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation: “May God take you up and throw you into the sea”
21:21 lrgd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι 1 Since someone is talking to a mountain, the commands here are singular.
21:22 lsb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo πάντα ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε 1 The expression **everything, as much as you request** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that you request”
21:22 a72c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as you pray”
21:23 m6cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “when he had gone”
21:23 uge9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus entered into the **temple** area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard”\n
21:23 lzfr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ 1 Here Matthew implies that **the people** refers to the Jewish people group. These are **elders** who are respected among the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the elders who lead the Jewish people”
21:23 kw71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διδάσκοντι 1 Here Matthew indicates that Jesus is **teaching**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as he was teaching”
21:23 d6dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
21:23 b56y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην 1 The question **By what authority do you do these things** and the question **who gave you this authority** could: (1) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, and who is the one who gave you this authority” (2) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If you choose this option, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who was it who gave you the authority to do these things?”
21:23 mtt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “How are you empowered to do these things, and who empowered you in this way”
21:23 s1w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 Here, the phrase **these things** refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do you teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple”
21:23 pji9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ποιεῖς & σοι 1 Since the chief priests and the elders are talking to Jesus, the words **you** and **you** here are singular.
21:24 t36k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy λόγον ἕνα 1 Jesus is using the term **word** to refer to what Jesus will ask. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one thing”
21:24 h7hs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you expressed the idea in [21:23](../21/23.md). Alternate translation: “how I am empowered to do these things”
21:24 da2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιῶ 1 Here, the phrase **these things** refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. See how you translated the similar phrase in [21:23](../21/23.md). Alternate translation: “I teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple”
21:25 d4t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, πόθεν ἦν 1 Here, Jesus first introduces the **baptism of John** and then asks a question about it. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word **it** would be redundant in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “From where was the baptism of John”
21:25 w2ok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a kind of **baptism** that was performed by **John**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The baptism that John performed”
21:25 kp9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **baptism**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When John baptized people”
21:25 r7ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ -1 Here, **heaven** represents God because it is where he dwells. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From God … From God”
21:25 th4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “from humans”
21:25 bymp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
21:25 i5ai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **among themselves** could mean: (1) that the chief priests and elders were **reasoning** with each other. Alternate translation: “with one another” (2) that the chief priests and elders were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within themselves”
21:25 emhs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
21:25 vvt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that it was from heaven, then he will ask us for what reason we did not believe him.”
21:25 seb0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 Here the chief priests and elders use an imaginary situation to help them decide how to answer the question. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine that we say, ‘From heaven.’ In that case, he will say to us, ‘Why then did you not believe him?’”
21:25 jmg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 The chief priests and elders expect that Jesus would use the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed him.” or “You certainly should have believed him, then!”
21:26 iysl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν & εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here the chief priests and elders use an imaginary situation to help them decide how to answer the question. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that we say, ‘From men.’ In that case, we fear the crowd”
21:26 zxn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν & εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if we say that it was from men,”
21:26 fply rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “From humans”
21:26 vn6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον, πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “the crowd regard John as a prophet, so we fear them all”
21:26 kefe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and elders feared what **the crowd** would do if they answered in this way. They might have rioted or attacked them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot”
21:26 hhrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντες & ἔχουσιν 1 The chief priests and elders say **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of them regard”
21:27 wv8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces what the chief priests and scribes did as a result of what they said to each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of an action. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,”
21:27 eq25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 The chief priests and elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John was from”
21:27 ylr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 With the words **Neither do I tell you**, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” or “Well then, neither do I tell you”
21:27 foa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you expressed the idea in [21:23](../21/23.md). Alternate translation: “how I am empowered to do these things”
21:27 hibc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιῶ 1 Here, the phrase **these things** refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. See how you translated the similar phrase in [21:23](../21/23.md). Alternate translation: “I teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple”
21:28 awdi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next topic that Jesus wishes to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
21:28 iem2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί & ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to get the attention of the chief priests and the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I want you to pay attention to what I am about to say.” or “listen to this!”
21:28 u56n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἄνθρωπος εἶχεν τέκνα δύο 1 To teach the chief priests and the elders, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: A man had two children”
21:28 y2an rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῷ πρώτῳ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean the first child. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first child”
21:28 avgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ πρώτῳ 1 Here, the word **first** could imply that: (1) this child was the older one. Alternate translation: “the older” (2) this child simply the first one with whom the father spoke. Alternate translation: “the first one he found”
21:28 i25l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῷ πρώτῳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “child one”
21:28 qozl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, τέκνον, ὕπαγε σήμερον, ἐργάζου ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he called him son and told him to go work that day in the vineyard.”
21:28 m89p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὕπαγε & ἐργάζου 1 Since the man is talking to one of his children, the commands here are singular.
21:28 eetj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ὕπαγε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “come”
21:29-31 a0l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants οὐ θέλω; ὕστερον δὲ μεταμεληθεὶς, ἀπῆλθεν & ἐγώ, κύριε, καὶ οὐκ ἀπῆλθεν & ὁ πρῶτος. 1 Many ancient manuscripts have the story as the ULT presents it. Some ancient manuscripts tell the story in a different sequence or with different answers to the questions. See the chapter introduction for more information. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
21:29 y9eg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the man’s child said in contrast with what his father told him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response,” or “In contrast,”
21:29 mnpt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, οὐ θέλω 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said that he would not,”
21:29 alwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ θέλω 1 Here the man’s child means that he **will not** go and work in the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will not work in the vineyard”
21:29 ub09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὕστερον 1 Here, the word **afterward** introduces something that happened after the man’s child said **I will not**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces something that happened later. Alternate translation: “later that day”
21:29 b96z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μεταμεληθεὶς 1 Here, the phrase **changed his mind** refers to deciding to do something that one had previously chosen not to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having second thoughts” or “having reconsidered”
21:29 jlpc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν 1 Here Jesus implies that the man’s child **went** to the vineyard and worked there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he went and worked in the vineyard”
21:29 prdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came”
21:30 sbk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
21:30 z073 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῷ ἑτέρῳ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **other** as a noun to mean the other child. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other child”
21:30 mrxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἶπεν ὡσαύτως 1 Here Jesus means that the man said the same things that he said to the the first child (see [21:28](../21/28.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he said the same thing” or “he told him also to go work in his vineyard”
21:30 ne3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, ἐγώ, κύριε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “called him lord and said that he would,”
21:30 cq83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγώ 1 Here the man’s child means that he **will** go and work in the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will work in the vineyard”
21:30 jxqd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness κύριε 1 In Jesus’ culture, the word **lord** was a polite way for a child to address a father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that is a polite way to address a father in your culture. Alternate translation: “sir”
21:30 cy4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἀπῆλθεν 1 Here Jesus implies that the man’s child **did not go** to the vineyard and did not work there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he did not go and work in the vineyard”
21:30 fddh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go οὐκ ἀπῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “he did not come”
21:31 ec9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δύο 1 Jesus is using the number **two** as a noun to refer to the two children. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the two of them”
21:31 glju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what his father desired”
21:31 f3v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said … said”
21:31 pdxl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 The chief priests and the scribes are using the number **first** as a noun to refer to the first child. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first child”
21:31 dt0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος. 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Child one”
21:31 v4sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 Here Jesus could be implying that: (1) the tax collectors and prostitutes **enter into the kingdom of God** first, and at least some of the chief priests and elders will **enter** later. Alternate translation: “enter into the kingdom of God first, before you do” (2) the tax collectors and prostitutes **enter into the kingdom of God** instead of the chief priests and elders. Alternate translation: “enter into the kingdom of God instead of you”
21:32 djem rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a basis for what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why I say that:”
21:32 a8z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
21:32 n2ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the righteous way”
21:32 cn7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 Here Jesus uses the word **way** to refer to behavior in life. More specifically, he could mean that: (1) John lived a life characterized by **righteousness**. Alternate translation: “living righteously” or “behaving in righteous ways” (2) John showed others how to live lives characterized by **righteousness**. Alternate translation: “to show you how to be righteous”
21:32 c5t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
21:32 w855 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ μετεμελήθητε 1 Here, the phrase **change your minds** refers to deciding to do something that one had previously chosen not to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not have second thoughts” or “did not reconsider”
21:33 yd4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἀκούσατε: ἄνθρωπος ἦν 1 To teach the chief priests and the elders, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this story: There was a man”
21:33 ipgn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἄνθρωπος ἦν οἰκοδεσπότης, ὅστις 1 Matthew is using the phrase **There was a man, a landowner** to introduce this person into the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “A man, a landowner,”
21:33 v39u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φραγμὸν 1 A **hedge** is a thick wall made out of busy plants that were planted close together. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of wall, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a wall made of bushes” or “wall of plants”
21:33 eu7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 As the rest of the story shows, the man **rented** the vineyard not for regular cash payments but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop”
21:34 cm82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
21:34 p5b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἤγγισεν ὁ καιρὸς τῶν καρπῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the time of the fruits** refers to the time of year when the grape vines produced grapes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it was almost harvest time” or “the grapes were almost ripe”
21:34 rutc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λαβεῖν τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Here the master of the house wants to **receive** the share of the **fruits** that the farmers agreed to pay him when he rented the vineyard to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to receive his portion of the fruit” or “to receive the fruits that they agreed to pay him”
21:34 c0kg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **fruits** could refer: (1) directly to the grapes that the vineyard produced. Alternate translation: “his grapes” (2) figuratively to what the farmers made when they sold the grapes. Alternate translation: “his money”
21:34 h8l6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καρποὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word translated **his** could refer to: (1) the master of the house, who owned the vineyard. Alternate translation: “the fruits that were his” (2) the vineyard. Alternate translation: “its fruits” or “the fruits of the vineyard”
21:35 n1cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to the master of the house. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the master of the house’s servants”
21:36 sleh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν πρώτων 1 Jesus is using the number **first** as a noun to mean the servants who were sent first. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first servants”
21:36 go2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῶν πρώτων 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the previous ones”
21:36 ezuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως 1 Here Jesus means that the farmers did the same things to these later servants as they did to the first servants (see [21:35](../21/35.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they did the same things to them” or “they beat, killed, or stoned them too”
21:36 c5rn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the farmers, and the pronoun **them** refers to the servants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the farmers did to the servants”
21:37 dknz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὕστερον δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But afterward** introduces something that happened after the man sent many servants to the farmers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces something that happened later. Alternate translation: “After all that happened”
21:37 q5q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ λέγων, ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘They will respect my son,’ he sent to them his son.”
21:37 p4qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they would respect his son”
21:37 t79s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he thought”
21:37 th97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου 1 Here, the man implies that respecting his son would also mean giving him the portion of the fruits that he and the farmers had agreed upon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “They will respect my son and give him my portion of the fruits”
21:38 klel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ δὲ γεωργοὶ ἰδόντες τὸν υἱὸν 1 Here Jesus implies that the son traveled to the vineyard, after which the farmers saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Then the son arrived at the vineyard. But the farmers, having seen him”
21:38 qznw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπον ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτὸν καὶ σχῶμεν τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said among themselves that this man was the heir and that they should come and kill him and have his inheritance”
21:38 so0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **among themselves** could mean: (1) that the farmers were speaking with each other. Alternate translation: “to one another” (2) that the farmers were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within themselves”
21:38 w2w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go δεῦτε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of **Come**. Alternate translation: “Go”
21:38 ns1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces the purpose for which the farmers plan to **kill** the son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that we might”
21:38 k4hv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ 1 Here the farmers are referring primarily to the vineyard, which would be the son’s **inheritance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his inheritance, this vineyard”
21:38 kka8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **inheritance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he will inherit”
21:39 wzlv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces what the farmers did as a result of what they said to each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of an action. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,”\n
21:40 x1ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a question that Jesus asks based on the story that he has told. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question. Alternate translation: “In light of that story” or “Given all that”
21:40 i6zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **lord** who owns **the vineyard**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the lord who owned the vineyard” or “the man whose vineyard it is”
21:40 irlg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔλθῃ 1 Here, the word **comes** indicates that **the lord of the vineyard** returns to the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “returns” or “visits them”
21:41 ss2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests and elders. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders say”
21:41 muyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said”
21:41 cehy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἐκδώσεται ἄλλοις γεωργοῖς 1 Here the chief priests and elders refer to the same kind of arrangement that Jesus referred to in [21:33](../21/33.md). Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “allow other farmers to use it”
21:41 ywl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the phrase **in their times** refers to the time of year when the grape vines produced grapes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [21:34](../21/34.md). Alternate translation: “at harvest time” or “when the grapes are ripe”
21:42 npxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
21:42 kk7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the chief priests and the elders. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “to the chief priests and elders”
21:42 me7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the chief priests and elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read, ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This came about from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” or “Surely you have read, ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This came about from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes’!”
21:42 z9tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς 1 Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see [Psalm 118:22–23](../psa/118/22.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Did you never read in the book of Psalms” or “Have you never read what someone wrote in our Scriptures”
21:42 mcm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 Here the author of the quotation speaks of a person whom others reject as if he were a **stone** that **builders rejected**. He speaks of this person gaining power and respect as if he became **the head of the corner**. Jesus is applying this quotation to himself as the **stone**. However, if possible, preserve the metaphor in your translation, or if necessary you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “A person who is like a stone that the builders rejected, that person has become like the head of the corner”
21:42 fgbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 Here the author of the quotation is referring to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. In this case, the people do not want to use the **stone** for building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “A stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building”
21:42 uid2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The phrase **the head of the corner** refers to a specific stone that is especially key or important for a structure. It could be a stone at the corner of a wall, a stone at the top of an arch, or another important stone. You could use a term for one of these kinds of stones, or you could refer generally to an important or essential stone. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the capstone” or “the most important stone”
21:42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this”
21:42 el83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 Here, **eyes** represents a person’s judgement or evaluation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in our opinion” or “from our perspective”
21:43 u7pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **For this reason** introduces an inference based on the parable that Jesus has told and the quotation in the previous verse.. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that,” or “Therefore,”
21:43 s93a λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is telling the chief priests and elders. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”
21:43 yga5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the kingdom of God** were an object that could **be taken away** and **given**. He means that the ability to be part of God’s kingdom will **be taken away** and **given**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable image or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ability to be in the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation” or “the kingdom of God will no longer accept you and will accept a nation”
21:43 x9nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will take away his kingdom from you and give it”
21:43 cm2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς 1 Here, Jesus speaks of how people behave as if they were plants that produced **fruit**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acting in its ways” or “perform its deeds”
21:43 c7pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς 1 The pronoun **its** refers to **the kingdom of God**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the kingdom more directly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom’s fruits”
21:43 d8wo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **fruits** that are appropriate for the kingdom. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fruits appropriate for it” or “fruits that are required for those who are in the kingdom”
21:44 zm4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants καὶ ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται; ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 Many ancient manuscripts include this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient manuscripts do not include this verse. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
21:44 r7up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται; ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 Here Jesus speaks of people who reject a person as if they had **fallen on this stone** and **will be broken to pieces**. He speaks of people whom this person punishes as if the **stone** fell on them and crushed them. Jesus is applying this quotation to himself as the **stone**. However, if possible, preserve the metaphor in your translation, or if necessary you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “people who have rejected the person I have mentioned are like people who fall on a stone and are broken to pieces. When the person I have mentioned punishes people, it is like a stone falling on them and crushing them”
21:44 e7qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be the **stone**. Alternate translation: “this stone will break to pieces the one having fallen on it”
21:44 xisg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν λίθον τοῦτον 1 Here, **this stone** is the same stone as in [21:42](../21/42.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that stone” or “the stone that became the head of the corner”
21:44 xjw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἐφ’ ὃν & ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 Here, Jesus first introduces on whom the stone **falls** and then state what will happen to that person. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word **him** would be redundant in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it will crush whomever it falls on”
21:44 l37p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτόν 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person”
21:45 gh8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he was speaking”
21:46 kv1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ζητοῦντες αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, ἐφοβήθησαν τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐπεὶ εἰς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the second clause describes. Alternate translation: “Now the crowds regarded him as a prophet, so they, seeking to arrest him, were afraid of those crowds”
21:46 ttbo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν τοὺς ὄχλους 1 Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and Pharisees did not **seize** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they did not do so since they feared the crowds”
21:46 i35y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ὄχλους 1 Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and the Pharisees **feared** what **the crowds** would do if they seized Jesus. They might have rioted or attacked them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot”
22:intro k5ze 0 # Matthew 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n9. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n * The parable of the wedding feast (22:1–14)\n * Jesus debates with the religious leaders (22:15–46)\n * Jesus debates with the Pharisees and Herodians about taxes (22:15–22)\n * Jesus debates with the Sadducees about the resurrection (22:23–33)\n * Jesus debates with a lawyer about the greatest commandment (22:34–40)\n * Jesus asks the religious leaders about the Christ (22:41–46)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [22:44](../22/44.md), which is a quote from [Psalm 110:1](../psa/110/01.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The poll tax\n\nThe word translated “poll tax” refers to a specific amount of money that each adult person had to pay to the government. In Jesus’ time period, the Roman government required Jewish adults to pay a high tax. The Pharisees ask whether this tax that the Roman government required contradicted the law that God gave Moses. Make sure that your readers understand that the Pharisees are asking about a tax that the Roman government required each adult Jewish person to pay.\n\n### A man marrying his brother’s widow\n\nIn [22:23–33](../22/23.md), the Sadducees question Jesus in regard to a hypothetical situation in which a woman marries seven brothers in succession. This situation is based on a command in the Jewish law that can be found in [Deuteronomy 25:5–6](../deu/25/05.md). The law requires a woman who is widowed without children to marry a brother of her late husband. The first child that they have together will be considered the child of the dead man. In this way, that man’s family line would continue. The Sadducees present an extreme application of this law, with seven brothers successively marrying the same woman and dying without having children. They use this example to try to make the idea of resurrection look strange or silly. Make sure that your readers understand the example that the Sadducees present.\n\n### The great commandment\n\nJewish teachers sometimes debated which specific commandment was the greatest or most important one. This was important because, if commandments seemed to contradict each other in a specific situation, the greater one would be the correct one to obey. When the lawyer asks Jesus about “the first and great commandment” in [22:36](../22/36.md), he wants Jesus to offer an opinion about this debate. Make sure that your readers understand that this is what the lawyer is asking about.\n\n### King David and the Christ\n\nIn [22:41–45](../22/41.md), Jesus asks the Pharisees about which important person the Christ is descended from. They give a commonly accepted answer: the Christ is King David’s descendant. Jesus then quotes from [Psalm 110:1](../psa/110/01.md), in which King David, the author of the Psalm, calls God “Lord” but then also calls someone else, the Christ, “my Lord.” Since people in David’s culture called older and more important people “lord,” it does not make sense for David to call his own descendant “Lord.” When Jesus asks about this, he implies that the Christ is indeed King David’s descendant, but he is also more than that. Make sure that this the discussion about calling someone “Lord” is clear to your readers.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The Parable of the Wedding Feast\n\nIn [22:1–14](../22/01.md), Jesus tells a story about a king whose son was getting married. He wanted to throw a feast, so he invited important people to come. However, they refused to come and even mistreated the king’s servants. In response, the king punished those people and instead invited many unimportant people whom his servants found. When the king went to visit these guests, he noticed that one of them was not wearing clothing appropriate for a wedding feast. He had him tied up and puni
22:1 uh33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς 1 Here, the word **answering** indicates that Jesus is responding to how the chief priests and the Pharisees wanted to arrest him (see [21:45–46](../21/45.md)). He is not responding to something that they said to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “responding to what they wanted to do” or “in response”
22:1 zy3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the chief priests, the elders, and the Pharisees, with whom Jesus has been talking. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the chief priests, the elders, and the Pharisees” or “to the Jewish leaders”
22:1 cjpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
22:2 xps3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ 1 To teach the Jewish leaders, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: the kingdom of the heavens is compared to a man”
22:2 dn02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I compare the kingdom of the heavens to” or “The kingdom of the heavens is comparable to”
22:3 cuyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέστειλεν τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, καλέσαι τοὺς κεκλημένους εἰς τοὺς γάμους 1 Here Jesus implies that the king had already sent out invitations and was now sending his servants to let people know that it was time to come to the feast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he invited many guests to the wedding feast. When it was time, he sent out his servants to call the ones having been invited”
22:3 pf8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καλέσαι τοὺς κεκλημένους εἰς τοὺς γάμους 1 Here, the phrase **to the wedding feast** could go with: (1) the phrase **had been invited**. Alternate translation: “to call the the ones having been invited to be guests at the wedding feast” (2) the phrase **to call**. Alternate translation: “to call to go to the wedding feast the ones having been invited”
22:3 wur1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was king himself. Alternate translation: “the ones that the king had invited”
22:3 c007 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces what actually happened in contrast to what the king wanted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but”
22:3 npqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθεῖν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “to go”
22:4 arqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις, ἰδοὺ, τὸ ἄριστόν μου ἡτοίμακα, οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα, καὶ πάντα ἕτοιμα; δεῦτε εἰς τοὺς γάμους. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “telling them to say to the ones having been invited that he had prepared his dinner, that his oxen and fattened calves had been killed, and that all things were ready, so they should come to the wedding feast.”
22:4 myes rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told them”
22:4 c7x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was king himself. Alternate translation: “the ones that I have invited”
22:4 rnkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** is intended to draw the attention of the people who were invited and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks these people to listen. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”
22:4 af2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ ἄριστόν μου ἡτοίμακα 1 Here the king implies that he had his servants prepare the **dinner**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I have had people prepare my dinner”
22:4 xu4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the king’s servants. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and fattened calves”
22:4 krm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ 1 The word **bulls** refers to male cows. The phrase **fattened calves** refers to young cows that were specially fed and taken care of so that they would make good food when they were slaughtered. These animals were valuable and considered to be very good for food. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of animals, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “My male cows and specially fed young cows” or “The special animals that we will eat”
22:4 ro9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τεθυμένα 1 Here the king implies that the **oxen** and **fattened calves** have been slaughtered and prepared for eating. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have been prepared as food”
22:4 ufjh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative δεῦτε 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you come”
22:4 s6sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go δεῦτε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of **Come**. Alternate translation: “Go”
22:5 ee04 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what those people did in contrast to what the king asked them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Despite that,”
22:5 eq7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον, ὃς μὲν εἰς τὸν ἴδιον ἀγρόν, ὃς δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμπορίαν αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus gives examples of what some of the people did instead of attending the wedding feast. He does not mean that there were only two people who were invited. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “went away to do other things, like taking care of fields or businesses”
22:5 ery7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τὸν ἴδιον & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **his** and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to his or her own … his or her”
22:6 l8tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what other guests did in contrast to what some guests did as described in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces that kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
22:6 v5qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ & λοιποὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **rest** as a noun to mean the rest of the invited guests. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the rest of the guests”
22:6 hooe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὕβρισαν καὶ ἀπέκτειναν 1 Here Jesus implies that some of them mistreated some of the servants, while others killed some of the servants. They did not always mistreat and kill each servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “mistreated some and killed others”
22:7 f1da rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
22:7 la7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους, καὶ τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν ἐνέπρησεν 1 Here Jesus implies that the king had **his soldiers** destroy **those murderers** and burn **their city**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had them kill those murders and burn their city”
22:8-9 zemz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγει τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ, ὁ μὲν γάμος ἕτοιμός ἐστιν, οἱ δὲ κεκλημένοι οὐκ ἦσαν ἄξιοι & πορεύεσθε οὖν ἐπὶ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν, καὶ ὅσους ἐὰν εὕρητε, καλέσατε εἰς τοὺς γάμους 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told his servants that the wedding feast was ready, but the ones having been invited were not worthy. So, he commanded them to go to the crossings of the roads and invite as many as they found to teh wedding feast.”
22:8 frei rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
22:8 k98u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ & κεκλημένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was king himself. Alternate translation: “the ones that I had invited”
22:8 y3xo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄξιοι 1 Here the king implies that the people were **not worthy** to attend the wedding feast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “worthy to come” or “worthy to be at the feast”
22:9 sc89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορεύεσθε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “come”
22:9 dq5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the crossings of the roads** could refer to: (1) the places where roads cross other **roads**. Alternate translation: “the street crossings” (2) the places where **roads** from the city cross into the country. Alternate translation: “where the roads leave the city”
22:10 f0k0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out”
22:10 uva7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “both evil people and good people”
22:10 c6ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those reclining to eat filled the wedding”
22:10 fy3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ γάμος 1 Here, **wedding** represents the place where the wedding celebration would take place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “place for the wedding”
22:10 gurp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνακειμένων 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “with those sitting down to eat” or “with those ready to eat”
22:11 bnwu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
22:11 rrin rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go εἰσελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone in”
22:11 a98v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἀνακειμένους 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. See how you expressed the idea in [22:10](../22/10.md). Alternate translation: “the ones sitting down to eat” or “the ones ready to eat”
22:11 o5fi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἔνδυμα γάμου 1 The phrase **wedding clothes** refers to nice or special clothing that people would wear to weddings. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of clothing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “appropriate clothes” or “the correct clothing”
22:12 tjej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγει αὐτῷ, ἑταῖρε, πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου? 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asked him politely how he came in that place, not having wedding clothes.”
22:12 ld9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
22:12 c7iy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου? 1 The king is using the question form to rebuke the man who was not wearing wedding clothes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “it was wrong for you to come in here, not having wedding clothes.” or “you should never have come in here, not having wedding clothes!”
22:12 vm69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular εἰσῆλθες 1 Here, the word **you** is singular because the king is speaking to one of the wedding guests.
22:12 vrwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go εἰσῆλθες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “did you go in”
22:12 si4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἔνδυμα γάμου 1 The phrase **wedding clothes** refers to nice or special clothing that people would wear to weddings. Express the idea as you did in [22:11](../22/11.md). Alternate translation: “appropriate clothes” or “the correct clothing”
22:13 eirl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν τοῖς διακόνοις, δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας, ἐκβάλετε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to bind his feet and hands and to throw him out into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth.”
22:13 tzhp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 Here, the clause **where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth** could be: (1) something that **the king** says. Alternate translation: “into the outer darkness, which is where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth.’” (2) something that Jesus adds in comment. Alternate translation: “into the outer darkness.’ That is where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth.”
22:13 olin rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 Here, the phrase the **outer darkness** refers to a place of punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If possible, preserve the idea of darkness. See how you expressed the similar idea in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “into the dark place of punishment”
22:13 rpy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the dark place outside”
22:13 s9ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would grind their teeth when they experienced anger, grief, and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to an action with comparable meaning or state the meaning of this action plainly. See how you expressed this phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “beating of breasts” or “grinding of the teeth in anger and pain”\n
22:14 yz5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces Jesus’ explanation of the story he has just told. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation. Alternate translation: “Here is what I mean:” or “What that parable illustrates is that”
22:14 hy3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πολλοὶ & εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God calls many, but he chooses few”
22:14 oure rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ & ὀλίγοι 1 Matthew is using the adjectives **many** and **few** as nouns to mean many people and few people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “many people … few people”
22:14 etql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κλητοὶ & ἐκλεκτοί 1 Here Jesus implies that people are **called** and **chosen** to enter into God’s kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “called to enter God’s kingdom … chosen to enter it”
22:14 py1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὀλίγοι & ἐκλεκτοί 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “few are chosen”
22:15 y826 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Then** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later on,” or “Sometime later,”
22:15 gqv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθέντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come”
22:15 m6tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συμβούλιον ἔλαβον 1 Here, the phrase **took counsel** indicates that the Pharisees were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “made plans concerning” or “came up with ideas for”
22:15 u2mj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν 1 Matthew is speaking as if the Pharisees wanted to catch Jesus in a trap. He means that they wanted to get Jesus to say something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might catch him” or “they might cause him to make an error”
22:15 assh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ 1 Here, **word** represents something said in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his speech”
22:15 z068 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν λόγῳ 1 Here, the phrase **in word** could refer to things spoken by: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his words” (2) the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “with their words”
22:16 hhne rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “they sent”
22:16 rf66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 The **Herodians** were a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a short phrase to describe them. Alternate translation: “people who wanted King Herod to continue to rule”
22:16 eae4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντας 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
22:16 ku5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular εἶ & διδάσκεις & σοι & οὐ & βλέπεις 1 Throughout this verse, the word **you** is singular because the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are speaking to Jesus.
22:16 v1tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are using the possessive form to describe a **way** that **God** desires or approves of. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way that pleases God”
22:16 fspk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses the word **way** to refer to behavior in life. More specifically, he means that this behavior pleases **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “behavior that pleases God”
22:16 z92l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a truthful way”
22:16 kaec rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός, οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “since you do not look at the face of men, it is not a concern to you about anyone”
22:16 q5c0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 The Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees use this clause to say that Jesus does not care what others think and say about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not concern yourself with the opinions of others” or “you are not influenced by what others think of you”
22:16 yrh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 The words translated **not** and **anyone** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “it is a concern to you about no one”
22:16 wl4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ μέλει σοι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **concern**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “nothing concerns you”
22:16 t2qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, to **look at the face of men** refers to making decisions about how to treat people based on how they appear. People who **look at the face of men** treat wealthy and important people differently than they treat poor and unimportant people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you do not judge men by appearances” or “for you do not treat people based on what they look like”
22:16 wr6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans”
22:17 wez5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces what the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees want to ask because of what they have claimed to think about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then” or “Since you teach that way”
22:17 e37e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰπὲ & ἡμῖν, τί σοι δοκεῖ? 1 The Herodians and the Pharisees are using the question form to get the attention of Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “tell us what you think.” or “tell us what you think!”
22:17 bl2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative εἰπὲ 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you tell”
22:17 r4d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular εἰπὲ & σοι 1 Here, the imperative and the word **you** are singular because the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are speaking to Jesus.
22:17 uptu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 Here, the word **lawful** could be referring to: (1) whether something is permitted by the Jewish law that God gave to Moses. Alternate translation: “Does the law that God gave to Moses permit us” (2) whether something is generally right or wrong. Alternate translation: “Is it right” or “Is it appropriate”
22:17 a9by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 Here, **Caesar** represents the Roman leaders and government in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Roman leaders” or “to the Roman empire”
22:17 i2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὔ 1 The Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “is it not lawful to do so”
22:18 ezn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
22:18 gwkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν πονηρίαν αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wickedness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that they were acting wickedly”
22:18 a2ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you are testing me, hypocrites.” or “Stop testing me, hypocrites!”
22:19 ostd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ νόμισμα τοῦ κήνσου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **coin** that is used to pay **the poll tax**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the coin used to pay the poll tax”
22:19 h17x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἱ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the people who were there, more specifically the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of the Pharisees and the Herodians” or “the people there”
22:19 cie7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 A **denarius** was a silver coin equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a silver coin” or “a coin worth one day’s wage”
22:20 bfx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
22:20 ue7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees”
22:20 sytf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 In Jesus’ culture, when governments made coins, they would usually put the face of the king or leader on one side, and they would usually have writing on the coin that honored that king or leader. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this practice more explicit. Alternate translation: “face and words of honor did the Roman government stamp on this coin”
22:20 crby rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 Here, the word **inscription** refers to a few words carved or pressed into a hard surface. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of writing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “writing” or “written message”
22:21 w1k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said & he said”
22:21 oydy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Καίσαρος 1 The Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “The image and inscription are Caesar’s”
22:21 juhz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Καίσαρος 1 Here the fact that the image and inscription on the coin are **Caesar’s** implies that they were created by the empire that Caesar ruled, the Roman empire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “They are of Caesar, the man who rules the Roman empire”
22:21 pi3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι 1 Here, **Caesar** represents the Roman leaders and government in general. See how you translated this word in [22:17](../22/17.md), but make sure that the connection to the answer **Caesar’s** earlier in the verse is clear. Alternate translation: “the things of the Roman leaders to the Roman leaders” or “the things of the Roman empire to the Roman empire”
22:21 eseu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and give back the things of God to God”
22:22 vek6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπῆλθαν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “they came away”
22:23 wqg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 The phrase **On that day** indicates that this event happened later that same day, after the previous event that Matthew described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an event that happened later on the same day. Alternate translation: “Later on, during that same day,”
22:23 pmq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ Σαδδουκαῖοι λέγοντες, μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν, καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν 1 Matthew is here introducing the **Sadducees** as new participants in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “On that day some people approached him. They were Sadducees, who are a group who say that there is no resurrection. They questioned him”
22:23 scbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ Σαδδουκαῖοι λέγοντες, μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν 1 Here Matthew provides background information about the **Sadducees** that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Sadducees teach that there is no resurrection. On that day, some of them approached him”
22:23 p6nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people do not resurrect”
22:24 bw5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
22:24 xl5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ μὴ ἔχων τέκνα, ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses said that if someone has died, not having children, his brother will marry his wife and will raise up seed for his brother.”
22:24 t9ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν 1 Here, the Sadducees introduce a summary of a section of an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 25:5–6](../deu/25/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the Sadducees are summarizing an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote in the book of Deuteronomy” or “Moses declared in the Law”
22:24 xe1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ μὴ ἔχων τέκνα, ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ 1 Here **Moses** uses an imaginary situation to show what should happen when that kind of situation actually happens. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose that someone has died, not having children. Then, his brother will marry”
22:24 n3yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Here **Moses** required that, when a man’s brother died without having any children even though he was married, the man had to marry his brother’s widow. The first child that they had would be considered offspring of the man’s deceased brother. That way, the deceased brother’s family line could continue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit in your translation, or you could include some of this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “his brother will marry the widow and will raise up seed with her. The first child will continue the dead man’s family line”
22:24 id3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει 1 The author of the quotation is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “his brother must marry his wife and must raise up”
22:24 lnv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀναστήσει σπέρμα 1 Here, the author of the quotation is speaking of having a child as if it were raising up **seed**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will produce offspring”
22:25 kfom rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next topic that the Sadducees want to talk about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
22:25 avsm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἦσαν & παρ’ ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος 1 Here the Sadducees use an imaginary situation to set up a question they want to ask Jesus. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine a family with seven brothers. The first”
22:25 njdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 The Sadducees are using the number **first** as a noun to mean the first brother. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first brother”
22:25 ag5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one”
22:25 bqah rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ μὴ ἔχων σπέρμα, ἀφῆκεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Here the Sadducees are indicating that the dead man’s brother married the widow, as Moses commanded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And since he did not have seed, his brother married his wife to produce seed for him”
22:25 t9n0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 Here, the Sadducees are speaking of offspring as if they were **seed**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “offspring”
22:26 ru81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ δεύτερος, καὶ ὁ τρίτος, ἕως τῶν ἑπτά, 1 The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Likewise also, the second and the third died without having seed and left her to a brother, until the seven had done so”
22:26 pnf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά 1 The Sadducees are using the numbers **second**, **third**, and **seven** as nouns to mean various brothers. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother … the seven brothers”
22:26 r6bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “brother number two … brother number three”
22:26 qujm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως τῶν ἑπτά, 1 Here the Sadducees imply that all **seven** brothers had married the woman and died without having children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until this had happened to all seven”
22:27 t7md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 The Sadducees are using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all the people they have mentioned. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of all those people”
22:28 s743 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a **resurrection**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “if there is a resurrection”
22:28 pbc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people resurrect”
22:28 mx5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 The Sadducees are using the number **seven** as a noun to mean the seven brother. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the seven brothers”
22:28 r1lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the Sadducees ask their question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a question, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “We ask this question because” or “This is a problem, since”
22:28 broq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντες & ἔσχον αὐτήν 1 Here the Sadducees imply that all the brothers **had** the woman as a wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they all had her as a wife”
22:29 e2t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because you do not know the Scriptures or the power of God, you are being led astray”
22:29 p1ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανᾶσθε 1 Jesus is speaking as if the Sadducees have literally been **led astray** or conducted down the wrong path. He means that they have been deceived. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are being deceived”
22:29 xkvg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πλανᾶσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is they themselves. Alternate translation: “You are going astray” or “You are leading yourselves astray”
22:29 dax6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the powerful things that God can do”
22:30 c44u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of how the Sadducees have been “led astray” (see [22:29](../22/29.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “What you should know is that”
22:30 na4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν & τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) the period of time that will begin at **the resurrection**. Alternate translation: “once the resurrection happens” (2) the moment of **resurrection** itself. Alternate translation: “at the moment of resurrection”
22:30 ygr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν & τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when people resurrect”
22:30 mrjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 In Jesus’ culture, it was customary to talk about men marrying and women being **given in marriage**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “men do not marry and women are not given in marriage” or “men and women do not get married”
22:30 uaj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὔτε γαμοῦσιν & εἰσιν 1 The pronouns **they** and **they** refer to everyone who participates in the **resurrection**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “men and women neither marry … men and women are”
22:30 qkv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γαμίζονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Jesus implies that it is the people’s parents. Alternate translation: “do their parents give them in marriage”
22:30 jrgf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns γαμίζονται 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **marriage**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are they married”
22:30 fzgf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ εἰσιν 1 Jesus is saying that people **in the resurrection** are like **angels** because neither of them **marry**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they are like angels in heaven, since they too do not marry”
22:31-32 d4sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος & ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the Sadducees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read what was spoken to you by God, saying, ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.’” or “Surely you have read what was spoken to you by God, saying, ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’!”\n
22:31 kmwd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν, οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε 1 Here, the phrase **But concerning** introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to talk about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic. Alternate translation: “Next, I will talk about the resurrection of the dead. Have you not read”
22:31 foao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when the dead resurrect”
22:31 essh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to refer to people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of the dead people” or “of the corpses”
22:31 ljj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you”
22:31 b9sy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος 1 Here, Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Exodus (see [Exodus 3:6](../exo/03/06.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “by God in the book of Exodus” or “by God in the Scriptures when he said”
22:32 zwbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation, with no comma at the end of verse 31: “that he is the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob?”
22:32 o9m0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 Here, the author of the quotation is using the possessive form to describe **the God** whom **Abraham**, **Isaac**, and **Jacob** worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the God that Abraham honors, and the God that Isaac honors, and the God that Jacob honors”
22:32 qbyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “God is not the God of the dead, but he is the God of the living”
22:32 wlyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 Here Jesus implies that, although **Abraham**, **Isaac**, and **Jacob** had already died by the time God spoke these words, God still called himself their God. Since **God is not of the dead, but of the living**, this means that **Abraham**, **Isaac**, and **Jacob** must be alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God is not of the dead, but of the living, so Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob must live again after they died”
22:32 o6vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οὐκ & νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two phrases here. Alternate translation: “of the living, not of the dead”
22:32 gl0w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** whom **the living**, not **the dead**, worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “honored by the dead, but by the living”
22:32 t7lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν & ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **dead** and **living** as nouns to mean people who are dead and living. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of dead people … of living people”
22:33 bqq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “what the crowds heard Jesus teach astonished them”
22:34 yty3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
22:34 ide0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό 1 The expression **gathered together at the same place** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “gathered together” or “came to one place”
22:34 eazc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό 1 Here Matthew implies that the Pharisees **gathered together** and then went to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “gathered together at the same place and approached Jesus”
22:35 ud5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν, νομικὸς 1 Here Matthew introduces **a lawyer** who is a Pharisee as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “One of them was a lawyer. He questioned him”
22:35 rpk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown νομικὸς 1 A **lawyer** an expert in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of profession, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a man who studied the Jewish law”
22:35 v2ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἐπηρώτησεν & πειράζων αὐτόν 1 Here, the word **testing** introduces the purpose for which the **lawyer** questioned Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “questioned him with the goal of testing him”
22:36 lvaw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐντολὴ μεγάλη 1 Here, the lawyer is asking about which **commandment** is the greatest one out of all the commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the greatest commandment”
22:37 c1sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
22:37 vpwp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The great commandment is to love the Lord God with one’s whole heart, and with one’s whole soul, and with one’s whole mind”
22:37 fynh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 Here Jesus begins to quote from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 6:5](../deu/06/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “In Deuteronomy you can read, ‘You will love the Lord your God” or “Here is that commandment: ‘You will love the Lord your God”\n
22:37 sw69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις & σου & σου & σου & σου 1 Since in this command God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words **You** and **your** are singular throughout this verse.
22:37 qfc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 Here, the author of the quotation is using the possessive form to describe **the God** whom the people of Israel worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the Lord whom you honor”
22:37 hdvt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 The author of the quotation is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “You should love” or “You must love”
22:37 uyxy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 Here, the author of the quotation is referring to all of a human being by naming multiple parts of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with all of who you are” or “with your entire being”
22:37 xl3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 In Matthew’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “with all your desires” or “with all your feelings”
22:37 g0mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου 1 Here, **soul** represents a person’s life with special focus on that person’s identity and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with everything you are” or “with all your inclinations”
22:38 q8j3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη 1 The terms **great** and **first** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “greatest”
22:38 z0o4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal πρώτη 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “number one”
22:39 xk1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δευτέρα 1 Jesus is using the number **second** as a noun to mean a second commandment. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a second commandment”
22:39 s5ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal δευτέρα 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “number two”
22:39 hqmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁμοία αὐτῇ 1 Here, phrase **like it** could indicate that this **second** commandment is: (1) similar in content. Alternate translation: “requires something similar” (2) similar in importance. Alternate translation: “is just as great”
22:39 mt9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὁμοία αὐτῇ, ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “is like it—to love one’s neighbor as oneself.”
22:39 qp04 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου 1 Here Jesus begins to quote from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Leviticus (see [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as you can read in the book of Leviticus, ‘You will love your neighbor” or “it says in the law, ‘You will love your neighbor”
22:39 pj76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις & σου & σεαυτόν 1 Since in this command God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words **You** and **your** and **yourself** are singular.
22:39 gue7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 The author of the quotation is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “You should love” or “You must love”
22:39 jlxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὡς σεαυτόν 1 The author of the quotation is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as you love yourself”
22:39 lgo8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς σεαυτόν 1 The author of the quotation assumes that people love themselves, so he wants these people to love their neighbors just as much. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as deeply as yourself”
22:40 qyn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The whole Law and the Prophets hang on these two commandments”
22:40 r9ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 **the whole Law and the Prophets** depend upon or are based upon **these two commandments**.\n\n\nHere Jesus speaks as if **these two commandments** were hooks upon which **the whole Law and the Prophets** hang. He could mean that: (1) **the whole Law and the Prophets** depend upon and elaborate **these two commandments**. Alternate translation: “The whole Law and the Prophets elaborate on just these two commandments” (2) **these two commandments** summarize **the whole Law and the Prophets**. Alternate translation: “These two commandments summarize the whole Law and the Prophets”
22:40 ub75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅλος ὁ νόμος & καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 The word **Law** is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word **Prophets** is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the Scriptures, both the Law and the Prophets”
22:40 jh0p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, the word **Prophets** represents what the prophets said and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets”
22:41 pj4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
22:41 foa1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνηγμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that **the Pharisees** themselves did it. Alternate translation: “having gathered together”
22:42 bij3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
22:42 u9tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to get the attention of the Pharisees and to bring up the topic of **the Christ**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am going to ask you what you think about the Christ.” or “Tell me what you think about the Christ!”
22:42 xlf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τίνος υἱός ἐστιν 1 Here, the word **son** means a male descendant. Jesus is asking about an important ancestor of **the Christ**, not the direct father of **the Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Whose descendant is he” or “From whom is he descended”
22:42 g0d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “They said”
22:42 xhwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τοῦ Δαυείδ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is David’s son”
22:43-44 cu3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν λέγων & εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου? 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could end the question earlier and introduce the quotation as evidence or support for the question. Alternate translation: “How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord? He called him that when he said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord, “Sit at my right, until I put your enemies under your feet.”’”
22:43-44 sa0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων & εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου? 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are no quotations within quotations. If you use the following alternate translation, remove the quotation marks at the end of verse 44. Alternate translation: “saying that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right hand until he puts his enemies under his feet”
22:43 hdt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
22:43 h07z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would not call any of their descendants **Lord**, since this title was used for people who were more important or older. Jesus question assumes this practice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit. Alternate translation: “Then, since no one calls his son Lord, how does David in the Spirit call him Lord”
22:43 jbed rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, the word **then** introduces an question based on the fact that the Messiah is the “son” of David (see [22:42](../22/42.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question, or you could leave **then** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Given that, how” or “Because of that, how”
22:43 qqg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ 1 In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “did David in the Spirit call”
22:43 yu5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Here, the phrase **in the Spirit** indicates that **David** called the Messiah Lord as **the Spirit** inspired him. In other words, **the Spirit** prompted David to say this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “David, by the inspiration of the Spirit,” or “David, prompted by the Spirit,”\n
22:43 gagv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to the Christ. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's title here. Alternate translation: “the Christ”
22:43 ai8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see [Psalm 110:1](../psa/110/01.md)). This Psalm was written by **David**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as you can read in the book of Psalms” or “writing in the Scriptures”
22:44 k3f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance refers to God. The second instance refers to a person whom David respectfully calls “lord.” The ULT and UST capitalize this second instance of the word because it refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, the Lord, said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord”
22:44 dz2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 When someone sits at God’s **right hand**, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Sit to rule at my right hand” or “Take the place of honor and authority at my right hand”
22:44 hxut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular κάθου & σου & σου 1 Here, the imperative and the words **your** and **your** are singular because God is speaking to the Messiah.
22:44 as2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Here, the phrase **at my right hand** refers to the place next to a person’s **right hand**, which would be the “right side.” In the author’s culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that the **Lord** has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at my right side” or “at the honorable place next to me”
22:44 e59n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 In the author’s culture, to **put** people under a person’s **feet** indicates that those people have been conquered and are powerless and shamed. So, this means that God will conquer and shame all the enemies of the **Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “until I make your enemies kneel before you” or “until I conquer and shame your enemies”
22:45 nzyo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ 1 Here, the word **therefore** introduces what Jesus wants to ask based on what he has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question, or you could leave **therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Because of that, if David” or “Given that, if David”
22:45 wshs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because”
22:45 sd0i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the Messiah, and the pronoun **his** refers to David. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “is the Messiah David’s”
22:45 kn51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱὸς αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **son** means a male descendant. Jesus is not asking about the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [22:42](../22/42.md). Alternate translation: “his descendant” or “descended from him”
22:46 as3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον 1 Matthew is using the term **word** to mean something spoken in words. The phrase **answer him a word** refers to using words to answer Jesus’ question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to give an answer” or “to answer him in any way”
22:46 i3km rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲ ἐτόλμησέν τις ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι 1 The words translated **nor** and **any longer** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “and people no longer dared from that day to question him”
22:46 a4yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας 1 Here, the phrase **from that day** indicates that nobody questioned Jesus after he said what Matthew recorded in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “starting right then” or “from that moment on”
23:intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n10. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)\n * Jesus warns his disciples against acting like the Pharisees (23:1–12)\n * Seven woes against the Pharisees and scribes (23:13–36)\n * First woe: shutting the kingdom (23:13)\n * Second woe: making proselytes (23:15)\n * Third woe: rules about swearing (23:16–22)\n * Fourth woe: tithing (23:23–24)\n * Fifth woe: cleaning inside and outside (23:25–26)\n * Sixth woe: whitewashed tombs (23:27–28)\n * Seventh woe: killing the prophets (23:29–36)\n * Lament over Jerusalem (23:37–39)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Woe\n\nSeven times in this chapter, Jesus says “woe to you.” He is speaking to the scribes and Pharisees, and he is warning them that something bad will happen to them because of how they are acting. Consider how might express such a warning in your language. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]])\n\n### Hypocrites\n\nSix times in this chapter, Jesus calls the scribes and Pharisees “hypocrites.” This word describes people who or claim one thing but actually do another. After calling them “hypocrites,” Jesus goes on to illustrate how they act in this way. Consider what you might call someone who says one thing but does another. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hypocrite]])\n\n### Swearing by something\n\nIn Jesus’ culture, people would make a promise stronger by swearing by something. This means that they would call upon that thing to witness or guarantee what they promised. Jewish teachers and scholars debated which things most strongly guaranteed a promise. In [23:16–22](../23/16.md), Jesus gives his own teaching on this issue.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Being “blind”\n\nFive times in this chapter, Jesus calls scribes and Pharisees “blind.” He means that they fail to understand what is right and true. He does not mean that they are physically blind. Consider how you might express this idea in your language.\n\n### Cleaning cups and plates\n\nIn [23:25–26](../23/25.md), Jesus refers to cleaning the inside and outside of cups and plates. There are two primary ways to understand these verses. First, Jesus could be using cups and plates as a metaphor to speak about the scribes and Pharisees. In this case, he is saying that they should look righteous and also do what is righteous, just like cups and plates should be clean both on the outside and on the inside. Second, Jesus could be referring to literal cups and plates that the Pharisees use to eat food. In this case, he is saying that how they get the food that they eat from their cups and plates should be as “clean” (that is, righteously acquired) as the cups and plates are. The UST follows the first interpretation, and translation options for the second interpretation are in the notes.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that Jesus gives to his disciples or to the Jewish leaders. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### Verse 14\n\nMost of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for [23:14](../23/14.md). Some manuscripts include the following words: “But woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For you devour the houses of widows, also for a pretext praying at length. For this reason, you will receive greater judgment.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST put these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be
23:1 skq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word translated **Then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened soon after the previous event that Matthew has described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces something that happened soon after something else. Alternate translation: “Right after saying those things,”
23:2 cgig rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
23:2 dnu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 Here, Jesus refers to having the authority that Moses had in teaching the law as if it were sitting **in the seat of Moses**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “taught the law as Moses did” or “succeeded Moses as teachers of our law”
23:2 mgbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκάθισαν 1 Here, the word **sat** could imply: (1) that the scribes and the Pharisees are right or correct to sit **in the seat of Moses**. Alternate translation: “are those who sit” (2) that the scribes and the Pharisees have inappropriately **sat in the seat of Moses**. Alternate translation: “decided to sit” or “seated themselves”
23:2 isrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἐκάθισαν 1 Here Jesus uses the past tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most naturally for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “sit”
23:3 we27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo πάντα & ὅσα ἐὰν εἴπωσιν 1 The expression **everything, as much as they say** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that they say”
23:3 dh0w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 The terms **do** and **keep** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “obey”
23:3 qntu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result κατὰ & τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, μὴ ποιεῖτε; λέγουσιν γὰρ καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “they say and do not do, so do not do according to their works”
23:3 h98r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what they do”
23:3 nrk0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγουσιν & καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν 1 Here Jesus implies that the Pharisees and scribes **say** what to do, but they themselves **do not do** what they say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they say what to do and do not do what they say”
23:3 k870 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces what the Pharisees and scribes actually **do** in contrast with what **they say**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but”
23:4 xce6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the scribes and Pharisees were putting **loads** on people’s **shoulders** without doing anything to help with moving those loads. He means that they tell people many things to do, some of which are hard to do, but they do not do anything to help those people do the things that they require. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And they tell people many things that they need to do, which are like loads, heavy and difficult to carry, that they have tied up and put on the shoulders of these people. However, they are not willing to help these people do what what they have told them to do, as if they were not willing to move those loads with their finger” or “And they tell people many things that they need to do, but they are not willing to help these people do what what they have told them to do”\n
23:4 nexy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα 1 The terms **heavy** and **difficult to bear** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very heavy ones” or “very hard to lift”
23:4 rn0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of men and women”
23:4 pn6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **finger**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “with their fingers”
23:5 ad5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,”
23:5 nw4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order for men to see them”
23:5 sbhp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι 1 Here, the phrase **to be seen** refers to being recognized or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be praised” or “to be honored”
23:5 eqai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “by humans” or “by men and women”
23:5 eg9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces examples of how the scribes and Pharisees behave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces examples, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “For instance,” or “To illustrate,”
23:5 gcv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πλατύνουσι & τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν 1 The word **phylacteries** refers to small leather boxes containing papers with specific scriptures written on them. Jewish men tied these boxes to their foreheads and right arms when they were praying. If it would be helpful, you could describe these boxes in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “they enlarge their devotional boxes containing scriptures”
23:5 h2qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα 1 The word **tassels** refers to decorative fringes that Jewish men would attach to the hems of their robes. God commanded them to wear these **tassels** (see [Numbers 15:38–39](../num/15/38.md)). If it would be helpful, you could describe these **tassels** in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “they make the tassels that God required us to wear extra long”
23:6 gnot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν & τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας 1 Here Jesus speaks of the **places** and **seats** for the most important people as if they were **first** in a sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the important places … the important seats”
23:6 r75a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν & τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the number one places … the number one seats”
23:7 l6qp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 The word **marketplaces** refers to large, open-air areas where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in [11:16](../11/16.md). Alternate translation: “the town squares” or “the parks”
23:7 cbe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have men call them ‘Rabbi’”
23:7 a7pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
23:8 l2rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus wants his disciples to do in contrast to what the scribes and the Pharisees do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “Unlike them,”
23:8 awdk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμεῖς & μὴ κληθῆτε Ῥαββεί; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ καθηγητὴς, πάντες δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “one is your teacher, and you are all brothers, so you should not be called ‘Rabbi’”
23:8 uk5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς & μὴ κληθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “you should not have people call you”
23:8 uqwi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἷς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **one** as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one person”
23:8 wjmr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἷς 1 Here Jesus implies that the **one** teacher whom they have is he himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “one, by which I mean me,”
23:8 s5du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 Jesus is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow disciples”
23:8 zpe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate this.
23:9 xcou rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “since one is your heavenly Father, you should not call anyone on the earth your father”
23:9 l33f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; 1 Here, Jesus is referring to using the title **father** for someone who is not one’s actual father. In his culture, this was a way to honor someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you should not call anyone on the earth your father out of respect for him”
23:9 any8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἷς & ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος 1 Here Jesus means that only **one** person deserves the honorary title **father**, and that is God, **your heavenly Father**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you should only call one your father, your heavenly Father”
23:9 kcrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἷς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **one** as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one person”
23:9 cwhv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “your heavenly Father, God”
23:10 q59s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μηδὲ κληθῆτε Καθηγηταί; ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “And since your teacher is one, the Christ, you should not be called ‘teacher’”
23:10 b8ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μηδὲ κληθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you should not have people call you”
23:10 ofbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἷς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **one** as a noun to mean one person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “one person”
23:10 lp5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Χριστός 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Christ”
23:11 hpmr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus wants his disciples to do in contrast to being called Rabbi, father, or teacher. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Instead,” or “Rather,”
23:11 d62b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ & μείζων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **greatest** as a noun to mean the greatest person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the greatest person”
23:11 d9xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἔσται 1 Jesus is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “should be” or “has to be”
23:12 qcw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next thing, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,”
23:12 e81r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ταπεινωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will humble”
23:12 qg2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἑαυτὸν -1 Although the term **himself** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “himself or herself … himself or herself”
23:12 uz88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will exalt”
23:13 t935 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
23:13 lid1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐαὶ & ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second and third sentences give the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “you, scribes and Pharisees, shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. You do not enter in, nor do you permit the ones entering to enter. So woe to you, hypocrites!”
23:13 ts6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν. 1 Here Jesus speaks of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house that the scribes and Pharisees have **shut** so that neither they nor anyone else can **enter in**. Jesus means that they prevent themselves and others from participating in the kingdom. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men as if it a house. For you are not part of the kingdom, nor do you allow others to be part of it” or “For you keep people from being part of the kingdom of the heavens. You are not part of it, and and you block people who do want to be part of it”
23:13 lhem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”
23:13 zpfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς εἰσερχομένους & εἰσελθεῖν 1 Here Jesus could be referring: (1) to people who want to enter into the kingdom. Alternate translation: “to enter the ones wanting to enter” (2) to people who are in the process of entering into the kingdom. Alternate translation: “to enter the ones having already begun to enter”
23:14 onan rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι. διὰ τοῦτο λήμψεσθε περισσότερον κρίμα 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it.
23:14 ikcf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
23:14 y6yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐαὶ & ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι. διὰ τοῦτο λήμψεσθε περισσότερον κρίμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second and third sentences give the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “you, scribes and Pharisees, devour the houses of widows, and for a pretext praying at length. For this reason, you will receive greater judgment. So woe to you, hypocrites!”
23:14 o1zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the scribes and Pharisees were devouring or eating **the houses of widows**. He means that they are taking the **houses** away from the **widows**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you take the houses of widows” or “you defraud widows of their houses”
23:14 u45k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 Jesus speaks of **the houses of widows** to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their **houses**. If it would be helpful in your language, you state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that widows own”
23:14 qn1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προφάσει 1 Here, the phrase **for a pretext** could mean: (1) that the scribes and Pharisees are using long prayers to try to look godly. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly” (2) that the scribes are Pharisees are using their long prayers to hide or cover up how they **devour the houses of widows**. Alternate translation: “to cover that up” or “to disguise what they do”
23:14 puiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο 1 The pronoun **this** refers to how the scribes and Pharisees **devour** widows’ houses while they are also **praying at length**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Because you do those things”
23:14 xv95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns λήμψεσθε περισσότερον κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you will be judged more severely”
23:14 x0c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περισσότερον κρίμα 1 Here Jesus implies that these scribes and Pharisees **will receive greater judgment** than they would have if they had not pretended to be godly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will receive greater judgment than people who do not pretend to be godly”
23:15 pfpq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον, καὶ ὅταν γένηται, ποιεῖτε αὐτὸν υἱὸν Γεέννης διπλότερον ὑμῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You, scribes and Pharisees, go around the sea and the dry land to make one proselyte, and when he becomes one, you make him twice as much a son of Gehenna as you. So woe to you, hypocrites!”
23:15 xo45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν 1 Jesus is referring to all of the earth by naming its two main components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire earth”
23:15 iyl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἕνα προσήλυτον 1 A **proselyte** is a non-Jewish person who converts to Judaism. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this term, you could refer to a similar phenomenon in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “one convert to Judaism”
23:15 uo8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations γένηται & αὐτὸν υἱὸν 1 Although the terms **he**, **him**, and **son** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person becomes one … him or her … a child”
23:15 mj95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit υἱὸν Γεέννης διπλότερον ὑμῶν 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **twice as much** to indicate that the person is even more **a son of Gehenna** than the scribes and Pharisees. He does not mean that the person is exactly twice **a son of Gehenna**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “even more a son of Gehenna than you are”
23:15 bq91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom υἱὸν Γεέννης 1 The expression **a son of Gehenna** refers to a person who will end up in **Gehenna**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who will end up in Gehenna” or “a person who belongs in Gehenna”
23:15 ervf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γεέννης 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. The valley named **Gehenna** was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [18:9](../18/09.md). Alternate translation: “of a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “of hell, which is like Gehenna valley,”
23:16 s9y3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ, οἱ λέγοντες, ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν; ὃς δ’ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ ὀφείλει 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the rest of the sentence gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “you, who are blind guides, say, ‘Whoever swears by the temple, it is nothing. But whoever swears by the gold of the temple, he is obligated.’ So woe to you!”
23:16 r5k3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were **blind guides**. He means that they do not know what is right, but they teach people anyways, even though what they teach is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in [15:14](../15/14.md). Alternate translation: “who are like blind guides” or “who teach people what is wrong”
23:16 j1hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οἱ λέγοντες, ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν; ὃς δ’ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ ὀφείλει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the ones saying that whoever swears by the temple, it is nothing, but whoever swears by the gold of the temple, he is obligated”
23:16 fjic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 Here, the phrase **it is nothing** means that the person is not bound to keep the oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that person is not obligated to keep the oath”
23:16 kbv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe **gold** that: (1) decorates **the temple**. Alternate translation: “the gold that decorates the temple” (2) makes up the vessels and tools used in **the temple**. Alternate translation: “the gold vessels in the temple”
23:16 bukr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀφείλει 1 Here, the phrase **he is obligated** indicates that the person is bound to keep the oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he is obligated to keep the oath”
23:16 q1sx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὀφείλει 1 Although the term **he** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she is obligated”
23:17 j71q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **Foolish and blind** as nouns to mean foolish and blind people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “You foolish and blind people”
23:17 stqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί 1 The terms **Foolish** and **blind** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Blind ones” or “Very foolish”
23:17 s7a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τυφλοί 1 Here, Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were **blind**. He means that they do not know what is right. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **blind** in [23:16](../23/16.md). Alternate translation: “like blind people” or “not knowing what is right”
23:17 ujjf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of why the teaching of the Pharisees about oaths is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Think about this:” or “You should know this:”
23:17 f9zd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς & μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the temple having sanctified the gold is greater than the gold.” or “Certainly the gold is not greater than the temple that sanctifies the gold!”
23:18 i7mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καί, ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, οὐδέν ἐστιν; ὃς δ’ ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ δώρῳ τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ ὀφείλει. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And you say that whoever swears by the altar, it is nothing, but whoever swears by the gift on top of the altar, he is obligated”
23:18 lxw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations καί 1 Here Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce something else that the scribes and Pharisees say. If you keep the direct quotation in this verse, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “And you also say”
23:18 t7p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 Here, the phrase **it is nothing** means that the person is not bound to keep the oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the same clause in [23:16](../23/16.md). Alternate translation: “that person is not obligated to keep the oath”
23:18 ngd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ δώρῳ 1 Here, the word **gift** refers to an offering that is sacrificed to God on the **altar**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what is offered” or “the offering”
23:18 ibmu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀφείλει 1 Here, the phrase **he is obligated** indicates that the person is bound to keep the oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the same clause in [23:16](../23/16.md). Alternate translation: “he is obligated to keep the oath”
23:18 y9c3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὀφείλει 1 Although the term **he** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “he or she is obligated”
23:19 ryam rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **Foolish and blind** as nouns to mean foolish and blind people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. See how you expressed the idea in [23:17](../23/17.md). Alternate translation: “You foolish and blind people”
23:19 xg9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί 1 The terms **Foolish** and **blind** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. See how you expressed the idea in [23:17](../23/17.md). Alternate translation: “Blind ones” or “Very foolish”
23:19 bb34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τυφλοί 1 Here, Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were **blind**. He means that they do not know what is right. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [23:17](../23/17.md). Alternate translation: “like blind people” or “not knowing what is right”
23:19 k3om rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of why the teaching of the Pharisees about oaths is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. See how you expressed the idea in [23:17](../23/17.md). Alternate translation: “Think about this:” or “You should know this:”
23:19 g7qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί & μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the altar sanctifying the gift is greater than the gift.” or “Certainly the gift is not greater than the altar that sanctifies the gift!”
23:19 fl4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ δῶρον & τὸ δῶρον 1 Here, the word **gift** refers to an offering that is sacrificed to God on the **altar**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated this word in [23:18](../23/18.md). Alternate translation: “what is offered … what is offered” or “the offering … the offering”
23:20 ezzk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an inference from the implied answer to Jesus’ question in [23:19](../23/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference. Alternate translation: “Since the altar is greater” or “Because of that”
23:20 ze6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus is referring to the gifts that he has previously mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all the gifts that are on top of it”
23:21 m21b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν 1 Here, the phrase **the one inhabiting it** refers to God, who is specially present in the **temple**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one inhabiting it, God”
23:22 y0kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person is ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of this action. Alternate translation: “the one sitting on it as king” or “the one reigning from it”
23:22 ejw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the one sitting on it** refers to God, who rules from the **throne**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one sitting on it, God”
23:23 lg3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον, καὶ ἀφήκατε τὰ βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου: τὴν κρίσιν, καὶ τὸ ἔλεος, καὶ τὴν πίστιν & ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second and third sentences give the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You, scribes and Pharisees, tithe the mint and the dill and the cumin, but you have neglected the weightier things of the law—justice and mercy and faith. But it was necessary to do these and those not to neglect. So woe to you, hypocrites!”
23:23 lb9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον 1 Here Jesus refers to tithing **mint**, **dill**, and **cumin** because he wants to show that the scribes and Pharisees carefully **tithe** even the most insignificant things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you tithe even insignificant things like mint and dill and cumin”
23:23 n94y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον 1 These are the names of plants. People put just a little bit of their leaves or seeds into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what **mint**, **dill**, and **cumin** are, you could refer to similar plants that they would know, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the plants that you use to season your food” or “your garden herbs”
23:23 c8bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ βαρύτερα 1 Jesus is speaking as if the more important commandments in the law were literally **weightier** or heavier than others. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the more significant things”
23:23 er3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν κρίσιν, καὶ τὸ ἔλεος, καὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **justice**, **mercy**, and **faith**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to act justly and mercifully and faithfully”
23:23 m32j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα 1 The pronoun **these** refers to doing **justice and mercy and faith**. The pronoun **those** refers to tithing **the mint and the dill and the cumin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to doing those things more directly. Alternate translation: “the latter and the former” or “justice, mercy, and faith and tithing”\n
23:23 nn6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative word **neglect**. Alternate translation: “those also to do”
23:24 y84y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί! 1 Here, Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were **blind guides**. He means that they do not know what is right, but they teach people anyways, even though what they teach is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in [23:16](../23/16.md). Alternate translation: “You who are like blind guides” or “You who teach people what is wrong”
23:24 l7fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες! 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the scribes and Pharisees were **straining out** a tiny **gnat** if they found one in a drink but **swallowing** a large **camel** whole without noticing it. He means that they are being careful to follow the less important laws but failing to notice that they were not following the more important laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who are like a person who strains a gnat out of a drink but swallows a camel” or “the ones carefully obeying the less significant laws but failing to obey the more significant laws”
23:24 whk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν κώνωπα 1 A **gnat** is a tiny flying insect. If your readers would not be familiar with what a gnat is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable insect in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the mosquito” or “the tiny insect”
23:25 bdil rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You, scribes and Pharisees, clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and lack of self-control. So woe to you, hypocrites!”
23:25 ru45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 Here Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were a **cup** and a **plate**. When he says that they **clean the outside** of these dishes, he means that they make sure that they appear to be doing what is right. When he says that **inside** the dishes are **full of greed and lack of self-control**, he means that they are **full of** these things. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are like cups and plates whose outside you clean but whose inside is dirty, just as you are full of greed and lack of self-control” or “on the outside you look like you do what is right, but on the inside you are full of greed and lack of self-control”
23:25 trxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος 1 A **cup** is a dish from which people drink. A **plate** is a dish on which food is served. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of dishes, you could use the names of similar things in your area or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “of the glass and of the bowl” or “of eating utensils”
23:25 r3xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 Here Jesus could mean that the **cup** and **plate**: (1) figuratively have **greed and self-indulgence** inside them. Alternate translation: “they are characterized by greed and lack of self-control” (2) are **full of** what the scribes and Pharisees gained through **greed and lack of self-control**. Alternate translation: “they are full of what you took through greed and lack of self-control”
23:25 a0b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **greed** and **self-control**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they are characterized by being greedy and not controlling themselves”
23:26 lb5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ 1 Jesus is not referring to a specific **Pharisee**. He is referring to every Pharisee who acts in the way he has described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in plural form or in another way. If you use the plural form, make sure that you express the commands in this verse in plural form. Alternate translation: “Blind Pharisees”
23:26 eoor rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ 1 Here, Jesus speaks as if this **Pharisee** were **blind**. He means that he does not know what is right. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **blind** in [23:17](../23/17.md). Alternate translation: “You, Pharisee, are like a blind person” or “You, Pharisee, do not know what is right”
23:26 f9p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were a **cup** and a **plate**. He means that they should actually do what is right, and then they will also appear to be doing what is right. See how you expressed the similar ideas in [23:25](../23/25.md). Alternate translation: “you should be like cups and plates whose inside is clean so that their outside is also clean” or “Actually do what is right, and then you will also look like you do what is right”
23:26 eik9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular καθάρισον 1 Since Jesus is addressing one **Pharisee**, the command here is singular. However, if you refer to plural Pharisees as an earlier note suggested, you should use the plural form here.
23:26 u8mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ ἐντὸς 1 Here, much as in [23:25](../23/25.md), the word **inside** could refer to: (1) the inside of the dishes themselves. Alternate translation: “the inside parts” (2) what the dishes have inside them. Alternate translation: “what is inside”
23:26 jvkb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος 1 See how you translated the words **cup** and **plate** in [23:25](../23/25.md). Alternate translation: “of the glass and of the bowl” or “of eating utensils”
23:27 vwlv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις, οἵτινες ἔξωθεν μὲν φαίνονται ὡραῖοι, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ὀστέων νεκρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You, scribes and Pharisees, are like whitewashed tombs, which on the outside appear beautiful, but on the inside are full of bones of the dead and all uncleanness. So woe to you, hypocrites!”
23:27 kry1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις, οἵτινες ἔξωθεν μὲν φαίνονται ὡραῖοι, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ὀστέων νεκρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας 1 Here, Jesus compares the **scribes and Pharisees** with **whitewashed tombs**. He explains the meaning of the comparison in the next verse, so you should not explain it here.
23:27 ta1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would paint **tombs** white so that they would appear beautiful to people who passed by. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “tombs that someone has covered in white paint”
23:27 v5hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the dead people” or “of the corpses”
23:27 ccq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uncleanness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are very unclean”
23:28 vj63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to men and women”
23:28 wln0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μεστοὶ ὑποκρίσεως καὶ ἀνομίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **hypocrisy** and **lawlessness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “very hypocritical and lawless”
23:29 adhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν δικαίων 1 Here the first sentence describes a result for which the second sentence and the following verses give the reasons for. You could reverse the order of these sentences, but then you would need to create a long verse bridge. If possible, preserve the order of the sentences. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase to indicate that the second and following sentences give the reason for the first sentence. Alternate translation: “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees! You are hypocrites. I say that because you build the tombs of the prophets and decorate the tombs of the righteous”
23:29 rl5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἰκοδομεῖτε τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν δικαίων 1 When the scribes and Pharisees **build the tombs of the prophets and decorate the tombs of the righteous**, they are honoring important people who have died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you build the tombs of the prophets to honor them, and you decorate the tombs of the righteous to show them respect”
23:29 tse6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δικαίων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to mean people who are righteous. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of righteous people”
23:30 f0hs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if you had been in the days of your fathers, you would not have been sharers with them in the blood of the prophets.”
23:30 jhxd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν 1 Here Jesus quotes the scribes and Pharisees using an imaginary situation to show that they would not have participated in killing the prophets. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine that we were in the days of our fathers. In that situation, we would not have been sharers with them in the blood of the prophets”
23:30 gtt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Here, the phrase **in the days** refers to a specific period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during the times”
23:30 kkf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 Here, the word **fathers** refers to ancestors, not direct fathers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “of our forefathers”
23:30 x99m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν 1 Here, **blood** represents death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “killing the prophets” or “the death of the prophets”
23:31 q010 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus said that the Pharisees and scribes say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In saying that,” or “So then,”
23:31 l7rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων 1 Here, the phrase **sons** means male descendants. It does not mean that the scribes and Pharisees are the direct sons of the people who killed the prophets. In this case, the expression **sons of** also indicates that the **sons** are similar to their ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are like your ancestors, the ones having killed” or “you are descended from and much like the ones having killed”
23:32 bpz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is speaking as if he wants the scribes and Pharisees literally to **fill up** a **measure** of a certain amount. This represents them completing the wicked behavior that their **fathers** began when they killed the prophets. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you, finish doing the evil things that your fathers started”
23:32 vhes rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 Here Jesus commands the opposite of what he wants in order to make a point. He means that they should carefully consider the consequences if they do **fill up the measure** of their **fathers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “consider whether you really want to fill up the measure of your fathers” or “perhaps you should not fill up the measure of your fathers”\n
23:32 it8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 Here, the word **fathers** refers to ancestors, not direct fathers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “of your forefathers”
23:33 va5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 The terms **serpents** and **offspring of vipers** both refer to poisonous snakes. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single expression. Alternate translation: “Poisonous snakes”
23:33 blv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Here Jesus speaks of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were **serpents** and **offspring of vipers**. He means that they are evil and hurt other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You who are like serpents and the offspring of vipers” or “Evil and wicked people”
23:33 vi6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you will not escape from the judgment of Gehenna” or “you cannot escape from the judgment of Gehenna!”
23:33 sk1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **judgment** that takes place in **Gehenna**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “judgment in Gehenna”
23:33 ee42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being judged in Gehenna”
23:33 u1ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γεέννης 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. The valley named **Gehenna** was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [23:15](../23/15.md). Alternate translation: “of a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “of hell, which is like Gehenna valley”
23:34 s1sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **For this reason** introduces something that Jesus says he will do in response to how the scribes and Pharisees are acting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a response. Alternate translation: “Because you are behaving like that”
23:34 tbf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “pay attention” or “listen”
23:34 rj1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐξ αὐτῶν -1 Here, the phrases **From them** and **from them** refer to some of the **prophets and wise men and scribes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Some from among them … some from among them”
23:35 e1gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from what the scribes and Pharisees will do. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus sends people to the scribes and Pharisees even when he knows that they will kill them. Alternate translation: “in order that”
23:35 l7ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Jesus is speaking as if the **blood** of **righteous** people would **come upon** the scribes and Pharisees. He means that God would consider them guilty of shedding this blood. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might be considered guilty for”
23:35 h5n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς & τοῦ αἵματος & τοῦ αἵματος 1 In this verse, Jesus uses the phrase **blood being shed** and the word **blood** to refer to murder. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the murders of righteous people having happened on the earth … the murder … the murder”
23:35 mf0p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **righteous blood** to refer to blood from **righteous** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all the blood from righteous people”
23:35 y698 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that humans have shed”
23:35 z95g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος Ἂβελ τοῦ δικαίου, ἕως τοῦ αἵματος Ζαχαρίου 1 Here Jesus refers to **Abel** and **Zechariah** because the stories of their murders are the first and last stories about the murders of righteous people in the Hebrew Scriptures. In this way, Jesus indicates that he is speaking about all the stories about the murders of righteous people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the blood of Abel the righteous, the first victim, and including the blood of every victim after that up to the last, the blood of Zechariah”\n
23:35 espy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ζαχαρίου & Βαραχίου 1 The words **Zechariah** and **Barachiah** are the names of men. The man named **Zechariah** is most likely the one whose murder is described in [2 Chronicles 24:20–22](../2ch/24/20.md). King Joash had him stoned to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols.
23:35 s11l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐφονεύσατε 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **you**, his current audience, killed **Zechariah**. He means that the ancestors of his current audience did that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your ancestors killed”
23:36 etlz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἥξει ταῦτα πάντα ἐπὶ τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 Jesus is speaking as if the things he has just spoken about will **come upon this generation**. He means that God will consider **this generation** to guilty of doing those things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this generation will be considered guilty for all these things”
23:36 af8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all these things** refers to the murders that Jesus mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all those evil deeds”
23:36 vx9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 Here, **generation** represents the people who are part of the **generation**, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “today’s people” or “the people of this generation”
23:37 xuj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα, τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν! ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυναγαγεῖν τὰ τέκνα σου, ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας, καὶ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the city of **Jerusalem** were a woman with **children**. He is referring to the people who live in **Jerusalem**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People of Jerusalem, people of Jerusalem, the ones killing the prophets and stoning the ones having been sent to you! How often I desired to gather you the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings, and you were not willing”
23:37 vne9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jesus is addressing something he knows cannot hear him, the city of **Jerusalem**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as if he were speaking directly to people about these cities. Alternate translation: “I am very upset about Jerusalem”
23:37 cjr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα, τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “the one killing the prophets, indeed, stoning the ones having been sent to her” or “the one killing the prophets having been sent to her by stoning them”
23:37 tz4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God sent”
23:37 zi3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτήν 1 Although Jesus is speaking to **Jerusalem**, he uses the third person here. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second person form. Alternate translation: “you”
23:37 d9ho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ποσάκις 1 Here, the phrase **How often** introduces an exclamation, not a question. Jesus uses the exclamation to show how strongly he feels about **Jerusalem**. Use a form that communicates strong emotion in your language. Alternate translation: “Very strongly”
23:37 qsf0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου 1 Since Jesus is speaking to **Jerusalem**, the word **your** here is singular.
23:37 xv4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας 1 Jesus is saying that he wants to act like **a hen** that **gathers her chicks** because he wants to comfort and protect the people of Jerusalem, just as **a hen** does that for **her chicks**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her chicks under her wings to comfort and protect them”
23:37 as8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὄρνις & τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς 1 A **hen** is a female chicken, and **chicks** are the young chickens she is raising. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a bird … her young”
23:37 en1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces what the people of Jerusalem actually did in contrast with what Jesus wanted them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but”
23:38 gbpd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”
23:38 ck2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος 1 Here Jesus could speaking: (1) of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a **house** that will be **left** to its people **desolate**. In this case, he means that the city will be destroyed so much that people will no longer live there. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you like a desolate house” or “your city will be destroyed” (2) of the temple as if it were a **house** that will be **left** to its people **desolate**. In this case, he means that God will no longer be present in the temple. Alternate translation: “your temple will be left to you like a desolate house” or “God will abandon your temple”
23:38 jl65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφίεται & ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will leave your house”
23:38 e5sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἀφίεται 1 Jesus is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “will be left”
23:39 wc86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces support for the claim that Jesus made in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces basis or support for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because, as”
23:39 r74f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μή 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
23:39 r6o6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἄρτι 1 Here Jesus uses the word **now** to refer to the time of his current visit to Jerusalem. He is not referring to just the current moment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the time of my current visit with you”
23:39 eqnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπητε 1 Here, Jesus could be indicating that they will **certainly not see** him: (1) until the time when they **say** the following words. Alternate translation: “until the time when you say” (2) unless they **say** the following words. Alternate translation: “unless you say”
23:39 soho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 Here Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 118:26](../psa/118/26.md). Since he does not introduce the words as a quotation from an important text, you also should not introduce them as anything more than what he said. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include this information in a footnote.
23:39 luw3 εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 The exact same sentence appears in [21:9](../21/09.md). Translate it as you did there.
24:intro h2a2 0 # Matthew 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n10. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)\n * The disciples ask Jesus about the destruction of the temple and the end of the age (24:1–3)\n * Jesus teaches about the destruction of the temple (24:4–35)\n * Things that will happen in the time before the destruction of the temple (24:4–14)\n * Things that will happen immediately before the destruction of the temple (24:15–28)\n * The coming of the Son of Man (24:29–31)\n * When these things will happen (24:32–35)\n * Jesus teaches about the end of the age (24:36–51)\n * No one knows when this will happen (24:36–41)\n * The need to be alert (24:42–44)\n * The parable of the faithful slave and the evil slave (24:45–51)\n\n### When Jesus speaks about which topics\n\nWhen the disciples speak to Jesus in [24:3](../24/03.md), they ask about two things: first, they want to know when the temple will be destroyed, and second, they want to know about the sign of Jesus’ coming and of the end of the age. Christians disagree about when Jesus is speaking about which topic. He could:\n1. finish speaking about the destruction of the temple in [24:35](../24/35.md) and then go on to speak about his second coming (the outline above follows this view)\n2. finish speaking about the destruction of the temple in [24:28](../24/28.md) and then go on to speak about his second coming\n3. speak about the destruction of the temple as a foreshadowing of the final tribulation in [24:4–28](../24/04.md) and [24:32–35](../24/32.md) and speak about his second coming in [24:29–31](../24/29.md)\n\nSince Christians disagree over when Jesus is speaking about which topic, if possible format your translation so that several interpretations are possible.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The destruction of the temple\n\nThe temple in Jerusalem was a very impressive, large building. Despite that, Jesus predicted that it would be destroyed within the lifetime of those who heard him. In fact, about 40 years later, a Roman army conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple.\n\n### The end of the age\n\nThe disciples ask Jesus about “the end of the age,” which both they and Jesus imply is also the time of Jesus’ second coming. The end of the age is the moment when God changes how things are in the present time to how they will be forever after Jesus’ second coming. Consider how you might naturally refer to this time in your translation.\n\n### The Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven\n\nIn [24:30](../24/30.md), Jesus indicates that he, the Son of Man, will “come” on the clouds of heaven. However, he does not indicate the location to which he will “come.” Christians debate whether Jesus is describing his return to earth or his enthronement in heaven. If possible, your translation should allow for both possibilities. See the notes on this verse for translation options.\n\n### “This generation” in [24:34](../24/34.md)\n\nIn [24:34](../24/34.md), Jesus says that what he has described will happen before “this generation” passes away. Many interpretations have been proposed for the group of people to which “this generation” refers:\n1. The people who were alive while Jesus was speaking these words\n2. The people who would be alive when the signs of the end began\n3. People who are like those who did not believe while Jesus was on earth\n4. Jewish people in general throughout history\n5. Humans in general\n\nSince the word that Jesus uses primarily refers to people who are alive at the same time, if possible use a word or phrase that refers to such a group of people. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some interpretations of the word in a footnote.\n\n### The days of Noah\n\nIn [24:37–39](../24/37.md), Jesus compares the coming of the Son of Man with the time period of Noah. When Noah was alive, God told him to warn people that an enormous flood was coming. No
24:1 b6uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out”
24:1 ke79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus went out from the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus was in the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from the temple courtyard”
24:1 di17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰς οἰκοδομὰς τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **buildings** that are in **the temple** area. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the buildings in the temple complex”
24:2 w287 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
24:2 mh5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα 1 Jesus is using the question form to draw the attention of the disciples to the buildings. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Consider all these things.” or “Think about all these things!”
24:2 k7ah rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 Jesus says that every **stone** will be **torn down** as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost every stone upon a stone will not be left here, and almost none of them will not be torn down”
24:2 ecdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be invading enemies. Alternate translation: “an invading army will certainly not leave a stone upon a stone here, which they will not tear down”
24:2 g4d8 οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas in positive form. Alternate translation: “every stone will be toppled off the stone it is on, and each one will be torn down”
24:3 f5a0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
24:3 ix45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
24:3 pudy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative εἰπὲ 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you tell”
24:3 tuti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular εἰπὲ & σῆς 1 Since the disciples are speaking to Jesus, the command and the word **your** in this verse are singular.
24:3 kal6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, the phrase **these things** refers to the events that Jesus described in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the events you have spoken about” or “that destruction”
24:3 xscx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς σῆς παρουσίας 1 Here the disciples imply that Jesus will come back to this world at some point in the future. They are also implying that he will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “of when you are going to come back to this world” or “of when, after leaving this world, you will come back”
24:3 e1is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Here, the phrase **the end of the age** refers to when the current time period will cease and a new **age** will begin. If your language has a way to refer to the end of the way things are now, you could use it here, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “of the end of the world” or “of the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
24:4 s64s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 Jesus is speaking as if the disciples could literally be led **astray**, that is, led down the wrong path. He means that they could be deceived. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to believe what is wrong”
24:5 q6q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Jesus wants the disciples to be careful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for an exhortation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should be careful because” or “Indeed,”
24:5 yvt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ & πολλοὺς 1 In both places, Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women … many men and women”
24:5 czgg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλεύσονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “will go”
24:5 lq71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Here, the word **name** refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. More specifically, Jesus could mean that: (1) these people claim to have the authority that Jesus properly has. Alternate translation: “in my authority” or “claiming to have the authority I have” (2) these people claim to represent Jesus. Alternate translation: “claiming to be my representatives” or “as if they were my representatives”
24:5 w7i0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός; καὶ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they are the Christ, and”
24:5 udm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say”
24:5 twh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [24:4](../24/04.md). Alternate translation: “will cause many to believe what is wrong”
24:6 pgdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ θροεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the **wars** and **rumors of wars**. Alternate translation: “those things do not trouble you”
24:6 hdz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δεῖ & γενέσθαι 1 Here Jesus means that God has planned these things and they will not change. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God has chosen that these things will happen”
24:6 fvq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 Here Jesus is speaking about **the end** of the age, which is what the disciples asked about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
24:7 z2fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what is going to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Even more,”
24:7 ygf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “nation will rise against nation, yes, kingdom against kingdom” or “nation and kingdom rise against nation and kingdom”
24:7 tc4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The words **nation** and **kingdom** represents nations and kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom and nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “some nations will rise against other nations, and some kingdoms against other kingdoms”
24:7 xuow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Here, the words **nation** and **kingdom** represent the people who live in them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of a nation will rise up against the people of another nation, and the people of a kingdom against the people of another kingdom”
24:7 fmy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται & ἐπὶ 1 The phrase **rise against** referring to attacking someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will fight against”
24:7 xo7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom”
24:7 to35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants λιμοὶ καὶ σεισμοὶ 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **famines and earthquakes**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “famines and plagues and earthquakes.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
24:8 rl12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus says about how **these things** are just **the beginning** in contrast to how bad they seemed when he described them in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “And yet,” or “However,”
24:8 cnrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα & ταῦτα 1 Here, the phrase **all these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all the things that I have described”
24:8 q4gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων 1 Here Jesus speaks of the events that he has described as if they were **the beginning of birth pains**. He means that, just like **birth pains**, they are difficult and painful things that eventually lead to a happy and wonderful result. If possible, you should maintain the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “are like the beginning of birth pains”
24:9 uyq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** could introduce something that will happen: (1) during the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “During that time,” (2) after the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “After that time,”
24:9 cbkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν 1 Here, the phrase **hand you over** refers to putting people in a particular situation or experience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will make you experience tribulation” or “they will cause you tribulation”
24:9 uw1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to all people who persecute the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to enemies of the disciples. Alternate translation: “your enemies will hand you over”
24:9 aair rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς θλῖψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be afflicted” or “to be persecuted”
24:9 nsh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the nations will hate you”
24:9 u2bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, **name** represents the person whose name it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [10:22](../10/22.md). Alternate translation: “because of me”
24:10 eppj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τότε 1 Here, just as in [24:9](../24/09.md), the word **then** could introduce something that will happen: (1) during the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “during that time,” (2) after the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “after that time,”
24:10 kvbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many will stumble”
24:10 a4yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of ceasing to believe in God as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many will stop believing” or “many will cease trusting God”
24:10 q5n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many disciples or fellow believers. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many disciples” or “many of my followers”
24:10 w1oo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀλλήλους παραδώσουσιν 1 Here, the phrase **hand one another over** refers to putting people under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will have the authorities seize one another” or “will cause one another to be arrested”
24:11 fo6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be the false prophets themselves. Alternate translation: “will rise up”
24:11 mi2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 Here, the phrase **will be raised up** refers to people beginning to do some task publicly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appear” or “will start prophesying”
24:11 tjb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 Jesus is speaking as if the prophets would literally **lead** people **astray**, that is, down the wrong path. He means that they will deceive people. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea [24:4](../24/04.md). Alternate translation: “will cause many to believe what is wrong”
24:11 qtk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλούς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”
24:12 ohq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lawlessness will increase”
24:12 w4af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lawlessness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people doing what is lawless”
24:12 bu9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **love** were something hot that could literally **grow cold**. He means that **love** has diminished or ceased. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the love of many will be like a fire that has gone out” or “the love of many will cease”
24:12 x9sx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “many will grow cold in how they love”
24:12 dbfq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 Here Jesus could be speaking about: (1) **love** for other people. Alternate translation: “the love of many for other people” (2) **love** for God. Alternate translation: “the love of many for God”
24:12 nvvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν πολλῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of many men and women”
24:13 v3ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 The exact same sentence appears in [10:22](../10/22.md). Translate it as you did there.
24:14 x3e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that his disciples will do it. Alternate translation: “you will preach this gospel of the kingdom”
24:14 opuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **gospel** that is about **the kingdom**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the gospel concerning the kingdom”
24:14 he15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that someone testifies about it” or “so that it is testified”
24:14 y65s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 Here, the word **nations** represents the people who live in those nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of all the nations”
24:14 cqxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 Here Jesus is speaking about **the end** of the age, which is what the disciples asked about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
24:14 e2ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἥξει 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the end** were something that could **come**. He means that **the end** will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will happen”
24:15 phs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus has said about how persecution and suffering will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference or conclusion. Alternate translation: “Because of all that”
24:15 lhas rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 The phrase **the abomination of desolation** is found in [Daniel 9:27](../dan/09/27.md), [Daniel 11:31](../11/31.md), and [Daniel 12:11](../12/11.md). Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with these passages, which prophesy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple”
24:15 f7bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe an **abomination** that causes **desolation**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the abomination that causes desolation” or “the abomination that leads to desolation”
24:15 v2f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **abomination** and **desolation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the abominable thing that desolates”
24:15 mf1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of which Daniel the prophet spoke”
24:15 nl7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ 1 Here, the phrase **the holy place** refers to the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the holy temple”
24:15-16 lz9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τόπῳ ἁγίῳ ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω & τότε 1 Here, clause **let the one reading understand** could be: (1) written by Matthew to anyone who reads what **Daniel** wrote. Use a form that clearly indicates that Matthew is writing this, not reporting what Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “the holy place” (and I, Matthew, add: let the one who has read the book of Daniel understand), “then” (2) spoken by Jesus to anyone who reads what **Daniel** wrote. Alternate translation: “the holy place, and let the one who has read the book of Daniel understand, then” (3) written by Matthew to anyone who reads this story. Use a form that clearly indicates that Matthew is writing this, not reporting what Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “the holy place” (and I, Matthew, add: let the one who reads this story understand), “then”\n
24:15 sq8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 Here, the phrase **let the one reading understand** could indicate that **the one reading**: (1) can **understand** what **the abomination of desolation** is if they know what **Daniel** wrote. Alternate translation: “the one reading understands” or “you know what I mean” (2) should try to **understand** what **the abomination of desolation** is. Alternate translation: “let the one reading try to understand” or “reader, pay attention”
24:15 fa7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one reading must understand”
24:16 geyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, φευγέτωσαν 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones in Judea must flee”
24:16 v75q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὰ ὄρη 1 Here Jesus implies that people will be safer in **the mountains** than in **Judea**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the mountains where they will be safer”
24:17 bm5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus gives a command to **one** person, but he implies that it applies to any of his disciples who are in the situation that he describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let the ones on the housetops not go down to take anything from their houses”
24:17 iv2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “let the one who is on top of his roof escape immediately by the back stairway and not enter his house to get anything”
24:17 upze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one on the housetop must not go down”
24:17 c93j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “let the one on the housetop not come down”
24:17 kmcl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
24:18 v06k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus gives a command to **one** person, but he implies that it applies to any of his disciples who are in the situation that he describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let the ones in the fields not turn back to take their cloaks”
24:18 a6c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ 1 People in Jesus’ time often walked from their towns to **the field** that they worked in during the day. Jesus is saying that, when they see the abomination of desolation, they should not return to their town to get their cloaks. Instead, they should flee directly from the field that they are working in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “let the one working the field not return to his town to get his cloak”
24:18 kydy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one in the field must not turn back”
24:18 duz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”
24:19 xq76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
24:19 kq12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 Here, the phrase **having in the womb** refers to being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the ones who are with child” or “to the ones who are pregnant”
24:19 piql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 This does not mean babies who are nursing but women who are nursing babies (providing their milk for them). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to mothers who are nursing their babies”
24:19 f533 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Here, the phrase **those days** refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “during that time period”
24:20 w2tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”
24:20 u4jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **flight**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you might not have to flee”
24:20 m6mx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown χειμῶνος 1 In the location to which Jesus is referring, **winter** is the time of year when it is cold and travel is difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which it would be difficult to travel, or you could translate **winter** with a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the rainy season” or “in the cold season”
24:20 uvec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Σαββάτῳ 1 Because people in Jesus’ culture did not work **on a Sabbath**, it was much harder to travel on that day, even in an emergency. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath, when no one is working” or “on a Sabbath, when traveling is hard”
24:21 c1g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples should pray that they would not need to flee in winter or on a Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should pray that because” or “That is because”
24:21 g7cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔσται & θλῖψις μεγάλη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people will be greatly hurt” or “people will be greatly afflicted”
24:21 qffq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδ’ οὐ μὴ γένηται 1 The words translated **nor** and **ever** are three negative words. In this construction, the second and third negatives do not cancel the first. Instead, they give greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use three negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a triple negative here. If your language does not use three negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “and will by no means happen again”
24:21 wt7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ μὴ γένηται 1 Here Jesus means that **tribulation** this **great** will not happen again after these events occur. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “nor will ever again happen after that”
24:22 ue2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that **those days** really have **been shortened**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “were those days not to have been shortened, no flesh would have been saved” or “image that those days had not been shortened. Then, no flesh would have been saved”
24:22 f692 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this because he knows that God has already decided to shorten **those days**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense, or you could refer to God’s decision. Alternate translation: “those days were not going to be shortened, no flesh would be saved” or “the decision had not already been made to shorten those days, no flesh would have been saved”
24:22 ndr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι & κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God had not shortened those days … God will shorten those days”
24:22 fqh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι -1 Here, the phrase **those days** refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that time period … that time period”
24:22 dwwn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no flesh would remain” or “no flesh would continue to live”
24:22 r9qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 Jesus is using **flesh** to represent humans. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “humans”
24:22 b1i0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what will actually happen in contrast to what might have happened if God had not **shortened** the **days**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces that kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In reality, though,”
24:22 mcqg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the elect people” or “the people whom God has elected”
24:23-24 v5fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἤ ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε & ἐγερθήσονται γὰρ ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ δώσουσιν σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα, ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [24:23](../24/23.md) and [24:24](../24/24.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reason for Jesus’ command before the command itself. Alternate translation: “Then, false Christs and false prophets will be raised up and will give great signs and wonders, so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect. So, if anyone says to you, ‘Behold, here {is} the Christ!’ or, ‘Here!’ you should not believe {it}.”
24:23 avm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it will happen. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Then, although some people will say to you”
24:23 e7bo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** could introduce something that will happen: (1) during the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “During that time,” (2) after the events that Jesus has been describing. Alternate translation: “After that time,”
24:23 vm45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἤ ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “says to you that you should look because the Christ is there or there, you should not believe it”
24:23 fn7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to look at something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to look, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Pay attention”
24:23 x392 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὧδε 2 The person speaking is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Here is the Christ”
24:24 zfyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a basis for the command that Jesus gave in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that since” or “That is because”
24:24 s3te rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be the false Christs and false prophets themselves. Alternate translation: “will rise up”
24:24 jpjr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 Here, the phrase** will be raised up** refers to people beginning to do some task publicly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appear” or “will begin to lead”
24:24 nx14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα 1 The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “amazing signs” or “impressive deeds”
24:24 u3o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὥστε πλανῆσαι 1 Here, the phrase **so as** introduces the purpose for which the false Christs and false prophets give the **great signs and wonders**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “with the goal of leading astray” or “in order to lead astray”
24:24 n744 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 Jesus is speaking as if the false Christs and prophets could literally **lead** people **astray**. He means that they deceive others. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [24:4](../24/04.md). Alternate translation: “to cause, if possible, even the elect to believe what is wrong”
24:24 ygyp εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Here, the phrase **if possible** could mean: (1) that it is not actually **possible** to lead astray the elect. Alternate translation: “if it were possible” (2) that the false Christs and false prophets will try everything they can to lead astray the elect. Alternate translation: “if they can” or “by all possible means”
24:24 y0ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this word in [24:22](../24/22.md). Alternate translation: “the elect people” or “the people whom God has elected”
24:25 cpd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention”
24:26 gn85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν & εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε & ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις, μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Here Jesus uses imaginary situations to teach his disciples how to respond to people who claim to know where the Messiah is. Use a natural method in your language for introducing imaginary situations. Alternate translation: “imagine that they say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness.’ In that case, you should not go out; imagine that they say to you, ‘Behold, in the inner chambers.’ In that case, you should not believe it.”
24:26 fmx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε & ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις, μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “they say to you that you should look because he is in the wilderness, you should not go out; that you should look in the inner chambers, you should not believe it”
24:26 ijco rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἴπωσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to any person who might say this. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to people in general. Alternate translation: “people say”
24:26 vdkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ -1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to look at something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to look, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Look … Look” or “Pay attention … Pay attention”
24:26 tph8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐστίν 1 Here Jesus implies that the people are speaking about the Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Christ is”
24:26 zxg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐξέλθητε & ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “you should not go out; if they say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the inner chambers”
24:26 m5py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 Here Jesus is referring to going out to the **wilderness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you should not go out to that wilderness”
24:26 btjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “you should not come out”
24:26 qgaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῖς ταμείοις 1 The phrase **inner chambers** refers to small, private rooms in a house. They could be bedrooms or storage rooms. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of rooms, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the private areas” or “the inner rooms”
24:27 wpka rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a basis for the command that Jesus gave in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that because” or “That is because”
24:27 j1w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ & ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is saying that **the coming of the Son of Man** will be like **lightning** because they are both visible to everyone and very obvious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west so that it is visible to everyone, so will the coming of the Son of Man be visible to everyone”
24:27 pf6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν 1 Here Jesus is referring to how a large bolt of lightning begins at one side of the sky and flashes to the other side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the lightning flashes across the sky” or “the lightning lights up the sky from east to west”
24:27 iaec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξέρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “goes out”
24:27 f8cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus implies that **the Son of Man** will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that **the Son of Man** will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will come back to this world” or “the Son of Man, after leaving this world, will come back”
24:27 za8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man”
24:28 mu35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach. See the chapter introduction for what this proverb might mean in this context. Since there are many things that it might mean, you should express the idea in a form that your readers would recognize as a proverb without explaining its meaning. Alternate translation: “Vultures are gathered wherever there is a corpse”
24:28 fo7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the vultures will gather”
24:28 ivl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οἱ ἀετοί 1 The word **vultures** describes large birds that travel in flocks and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. If your readers would not be familiar with **vultures**, you could use the name of similar birds in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds”
24:29 az4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential εὐθέως δὲ μετὰ 1 The phrase **But immediately after** indicates that the events Jesus will describe in [24:29–31](../24/29.md) will come soon after the events he has described in [24:15–28](../24/15.md) or perhaps all of [24:4–28](../24/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that refers to events that will happen soon after other events. Alternate translation: “Then, directly following”
24:29 yj4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tribulation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those days when people will be greatly hurt” or “those days when people will be greatly afflicted”
24:29 zmm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων 1 Here, the phrase **those days** refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [24:22](../24/22.md). Alternate translation: “of that time period”\n
24:29 zuk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will darken the sun”
24:29 k7xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 Here, Jesus speaks as if **the moon** were a person who could **give** something to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark”
24:29 w1bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will shake the powers of the heavens”
24:29 dyd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the powers of the heavens** could refer to: (1) powerful spiritual beings that dwell in **the heavens**. Alternate translation: “the powerful beings in the heavens” (2) the heavenly bodies, including the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars”
24:30 umi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 Here, the phrase **in heaven** could go with: (1) **will appear**. In this case, **in heaven** is where the **sign** will appear. Alternate translation: “will appear in heaven the sign of the Son of Man” (2) **the Son of Man**. In this case, the **sign** shows that **the Son of Man** is **in heaven**. Alternate translation: “will appear the sign that the Son of Man is in heaven”
24:30 qwja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus could be using the possessive form to describe a **sign** that: (1) shows that **the Son of Man** is about to do something. Alternate translation: “the sign that indicates that the Son of Man is about to do something” (2) is **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “the sign, which is the Son of Man,”
24:30 yc2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, who am the Son of Man, … me, who am the Son of Man,”
24:30 orbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Here, the phrase **all the tribes of the earth** could refer to: (1) all the groups of people in the world. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world” (2) all the people who belong to the **tribes** of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the people of the tribes of Israel”
24:30 hrcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐρχόμενον 1 Christians debate exactly what it means in this verse for the **the Son of Man** to be **coming**. Some think he is **coming** to God’s heavenly throne room. Others think he is **coming** back to earth. If possible, use a form that does not explicitly state where he is **coming**. Alternate translation: “traveling” or “going”
24:30 slgu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The expression **of heaven** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the clouds”\n
24:30 pb0x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **power** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who is powerful and very glorious” or “powerfully and very gloriously”
24:31 rlb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ 1 If you expressed the idea in the previous verse in first person instead of third person, you should also use the first person here. Alternate translation: “I will send my angels … my”
24:31 fl54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης 1 Here, **a great trumpet** represents the very loud sound that this **trumpet** would make. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with a great trumpet call”
24:31 gq1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this word in [24:22](../24/22.md). Alternate translation: “his elect people” or “the people whom he has elected”
24:31 ibw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The phrase **from the four winds** indicates that the **elect** are gathered from every direction. The phrase **from the ends of the heavens to the ends of them** indicates that they are gathered from the farthest places. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two phrases and emphasize in another way the complete range of this gathering. Alternate translation: “from even the farthest points in every direction”
24:31 wp9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων 1 The phrase **the four winds** refers to the four primary directions: north, south, east, and west, and so includes every place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the north, south, east, and west” or “from every place”
24:31 l1ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the ends of the heavens** refers to the parts of the world that are the farthest away. Jesus means that the elect will be gathered from every place, no matter how far away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the nearest to the farthest places” or “from even the farthest places”
24:32 n8t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
24:32 nxex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἀπὸ & τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν 1 To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “learn from this illustration concerning the fig tree”
24:32 bczg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῆς συκῆς & ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς γένηται ἁπαλὸς καὶ τὰ φύλλα ἐκφύῃ 1 The phrase **fig tree** represents fig trees in general, not one particular fig tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fig trees … their branches already become tender and they put out leaves”
24:32 ssh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς γένηται ἁπαλὸς 1 Here, the clause **its branch already becomes tender** means that the **fig tree** has begun to grow new branches, which are **tender** when they are new. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it grows new twigs” or “it sprouts fresh branches”
24:32 ro2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ θέρος 1 In the location to which Jesus is referring, **summer** is the time of year when trees and plants grow and produce fruit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which plants and trees grow. Alternate translation: “the time for things to grow” or “the h ot season”
24:33 kf40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα, πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all these things** refers back to what Jesus has described in [24:4–28](../24/04.md) or perhaps [24:4–31](../24/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all those things I have told you about”
24:33 ygke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐστιν 1 Here, the word translated **it** could: (1) refer to the coming of the Son of Man and the gathering of the elect, as described in [24:30–31](../24/30.md). Alternate translation: “his coming is” or (if you expressed Son of Man in the first person) “my coming is” (2) be translated as “he” and refer to the Son of Man. Alternate translation: “he is” or (if you expressed Son of Man in the first person) “I am”
24:33 cfz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπὶ θύραις 1 The phrase **at the doors** indicates that something or someone is very near and ready to enter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ready to enter” or “about to arrive”
24:34 y73t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 Here, **generation** represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are alive at the same time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation”
24:34 x4nd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 Christians debate whom Jesus was referring to with the phrase **this generation**. See the chapter introduction for more information. Two possibilities are most likely. Jesus could be referring to: (1) the people who were alive while he was saying these words. Alternate translation: “people who are alive right now” (2) the people who will be alive when the things that he has described begin to happen. Alternate translation: “people who will be alive then”
24:34 gld5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **pass away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die”
24:34 r6sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase **certainly not** and the negative verb **pass away**. Alternate translation: “will certainly remain”
24:34 kinv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
24:34 fb4k πάντα ταῦτα 1 Here, just as in [24:33](../24/33.md), the phrase **all these things** refers back to what Jesus has described in [24:4–28](../24/04.md) or perhaps [24:4–31](../24/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all those things I have told you about”
24:35 i8vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here Jesus refers two main components of creation, **heaven** and **earth**, to refer to all of creation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All creation” or “The universe”
24:35 e6bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ & λόγοι μου 1 Here, the phrase **my words** represents what Jesus has said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things I have spoken”\n
24:35 v1ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase **certainly not** and the negative verb **pass away**. Alternate translation: “will always remain”
24:35 d7ev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
24:36 uitq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 Here, the phrase **But concerning** introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to talk about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic. Alternate translation: “Next, I will talk about that day and hour. About them”
24:36 q4pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 The terms **day** and **hour** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “that specific time”
24:36 vico rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 Here Jesus is referring to the exact moment when this “age,” which is the current time period, will end (see the disciples’ question in [24:3](../24/03.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the end of the age” or “the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
24:36 lhrh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατὴρ μόνος 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows and no one else, neither the angels of the heavens, nor the Son”
24:36 wq5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **angels** that are in **the heavens**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the angels in the heavens”
24:36 beb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **nor the Son**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
24:36 p5vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός & ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Son** and **Father** are important titles that describes the relationship between Jesus the Son and God the Father. Be sure to retain these titles in your translation.
24:36 espb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱός 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son”
24:37 mddt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here the word **For** introduces more information about how no one knows “that day or hour” (see [24:36](../24/36.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces more information, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Indeed,”
24:37 dmm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ & αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus compares **the days of Noah** with **the coming of the Son of Man**. Jesus explains this comparison in the following verses, so you do not need to explain it here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a comparison. Alternate translation: “think about the days of Noah. That is what the coming of the Son of Man will be like”
24:37 bchy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὥσπερ & αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “just as what occurred in the days of Noah”
24:37 hf51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε 1 Here, the word **days** refers to a specific period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time when Noah was living” or “the time period of Noah”
24:37 jlbu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus implies that **the Son of Man** will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that **the Son of Man** will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “it will be when the Son of Man comes back to this world” or “it will be when the Son of Man, after leaving this world, comes back”
24:37 cpn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, who am the Son of Man”
24:38-39 vdyr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ὡς γὰρ ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταῖς πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ, τρώγοντες καὶ πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες, ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν, Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν & καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν, ἕως ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμὸς καὶ ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [24:38](../24/38.md) and [24:39](../24/39.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the information in sequential order. Alternate translation: “For as in the days before the flood they did not understand, and they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until that day Noah entered into the ark and the flood came and took {them} all away, thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man”
24:38 by8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces Jesus’ explanation of the comparison he just drew between the time of Noah and the coming of the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is how they are similar:” or “Indeed,”
24:38 lh9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις & ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας 1 Here, the word **days** refers to a specific period of time, and the word **day** refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time … until the time when” or “in the time period … until the instant that”
24:38 pfyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἦσαν & τρώγοντες καὶ πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες 1 Here Jesus describes several normal human activities (**eating**, **drinking**, and **marrying and giving in marriage**) in order to refer to normal human activities in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate more explicitly that these are examples of normal human activities, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were doing regular activities, such as eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage” or “they were going about their normal lives”
24:38 kb2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἦσαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “men and women were” or “most people were”
24:38 fgrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες 1 In Jesus’ culture, it was customary to talk about men **marrying** and fathers **giving** their daughters **in marriage**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “men marrying and women being given in marriage” or “men and women marrying”
24:38 emls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns γαμίζοντες 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **marriage**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “causing to be married”
24:39 ffa6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 Here, Jesus implies that **they did not know** what was about to happen to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and they did not know what was about to happen to them”
24:39 ah5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἦρεν ἅπαντας 1 Here Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **took {them} all away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to death your language, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “swept them all away” or “killed them all”
24:39 ibcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἅπαντας 1 Here, the word **all** does not include Noah and his family, who were in the ark. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all those outside the ark”
24:39 wcav rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus concludes his comparison between the days of Noah and **the coming of the Son of Man**. He uses the comparison to show that **the coming of the Son of Man** will happen when people do not expect it, just as the flood came when people did not know that it was coming. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of the comparison more explicitly. Alternate translation: “thus also the coming of the Son of Man will happen when people are not expecting it”
24:40 orgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces something that will happen at the same time as the coming of the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time as something else. Alternate translation: “At that time,”
24:40 hbqg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἔσονται δύο ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ; εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται 1 Here Jesus uses **two** men in one **field** as a hypothetical example. He does not mean that this will happen to only **two** men in one specific **field**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “two, for example, will be in a field—one is taken, and one is left”
24:40 uzz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔσονται δύο ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 Here Jesus implies that these **two** are working **in the field**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “two men will be working in the field”
24:40 itv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δύο & εἷς & εἷς 1 Jesus is using the numbers **two** and **one** as nouns to mean **two** men or **one** man. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “two men … one man … one man”
24:40 re76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται 1 Here, Jesus describes a separation between **two** men working in a field. He could mean that: (1) the one who is **taken** will be with God, while the one who is **left** will be punished. Alternate translation: “one is taken to be with God, and one is left to be punished” (2) the one who is **taken** will be punished, while the one who is **left** will be with God. Alternate translation: “one is taken to be punished, and one is left to be with God”
24:40 gt4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will take one, and he will leave one”
24:40 ybz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe something that will happen in the future. He does this because it was a vivid way to tell a story in his language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural for telling a story about what will happen. Alternate translation: “one will be taken, and one will be left”
24:41 ie86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ μύλῳ; μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται 1 Here Jesus uses **two** women grinding with one **mill** as a hypothetical example. He does not mean that this will happen to only **two** women using one specific **mill**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Two, for example, grinding with a mill—one is taken, and one is left”
24:41 abwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis δύο ἀλήθουσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Two will be grinding”
24:41 pq2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δύο & μία & μία 1 Jesus is using the numbers **two** and **one** as nouns to mean **two** women or **one** woman. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “two women … one woman … one woman”
24:41 va7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ μύλῳ 1 The term **grinding** refers to the process of breaking up grain into very small pieces so that it can be used for cooking. A **mill** was a large stone that people would use to grind the grain. If your readers would not be familiar with grain, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “grinding grain” or “preparing food”
24:41 hf4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται 1 Here, Jesus describes a separation between **two** women grinding with a mill. See how you expressed the idea in [24:40](../24/40.md). Jesus could mean that: (1) the one who is **taken** will be with God, while the one who is **left** will be punished. Alternate translation: “one is taken to be with God, and one is left to be punished” (2) the one who is **taken** will be punished, while the one who is **left** will be with God. Alternate translation: “one is taken to be punished, and one is left to be with God”
24:41 eail rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will take one, and he will leave one”
24:41 atnp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe something that will happen in the future. He does this because it was a vivid way to tell a story in his language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural for telling a story about what will happen. See how you expressed the idea in [24:40](../24/40.md). Alternate translation: “one will be taken, and one will be left”
24:42 pigu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γρηγορεῖτε & ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ Κύριος ὑμῶν ἔρχεται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clause. Alternate translation: “since you do not know on what day your Lord will come, be alert”
24:42 o91e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, the word **day** refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at what hour” or “the time when”
24:42 qai0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Κύριος ὑμῶν 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am your Lord,”
24:42 gku0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχεται 1 See how you translated “coming” in [24:37](../24/37.md). Alternate translation: “will come back to this world” or “will, after leaving this world, come back”
24:43 kxn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,”
24:43 fh50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐκεῖνο & γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to teach his disciples to be alert while they wait for him to return. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “know this: imagine that the master of the house had known in which watch thief comes. Then, he would have been alert and would not have allowed his house to be broken into”
24:43 ak6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἐκεῖνο & γινώσκετε, ὅτι 1 Here, the word **this** introduces the phrase that begins with **that**. This was a powerful way to introduce a statement in Jesus’ culture. If this form would be redundant in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “know that”
24:43 wtgg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἐκεῖνο & γινώσκετε, ὅτι 1 To teach his disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “listen to this story:”
24:43 ki5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ποίᾳ φυλακῇ 1 Here, the word **watch** refers to a specific period of time during the night. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a period of time during the night. Alternate translation: “in which part of the night”
24:43 mzgy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔρχεται 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to refer to the future **coming** of the thief. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural to refer to this action. Alternate translation: “would come”
24:43 lg7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who would do the action, it is clear from the context that the thief would do it. Alternate translation: “the thief to break into his house”
24:44 yt4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο καὶ, ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι, ὅτι ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “For this reason, because the Son of Man comes in that hour you do not think, you also be ready”
24:44 tub2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **For this reason** introduces how Jesus applies the story about the master of the house and the thief. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application or implication. Alternate translation: “Here is what that means:” or “Given that illustration,”
24:44 ess8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ᾗ & ὥρᾳ 1 Here, the word **hour** refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “at that moment”
24:44 eiz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ δοκεῖτε 1 Here Jesus means that **the Son of Man** will come when they **do not think** he will. In other words, his coming will be unexpected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that you do not think he will”
24:44 gd17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, come”
24:44 gu6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται 1 See how you translated “coming” in [24:37](../24/37.md). Alternate translation: “the Son of Man comes back to this world” or “the Son of Man, after leaving this world, comes back”
24:44 l517 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔρχεται 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to refer to when he will come in the future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural to refer to this action. Alternate translation: “will come”
24:45 f92d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ 1 Jesus is using the question form to introduce a further illustration or application of what he has been saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Consider, then, who might be the faithful and wise slave whom the master has appointed over his household to give them their food in time.” or “You should know, then, who is the faithful and wise slave whom the master has appointed over his household to give them their food in time!”
24:45 weju rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τίς ἄρα 1 Here the word **then** introduces an inference that Jesus draws from what he has said about being alert and ready. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an inference, or you could leave **then** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Given what I have said, who” or “So then, who”
24:45 dcpi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ 1 The implication, as the rest of the parable makes clear, is that the **master** is making this arrangement temporarily and provisionally because he is going to be absent for a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom his master, while he goes away for a while, has appointed over his household”
24:45 k3j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν 1 Here, the phrase **to give** introduces the purpose for which the **master** appointed the slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving them their food”
24:45 orfi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **in time** refers to the appropriate or correct **time** for something to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the appropriate times” or “when it is time”
24:46 r9mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μακάριος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God will bless”
24:46 eo3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθὼν 1 Here Jesus implies that the **master** comes back from a trip or absence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come back”
24:46 g9t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὕτως ποιοῦντα 1 Here, the word **thus** refers to giving food to the rest of the household at the appropriate times (see [24:45](../24/45.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “doing that task” or “giving food to the household at the proper times”
24:48-50 m121 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν & εἴπῃ ὁ κακὸς δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος & καὶ ἄρξηται τύπτειν τοὺς συνδούλους αὐτοῦ, ἐσθίῃ δὲ καὶ πίνῃ μετὰ τῶν μεθυόντων & ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to teach his disciples about how they should not behave while they wait for him to return. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that the slave is evil and says in his heart, ‘My master is delaying,’ and he begins to beat his fellow slaves and eats and drinks with the ones being drunk. As he is doing those things, the master of that slave will come on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know”
24:48 f9ft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 In Matthew’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the places where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “says in his head” or “says to himself”
24:48 per6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in his that his master delays”
24:48 cvdb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χρονίζει 1 Here the slave is implying that his master **delays** his return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “delays coming back”
24:50 icgq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἥξει 1 Here Jesus implies that the master **will come** back from a trip or absence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will come back”
24:50 bz5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 The clauses **on a day that he does not expect** and **at an hour that he does not know** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “on a day that he does not know” or “at a time that he does not expect”
24:50 ss9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ & ἐν ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the terms **day** and **hour** to refer to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at a time … at a moment”
24:51 jj2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 Here, the phrase **cut him in two** could refer to: (1) a severe punishment that does not kill the slave. This is supported by how the following clauses imply that the slave is still alive, which he would not be if he had literally been cut in two. Alternate translation: “he will discipline him painfully” (2) the slave literally being cut into two pieces. Alternate translation: “he will have him cut in half”
24:51 pv2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει 1 Here, the phrase **appoint his place with the hypocrites** indicates that the slave will be treated as **the hypocrites** are. More specifically, if the phrase **cut him in two** refers to: (1) a severe punishment, then Jesus indicates that the slave is punished in the same place where **the hypocrites** are punished. Alternate translation: “cause him to be punished where the hypocrites are punished” (2) literally killing the servant, then Jesus indicates that the slave ends up after his death where **the hypocrites** end up: in hell. Alternate translation: “send him to hell with the hypocrites”
24:51 rwd5 ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 This clause is identical to the last clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Translate it as you did there.
25:intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n10. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)\n * The parable of the ten virgins (25:1–13)\n * The parable of the talents (25:14–30)\n * Teaching about the final judgment (25:31–46)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “lamps”\n\nThe word translated “lamps” throughout [25:1–13](../25/01.md) primarily refers to something that burns and gives light. Most likely, Jesus is either referring to oil lamps, which burn oil using a wick to create a relatively small amount of light, or to torches, which are soaked in oil and lit to create a relatively large amount of light. Since most translations express the idea with a word like “lamp,” the ULT and the UST translate the word as “lamp” and “oil lamp.” Consider whether “lamp” or “torch” better fits what the story narrates and then use the term that is more natural. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/lamp]])\n\n### Escorting the bridegroom\n\nIn [25:1–13](../25/01.md), Jesus uses wedding customs to illustrate how to wait for his second coming. Unfortunately, we know very little about Jewish wedding customs during this time period. The story that Jesus tells implies that young women would escort the bridegroom to where the wedding celebration would be held. These young women may have been friends of the bride. It is unclear whether this is the first event in the wedding celebration, and it is also unclear exactly where the young women escort the bridegroom. It could be the bride’s parents’ house, a wedding hall, or some other location. Since Jesus does not include any further explanation, and since we do not know much about weddings in this time period, you should avoid giving explanatory information except for clarifying that the young women escort the bridegroom to wherever the wedding event was going to happen.\n\n### Talents\n\nA talent was a unit of weight that, when used for precious metals, was also a unit of money. One talent weighed about 30 kilograms or about 65 pounds. The talent referred to in this chapter was probably worth about 6,000 denarii, that is, about 6,000 days’ wages for a hired worker. The exact amount of money is not important, so you could use a general term in your culture for that amount of money, or you could indicate about how many days’ wages it would be worth. Alternatively, you could spell “talent” how it sounds in your language and then provide a footnote that indicates about how much money this is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])\n\n### The final judgment\n\nIn [25:31–46](../25/31.md), Jesus describes some of what will happen at the final judgment when he, the Son of Man and the king, judges everyone. He divides people into two groups, and then he explains that this is based on how they have treated the least important believers. Then, he sends the ones who did not do what was right to eternal punishment, and he takes the ones who did what was right to experience eternal life with him. Jesus describes this scene to explain what the final judgment will be like, not to narrate everything about the final judgment exactly as it will happen, so be sure not to include anything beyond what he describes.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The parable of the ten virgins\n\nIn [25:1–13](../25/01.md), Jesus tells a story about ten young women who are supposed to escort a bridegroom to his wedding celebration. Five of them brought extra oil for their lamps, and five did not. When the bridegroom was late, the five young women who did not have extra oil had to go and buy some more, and they missed the bridegroom and the wedding celebration. Jesus uses this story to illustrate how his followers need to be prepared at all times for when he returns, since they do not know when that will be, just as the young women did not know when the bridegroom was going to arrive. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of this parable mo
25:1 em28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τότε 1 Here, **Then** refers to the time in the future when Jesus will return to the world. He called this time “the coming of the Son of Man” in [24:37](../24/37.md) and the “day your Lord is coming” in [24:42](../24/42.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time I return to the world”
25:1 zfdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables τότε ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν δέκα παρθένοις 1 To teach his disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: then the kingdom of the heavens will be compared to ten virgins”
25:1 pg5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I will compare the kingdom of the heavens to” or “the kingdom of the heavens will be comparable to”
25:1 uhj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λαμπάδας 1 The **lamps** throughout this story could be: (1) small clay containers for oil, which was burned using a wick. Alternate translation: “lamps that burn oil” (2) torches dipped or soaked in oil. Alternate translation: “torches soaked in oil”
25:1 jfsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίου 1 Here, the **virgins** are supposed to escort the **bridegroom** to where the wedding feast will be held. The fact that they took **lamps** implies that they will escort the bridegroom at night. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “went out during the night to meet the bridegroom and bring him to the wedding feast”
25:2 c8nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Here Jesus uses the word **Now** to introduce background information about the ten virgins that will help his audience understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that” or “About those ten virgins,”
25:2 ena4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πέντε φρόνιμοι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “five of them were wise”
25:3 n3v3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of how the virgins were wise or foolish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “This is what I mean:” or “As it happened,”
25:3 h5bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj αἱ & μωραὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun to mean the foolish virgins. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the foolish virgins” or “the foolish ones”
25:3 b37a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον 1 Here Jesus implies that this **oil** was extra oil stored in a separate container that the virgins would have used to refill their **lamps**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “more oil with them for refilling their lamps” or “any additional oil with them”
25:4 f30u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj αἱ & φρόνιμοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective **wise** as a noun to mean the wise virgins. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the wise virgins” or “the wise ones”
25:4 oi3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔλαιον 1 Here Jesus again implies that this **oil** was extra oil stored in separate **containers** that the virgins would have used to refill their **lamps**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the idea in [25:3](../25/03.md). Alternate translation: “more oil for refilling their lamps” or “additional oil”
25:5 ruxr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
25:5 qf4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous χρονίζοντος & τοῦ νυμφίου 1 Here, the phrase **the bridegroom delaying** describes something that happens as the ten virgins **became sleepy and were sleeping**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time. Alternate translation: “as the bridegroom delayed”
25:5 pvh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον 1 Here Jesus indicates that the ten virgins first **became sleepy** and then actually **were sleeping**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the sequence more explicit. Alternate translation: “they all became sleepy and then went to sleep”
25:6 ufp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
25:6 py59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes κραυγὴ γέγονεν, ἰδοὺ, ὁ νυμφίος! ἐξέρχεσθε εἰς ἀπάντησιν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “there was a cry that the bridegroom was there and that they should go out to the meeting”
25:6 o62h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the ten virgins and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could use a different form that draws people’s attention. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen”
25:6 vxmt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξέρχεσθε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of **Go**. Alternate translation: “Come out”
25:6 b3a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς ἀπάντησιν 1 Here the person saying these words implies that the ten virgins are supposed to meet and escort the bridegroom to the wedding celebration. See you expressed the similar idea in [25:1](../25/01.md). Alternate translation: “to meet him and bring him to the wedding feast”
25:7 ni6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν 1 Here Jesus means that the ten virgins did got their **lamps** ready to burn well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “got their lamps ready to burn well”
25:8 thfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
25:8 t3qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj αἱ & μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **foolish** and **wise** as nouns to mean the foolish virgins and the wise virgins. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “the foolish ones … to the wise ones”
25:8 cp7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον, δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked the wise to give them from their oil, because their lamps were going out”
25:8 f2dh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Since our lamps are going out, give us from your oil”
25:8 xbl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative δότε 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you give”
25:8 i1r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 Here, the phrase **going out** indicates that the **lamps** were running out of oil and unable to burn brightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is dying” or “our lamps are no longer burning”
25:9 us6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
25:9 w938 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj αἱ φρόνιμοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective **wise** as a noun to mean the wise virgins. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the wise ones” or “the wise virgins”
25:9 qu6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσαι 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
25:9 ybzj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσαι, μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that there would certainly not ever be enough for themselves and for them and that they should go instead to the ones selling and buy some for themselves”
25:9 j6z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς 1 Throughout their response, the wise virgins are implicitly referring to oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “There will certainly not ever be enough oil for us and for you. God instead to the ones selling oil and buy some for yourselves”
25:9 gr5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν 1 By answering in this way, the wise virgins imply that they will not give any oil to the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “No, we will not give you any oil, for there will certainly not ever be enough for us and for you”
25:9 l8ii μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ 1 Here, the wise virgins could be: (1) sure that there will not **be enough** oil for all of them. Alternate translation: “There will definitely not be enough” (2) worried that there will not **be enough** oil for all of them. Alternate translation: “There may not be enough”
25:9 qwkx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
25:9 s43k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 By **us**, the wise virgins mean themselves but not the foolish virgins, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
25:10 rfh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
25:10 jej8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀγοράσαι 1 Here Jesus implies that they went to **buy** oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil”
25:10 t229 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj αἱ ἕτοιμοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective **prepared** as a noun to mean the virgins who were prepared. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the prepared virgins” or “the virgins who were prepared”
25:10 uldw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς γάμους 1 Here, **wedding feast** represents the place where the wedding feast was being held. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the place for the wedding feast”
25:10 g29i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone shut the door”
25:11 x3ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
25:11 ys4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχονται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came”
25:11 gbdp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσαι, κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν! 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “repeatedly calling the bridegroom lord and asking him to open for them.”
25:11 x40k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness κύριε, κύριε 1 In Jesus’ culture, the word **lord** was a polite way for a young woman to address an older man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that is a polite way to address an older man in your culture. Alternate translation: “Honorable sir”
25:11 wwg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσαι 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
25:11 e5pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 Here foolish virgins are implying that they want the door opened for them so they can join the wedding celebration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “open the door so that we can join the wedding feast”
25:11 ouya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἄνοιξον 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you open”
25:11 nmvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἄνοιξον 1 Since the virgins is talking to the bridegroom, the imperative here is singular.
25:12 cv24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the bridegroom actually did in contrast to what the foolish virgins wanted him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”
25:12 dxz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said that he was speaking truly and that he did not know them”
25:12 h4a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 By answering in this way, the bridegroom implies that he will not open the door for the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I do not know you, so I will not open the door”
25:13 i7nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces Jesus’ application of the parable he has given in [25:1–12](../25/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Given that story” or “As what I have told you illustrates”
25:13 a5ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γρηγορεῖτε & ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clause. Alternate translation: “since you do not know the day nor the hour, be alert”
25:13 r7kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 The terms **day** and **hour** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the specific time”
25:13 hn7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 Here Jesus is referring to the moment when he will return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the time of my coming” or “the moment in the future when I will return”
25:13 jaxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τὴν ὥραν 1 Many ancient manuscripts include nothing after the word **hour**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include after the word **hour** the words “in which the Son of Man comes.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
25:14 cn21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces another explanation of what the kingdom of the heavens is like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Also,”
25:14 oy2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὥσπερ & ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν 1 To teach his disciples, Jesus offers another story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “listen to this story: it is as if a man, going abroad”
25:14 zqi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥσπερ 1 Here Jesus implies that he is still speaking about the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is as if”
25:14 fmb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus implies that the man entrusted the **slaves** with **his possessions** for the period of time when he would be away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “gave them his possessions to take care of while he was gone”
25:15 i81u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney πέντε τάλαντα & δύο & ἕν 1 The word **talents** refers to units of money equivalent to about 6,000 denarii, that is, about 6,000 days’ wages for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “about 90 years’ wages … about 35 years’ wages … about 18 years’ wages”\n
25:15 vyj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. Alternate translation: “and to one he gave two talents, and to one he gave one talent”
25:15 d87u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ability**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he was able to do” or “what he was qualified to handle”
25:15-16 vl5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἀπεδήμησεν εὐθέως & πορευθεὶς 1 Here, the word **immediately** could go with: (1) the master traveling abroad. Alternate translation: “he went abroad immediately. Having gone” (2) the servant going to trade with the money. Alternate translation: “he went abroad. Having gone immediately”
25:16 eya1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθεὶς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “Having come”
25:16 qkr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ πέντε τάλαντα & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα 1 See how you translated **talents** in [25:15](../25/15.md). Alternate translation: “about 90 years’ wages … another 90 years’ wages”
25:16 gjdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠργάσατο ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 Here Jesus refers to how people use money to do business and make more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did business with them” or “put the money to work”
25:17 u4vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ τὰ δύο, ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the one having received the two talents also gained another two talents”
25:17 dipv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο 1 Here Jesus implies that this servant **gained another two** talents by trading with them, just like the servant with five talents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “traded with them and gained another two”
25:18 begc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὸ ἓν 1 Jesus is using the number **one** as a noun to mean the one talent. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the one talent”
25:18 nx4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὤρυξεν γῆν καὶ ἔκρυψεν τὸ ἀργύριον τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus implies that this man **dug** a hole **in the ground**, put **the money of his master** there, and then covered it up to keep the money safe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “dug a hiding place in the ground and stored the money of his master there to protect it”
25:19 vc9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
25:19 uejo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & καὶ συναίρει λόγον 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came and took up a word together”
25:19 r3ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συναίρει λόγον 1 Here, the phrase **takes up a word together** refers to settling accounts, that is, resolving any debts or loans between people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “settles accounts”\n
25:20 hrh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ πέντε τάλαντα & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα & πέντε τάλαντά & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα 1 See how you translated **talents** in [25:15](../25/15.md). Alternate translation: “about 90 years’ wages … another 90 years’ wages … about 90 years’ wages … another 90 years’ wages”
25:20 to2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσήνεγκεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα 1 Here Jesus implies that the slave brought the original **five talents** as well as the **five talents** that he gained. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “brought those five talents and another five talents”
25:20 gkpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, Κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας, ἴδε, ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying to his master that he had handed over to him five talents and that he gained another five talents”
25:20 v165 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
25:20 p4yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular παρέδωκας 1 Since the slave is talking to the his master, the word **you** here is singular.
25:20 alt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the master and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could use a different form that draws people’s attention. Alternate translation: “look” or “listen”
25:21 j1qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἔφη αὐτῷ & εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he had done well and that he was a good and faithful slave. His master also said that he had been faithful over a few things and that he would appoint him over many things. His master told him to enter into the joy of his master”
25:21 l5mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations εὖ 1 Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good work”
25:21 rh1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἦς & σε & εἴσελθε & σου 1 Since the master is talking to his slave, the words **You**, **you**, and **your** and the imperative are singular.
25:21 d2s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἴσελθε εἰς 1 Here, the master uses the phrase **Enter into** to represent experiencing or participating in something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Experience” or “Participate in”
25:21 u9od rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 The master is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “my joy” or “the joy of me, your master”
25:21 zcy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Here, the master is using the possessive form to describe **the joy** that the **master** experiences. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the joy that your master experiences”
25:21 fqgn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how joyfully your master lives”
25:22 qnnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ δύο τάλαντα & δύο τάλαντά & ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα 1 See how you translated **talents** in [25:15](../25/15.md). Alternate translation: “with about 35 years’ wages … about 35 years’ wages … another 35 years’ wages”
25:22 xt2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, Κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας & ἴδε, ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he had handed over to him two talents, but behold, he had gained two talents”
25:22 d6o6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular παρέδωκας 1 Since the slave is talking to his master, the word **you** here is singular.
25:22 bcgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the master and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could use a different form that draws people’s attention. Alternate translation: “look” or “listen”
25:23 hsb6 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 This verse is identical to [25:21](../25/21.md), so express the idea as you did there.
25:24 nbky rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” or “Finally,”
25:24 oqfw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὸ ἓν τάλαντον 1 See how you translated **talent** in [25:15](../25/15.md). Alternate translation: “about 18 years’ wages”
25:24-25 hhvi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἔγνων σε, ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας & καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἀπελθὼν, ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σου ἐν τῇ γῇ & ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he knew that he was a harsh man, reaping where he did not sow, and gathering where he did not scatter. He told his master that having become afraid, having gone away, he hid his master’s talent in the ground. Then he said to his master that he was giving him back what was his”
25:24 tmex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σε & εἶ & οὐκ ἔσπειρας & οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 Since the slave is talking to his master, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular.
25:24 m8an rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 The clauses **reaping where you did not sow** and **gathering where you did not scatter** mean similar things. The servant is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “always harvesting where you did not plant” or “consistently gathering where you did not sow”
25:24 xj4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 Here the slave speaks as if his master were a farmer who reaps and gathers crops that someone else sowed and scattered. He means that his master takes what other people have worked hard to earn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like a farmer who reaps where he did not sow and who gathers where he did not scatter” or “benefitting from what you have not labored for, and taking what you have not earned”
25:24 au9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας 1 He the servant implies that the master is **reaping** crops where he did not **sow** seed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “reaping crops where you did not sow seed”
25:24 y083 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 Here the servant could be implying that the master is: (1) **gathering** crops where he did not **scatter** seed. Alternate translation: “gathering crops where you did not scatter seed” (2) **gathering** grain kernels where he did not **scatter** the chaff. Alternate translation: “gathering grain where you did not scatter chaff”
25:25 nowo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σου ἐν τῇ γῇ 1 Here the servant implies that he dug a hole **in the ground**, put the **talent** there, and then covered it up to keep the money safe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar idea in [25:18](../25/18.md). Alternate translation: “I dug a hiding place in the ground and stored the talent there to protect it”
25:25 uedk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου & ἔχεις τὸ σόν 1 Since the slave is talking to his master, the words **your**, **you**, and **yours** are singular.
25:25 bvdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the master and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could use a different form that draws people’s attention. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen”
25:25 wj4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔχεις τὸ σόν 1 Here, the slave means that he is returning the one **talent** to his master. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am returning to you what is yours”
25:26 kg04 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
25:26-30 u6do rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν αὐτῷ, πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα & ἔδει σε οὖν βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν, ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ & ἄρατε οὖν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶ δότε τῷ ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα & τῷ γὰρ ἔχοντι παντὶ δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται, τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ & καὶ τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον, ἐκβάλετε εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “called him a wicked and lazy slave. He reminded his slave that he knew that his master reaped where he did not sow and harvested where he did not scatter, and that therefore it was necessary for him to have placed the money with the bankers and that, having come, his master would have received back his money with interest. Then he told others to take away the talent from the slave and give it to the one having the ten talents. He explained that to everyone having, it will be given and it will abound, but from the one not having, even what he has will be taken away. Then he commanded people to throw out the worthless slave into the outer darkness, where there will be weeping and grinding of the teeth.”
25:26 g0ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 The master is not asking his slave to verify what he just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the slave. He is repeating what the slave said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the slave what he should have done if it actually had been true. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You claim that you knew that I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter.” or “So you knew that I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter!”
25:26 haol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ᾔδεις 1 Since the master is speaking to his slave, the word **You** here is singular.
25:26 he3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 Here the master repeats what the slave said about him in [25:24](../25/24.md). Express the idea as you did there.
25:27 hmdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an inference based on what the slave claimed to know. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of inference. Alternate translation: “Given that” or “Well then”
25:27 vmv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σε 1 Since the master is speaking to his slave, the word **you** here is singular.
25:27 rhg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις & σὺν τόκῳ 1 Here, the word **bankers** refers to people who accept deposits of money and use them to make loans. They charge **interest** on the loans, and then they pay **interest** to the people who deposited money with them. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of business, you could use names from a similar business in your area or you could use descriptive phrases. Alternate translation: “to let people borrow my money … with a share of the profits” or “to have given my money to businesspeople … plus even more”
25:28 cq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces what the master has decided to do in response to what the slave did not do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion. Alternate translation: “Because he did not do that” or “However, since he did not invest the money”
25:28 paw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἄρατε & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον 1 The master says this command to other servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you other servants, take away the talent from him”
25:28 j7n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὸ τάλαντον & τὰ δέκα τάλαντα 1 See how you translated **talent** and **talents** in [25:15](../25/15.md). Alternate translation: “the 18 years’ wages … the 90 years’ wages”
25:29 g8ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the master’s reason for why he commanded what he did in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command. Alternate translation: “Here is why I said that:” or “I say that because”
25:29 e5py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τῷ & ἔχοντι παντὶ δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται, τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the master does not specify what is is that people have or do not have and what will be given or taken. He does that to make his statements as general as possible. If you need to specify what is being given and taken, if possible use a very general term. Alternate translation: “to everyone having many things, more things will be given and they will abound. But from the one not having many things, even what he has will be taken away from him”
25:29 r7lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could: (1) use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people will give it … people will take away” (2) indicate that the master will do it. Alternate translation: “I will give it … I will take away”
25:29 b93i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 The the phrase **the one** and the words **he** and **him** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from the people not having, even what they have will be taken away from them”
25:29 w9ru rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος 1 The master says **the one not having** here as a generalization for emphasis. It is clear in the second half of the sentence that this person does have something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “from the one having almost nothing” or “from the one not having much”
25:29 pcr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἔχει & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **he** and **him** are masculine, the master is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “that person has … him or her”
25:30 ur9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 Here, the phrase **the outer darkness** refers to a place of punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. If possible, preserve the idea of darkness. See how you expressed the similar idea in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “into the dark place of punishment”
25:30 c2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the dark place outside”\n
25:30 zy3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would grind their teeth when they experienced anger, grief, and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to an action with comparable meaning or state the meaning of this action plainly. See how you expressed this phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “beating of breasts” or “grinding of the teeth in anger and pain”
25:31 qtg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
25:31 e7um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ & καθίσει ἐπὶ & αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, come in my glory … me … I will sit on my”
25:31 a88m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus implies that **the Son of Man** will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that **the Son of Man** will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man comes back to this world” or “the Son of Man, after leaving this world, comes back”
25:31 lkn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and shows how glorious he is”
25:31 gx81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθίσει ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person is ruling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of this action. See how you expressed the idea in [19:28](../19/28.md). Alternate translation: “he will sit on his throne of glory as king” or “he will rule from his throne of glory”
25:31 ug1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus could using the possessive form to describe a **throne** that: (1) belongs to **the Son of Man** and that is characterized by **glory**. Alternate translation: “his throne that is glorious” (2) shows or illustrates the **glory** that **the Son of Man** has. Alternate translation: “the throne that displays his glory”
25:31 te9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θρόνου δόξης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “glorious throne”
25:32 n91c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτοῦ & ἀφοριεῖ 1 Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … I will separate”
25:32 f2w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συναχθήσονται & πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the nations will gather” or “all the nations will come”
25:32 ndf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, the word **nations** represents the people who live in those **nations**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of all the nations”
25:32 nk18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἀφοριεῖ αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων, ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 Jesus is saying that separating people from one another is like a **shepherd** separating **sheep** from **goats**. He means that in both situations a person divides a larger group into two smaller groups based on some important characteristic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will separate them from from one another into two groups, just as a shepherd separates into two groups the sheep and the goats”\n
25:32 mn2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει 1 The phrase **the shepherd** represents shepherds in general, not one particular shepherd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “shepherds separate”
25:33 bptq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person στήσει & αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων 1 Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I will place … my … my left”
25:33 pbq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ & πρόβατα & τὰ & ἐρίφια 1 Here, as the following verses make clear, Jesus speaks of people who do what is right as if they were **sheep** and of people who do what is wrong as if they were **goats**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who are like sheep … people who are like goats” or “the righteous people … the wicked people”
25:33 quw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων 1 Here, Jesus uses the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns to refer to his **right** and **left** sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “his right side … his left side”
25:33 wswn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ & ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 In Jesus’ culture, the **right** side was considered to be more honorable or important than the **left** side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the honorable right … on less honorable left”
25:33 wh9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he will place the goats”
25:34 t8pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς & αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the King, … my”
25:34 v0ag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Βασιλεὺς 1 Here, the title **the King** describes the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man, who is the King,”
25:34-36 ngbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου & ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, ξένος ἤμην καὶ συνηγάγετέ με & γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “at his right that they, who had been blessed by his Father, should come and inherit the kingdom prepared for them from the foundation of the world. He said that this was because he was hungry, and they gave him to eat; he was thirsty, and they gave him to drink; he was a stranger, and they gathered together with him; he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him”
25:34 rb4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his right** in [25:33](../25/33.md). Alternate translation: “his right side”
25:34 yrs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go δεῦτε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of **Come**. Alternate translation: “Go”
25:34 ze81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the ones my Father has blessed”
25:34 h2k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
25:34 w1du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κληρονομήσατε 1 Here **the King** speaks as if the people **on his right** were children who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that these people will receive **the kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “receive” or “you are being given”
25:34 b57r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared for you”
25:34 cdi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from when God founded the world”
25:35 wchh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the reasons why the people on the right will inherit the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why:”
25:35 f9zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & ἐποτίσατέ με 1 Here the king implies that the people gave him food to eat and water to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you gave me food to eat … you gave me something to drink”
25:35 bd6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συνηγάγετέ με 1 Here, the phrase **gathered together with me** means that these people invited him to eat and sleep in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you invited me into your houses” or “you gave me a place to stay”
25:36 ur3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γυμνὸς 1 Here, the word **naked** refers generally to having too little clothing. It does not necessarily mean that the king had no clothes at all, although that could have been true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I was without proper clothing” or “I was ill-clothed”
25:36 s2jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤλθατε πρός με 1 Here, the king implies that the people visited him while he was **in prison**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you spent time with me there”
25:36 fmae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἤλθατε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “you went”
25:37 dqsl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 The king is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to mean righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the righteous people”
25:37-39 pdp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “calling him Lord and asking when they had seen him being hungry and fed him, or being thirsty and given him to drink. They asked when they had seen him a stranger and gathered together with him, or naked and clothed him. They asked when they had seen him sick or in prison and came to him.”
25:37-39 j3nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν & πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε 1 The people speaking are using the question form to indicate that they do not remember helping the king in any of these ways. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “we do not think that we saw you hungry and fed you, or thirsty and gave you to drink. We do not think that we saw you a stranger and gathered together with you, or naked and clothed you. We do not think that we saw you sick or in prison and came to you.”
25:37 krfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say”
25:37 aqal rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σε & ἐθρέψαμεν & ἐποτίσαμεν 1 Since the people are speaking to the king, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular.
25:37 yh3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν 1 The people speaking are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “when did we see you thirsty and give you to drink”
25:38 iz1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σε & συνηγάγομεν & περιεβάλομεν 1 Since the people are speaking to the king, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular.
25:38 fh6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συνηγάγομεν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [25:35](../25/35.md). Alternate translation: “invite you into our houses” or “give you a place to stay”
25:38 h52x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν 1 The people speaking are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “when did we see you naked and clothe you”
25:38 mjzg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γυμνὸν 1 See how you translated this word in [25:36](../25/36.md). Alternate translation: “without proper clothing” or “ill-clothed”
25:39 p1lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σε & σε 1 Since the people are speaking to the king, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular.
25:39 wwpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤλθομεν πρός σε? 1 Here, the the people speaking ask when they visited the king while he was sick or in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “spend time with you”\n
25:39 ti9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἤλθομεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “go”
25:40 m6mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς 1 Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the King,”
25:40 sjbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes αὐτοῖς, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them that he was speaking truly and that as much as they did for one of the least of these brothers of his, they did for him”
25:40 acs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 Here, the word **least** identifies someone who is not very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the least important”
25:40 nh4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 Here the king, Jesus, speaks of his disciples as if they were his **brothers**. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those whom I call my brothers” or “of the people I love as if they were my brothers”\n
25:40 pump rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, the king is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate this.
25:40 k4hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 Here the king speaks as if anything that people did **for one of the least of these brothers of mine** was actually done for him. He means that he considers any help given to **these brothers of mine** to be as important to him as if it had been given directly to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me” or “it is just like you did it for me”
25:41 z1nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐρεῖ & εὐωνύμων 1 Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I will say … my left”
25:41-43 wii6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων, πορεύεσθε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ κατηραμένοι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ & ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με & ξένος ἤμην καὶ οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ καὶ οὐκ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to the ones on his left that they, who had been cursed, should go from him into the eternal fire that has been prepared for the devil and his angels. He said that this was because he was hungry, and they did not give him to eat; he was thirsty, and they did not give him to drink; he was a stranger, and they did not gather together with him; he was naked, and they did not clothe him; he was sick and in prison, and they did not care for him”
25:41 aox4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εὐωνύμων 1 See how you translated **his left** in [25:33](../25/33.md). Alternate translation: “his left side”
25:41 pr8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κατηραμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “the ones God has cursed”
25:41 kgow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 Here, the phrase **the eternal fire** refers to hell and describes at as a very unpleasant place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in [18:8](../18/08.md). Alternate translation: “hell, which is as hot as an eternal fire and” or “the hell”
25:41 hqf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared”
25:42 yrvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the reasons why the people on the left will go to the “eternal fire.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why:”
25:42 fbyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με 1 Here the king implies that the people gave him food to eat and water to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you did not give me food to eat … you did not give me something to drink”
25:43 h45r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ συνηγάγετέ με 1 Here, the phrase **did not gather together with me** means that these people did not invite him to eat and sleep in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [25:35](../25/35.md). Alternate translation: “you did not invite me into your houses” or “you did not give me a place to stay”\n
25:43 g6ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γυμνὸς 1 Here, the word **naked** refers generally to having too little clothing. It does not necessarily mean that the king had no clothes at all, although that could have been true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the idea in [25:36](../25/36.md). Alternate translation: “I was without proper clothing” or “I was ill-clothed”
25:44 bnny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ξένον, ἢ γυμνὸν, ἢ ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι? 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “calling him Lord and asking when they had seen him being hungry, or thirsty, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and they did not serve him.”
25:44 hiy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ξένον, ἢ γυμνὸν, ἢ ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι? 1 The people speaking are using the question form to indicate that they do not remember failing to help the king in these ways. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we do not think that we saw you hungry, or thirsty, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not serve you.”\n
25:44 hh3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say”
25:44 xu66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σε & σοι 1 Since the people are talking to the king, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular.
25:44 t9qx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γυμνὸν 1 See how you translated this word in [25:36](../25/36.md). Alternate translation: “without proper clothing” or “ill-clothed”
25:45 nlkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀποκριθήσεται 1 Here Jesus continues to speak about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I will answer them”
25:45 zc8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he was speaking truly and that as much as they did not do for one of the least of these, they did not do for him”
25:45 vivm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he will say”
25:45 j8r5 τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 Here, the word **least** identifies someone who is not very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated this word in [25:40](../25/40.md). Alternate translation: “of the least important”
25:45 nm2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, the word **these** refers to the people whom the king, Jesus, calls “brothers of mine” in [25:40](../25/40.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to those people more directly. Alternate translation: “of these brothers of mine” or “of the people I love as if they were my brothers”
25:45 whu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. 1 Here the king speaks as if people who fail to do something **for one of the least of these** actually fail to do something for him. He means that he considers any neglect of these people to be as important to him as if he himself had been neglected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar figure of speech in [25:40](../25/40.md). Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “it is just like you did not do it for me”
25:46 m6me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, the pronoun **these** refers to the people on the king’s left who did not help people in need. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “those to whom the king just spoke” or “those on the king’s left side”
25:46 nj72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπελεύσονται & εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον, οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **eternal punishment** and **eternal life** were locations that people could **go away into**. He means that people will either experience **eternal punishment** or **eternal life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will experience eternal punishment, but the righteous ones eternal life”
25:46 t0ks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **punishment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be punished eternally”
25:46 tifh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ & δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the righteous ones will go away into eternal life”
25:46 kq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to live eternally”
26:intro mtq8 0 # Matthew 26 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n11. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n * The chief priests and elders plan to kill Jesus (26:1–5)\n * A woman anoints Jesus (26:6–13)\n * Judas agrees to hand Jesus over (26:14–16)\n * Jesus’ last meal with his disciples (26:17–29)\n * Jesus predicts that his disciples will deny him (26:30–35)\n * Jesus prays in Gethsemane (26:36–46)\n * Judas hands Jesus over (26:47–56)\n * Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council (26:57–68)\n * Peter denies Jesus three times (26:69–75)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [26:31](../26/31.md), which is a quote from [Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Perfumed oil\n\nIn [26:6–13](../26/06.md), a woman anoints Jesus with perfumed oil. The kind that the woman uses was very expensive. People would use these oils to make themselves look and smell good. Also, they used oils to anoint corpses before they buried them, possibly to keep them from smelling. In this story, the woman uses the oil to honor Jesus, and Jesus also interprets it as a preparation for his burial. Make sure that your readers understand what anointing with this kind of oil means. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oil]])\n\n### Denying Jesus\n\nThroughout this chapter, Jesus and his disciples speak about “denying” Jesus. If a disciple denies Jesus, the disciple claims to have no connection with Jesus, neither knowing nor following him. Consider how you might naturally express this idea in your language.\n\n### Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council\n\nIn [26:57–68](../26/57.md), Matthew narrates Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council. Since Jerusalem was governed by the Roman empire, the Roman governor, Pilate, was the only one who could actually have someone executed. So, the Jewish council needed to find evidence against Jesus that proved that he did something for which the Roman governor would execute him. This trial, then, was a preliminary step. They first needed to find good evidence to condemn Jesus, and then they needed to present evidence to the Roman governor that would lead to him executing Jesus. While you should not explain all these details in your translation, make sure that your translation does fit with this general idea.\n\n### The Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven\n\nIn [26:64](../26/64.md), Jesus indicates that he, the Son of Man, will “come” on the clouds of heaven. However, he does not indicate the location to which he will “come.” Christians debate whether Jesus is describing his return to earth or his enthronement in heaven. If possible, your translation should allow for both possibilities. See the notes on this verse for translation options.\n\n### Peter’s accent\n\nIn [26:73](../26/73.md), people who are standing near Peter tell him that they think he was one of Jesus’ disciples. They back up this claim by referring to his “speech,” by which they mean his accent and choice of words. In other words, Peter’s accent and word choice make it clear that he is from Galilee, where Jesus was from. So, they infer that Peter came to Jerusalem from Galilee with Jesus. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the people standing near Peter are speaking about his accent and word choice that prove that he is from a specific region.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphor with bread and cup\n\nIn [26:26–28](../26/26.md), Jesus identifies bread as “my body” and wine in a cup as “my blood of the covenant.” These metaphors can be understood in at least three primary ways: (1) the bread and wine somehow become Jesus’ body and blood; (2) Jesus’ body and blood are present, physically or spiritually, in the bread and wine; or (3) the bread and wine memorialize or symbolize Jesus’ body and b
26:1 i35c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους, εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ 1 These clauses mark the end of Jesus’ teaching by stating that Jesus finished speaking to his disciples and then describing what he did next. Use a natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “At that time, Jesus finished all these words. Then, he said to his disciples”
26:1 z15a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here Matthew uses the term **words** to refer to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “speaking all these words”
26:2 lpo7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense γίνεται & παραδίδοται 1 Here because Jesus is sure that these things will happen, he uses the present to refer to events that will happen in the future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense here. Alternate translation: “will happen … will be handed over”
26:2 eyoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am handed over”
26:2 g4lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the actions, you could use indefinite subjects. Alternate translation: “someone hands over the Son of Man so that people crucify him”
26:3 eps8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together”
26:3 vici rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one people called Caiaphas”
26:3 yhpx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα 1 Here Matthew uses the phrase **the one called Caiaphas** to distinguish this **chief priest** from the rest of the **chief priests**. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “of the chief priest who was called Caiaphas”
26:4 yfza rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συνεβουλεύσαντο 1 Here, the phrase **took counsel together** indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [22:15](../22/15.md). Alternate translation: “they made plans together” or “they came up with ideas together”
26:4 rj7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns δόλῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deceit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “deceitfully” or “cleverly”
26:4 a2n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and elders would have other people **kill** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have him killed”
26:5 lybt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔλεγον & μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, ἵνα μὴ θόρυβος γένηται ἐν τῷ λαῷ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were saying that they would not do it during the festival, so that a riot would not happen among the people”
26:5 u4fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 The phrase **Not during the festival** refers to not arresting Jesus during the festival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We must not arrest him during the festival”
26:5 s9p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Here, **the festival** is the Passover, as indicated in [26:2](../26/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the festival of Passover”
26:5 evuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ 1 This means specifically the great crowds of **people** who were in the city of Jerusalem and who liked Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the people who listen to Jesus” or “the people who are here who follow Jesus”
26:6 zq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
26:6 sa8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ & Ἰησοῦ γενομένου 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples were with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples being”
26:6 hg3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 Here Matthew could be implying that: (1) **Simon** had once been a **leper** but had been healed. Alternate translation: “of Simon, who had been healed of leprosy” (2) the house was owned by **Simon**, who was a **leper**, but he did not live there. Alternate translation: “owned by Simon the leper” (3) **the leper** was a nickname for **Simon**, who did not actually have leprosy. Alternate translation: “of Simon, who was nicknamed ‘the leper’”
26:6 afsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμωνος 1 The word **Simon** is the name of a man. This is not the same Simon whom Jesus also called Peter.
26:7 yxf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ ἔχουσα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 Here Matthew introduces **a woman** into the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman who had an alabaster jar of very expensive perfumed oil. She approached him”
26:7 sjky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 Matthew is using the possessive form to describe **an alabaster jar** that is filled with **very expensive perfumed oil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “an alabaster jar full of very expensive perfumed oil”
26:7 bhs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a white stone jar”
26:7 yu67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make a themselves have a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Matthew indicates that this was particularly **expensive** oil. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of oil, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “of very expensive oil with perfume in it”\n
26:7 hqyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου 1 Here, the phrase **{he} reclining to eat** refers to something that was happening while the woman **poured** the oil on Jesus’ head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action. Alternate translation: “his head as he was reclining to eat”
26:7 ukb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνακειμένου 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. See how you translated the similar phrase in [9:10](../09/10.md). Alternate translation: “he sitting down to eat” or “he eating”
26:8 yjab rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
26:8-9 xarg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη & ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι πτωχοῖς 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking what the waste was for and saying that the perfume was able to have been sold for much and then given to the poor”
26:8 yd03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
26:8 vit4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη? 1 The disciples is using the question form to show that they think the woman wasted the perfume. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason for this waste.” or “What a waste!”
26:8 qzcl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **waste**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “she wasting this”
26:9 hst3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples say that the woman wasted the perfume. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “We say that because” or “As a matter of fact,”
26:9 y83e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδύνατο & τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would have done the action, it is clear from the context that would have been the woman. Alternate translation: “she was able to sell this for much and give”
26:9 s9zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, the pronoun **this** refers to the jar full of perfumed oil that the woman poured on Jesus’ head in [26:7](../26/07.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer back to it more directly. Alternate translation: “this perfumed oil”
26:9 rkx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 Here the disciples imply that the perfumed could have been sold for **much** money, and this money is what would been **given to the poor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for much money, which could have been given”
26:9 f76h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 The disciples are using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor”
26:10 xd3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces how Jesus responded in contrast to how the disciples responded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
26:10 pfv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for saying these things about what the woman did. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Do not cause trouble for the woman.” or “Stop causing trouble for the woman!”
26:10 aieo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί & ἔργον & καλὸν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **trouble** and **work**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “are you troubling the woman … something good”
26:10 mxnc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples should not cause **trouble** for the woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should not do that, because” or “In fact,”
26:11 rhbf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Jesus rebukes the disciples for saying that the woman should have given money to the poor instead of pouring the perfume on Jesus’ head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a rebuke, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I am rebuking you because” or “Here is why I say that:”
26:11 o93p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντοτε & τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 Here Jesus implies that they will always have the opportunity of giving to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you, and you can give to them whenever you desire to do so”
26:11 wsp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”
26:12 usm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation about why what the woman did was a “good work.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Further,”
26:12 vk5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ μύρον 1 See how you translated **perfumed oil** in [26:7](../26/07.md). Alternate translation: “oil with perfume in it”
26:12 g8x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τὸ ἐνταφιάσαι με 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burial**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to prepare me to be buried”
26:13 g45l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο & λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the actions, you could use indefinite subjects. Alternate translation: “people preach this gospel … they will also speak what she did”
26:13 s12m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **remembrance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that she is remembered” or “as a way to remember her”
26:14 got6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 Matthew is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”
26:14 e4gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar form in [26:3](../26/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one people called Judas Iscariot”\n
26:14 lo3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθεὶς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come”
26:15 pics rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί θέλετέ μοι δοῦναι 1 Here Judas is asking how much money they will **give** to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What sum of money are you willing to pay me”
26:15 c0k0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal κἀγὼ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces what Judas is offering to do if they **give** him enough money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a goal or result. If you use the following alternate translations, you may need to delete the comma before **and**. Alternate translation: “so that I” or “in order that I”
26:15 x7zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & ἔστησαν αὐτῷ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 Here Matthew refers to a procedure in which **pieces of silver** would be **weighed** to so that all the people involved in the transaction would be sure that the correct amount of money had been payed. Matthew means that they offered to pay Judas **30 pieces of silver**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they counted out 30 pieces of silver for him” or “they offered 30 pieces of silver to him”
26:15 es4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 Each of these **pieces of silver** was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “30 coins made out of silver” or “about four months’ wages”
26:16 w1e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εὐκαιρίαν ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **opportunity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when it might be easy to hand him over” or “an opportune moment in which to hand him over”
26:17 f3s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”
26:17 med9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῇ & πρώτῃ 1 Matthew is using the number **first** as a noun to mean the first day. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “on the first day”
26:17 w6v3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ & πρώτῃ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day one”
26:17 zkpv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
26:17 m2e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θέλεις & σοι 1 Since the disciples are talking to Jesus, the word **you** is singular throughout this verse.
26:17 xm39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Jesus’ disciples are using the name of one part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”
26:18 hc78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “Go into the city to so-and-so and say to him that the Teacher says that his time is near and that he with his disciples is doing the Passover with him”
26:18 s2sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν 1 Here, the phrase **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem”
26:18 zudx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν δεῖνα 1 Here, the phrase **so-and-so** refers to a person whose name the speaker does not want to share. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form in your language, or you could refer to a man without naming him. Alternate translation: “such-and-such a man” or “a certain man”
26:18 r4tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ καιρός μου 1 Here, the phrase **My time** refers to a moment when something important is going to happen to Jesus. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the **time** when he will suffer and die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “A significant moment for me” or “The time for me to die”
26:18 j9pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα & μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου 1 Here Jesus uses the name of one part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [26:17](../26/17.md). Alternate translation: “I with my disciples am eating the Passover meal”
26:18 vvca rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ποιῶ & μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to refer to something that he plans to do in the future. Use whatever tense would be natural for describing plans for the future. Alternate translation: “I with my disciples plan to do”
26:18 x1xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς σὲ 1 Here Jesus implies that will celebrate the Passover at this man’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at your house”
26:18 yrry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὲ 1 Since the disciples will be talking to a man, the word **you** here is singular.
26:19 vel7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Here Matthew uses the name of one part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [26:17](../26/17.md). Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”
26:20 g6dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
26:20 bga4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνέκειτο 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. See how you translated the similar phrase in [9:10](../09/10.md). Alternate translation: “he was sitting down to eat” or “he was eating”\n
26:20 js7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 Matthew is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you expressed the idea in [26:14](../26/14.md). Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”
26:22 s5gb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λυπούμενοι σφόδρα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “since what he said grieved them very much”
26:22 n12r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? 1 Here the disciples could be using the question form: (1) to tell Jesus that they would never hand him over. In this case, you could express the idea as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not the one, Lord!” (2) to ask a hesitant question. In this case, they are unsure whether they would hand Jesus over. Alternate translation: “Can it really be me, Lord?”
26:22 r2it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will hand you over, Lord”
26:23 mefd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
26:23 lsoc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ, οὗτός με παραδώσει 1 Here, the phrase **this one** refers directly back to **The one having dipped his hand with me in the bowl**. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce **The one having dipped his hand** and then say what he will do. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the phrase **this one** would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “The one having dipped his hand with me in the bowl will hand me over”
26:23 mpnm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ 1 Here Jesus describes one specific way of eating food in his culture to refer to eating in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one taking food from the same plate with me” or “The one participating in this meal with me”
26:24 n7dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, depart just as it has been written about me. But woe to that man through whom I am handed over”
26:24 riwt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ὑπάγει 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future event. He does this to emphasize that the future event is sure to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense here and express the certainty in another way. Alternate translation: “will surely depart”
26:24 x2n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 Here, **departs** is a polite way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite way to refer to dying, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “passes away” or “dies”
26:24 eqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here Jesus implies that what **has been written** can be found in the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures”
26:24 vix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the people who wrote the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote” or “the Scriptures testify”
26:24 hai5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who hands over the Son of Man”
26:24 vy1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the man’s mother. Alternate translation: “that man’s mother had not given birth to him”
26:25 k85p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
26:25 vpq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί? 1 Here Judas could be using the question form: (1) to deny that he would ever hand Jesus over. In this case, you could express the idea as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not the one, Rabbi!” (2) to ask Jesus if he knows whether Judas is the one who will hand him over. In this case, Judas is actually asking for information. Alternate translation: “Do you think it is me, Rabbi?”
26:25 ex1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί 1 Judas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will hand you over, Rabbi”
26:25 oee7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
26:25 y9lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 Here, the phrase **You said {it}** indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that Judas is the one who will hand him over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a question. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true”
26:25 ftbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ 1 Since Peter is talking to Judas, the word **You** here is singular.
26:26 qh16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Later on,”
26:26 mr5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογήσας 1 Here Matthew could be implying that Jesus **blessed**: (1) God for providing the food. Alternate translation: “having blessed God” or “having praised God” (2) the food. Alternate translation: “having blessed it” or “having asked God to make it holy”
26:26 rb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔκλασεν 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus **broke** the **bread** in pieces so that it could be served to the disciples. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “divided the bread into servings” or “broke the bread into smaller pieces”
26:26 yg2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis λάβετε, φάγετε 1 Here Jesus implies that he wants the disciples to **Take** and **eat** the pieces of bread that he gave to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Take these pieces of bread and eat them”
26:26 tkiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 Here Jesus identifies the bread as his **body**. This figure of speech has been interpreted in a number of ways. The bread could somehow become Jesus’ **body**, or Jesus’ **body** could be present in some way when people eat the bread, or the bread could represent or memorialize Jesus’ **body**. Because of the variety of interpretations and the significance of this metaphor, you should preserve the metaphor if there is any way to do so. If you must express the metaphor in a different way, use a form that could fit with as many of the listed interpretations as possible. Alternate translation: “This functions as my body”
26:27 tn39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 Here Matthew uses the word **cup** to refer both to it and to the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a cup full of wine” or “some wine”
26:27 zb1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he instructed them”
26:28 hpwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of the cup of wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is what this cup of wine means:”
26:28 l55a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, the pronoun **this** refers to the wine in the cup that Matthew mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the wine more directly. Alternate translation: “the wine in this cup”
26:28 o1zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης 1 Here Jesus identifies the cup of wine as his **blood** of **the covenant**. This figure of speech has been interpreted in a number of ways. The wine could somehow become Jesus’ **blood**, or Jesus’ **blood** could be present in some way when people drink the wine, or the wine could represent or memorialize Jesus’ **blood**. Because of the variety of interpretations and the significance of this metaphor, you should preserve the metaphor if there is any way to do so. If you must express the metaphor in a different way, use a form that could fit with as many of the listed interpretations as possible. Alternate translation: “this functions as my blood of the covenant”
26:28 ct81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe how his **blood** inaugurates or initiates **the covenant**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “my blood that initiates the covenant”
26:28 ch9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τῆς διαθήκης 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **the covenant**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the new covenant.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
26:28 glj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 Here Jesus means that he will die and his **blood** will be **poured out** of his body. He is using words that people would use to describe how animals would be offered to God: these animals would be killed and then their blood would be **poured out** on or near the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that, when I die, is being poured out for many” or “that is being shed for many”
26:28 bms3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, Jesus implies that he himself does it when he dies. Alternate translation: “I am pouring out”
26:28 vofa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”
26:28 bqc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **forgiveness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to forgive sins”
26:29 pbx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”
26:29 hl24 λέγω & ὑμῖν, οὐ μὴ πίω 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that I will certainly not drink”
26:29 l556 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”
26:29 h85b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τούτου τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 Here, the phrase **fruit of the vine** refers to wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “alcohol made from grapes” or “wine”
26:29 domn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης 1 Here Jesus uses the term **day** to refer to a particular moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that hour” or “the moment”
26:29 tsjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸ πίνω & καινὸν 1 Here, the word **new** could go with: (1) **drink**. In this case, Jesus means that he will drink the wine in a **new** way. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way” or “I drink it anew” (2) the wine. In this case, Jesus means that he will drink **new** wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine”
26:29 m9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
26:30 ed5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑμνήσαντες 1 A **hymn** is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113–118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the **hymn** that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a **hymn**, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God”
26:31 j2o2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
26:31 a2nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πάντες ὑμεῖς σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ; γέγραπται γάρ, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clauses gives the basis for the claim that the first clause makes. Alternate translation: “It is written, ‘I will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered.’ Therefore, you all will be caused to stumble on me in this night”
26:31 v8yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 Here Jesus speaks as if he were a lump or rock that his disciples could **stumble on**. He means that they will reject and desert him because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will desert me because of what happens to me” or “will run away from me”
26:31 svl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble”
26:31 bvf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Jesus’ culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Zechariah (see [Zechariah 13:7](../../zec/13/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “you can read in the Scriptures” or “it says in the book of Zechariah”
26:31 c4k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Zechariah. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote” or “God spoke through Zechariah”
26:31 eq8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται & πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that God will strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock will be scattered”
26:31 mc1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the Messiah were a **shepherd** and as if his people were **sheep of the flock**. He means that the Messiah is the leader, and his people are like helpless sheep without him. Since Jesus is quoting these words from the Old Testament, if possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “I will strike the person who is like a shepherd and those who are like sheep of the flock will be scattered”
26:31 u1t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατάξω 1 In this quotation, God is the one speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I, God, will strike”
26:31 ccyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατάξω 1 Here, the word **strike** means to hit someone hard enough to kill that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will fatally strike” or “I will strike down”
26:31 rvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sheep of the flock will scatter”
26:31 cty9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “the sheep”
26:32 pj2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am restored to life”\n
26:32 xuyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God raises me up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “I raise myself up”
26:32 tipu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Here Jesus implies that once he is in Galilee, his disciples will meet him there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will go ahead of you into Galilee, where you will be with me again”
26:32 g7px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προάξω 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “I will come ahead of”
26:33 kott rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται 1 Peter is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that **all** might **be caused to stumble**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Were all to be caused to stumble”
26:33 m2un rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοί & σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 Here Peter speaks as if Jesus were a lump or rock that his disciples could **stumble on**. He means that they may reject and desert Jesus because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea [26:31](../26/31.md). Alternate translation: “will desert you because of what will happen to you … will desert you” or “will run away from you … will run away”\n
26:33 u6r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble … will stumble”
26:33 j6r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοί 1 Because Peter is talking to Jesus, the word **you** here is singular.
26:34 y1gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι & ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 Since Jesus is talking to Peter, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular.
26:34 ui4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 Here Jesus describes what an animal does in the morning when the sun comes up to refer to that time of day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before a rooster crows in the early morning”
26:34 lx5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning”
26:34 b2rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 Here Jesus implies that Peter will **deny** that he knows Jesus and is his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me” or “you will deny three times that you are my disciple”
26:35 ywnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
26:35 zi40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical κἂν δέῃ με σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν 1 Peter is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that it might be **necessary** to **die with** Jesus. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Even were it necessary for me to die with you”
26:35 qttc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἂν δέῃ με σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν 1 Here Peter means that **if it were necessary** for him to die if he remained faithful to Jesus, he would rather do that than **deny** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Even if it were necessary for me, to keep from denying you, to die with you” or “Even if I would have to die with you if I stayed with you”
26:35 jhia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοὶ & σε 1 Since Peter is talking to Jesus, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular.
26:36 ckf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔρχεται & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came … said”
26:36 fvcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “goes”
26:36 lm3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγόμενον Γεθσημανεὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people call Gethsemane”
26:37 kj0z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive παραλαβὼν τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου, ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was something that Jesus was thinking about. Alternate translation: “he took along Peter and the two sons of Zebedee. Now something began to grieve and greatly trouble Jesus” or “as he took along Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, what he was thinking began to grieve and greatly trouble him”
26:37 ny4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου 1 The **two sons of Zebedee** were James and John (see [4:21](../04/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them by name. Alternate translation: “James and John, the two sons of Zebedee”
26:37 vx4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν 1 The terms **grieved** and **greatly troubled** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to be extremely grieved” or “to be very troubled”
26:38 l5ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
26:38 u2rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was something that Jesus was thinking about. Alternate translation: “Something grieves my soul very much” or “What I am thinking grieves my soul very much”
26:38 gf7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am very grieved”
26:38 c43t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἕως θανάτου 1 Jesus is using the phrase **to death** to describe the extent of his grief. He uses this overstatement in order to show how very **grieved** he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “so much so that I cannot stand it much longer” or “as if I were about to die”\n
26:39 p662 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσελθὼν μικρὸν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come a little farther”
26:39 kcz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 In Matthew’s culture, falling on one’s **face** refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “he bowed down” or “he lay down to show respect”\n
26:39 wi5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations προσευχόμενος καὶ λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he asked God”
26:39 nuv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
26:39 rfw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “cause this cup to pass away from me” or “allow this cup to pass away from me”
26:39 f254 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this suffering that is like a cup full of poison” or “this suffering”
26:39 k5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not do as I will, but do as you will”
26:39 yxf0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σύ 1 Since Jesus is speaking to his **Father**, the word **you** here is singular.
26:40 luh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & εὑρίσκει & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … found … he said”
26:40 hq2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 Here, **the disciples** refers specifically to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John”
26:40 tdl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus woke up **Peter** before speaking to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he wakes up Peter to say to him”
26:40 c11a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter, James, and John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “So, I see that you were not able to be alert with me for one hour.” or “You surely should have been able to be alert with me for one hour!”
26:40 an84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε 1 Here, the word **So** indicates that Jesus question is based on what he found when he returned to the disciples. Given that the disciples were asleep, the word **So** means that the answer to this question is already obvious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a rhetorical question based on something that the person has observed. Alternate translation: “Given what I just found, should I conclude that were you not able” or “I do not really need to ask, but were you not able”
26:40 ev7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἰσχύσατε 1 Although Jesus is speaking directly to **Peter**, **you** here is plural and refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “were the three of you not able”
26:41 k4tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **temptation** were a location that someone could **enter into**. He is referring to experiencing **temptation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not experience temptation” or “you are kept away from temptation”
26:41 buv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you are not tempted”
26:41 hi7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The words **spirit** and **flesh** represent people’s spirits and flesh in general, not one particular spirit and flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “People’s spirits indeed are willing, but their flesh is weak”
26:41 ny5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον 1 Here, **spirit** represents a person’s desires and will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The will indeed wants to do it” or “Inside, you indeed are willing”\n
26:41 qme9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρόθυμον 1 Here Jesus implies that **the spirit** is **willing** to do what is right, and more specifically what Jesus has asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what I ask”
26:41 xlig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 Here, **flesh** represents a person’s body and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the body is weak” or “when you act you are weak”
26:42 pz9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come away”
26:42 vbvh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time two”
26:42 zdrp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
26:42 ch7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus.
26:42 b6cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 Here Jesus continues to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to **drink**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [26:39](../26/39.md). Alternate translation: “this suffering that is like a cup full of poison is not able to pass away unless I drink from it” or “this suffering is not able to pass away unless I experience it”\n
26:42 mio8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο & αὐτὸ 1 The pronouns **this** and **it** refer to the cup that Jesus already mentioned in [26:39](../26/39.md). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the cup more directly. Alternate translation: “this cup … from it”
26:42 xsk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “let your happen” or “may you do your will”
26:42 hnty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do your will” or “cause your will to be done”
26:42 o070 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you will”
26:42 kuhq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου 1 Since Jesus is talking to his **Father**, the word **your** here is singular.
26:43 ng7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἐλθὼν πάλιν, εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the second clause describes. Alternate translation: “And since their eyes were weighed down, when he came again, he found them sleeping”
26:43 qys3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
26:43 lts9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 Here, the clause **their eyes were weighed down** indicates that the three disciples were very tired and sleepy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were exhausted” or “they were very tired”
26:43 ijo3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their eyes were heavy” or “sleepiness weighed their eyes down”
26:44 k4nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come away”
26:44 v3i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐκ τρίτου 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time three”
26:44 bvw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον 1 Matthew is using the term **word** to mean something spoken using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the same things” or “what he said previously”
26:45 iaqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔρχεται & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … said”
26:45 gmze καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε 1 This sentence could be: (1) a rhetorical question that Jesus uses to rebuke the disciples. In this case, Jesus is disappointed that the disciples continue to sleep. Alternate translation: “Do you continue to sleep and rest?” (2) a command to continue to sleep and rest. In this case, Jesus means that the time when they were supposed to be alert is over, and they might as well sleep and rest now. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and continue to sleep and rest!” or “You can continue to sleep and rest.”
26:45 vvp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter, James, and John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is sad that you are still sleeping and resting.” or “You should not still be sleeping and resting!”
26:45 acrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε 1 The terms **sleeping** and **resting** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Are you still taking your rest” or “Are you still sleeping soundly”
26:45 dgx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”
26:45 rw3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, the word **hour** refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the moment”
26:45 v53x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, Jesus implies that **the hour** is the time when he will suffer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the hour of my suffering”
26:45 g9hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone hands over the Son of Man”
26:45 ell4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am handed over”
26:45 ajr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραδίδοται 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future event that he knows will surely happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense and indicate the certainty in another way. Alternate translation: “will certainly be handed over”
26:45 g9eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας 1 The term **hands** represents power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how expressed the similar idea in [17:22](../17/22.md). Alternate translation: “into the power” or “into the control”
26:46 j7ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”
26:47 roz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
26:47 czh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 Matthew is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you expressed the idea in [26:14](../26/14.md). Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”
26:47 x33m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and with him came a large crowd”
26:47 e26h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 A “club” is a hard piece of wood that a person uses to hit people. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of weapon, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people”
26:48 qb4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Matthew uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “At an earlier time,” or “Earlier,”
26:48 jumh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σημεῖον 1 Here Matthew is referring to an action by which one person communicates to others. More specifically, Judas arranged with the crowd an action that would communicate to them which person was Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a signal to point out Jesus” or “a cue that would indicate whom to seize”
26:48 gw8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was he, and that they should seize him”
26:48 do4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
26:48 gqsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 In Jesus’ culture, close friends would greet each other with a **kiss**. In some cultures, a kiss as a greeting is appropriate, but in other cultures it is not appropriate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what the **kiss** means, or you could refer to how close friends would greet each other in your culture. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet with a kiss” or “Whomever I hug”
26:48 nr34 αὐτός 1 Alternate translation: “the one you are seeking”
26:49 uig8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom χαῖρε 1 In Jesus’ culture, people commonly greeted each other with the word **Rejoice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that people use to greet each other. Alternate translation: “Hello”
26:49 ar7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular χαῖρε 1 Since Judas is speaking to Jesus, the command to **Rejoice** is singular.
26:49 cyb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 In Jesus’ culture, close friends would greet each other with a **kiss**. See how you expressed the idea in [26:48](../26/48.md). Alternate translation: “he greet him with a kiss” or “he hugged him”
26:50 ve1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
26:50 xehs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει 1 Here Jesus uses a very short clause that implies some information. The clause could be: (1) a rhetorical question. In this case, Jesus is rebuking Judas by asking him why he is **present**. Alternate translation: “for what purpose are you present?” (2) a command. In this case, Jesus is telling Judas to do what he came to do. Alternate translation: “do that for which you are present!” (3) a statement. In this case, Jesus is saying that he knows why Judas is **present**. Alternate translation: “I know for what purpose you are present.”
26:50 nodp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you are present to do something wrong” or “you should not have come here to do this!”
26:50 hmpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular πάρει 1 Since Jesus is talking to Judas, the word **you** here is singular.
26:50 vmd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 The clauses **they laid hands on Jesus** and **seized him** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “they seized Jesus” or “they took hold of Jesus to arrest him”
26:50 w3d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ 1 Here, **they laid hands on Jesus** means that they grabbed and restrained Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they took hold of” or “they grabbed”
26:51 vm6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
26:51 ay85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo εἷς τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπέσπασεν τὴν μάχαιραν αὐτοῦ 1 The expression **having stretched out his hand** contains extra information that might be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “one of the ones with Jesus drew his sword”
26:51 d91l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants εἷς τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ 1 Matthew uses this phrase to bring one of the characters in the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his Gospel that it was Peter, but since Matthew does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of the disciples who was with Jesus came forward and”
26:52 o6m0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
26:52 dcgj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἀπόστρεψον τὴν μάχαιράν σου εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς; πάντες γὰρ οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “All the ones having taken a sword will perish by a sword, so return your sword to its place”
26:52 e8n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀπόστρεψον & σου 1 Since Jesus is talking to the man who drew his sword, the word **your** and the command **Return** are singular.
26:52 f4co rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς 1 Here, the **place** for the sword is where a person would normally store or keep a sword while he or she was not using it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable a word or phrase that refers to where a person keeps a sword on them, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your belt” or “where you keep it”
26:52 tj6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 Here Jesus refers to those who fight and kill others as **the ones having taken a sword**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones using swords” or “the ones having taken a sword to kill others”
26:52 w357 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 Here Jesus implies that these people **will perish** by someone killing them with **a sword**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be killed by someone else using a sword”
26:53 kgx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach the disciple who drew the sword. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Indeed, I am able to beg my Father, and he will provide me now with more than 12 legions of angels” or “Surely you know that I am able to beg my Father, and he will provide me now with more than 12 legions of angels!”
26:53 td4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a contrasting alternative to “taking a sword” (see [26:52](../26/52.md)). Jesus provides this alternative to show further that “taking a sword” is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an alternative, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,”
26:53 eb7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular δοκεῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **you** is singular because Jesus is speaking to the man who drew his sword.
26:53 g3zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son.
26:53 tfw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 The word **legions** is a military term. Each legion is a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Here Jesus means that God could send a large number of **angels** and easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable military term in your language or a more general term. Alternate translation: “more than 12 regiments of angels” or “more than 12 large groups of angels”
26:54 teq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciple about why he is acting as he does. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then the scriptures would not be fulfilled, that it is necessary to happen in this way.” or “Then the scriptures would certainly not be fulfilled, that it is necessary to happen in this way!”
26:54 gew5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, the word **then** introduces what the result would be if Jesus did what he said he could do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of result. Alternate translation: “Were I to do that, then how”
26:54 xqpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “would I fulfill the scriptures”
26:54 gih7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which indicate that it is necessary for things to happen in this way”
26:55 hc33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Here, the word **hour** refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “At that moment” or “Then”
26:55 yf4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the **crowds** for how they have acted. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It was not necessary for you to come out as against a robber, bringing swords and clubs to seize me.” or “There was no reason for you to come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as if I were a robber!”
26:55 l25j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν 1 Jesus is saying that the crowds are acting like he is a dangerous **robber** because they have come to arrest him with many weapons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As you arm yourselves to seize a robber,” or “As if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force”
26:55 l597 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξήλθατε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “have you gone out”
26:55 q9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 See how you translated **clubs** in [26:47](../26/47.md). Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people”
26:55 xvge rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων 1 In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually sat down when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the connection between **sitting** and **teaching** more explicit. Alternate translation: “I was sitting in the temple to teach” or “I was sitting as a teacher in the temple, instructing people”
26:55 e8dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus entered into the **temple** area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard”
26:56 fuy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο & ὅλον γέγονεν 1 The pronoun **this** refers to the events that have just occurred, particularly the crowd arresting Jesus once Judas handed him over. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these events more directly. Alternate translation: “all these events have happened” or “what just occurred has happened”
26:56 wabz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from what **has happened**. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for what **has happened**. Alternate translation: “in order that”
26:56 ygn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might fulfill the writings of the prophets”
26:56 fb46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the writings of the prophets** refers to those parts of the Old Testament Scriptures in which **the prophets** wrote about what would happen to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the prophets wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures”
26:57 qtqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
26:57 gy6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὸς Καϊάφαν 1 Here, **Caiaphas** represents the house where Caiaphas lived. This is clear from the word **where** in this verse, which refers to a place, not a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the house of Caiphas”
26:57 y2oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together”
26:58 lpw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Matthew narrated in the previous verse (Jesus being led to the house of Caiaphas). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While that was happening,”
26:58 jui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 Here Matthew implies that **Peter** followed **from a distance** because he did not want anyone to see him and arrest him too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “But Peter, because he did not want to be seen and arrested, was following him from a distance. He went”
26:58 v8th rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν ὑπηρετῶν 1 Here, the word **officers** refers to servants and attendants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that generally refers to servants and any others who do what they are told. Alternate translation: “the attendants” or “those who served there”
26:58 j28a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 Here, the word **end** refers to the outcome or result of what was happening to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the outcome” or “the result of what was happening”
26:59 utj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Next,”
26:59 i8jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐζήτουν ψευδομαρτυρίαν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here Matthew means that the **chief priests** and the **Sanhedrin** were trying find evidence against Jesus, even if it was **false**. In other words, they needed to find people who were willing to say that Jesus had done something very wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were seeking evidence against Jesus, even false evidence,” or “were seeking proof, even if it were not true, that Jesus had done something wrong”\n
26:59 qto5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ψευδομαρτυρίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone to testify falsely”
26:59 b88v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 Here Matthew implies that the **chief priests** and the **Sanhedrin** want to convince the Roman authorities to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might have the Romans put him to death”
26:59 u6v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὅπως αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed”
26:59 dpr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 Because the Roman authorities did not allow the **Sanhedrin** to execute people, the **Sanhedrin** had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might convince the Roman authorities to put him to death”
26:60 v9j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast πολλῶν προσελθόντων ψευδομαρτύρων 1 Here Matthew describes something that is unexpected in a situation where the Jewish council **did not find** any good evidence against Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “despite the fact that many false witnesses approached”
26:60 anpb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὕστερον 1 Here, the word **later** indicates that these **two** witnesses approached the council after the **many false witnesses** described in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “after all those false witnesses,”
26:60 tz5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δύο 1 Matthew is using the number **two** as a noun to mean two people. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “two witnesses”
26:61 a8lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This one said that he was able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days”
26:61 i5n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 Here, the phrase **in three days** refers to a time period made up of three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “during a period of three days”
26:62 fpzy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ, τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν 1 Here the high priest could be asking: (1) two questions. See the ULT and UST. (2) one question. Alternate translation: “Do you answer nothing to what these are testifying against you”
26:62 sd8e οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ 1 Alternate translation: “Do you have no answer”
26:62 tgfm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀποκρίνῃ & σου 1 Since the high priest is talking to Jesus, the word **you** is singular throughout this verse.
26:62 gjxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν 1 Here the high priest is asking Jesus how he will defend himself against the people who have accused him of saying and doing wrong things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What is your defense against these testifying against you”
26:63 mr6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 Here the high priests puts Jesus under oath, or makes him swear by God that what he says is true. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I make you swear before the living God” or “I require that you solemnly promise the living God”
26:63 o4sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σε & εἴπῃς & σὺ 1 Since the high priest is talking to Jesus, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular.
26:63 eicy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 Here, the phrase **the living God** identifies God as the one who “lives.” The primary point is that God actually “lives,” unlike idols and other things that people call “god.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes that God really “lives.” Alternate translation: “by the God who lives” or “by the true God”
26:63 fegc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἡμῖν εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here the high priest uses the statement form to ask a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in question form. Alternate translation: “you answer this question: Are you the Christ, the Son of God?”
26:63 zx9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to the **high priest** and the rest of the Jewish council, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
26:63 mm28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
26:64 tbl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
26:64 gi6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 Here, much as in [26:25](../26/25.md), the phrase **You said {it}** indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that the high priest is right to suggest that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a request. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true”
26:64 ni8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ 1 Since Jesus is speaking to the high priest, word **You** here is singular.
26:64 zu47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast πλὴν 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus wishes to say about himself in further development of what the high priest suggested. The word thus indicates some contrast and some explanation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that a person would use to clarify or develop another person’s statement. Alternate translation: “Yet even further,” or “Nevertheless,”
26:64 z4gs λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is telling the Jewish council. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know”
26:64 akmy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν & ὄψεσθε 1 Since Jesus is speaking to the whole Jewish council, the words **you** and **you** here are plural.
26:64 b6cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man,”
26:64 tya1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν 1 When someone sits at **the right hand**, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Sit to rule at the right hand” or “Take the place of honor and authority at the right hand”
26:64 j93m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 Here, the phrase **at the right hand** refers to the place next to a person’s **right hand**, which would be the “right side.” In the Jesus’ culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Jesus has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of power” or “at the honorable place of power”
26:64 p5px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 Here, the word **power** could refer to: (1) the **power** that a person sitting at **the right hand** has. In this case, Jesus implies that the **right hand** is God’s. Alternate translation: “at the right hand with power” or “at the right hand of God, the place of power,” (2) God the Father by reference to the **power** that he has. Alternate translation: “at the right hand of the powerful God” or “at the right hand the Almighty”
26:64 v9mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, and if you do not translate the word as a title for God, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the right hand, which is a powerful place,” or “powerfully at the right hand”
26:64 urp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐρχόμενον 1 Christians debate exactly what it means in this verse for **the Son of Man** to be **coming**. Some think he is **coming** to God’s heavenly throne room. Others think he is **coming** back to earth. If possible, use a form that does not explicitly state where he is coming. Alternate translation: “traveling” or “going”
26:64 r9n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The expression **of heaven** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the clouds”
26:65 srg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “tore his robes in outrage”
26:65 zyr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
26:65 t68t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 The high priest is using the question form to emphatically state that he thinks that they do not need more witnesses. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We do not still have need of witnesses.” or “We certainly do not still have need of witnesses!”
26:65 khxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χρείαν & μαρτύρων 1 Here the high priest implies that they do not need more **witnesses** to prove that Jesus blasphemes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “need of witnesses to prove that he blasphemes”
26:65 wh4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the Jewish council and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks people to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention:”
26:65 yp78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “him blaspheme” or “the blasphemous things he says”
26:66 sd3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ 1 Here the high priest is asking the rest of the Jewish council what they **think** they should do with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What do you think we should do with him”
26:66 mzcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “He deserves to die”
26:67 t8lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would spit in someone’s face to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “they spit in his face to dishonor him”
26:67 bt9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐνέπτυσαν & οἱ 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **they** refer to people who were there. Matthew may be referring to some members of the Jewish council, some of the people that Peter was sitting with, and other people who were in or near the house of the high priest. If possible use a general word or phrase that refers to some of the people who were there. Alternate translation: “some people spit … they” or “some of those present spit … they”
26:68 j1ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
26:68 f2bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony προφήτευσον ἡμῖν 1 Those people hitting Jesus did not believe that he really could **Prophesy**. When they demanded that Jesus **Prophesy**, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to **Prophesy** in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Show us that you can prophesy” or “Prophesy to us if you really can”
26:68 josi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular προφήτευσον & σε 1 Since the people are talking to Jesus, the command **Prophesy** and the word **you** are singular.
26:68 b5xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Χριστέ 1 Those hitting Jesus did not really think he is the **Christ**. They call him this to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you so-called Christ” or “you who call yourself Christ”
26:68 e90n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε 1 The people who hit Jesus do not expect Jesus to be able to answer their question. They are really using the question form to give a command, to tell Jesus what he should do if he wants to convince them that he is a prophet. So, if it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell us who hit you!”
26:69 y21l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Matthew narrated in [26:59–68](../26/59.md) (Jesus’ trial). This story continues the narrative about Peter that Matthew began in [26:58](../26/58.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “During those events,” or “While that was happening,”\n
26:69 sar9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσα 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and she declared”
26:69 cg8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ σὺ ἦσθα μετὰ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here the servant girl means that Peter was a disciple of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You also were a disciple of Jesus”
26:69 y5sa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ 1 Since the servant girl is talking to Peter, the word **You** here is singular.
26:70 fez5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & ἠρνήσατο 1 Here Matthew implies that Peter **denied** that he was with Jesus as his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he denied that he was with Jesus”
26:70 f5n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 Matthew is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all the people who were there. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all the people there”
26:70 nomz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”
26:70 sp1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις 1 Here Peter means that servant girl’s words do not apply to him. He does not mean that he was unable to understand what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You are saying things that I know nothing about.” or “I have no idea what you are talking about!”
26:70 ao7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular λέγεις 1 Since Peter is talking to the servant girl, the word **you** here is singular.
26:71 gyw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
26:71 us6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλη 1 Matthew is using the adjective **another** as a noun to mean another servant girl. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “another servant girl”
26:71 s7c4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
26:71 j9ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος ἦν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here the servant girl means that Peter was a disciple of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar clause in [26:69](../26/69.md). Alternate translation: “This one was a disciple of Jesus”
26:72 ro88 ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα 1 Alternate translation: “he denied it, ‘I swear that I do not know”
26:72 kq6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου 1 Here Matthew implies that Peter again **denied** that he was with Jesus as his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar idea in [26:70](../26/70.md). Alternate translation: “he denied with an oath that he was with Jesus”
26:73 a9wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
26:73 w8ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἀληθῶς καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ, καὶ γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Your speech makes you evident, so we know truly that you also are from them”
26:73 mbho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ & σου & σε 1 Because these people are talking to Peter, the words **you** and **your** throughout this verse are singular.
26:73 hde3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the disciples more directly. Alternate translation: “from Jesus’ disciples” or “one of his disciples”
26:73 o4oe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 This phrase implies that Peter’s **speech** had an accent like the accent of someone from Galilee, where Jesus was from. The people who are talking with people think that this makes it **evident** that he is one of Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “your speech makes it evident that you are from Galilee” or “how you talk makes it clear that you come from where Jesus is from”
26:74 sy7f τότε ἤρξατο καταθεματίζειν καὶ ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα 1 Alternate translation: “Then he said, ‘I call a curse down on myself and swear that I do not know”
26:74 edd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταθεματίζειν 1 Here, the phrase **to curse** could mean that: (1) Peter asks God to curse him if he is lying. Alternate translation: “to ask God to curse him if was speaking falsely” or “to invoke a curse on himself” (2) Peter curses Jesus. Alternate translation: “to curse Jesus”
26:74 w87b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 See how you translated **rooster** and “crow” in [26:34](../26/34.md). Alternate translation: “a bird began to sing”
26:75 butr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, **word** represents what Jesus just said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ statement” or “the words of Jesus”
26:75 nx3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “that he had said that before a rooster crowed, he would deny him three times”
26:75 nn5o πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 This clause is identical to what Jesus said in [26:34](../26/34.md), so express the idea as you did there.\n
26:75 r39l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 Since Jesus had said this to Peter, the word **you** here is singular.
26:75 rgvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ἔξω 1 This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely **outside** the area where the house of the high priest was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having gone out of the courtyard and away from the house”
26:75 hjr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come”
27:intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n11. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n * The Jewish council sends Jesus to Pilate, the governor (27:1–2)\n * Judas repents and kills himself (27:3–10)\n * Jesus’ trial before Pilate, the governor (27:11–26)\n * Jesus is crucified (27:27–56)\n * The soldiers mock Jesus (27:27–31)\n * Jesus is crucified, and people mock him (27:32–44)\n * Jesus dies (27:45–56)\n * Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus’ body (27:57–61)\n * The chief priests and Pharisees secure Jesus’ tomb (27:62–66)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The prophecy about the 30 pieces of silver and the field of the potter\n\nIn [27:3–8](../27/03.md), Matthew tells the story of how Judas returned the 30 pieces of silver that the Jewish leaders had paid him to hand Jesus over. The leaders used that money to buy “the field of the potter” as a burial ground for foreigners. Then, in [27:9–10](../27/09.md), Matthew indicates that these events “fulfilled” what the prophet Jeremiah spoke. Then, Matthew summarizes or paraphrases [Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md), [Jeremiah 19:1–13](../jer/19/01.md), and [Jeremiah 32:6–9](../jer/32/06.md). These passages speak about a potter, 30 pieces of silver, or someone buying a field. Since Matthew indicates that he is referring to what Jeremiah said, you too should indicate that these words come from Jeremiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Matthew is summarizing or paraphrasing from another text.\n\n### The drinks that people offered to Jesus\n\nIn [27:34](../27/34.md), the soldiers offer Jesus “wine mixed with gall.” In [27:48](../27/48.md), someone offers Jesus “vinegar.” In both cases, scholars debate whether people offered these drinks to help Jesus by easing the pain or quenching his thirst or whether they offered these drinks to torment Jesus by giving him a bad-tasting drink. Since it is not obvious what the purpose of the drinks were, if possible express the idea in such a way that your readers could draw either conclusion. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some extra information in a footnote. See the notes on these verses for translation options.\n\n### Calling Elijah\n\nIn [27:46](../27/46.md), Jesus calls out “Eli, Eli,” which is how Jesus said “My God, my God” in his language. Some of the people standing there misheard him and thought that he was calling out to “Elijah,” a prophet with a name that sounds like “Eli.” There is a story about this Elijah in [2 Kings 2:11–12](../2ki/02/11.md), where God takes him into heaven. So, some people believed that Elijah did not die and would someday return. The people who thought Jesus was calling to Elijah thought that he was asking Elijah to return and rescue him. If your readers would not understand why the people standing near Jesus speak about Elijah, you could include some extra information in your translation or include this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])\n\n### The curtain of the temple tearing from top to bottom\n\nThe “curtain” to which Matthew refers in [27:51](../27/51.md) could be either the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple, or it could be the curtain that separated the Holy Place from the rest of the temple area. Matthew indicates that this curtain tore from the top to the bottom, which means that a person did not do it. Christians debate what the tearing of this curtain might have symbolized. There are at least three major options:\n\n1. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that access to God is now available to everyone.\n2. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is going to destroy the temple.\n3. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is about to do something powerful.\n\nSince Matthew does not explain what the tearing of the curtai
27:1 qe1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
27:1 ezsh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συμβούλιον ἔλαβον & κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **took counsel against Jesus** indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure out ways to harm Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar construction in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “made plans concerning Jesus” or “came up with ideas about what they could do with Jesus”
27:1 cm46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Jewish leaders to execute people, the Jewish leaders had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so as to convince the Roman authorities to put him to death”
27:1 vz6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 Here Matthew implies that the **chief priests** and the **elders** want to convince the Roman authorities to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have the Romans put him to death”\n
27:1 uuov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “have him killed”
27:2 jwws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δήσαντες αὐτὸν 1 Here Matthew implies that the Jewish council commanded guards to bind Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having commanded the guards to bind him”
27:2 d6l0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 Here Matthew implies that **they led** Jesus **away** from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they led him away from Caiaphas’ house”
27:2 uu8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ τῷ ἡγεμόνι 1 Here Matthew implies that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “handed him over to Pilate the governor to be judged by him”
27:3 qm12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** indicates that Matthew has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of what happened to Judas. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “Around that time,” or “While those things were happening,”
27:3 v9vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κατεκρίθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the Jewish council. Alternate translation: “the Jewish council condemned him”
27:3 pe4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ πρεσβυτέροις 1 This phrase refers to the money that **the chief priests** had given **Judas** to hand Jesus over, as mentioned in [26:15](../26/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the chief priests and elders the 30 pieces of silver that they had given him to hand Jesus over”
27:3 a23x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 Each of these pieces of silver was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. See how you expressed the idea in [26:15](../26/15.md). Alternate translation: “30 coins made out of silver” or “the money worth about four months’ wages”
27:4 yxnh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
27:4 f6u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἷμα ἀθῷον 1 Here, the word **blood** refers to a person who has or will soon die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” or “an innocent person who will now die”
27:4 mf6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 The chief priests and elders are using the question form to tell Judas that they do not care about how Judas feels or what he wants to do now. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We do not care about how you feel.” or “That is completely unimportant to us!”
27:4 itqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **us** refers to the Jewish leaders who are speaking to Judas, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
27:4 y4yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ ὄψῃ 1 Here, the phrase **You will see** means that the chief priests and elders claim that Judas is responsible for dealing with what he did, and they are not responsible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What you do is none of our business” or “That is your responsibility”\n
27:5 tuh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν 1 Here Matthew implies that Judas was outside the **temple** building and threw **the pieces of silver** into the **temple** building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having tossed the pieces of silver into the temple building”
27:5 uf7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ ἀργύρια 1 See how you referred to these **pieces of silver** in [27:3](../27/03.md). Alternate translation: “the coins made out of silver” or “the money”
27:5 us8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνεχώρησεν καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο 1 Here Matthew implies that Judas **withdrew** from the temple area to some other place. Then, Judas went **out** from that place and **hanged himself**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit, or you could use just one phrase to describe Judas’ movements. Alternate translation: “he departed from the temple and having gone out to another place, he hanged himself” or “he left and hanged himself”
27:6 f6by rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. It is not clear how soon the priests picked up the pieces of silver after Judas threw them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next action, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime after that,”
27:6 mb5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ ἀργύρια 1 See how you referred to these **pieces of silver** in [27:3](../27/03.md). Alternate translation: “the coins made out of silver” or “the money”
27:6 rguy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because it is the price of blood, it is not lawful to put them into the treasury”
27:6 gtp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν κορβανᾶν 1 Here, the word **treasury** refers to the place in the temple where the money that people gave to help maintain the temple and the sacrifices was kept. If your readers would not be familiar with a **treasury** for a temple, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the place where we keep the money designated for the temple” or “the storage area with the rest of the temple money”
27:6 fv6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τιμὴ αἵματός 1 The chief priests are using the possessive form to describe a **price** that is paid for **blood**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the price that was paid for blood”
27:6 j2l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἵματός 1 Here, **blood** refers to the death of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [27:4](../27/04.md). Alternate translation: “of a person’s death” or “of a man dying”
27:7 uu9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the chief priests and elders did instead of putting the money in the treasury. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Instead,”
27:7 x2k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συμβούλιον & λαβόντες 1 Here, the phrase **having taken counsel** indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “having made plans” or “having come up with an idea”
27:7 mtg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως 1 Here, the phrase **the field of the potter** could refer to: (1) what the local people called the field. Alternate translation: “a field named Field of the Potter” (2) a **field** that a **potter** owned. Alternate translation: “a field from a potter” or “a field that belonged to a potter”
27:7 n6ow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς ταφὴν τοῖς ξένοις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burial**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in order to bury strangers there” or “as a cemetery for strangers”
27:7 e29n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ξένοις 1 Here, **strangers** refers to people who died in Jerusalem but did not live there normally. They could have been Jews visiting from other areas or non-Jewish foreigners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for people from outside Jerusalem”
27:8 nts8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that field’s name has been”
27:8 ag2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως τῆς σήμερον 1 Here, the phrase **this day** refers to Matthew’s present time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the present” or “from then on”
27:9 rql2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** indicates that the prophecy **was fulfilled** at the time when the chief priests and elders bought the field of the potter with the 30 silver coins that they had paid Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time. Alternate translation: “And so” or “It was then that”
27:9 rj3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 See how your translated the similar passive forms in [2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “these events fulfilled what God spoke”
27:9 auz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In this case, Matthew paraphrases or summarizes several passages from the Old Testament, including [Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md), [Jeremiah 19:1–13](../jer/19/01.md), and [Jeremiah 32:6–9](../jer/32/06.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is paraphrasing an important texts. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Jeremiah” or “as I summarize it:”\n
27:9 g1gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 Each of these **pieces of silver** was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. See how you expressed the idea in [26:15](../26/15.md). Alternate translation: “30 coins made out of silver” or “the money worth about four months’ wages”
27:9 h3rx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 Here the author of the quotation means that the 30 pieces of silver were the **price** that some **from sons of Israel** decided was the correct **price** for the person whom they were buying or paying for. Some of the words here may be redundant in your language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could omit any redundant information and make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which was the price that some of the sons of Israel set for the person” or “which some from the sons of Israel set as the price for the one whom they were buying”
27:9 t1dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of the one whom they from the sons of Israel priced”
27:9 d7l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 Here the author of the quotation uses the word **sons** to refer in general to all the descendants of **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to descendants in general. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel” or “those descended from Israel”
27:9 k6ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations υἱῶν 1 Although the word **sons** is masculine, the author of the quotation is using it to refer to any children or descendants, both men and women. If you preserve the metaphor, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the sons and daughters” or “the children”
27:10 vs3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς 1 Here the author of the quotation means that the people bought **the field** with the pieces of silver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with them they bought”
27:10 dufx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως 1 If possible, express the idea here as you did in [27:7](../27/07.md). Alternate translation: “a field named Field of the Potter” or “a field that belonged to a potter”
27:11 pjc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** indicates that what follows is the continuation of the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [27:2](../27/02.md). If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “Returning to the story of Jesus,”
27:11 a2e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ & Ἰησοῦς ἐστάθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the Jewish council. Alternate translation: “was standing” or “the Jewish leaders made Jesus stand”
27:11 fd7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
27:11 at28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 2 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
27:11 a6cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ λέγεις 1 Here, much as in [26:25](../26/25.md), the phrase **You say {it}** indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that the **governor** is right to suggest that Jesus is **the King of the Jews**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a request. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true”
27:12 vl3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the chief priests and the elders accused him”
27:13 e3td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
27:13 kc8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Here **Pilate** asks if Jesus has heard, but he implies that he is asking if Jesus is going to respond to what he has heard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do you intend to defend yourself against the many things they are testifying against you?” or “Do you not hear how many things they are testifying against you? Why don’t you answer them?”
27:14 xx94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα 1 Here, the phrase **not even to one word** could mean: (1) that Jesus did not respond to any of the accusations, each of which Matthew refers to as a **word**. Alternate translation: “not even with regard to one accusation” (2) that Jesus did not use even **one word** to answer Pilate’s question. Alternate translation: “not even with one word”
27:14 hbm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε θαυμάζειν 1 Here, the phrase **so as to** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “so that he amazed”
27:15 jjp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Here Matthew provides background information about something that Pilate, the governor, normally did. This background information will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Here is some important information:”
27:15 p1ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑορτὴν 1 Here, the phrase **the festival** refers the Passover celebration. See how you translated the same phrase in [26:5](../26/05.md). Alternate translation: “the festival of Passover”
27:15 lwpf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰώθει & ἀπολύειν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had a custom of releasing”
27:16 ir01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** marks a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Matthew is introducing more background information, this time about **Barabbas**, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” or “Here is some more important information:”
27:16 q2iu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἶχον 1 Here, **they** refers to the Roman authorities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Roman authorities were holding”
27:16 a8p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δέσμιον ἐπίσημον 1 Here, the word **well-known** indicates that Barabbas was a man whom others had heard many things about. Most likely, the Romans considered him to be **well-known** in bad way (that is, notorious), while some Jewish people considered him to be **well-known** in a good way (that is, renowned). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes someone whom others have heard many things about, both positively and negatively. Alternate translation: “a prisoner about whom there were many stories, a man” “a prominent prisoner”
27:16 svr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called”
27:16 tt8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants Βαραββᾶν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **Barabbas**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Jesus Barabbas.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
27:17 hwzn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces what Pilate did because of the custom that Matthew just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of some situation. Alternate translation: “Because of that custom” or “So then”
27:17 ce90 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the same “crowd” that Matthew mentioned in [27:15](../27/15.md). This “crowd” describes a large group of people who were in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowd” or “many people in Jerusalem”
27:17 l80q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνηγμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathering” or “coming together”
27:17 gd6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θέλετε & ὑμῖν 1 Since Pilate is speaking to a crowd of people, the word **you** throughout this verse is plural.
27:17 a7do rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants Βαραββᾶν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **Barabbas**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Jesus Barabbas.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
27:17 wrl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose title is Christ” or “who goes by Christ”
27:18 a5lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Pilate asked the question that he just asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for question, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Pilate did that because”
27:18 jq3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ φθόνον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **envy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they envied him”
27:19 t3mx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
27:19 zgoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction καθημένου & αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 When a leader was **sitting on the judgment seat**, it meant that the leader was ready to make judgments and legal decisions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what **sitting** in this place means. Alternate translation: “he sitting on the judgment seat to judge” or “he sitting on the judgment seat, ready to make legal decisions”
27:19 ff23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 The **judgment seat** was a special chair in which a leader sat when making an official judgment. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of seat, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “at the judge’s bench” or “on the seat used for judgment”
27:19 s5pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῦ βήματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the seat for judging”
27:19 w4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν & λέγουσα 1 Here Matthew implies that Pilate’s wife **sent** someone to Pilate to say the words that follow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “sent someone to him to say”
27:19 fe95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ, πολλὰ γὰρ ἔπαθον σήμερον κατ’ ὄναρ δι’ αὐτόν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I suffered many {things} today because of him by means of a dream. So, nothing to you and to that righteous one.”
27:19 ga4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ 1 Here, the phrase **Nothing to you and to that righteous one** is a request to avoid doing anything with and to Jesus, the **righteous one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have nothing to do with that righteous one” or “Avoid doing anything to that righteous one”
27:19 v8ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολλὰ & ἔπαθον σήμερον 1 Here Pilate’s wife means that the **dream** upset her or caused her distress. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I was very distressed” or “I have been miserable”
27:20 ax1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces how the chief priests and elders were trying to have Jesus executed in contrast to Pilate’s wife, who wanted Pilate to have nothing to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”
27:20 al54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Here Matthew means that the crowds were going to **ask** Pilate to release **Barabbas**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they would ask Pilate to release Barabbas”
27:20 avyc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 Here Matthew implies that the crowds were going to pressure Pilate to **destroy** Jesus by executing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “but would demand that Jesus be killed”
27:21 awno rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
27:21 xggj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς 1 Here Pilate is **answering** or responding to a situation, not to something that someone has asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that Pilate is responding to what is happening among the crowds, or you could leave **answering** untranslated. Alternate translation: “seeing that the crowds were discussing what to do” or “responding to what the crowd was doing”
27:21 x6vf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δύο 1 Here Pilate uses the number **two** as a noun in order to refer to the **two** men, Jesus and Barabbas. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the two prisoners”
27:21 slk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θέλετε & ὑμῖν 1 Since Pilate is speaking to a crowd of people, the word **you** throughout this verse is plural.
27:21 l7gu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 2 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
27:21 c06h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 The crowds are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We want you to release Barabbas”
27:22 dpb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει & λέγουσιν πάντες 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said … They all said”
27:22 zl85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you expressed the idea in [27:17](../27/17.md). Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ”
27:22 qzn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p σταυρωθήτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He should be crucified”
27:22 ttva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθήτω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Crucify him”
27:23 syuz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ -1 In both places, the word **But** introduces what a Pilate or the crowds say in contrast to what the other person or people said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words or phrases that introduce this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response, … In response,” or “However, … Yet”
27:23 m5jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν? 1 Pilate is using the question form to emphasize that he thinks that Jesus has not done any **evil**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Despite what you say, he did not do evil” or “Yet he has certainly not done evil!”
27:23 cw7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τί γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** indicates that Pilate is asking for a reason why the crowd wants him to crucify Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that a question is asking for a reason for something. Alternate translation: “Why? What” or “What is your reason for that? What”
27:23 bijy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj κακὸν 1 Pilate is using the adjective **evil** as a noun to mean an evil thing. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “evil thing”
27:23 dk8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they demanded”
27:23 nb7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθήτω 1 This clause is identical to the clause at the end of the previous verse ([27:22](../27/22.md)). Express the idea as you did there.
27:24 w7jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
27:24 oa2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἰδὼν & ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται 1 These two clauses indicate the reason why **Pilate** did what is described in the rest of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form in your language that introduces a reason for some action. Alternate translation: “because he saw that he is benefiting nothing, and because instead a riot is happening”
27:24 gefl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ & θόρυβος γίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he was benefiting nothing … a riot was happening”
27:24 yj8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction λαβὼν ὕδωρ, ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου 1 Pilate **washed his hands** as a sign to the people that he was not responsible for Jesus’ death. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “having gotten some water, washed his hands opposite the crowd to indicate that he was not responsible for what was going to happen to Jesus”
27:24 idu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπέναντι 1 Here, the word **opposite** means that Pilate was directly in front of **the crowd**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of” or “before”
27:24 ly5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
27:24 u1fe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τούτου 1 Here, **blood** refers to the death of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [27:4](../27/04.md). Alternate translation: “the death of this one” or “this one dying”
27:24 r9ag rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τούτου 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **this one**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “this righteous one.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
27:24 f4ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε 1 Here, the phrase **You will see** means that Pilate claims that the **crowd** is responsible for dealing with what they are doing, and he is not responsible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar clause in [27:4](../27/04.md). Alternate translation: “What you are doing is none of my business” or “That is your responsibility”
27:24 tpmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 Because Pilate is speaking to a crowd, the word **You** here is plural.
27:25 k1cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 Here, clause **His blood {be} on us and on our children** means that the crowd was accepting the responsibility for Jesus’ **blood**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The responsibility for his blood will be on us and on our children”
27:25 n5k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** refers to the death of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [27:4](../27/04.md). Alternate translation: “His death”
27:25 timm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς & ἡμῶν 1 Here, **us** and **our** refer to the **people** who were there, so **us** and **our** are exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms.
27:25 bsfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα 1 Here, the word **children** could refer: (1) just to the people’s children. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” (2) to the people’s offspring or descendants in general. Alternate translation: “offspring” or “descendants”
27:26 m63d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 Here Matthew implies that Pilate had his soldiers flog Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having commanded his soldiers to flog Jesus”
27:26 adak rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν & Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 Flogging was a Roman penalty in which soldiers whipped a person with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal to increase the whip’s capacity to do harm to the person being flogged. If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Alternate translation: “having whipped Jesus with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal”
27:26 n421 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρέδωκεν 1 Here Matthew implies that Pilate **handed** Jesus **over** to his soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he handed him over to his soldiers”
27:26 y3kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers might crucify him”
27:27 zz45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πραιτώριον 1 The **Praetorium** was where the Roman **governor** stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of structure, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the government building” or “the governor’s residence”
27:27 bn22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 The word **cohort** is a military term. Each **cohort** is a group of about 600 soldiers, which is a tenth of a legion. Most likely, Matthew is referring to all the soldiers who were stationed in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable military term in your language or a more general term. Alternate translation: “the whole company” or “all the soldiers stationed there”\n
27:28 id2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ 1 In Roman culture, a **scarlet cloak** was like the expensive clothing worn by kings. The soldiers put a **scarlet cloak** on Jesus to pretend that he was a king, even though they did not think that he really was a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they put a scarlet cloak on him to pretend that he was a king” or “they put a royal scarlet cloak on him in mockery”
27:28 yf6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κοκκίνην 1 The word **scarlet** refers to a color that is a shade of bright red. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the color **scarlet**, you could refer to a shade of bright red. Alternate translation: “bright red” or “crimson”
27:29 yw94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν, ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ; καὶ κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** was worn by a king, and a king held a scepter in his right hand. In order to mock Jesus, the soldiers put a **crown** made from **thorns** on Jesus’ head and put **a reed in his right hand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a crown of thorns, they put it on his head and a reed in his right hand to pretend that he was a king” or “a crown of thorns, they put it on his head as if he were king, and they put a reed like a royal scepter in his right hand”
27:29 ksjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **crown** that is made from branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a crown made from thorns”
27:29 km30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκανθῶν 1 Matthew uses the word **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “thorny branches”
27:29 dlz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction γονυπετήσαντες ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture, kneeling before someone was a way to respect a greater person, especially when asking the greater person to do a favor. Here, the soldiers perform this action to mock Jesus by pretending that he is a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what kneeling means. Alternate translation: “having prostrated themselves before him” or “having knelt down before him as if he were a king”
27:29 jg2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they spoke these words:”
27:29 qf8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here the soldiers mock Jesus by greeting him as if he were **King of the Jews** when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Matthew indicates when he says that **they mocked him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “Rejoice, you so-called King of the Jews”
27:29 myii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom χαῖρε 1 In Jesus’ culture, people commonly greeted each other with the word **Rejoice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that people use to greet each other. Alternate translation: “Hello”
27:30 p47w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would spit on someone to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “having spit on him to dishonor him”
27:30 ib5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν κάλαμον 1 Here, the phrase **the reed** refers to the stick the soldiers had put in Jesus’ right hand in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the reed from his right hand”
27:31 jwns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν 1 Here Matthew implies that they **led** Jesus **away** from the Praetorium. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “led him away from the Praetorium”
27:32 m5bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
27:32 d0ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξερχόμενοι 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of **coming**. Alternate translation: “going out”
27:32 j5wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξερχόμενοι 1 Here, **coming out** implies that Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “coming out of Jerusalem”
27:32 e9k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἄνθρωπον Κυρηναῖον, ὀνόματι Σίμωνα 1 Here Matthew introduces a man named **Simon** into the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain man. He was from Cyrene, and he was called Simon”
27:32 tfkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμωνα 1 The word **Simon** is the name of a man.
27:32 sfj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ 1 According to Roman law, Roman soldiers could press someone **into service**, which means that they could force a person to carry a load for them or work for them. In this case, they forced **Simon** to carry Jesus’ cross. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of forced service, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “They conscripted this one so that he would carry” or “They made this one carry”
27:32 i6l0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “They forced this one to serve them”
27:33 zjki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
27:33 j6hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ, ὅ ἐστιν & λεγόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a place that people call Golgotha, which means”
27:33 lopg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Γολγοθᾶ 1 The word **Golgotha** is an Aramaic word. Matthew has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since Matthew states what this word means later in the verse, you also should spell it out the way it sounds in your language.
27:34 f11j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall, to drink”
27:34 e2uk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo χολῆς 1 Here, **gall** refers to a liquid with a bitter taste. This liquid may have been a pain-relieving medicine, or it may simply have made the wine taste bitter. If possible, use a form that does indicate what the **gall** would have been used for. Alternate translation: “something bitter” or “a bitter substance”
27:35 yuax rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”
27:35 w8b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew means that the soldiers took the clothes that Jesus had been wearing and **divided** them up by giving each piece of clothing to a soldier. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the soldiers took his clothes and distributed them among them”
27:35 d4h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλλοντες κλῆρον 1 The term **lot** refers to an object with different markings on various sides that was used to decide randomly among several possibilities. It would be tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with a **lot**, you could refer to a similar practice in your culture, or you could use a more general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “rolling dice” or “deciding randomly”
27:35 u4dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλλοντες κλῆρον 1 Matthew implies that the soldiers were **casting a lot** in order to determine who would take which pieces of Jesus’ clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “casting a lot to decide who would take which pieces of clothing”
27:35 sds9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants κλῆρον 1 Many ancient manuscripts end this verse with the word **lot**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include after the word **lot** the words “so that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled, ‘They divided my robes for themselves, and they cast a lot for my clothing.’” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
27:36 o9ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ 1 Here Matthew implies that the soldiers **were guarding** Jesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they kept guard over him there to prevent anyone from rescuing him”
27:37 j4s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his charge** represents the written explanation of **his charge**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a placard stating his charge”
27:37 uf56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe the **charge** that was made against Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the charge against him”
27:37 an2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γεγραμμένην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “which the soldiers had written”
27:37 y058 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here the soldiers mock Jesus by referring to him as if he were **King of the Jews** when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “the so-called King of the Jews”
27:38 zq4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυροῦνται & δύο λῃσταί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “Pilate’s soldiers crucified two robbers”
27:38 ms2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture σταυροῦνται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “were being crucified”
27:38 ci6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 Here, Matthew uses the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns to refer to Jesus’ right and left sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one on his right side and one on his left side”
27:39 i8od rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Also”
27:39 d4fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 The people’s action of **wagging their heads** at Jesus showed that they felt disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, or you could indicate what the gesture means. Alternate translation: “showing disdain for him by wagging their heads” or “wagging their heads to mock him”
27:40 mcmb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “mocking him”
27:40 p6sq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν 1 Here the people refer to Jesus by what the false witnesses testified during his trial that he had said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate more explicitly that the people are describing Jesus. Alternate translation: “You who said that you would destroy the temple and in three days rebuild it”
27:40 n8d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 Here, the phrase **in three days** refers to a time period made up of three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated this phrase in [26:61](../26/61.md). Alternate translation: “during a period of three days”
27:40 t23i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 The people are suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Jesus can only **come down from the cross** if he is the Son of God. The people are speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do something to prove that he really is **the Son of God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by coming down from the cross”
27:40 b5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
27:40 ipxr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go κατάβηθι 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “go down”
27:42 wu7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved others** by healing their diseases, releasing them from demon-possession, and saving them from other physical problems. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “He saved others by curing or exorcising them”
27:42 ff4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλους 1 The Jewish leaders are using the adjective **others** as a noun to mean other people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “other men and women”
27:42 vmdc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, καὶ πιστεύσομεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Here the Jewish leaders use what they think is an imaginary situation to prove that Jesus is not really **the King of Israel**. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine he really were the King of Israel. In that case, he should come down now from the cross, and we will believe in him” or “If he is the King of Israel, let him come down now from the cross. Then, we will believe in him”
27:42 j6l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν 1 Here the Jewish leaders mock Jesus by speaking about him as if he were **the King of Israel** when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Matthew indicated when he says that they mocked him (see [27:41](../27/41.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “He is the so-called King of Israel” or “He thinks he is the King of Israel”
27:42 gmp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p καταβάτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must come down”
27:42 mnzq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go καταβάτω 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “Let him go down”
27:43 owmw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, ῥυσάσθω νῦν εἰ θέλει αὐτόν & εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the last sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “He said, ‘I am the Son of God.’ So, since he has trusted in God, let God deliver him now, if he wants him”
27:43 zy1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, ῥυσάσθω νῦν εἰ θέλει αὐτόν 1 Here the Jewish leaders use what they think is an imaginary situation to prove that God does not really protect or want Jesus. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine he really trusted in God and that God really wanted him. In that case, God would deliver him now” or “If he has trusted in God and if God wants him, let God rescue him now”
27:43 wni7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ῥυσάσθω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must rescue him”
27:43 cl97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν & ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that he was the Son of God”
27:43 uw85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ & Υἱός 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
27:44 sr3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δ’ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces something else that was happening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another action, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “At the same time,” or “Even more,”
27:44 e26y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers were crucifying”
27:44 fgqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ & αὐτὸ 1 Here, the phrase **the same** indicates that the **robbers** used the same kind of insults that the Jewish leaders did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the same insults”
27:45 e7z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
27:45 s2l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕκτης ὥρας & ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, **the sixth hour** would be around noon, and **the ninth hour** would be around three o’clock in the afternoon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated these time references in [20:5](../20/05.md). Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM … about 3:00 PM”
27:45 xsps rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἕκτης ὥρας & ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “hour six … hour nine”
27:45 pi8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express it in a different way. Alternate translation: “the sky darkened” or “the light dimmed”
27:45 ii2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 Here, **all the land** could refer to: (1) the entire area around where Jesus was crucified. This could include just the city of Jerusalem or all of Palestine. Alternate translation: “over all that region” (2) the entire earth. Alternate translation: “over the whole earth”
27:46 rsi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
27:46 rcjr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 See how you translated **the ninth hour** in [27:45](../27/45.md). Alternate translation: “3:00 PM”
27:46 u1cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour nine”
27:46 qyp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνεβόησεν & φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 Here, the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** means Jesus raised the volume of his voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yelled loudly”
27:46 rbm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
27:46 xub2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 This phrase is what Jesus **cried out** in Aramaic. Matthew has spelled the words out using Greek letters so his readers would know how they sounded. Since Matthew states what these words mean later in the verse, you also should spell them out the way they sound in your language.
27:46 lm4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν 1 Here Matthew uses the phrase **This is** to introduce what the Aramaic words means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those words can be translated this way:” or “Here is what that means:”
27:47 pdhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
27:47 y60j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες 1 Matthew implies that the people did not understand what Jesus said. They heard him say “Eli,” which means “My God,” but they thought it sounded like the name **Elijah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly that these people misunderstood Jesus. Alternate translation: “having heard Jesus speaking without understanding him”
27:48 bsy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σπόγγον 1 A **sponge** is a soft, porous object that can soak up and hold liquid, which comes out of it when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid”
27:48 jm37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὄξους 1 Here, **vinegar** refers to the inexpensive and sour wine that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of beverage, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with cheap wine” or “with an inexpensive alcoholic beverage”
27:48 bh51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περιθεὶς καλάμῳ, ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 The person put the **sponge** on a **reed**, or long stick, so that he could hold the **sponge** up to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having put it around a reed, he used the reed to lift the sponge up to Jesus to give it to him to drink”
27:49 uccl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what **the rest** of the people who were there did in contrast with how one person gave Jesus some sour wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “However,”
27:49 vpj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ & λοιποὶ 1 Matthew is using the adjective **rest** as a noun to mean **the rest** of the people who were there. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the rest of the people who were watching”
27:49 ll7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄφες 1 Here, the clause **Leave {him}** means that the person who gave Jesus the sour wine should stop doing things to and for Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Ignore him” or “Stop doing things for him”
27:49 aq90 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἔρχεται & σώσων αὐτόν 1 Here, the phrase **saving him** indicates the purpose for which **Elijah** would come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “comes in order to save him”
27:49 jj90 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “goes”
27:50 wzak rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
27:50 n21n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 Here, the phrase **cried out again with a loud voice** means Jesus raised the volume of his voice again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in [27:46](../27/46.md). Alternate translation: “having yelled loudly”
27:50 fj1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 Here, the phrase **released his spirit** could: (1) simply indicate that Jesus died. In this case, the phrase is a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: “breathed his last” or “expired” (2) mean that Jesus voluntarily chose to die at this moment. In this case, Matthew is that Jesus died and also that he chose to die. Alternate translation: “allowed himself to die” or “willingly died”
27:51 a92g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
27:51 m1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, ἀπ’ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω, καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη, καὶ αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the actions, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two from top to bottom, and he shook the earth, and he split the rocks”
27:51 xp2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Here Matthew could referring to the **curtain**: (1) that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of **the temple**. Alternate translation: “the curtain that marked off the Most Holy Place in the temple” (2) that separated the Holy Place from the rest of **the temple** area. Alternate translation: “the curtain that marked off the temple building”
27:51 zt7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun αἱ πέτραι 1 The phrase **the rocks** represents nearby rocks in general, not one particular set of **rocks**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the nearby rocks” or “many rocks”
27:52 a1cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the actions, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God opened the tombs, and he raised many bodies of the saints having fallen asleep”
27:52 dgii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὰ μνημεῖα 1 The phrase **the tombs** represents nearby tombs in general, not one particular set of tombs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the nearby tombs” or “many tombs”
27:52 x18l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη 1 Here Matthew does not just mean that **bodies** were raised but rather that people as a whole were raised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “many of the saints having fallen asleep were raised”
27:52 ofmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἁγίων 1 Here, the word **saints** could refer to: (1) anyone who was part of God’s people. Alternate translation: “God’s people” (2) people who were particularly holy or righteous. Alternate translation: “holy people” or “righteous people”
27:52 hgn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism κεκοιμημένων 1 Here, the phrase **fallen asleep** refers politely to people dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could a form that politely refers to a person dying, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having passed away” or “having perished”\n
27:52 kj3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to people who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were restored to life”
27:53 q2x5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν 1 Here, the phrase **after his resurrection** could go with: (1) **having come out from the tombs**. In this case, the resurrected people did not leave their **tombs** until after Jesus’ resurrection. Alternate translation: “after his resurrection having out from the tombs, they entered into the holy city” (2) **they entered into the holy city**. In this case, the resurrected people left their **tombs** right away but did not enter into **the holy city** until after Jesus’ resurrection. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs, they entered into the holy city after his resurrection”\n
27:53 ac1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone out”
27:53 zd6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “after he resurrected”
27:53 xfwo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοῖς 1 Matthew is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to many men and women”
27:54 f6rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
27:54 vv2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here Matthew implies that the soldiers were **guarding**Jesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar idea in [27:36](../27/36.md). Alternate translation: “the ones with him guarding Jesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him”
27:54 gse9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
27:54 gw6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.
27:55 ekxh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Matthews uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens later in the story. The word does not introduce the next event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “During all those things,”
27:55 h0m2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολούθησαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **followed Jesus** could indicate that: (1) the **women** had traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. Alternate translation: “traveled with Jesus as his students” (2) the **women** walked with Jesus on the road. Alternate translation: “walked with Jesus” or “went with Jesus”\n
27:56 yni6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ Μαρία ἡ & μήτηρ 1 The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. This **Mary** was not **Mary Magdalene** nor Mary the mother of Jesus. Matthew identifies her instead as **the mother of James and Joseph**.
27:56 xx27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰακώβου & Ἰωσὴφ 1 The word **James** is the name of a man. This **James** is not James the brother of Jesus, James son of Zebedee, or James son of Alphaeus. The word **Joseph** is also the name of a man. This **Joseph** is not Jesus’ father, Jesus’ brother, or Joseph of Arimathea.
27:56 ud33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 Here Matthew refers to James and John, who were the **sons of Zebedee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [20:20](../20/20.md). Alternate translation: “of James and John, the sons of Zebedee”
27:57 wm5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later on,”
27:57 iops rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἦλθεν ἄνθρωπος πλούσιος ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, τοὔνομα Ἰωσήφ, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Matthew is here introducing the **Joseph** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a man named Joseph came. He was from Arimathea, and he was rich. He also himself was discipled by Jesus”
27:57 m910 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
27:57 sy9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἁριμαθαίας & Ἰωσήφ 1 The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the city he was from.
27:57 d42k τοὔνομα Ἰωσήφ 1 Alternate translation: “who was called Joseph”
27:57 o9c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom also Jesus had discipled”
27:58 kjyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 The reason that Joseph asked **Pilate** for **the body of Jesus** was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it”
27:58 c69n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀποδοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers to give it to him”
27:59 q9q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι καθαρᾷ 1 This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could indicate that more explicitly, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped it in a clean linen burial cloth” or “prepared it for burial”
27:59 kj7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σινδόνι καθαρᾷ 1 The term **linen cloth** refers to a high quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If your readers would be unfamiliar with **linen**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “in a clean, fine cloth”
27:60 hvs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ 1 Matthew implies that Joseph had hired people to **cut** the tomb **in the rock**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which he had had people cut in the rock”
27:60 lt4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ 1 Here Matthew means specifically a burial place that had been **cut** or chiseled out of **rock**, most likely into the face of a cliff. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of burial place, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “which had been chiseled into the rock” or “which had been specially prepared”\n
27:60 vd4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν τῇ θύρᾳ τοῦ μνημείου 1 Here Matthew implies that Joseph **rolled** the **large stone** to close up **the tomb**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having rolled a large stone against the door of the tomb to close it up”
27:61 wpms rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Matthew narrated in the previous verse (Joseph burying Jesus’ body). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While that was happening,”
27:61 zepe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία 1 Here Matthew implies that this is the other woman, also called **Mary**, whom he mentioned in [27:56](../27/56.md) as the mother of James and Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the other Mary, the mother of James and Joseph,”
27:61 ihr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπέναντι 1 Here, the word **opposite** means that **Mary Magdalene** and **the other Mary** were directly in front of **the tomb**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before” or “facing”
27:62 wxrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “After all that,”
27:62 qj59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ & ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν 1 Here, **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day before the Sabbath, on which Jews would prepare for the Sabbath so that they would not have to do work on that day. So, **the next day** here refers to the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the next day, which was after the day on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath” or “the next day, which was the Sabbath”
27:62 j57n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together”
27:63 xcil rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they told him”
27:63 hgar rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness κύριε 1 In Jesus’ culture, the word **Lord** was a polite way for subjects to address their governor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that is a polite way to address a governor or leader in your culture. Alternate translation: “Honorable sir”
27:63 sc6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος 1 Here the chief priests and Pharisees imply that they are speaking about Jesus, whom they call a **deceiver**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that deceiver, Jesus,”
27:63 ri5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἔτι ζῶν, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said, still living, that after three days he is being raised up”
27:63 ou2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας 1 Jesus was referring to **three days** after he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Three days after my death”
27:63 jp1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἐγείρομαι 1 The Jewish leaders quote Jesus using the present tense to refer to a future event that he considers to be certain. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will be raised up”
27:63 ike6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγείρομαι 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am being restored to life”
27:63 e6uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγείρομαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God is raising me up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “I am raising myself up”
27:64 r0qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative κέλευσον 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you command”
27:64 b8n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “soldiers to secure the tomb”
27:64 t03r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἕως τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 Here, the phrase **until the third day** means that the tomb should be **secured** that day, the following day, and the day after that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the third day from now” or “today, tomorrow, and the day after tomorrow”
27:64 hbh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day three”
27:64 pwc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone”
27:64 jgqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντες 1 The Jewish leaders imply here that Jesus’ **disciples** might **come** to the tomb in which Jesus was buried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come to Jesus’ tomb”
27:64 t78s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say to the people that he has been raised up from the dead, and”
27:64 km0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He has been restored to life”
27:64 rdo2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the chief priests and Pharisees could be indicating that the disciples will claim that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised him up” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “He has raised himself up”
27:64 c7bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Matthew is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to refer to people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses”
27:64 axl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης 1 Here, the phrase **the last deception** refers to what the chief priests and Pharisees have just suggested that Jesus’ disciples might do. The phrase **the first** refers to Jesus’ teaching, which the chief priests and Pharisees considered to be deceptive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “this last deception accomplished by his disciples will be worse than the first one accomplished by his teaching”
27:64 u5tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deception**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the last time the people are deceived”
27:64 ae12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τῆς πρώτης 1 The chief priests and Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the first deception”
27:64 ts1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῆς πρώτης 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the earlier” or “number one”
27:65 dfji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἔχετε κουστωδίαν 1 Here, Pilate could be using the statement **You have a guard** to: (1) give the chief priests and Pharisees permission to take **a guard** of Roman soldiers with them. Alternate translation: “You may take a Roman guard” (2) tell the chief priests and Pharisees that they already have their own **guard** that they should use. Alternate translation: “You already have your own guard”
27:65 dkq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns κουστωδίαν 1 In this verse, the word **guard** is singular in form, but it refers to multiple soldiers or guards as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “some guards” or “soldiers to act as guards”
27:65 h8n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἔχετε & ὑπάγετε ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε 1 Since Pilate is speaking to the chief priests and Pharisees, the words **You** and **you** and the commands **Go** and **secure {it}** are plural.
27:65 aqvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑπάγετε 1 Here Pilate implies that they should **Go** to Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Go to his tomb”
27:65 ib28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς οἴδατε 1 Here, the phrase **as you know** indicates that Pilate wants the chief priests and Pharisees to **secure** the tomb in whatever ways they **know** are effective. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as best as you can” or “in whatever way you think is best”
27:66 v93i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθέντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come”
27:66 pk1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον 1 Here Matthew means that a seal was put on the **stone** that covered the entrance of Jesus’ **tomb**. The seal would break if someone moved the **stone**, thus indicating that the **stone** had been moved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “having placed a seal on the stone that closed the tomb”
27:66 fn2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας 1 Here Matthew means that the chief priests and Pharisees left **the guard** at the tomb to help **secure** it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and having stationed the guard there”
27:66 e8uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῆς κουστωδίας 1 See how you translated **guard** in [27:65](../27/65.md). Alternate translation: “the guards” or “the soldiers who were acting as guards”
28:intro psw9 0 # Matthew 28 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n11. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n * Mary Magdalene and the other Mary learn that Jesus has resurrected (28:1–10)\n * The chief priests and elders spread a false story (28:11–15)\n * Jesus meets and commissions the 11 disciples (28:16–20)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The resurrection\n\nMatthew does not narrate the resurrection, but he does narrate how an angel opens the tomb so that people can tell that Jesus has risen from the dead. It is not clear exactly when Jesus actually rose from the dead, although it is clear that this happened before the angel opened the tomb. When Jesus rose from the dead, he was a living human being again, and he could never die again. Make sure that it is clear that Jesus came back to life as a living human being.\n\n### The false story about Jesus’ resurrection\n\nIn [28:11–15](../28/11.md), Matthew describes how the chief priests and the elders have the soldiers who were guarding the tomb spread a false story about what happened. The soldiers tell people that they fell asleep, and that Jesus’ disciples stole his body while they were asleep. In [28:15](../28/15.md), Matthew explains that he is telling this because the story was still circulating among Jewish people when he was writing this book. Make sure that it is clear to your readers that the chief priests and elders bribe the soldiers to spread this false story.\n\n### Discipling all the nations\n\nThe last two verses ([28:19–20](../28/19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “disciple” all the nations, which includes telling them the gospel, baptizing them, and teaching them to obey what Jesus commanded. Make sure that this command is as general as possible, including all Christians all “nations.”\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nAll the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in instructions given to groups of people. Because of this, all the forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The timing of the women’s visit to the tomb\n\nIn [28:1](../28/01.md), Matthew indicates that the women went to Jesus’ tomb “after the Sabbath, at the dawning on the first of the week.” The words translated in this way can be understood in several ways:\n\n1. They could refer to the early morning (the “dawn”) on the day after the Sabbath. This would be the first day of the week, Sunday. Further, the parallel stories in [Mark 16:2](../mrk/16/02.md) and [Luke 24:1](../luk/24/01.md) similarly take place at dawn on Sunday. So, the ULT and UST follow this interpretation.\n\n2. They could refer to a time late in the day on the Sabbath. In this case, the word “dawning” would refer to the beginning of a day, not to the sun coming up. Since people in Jesus’ culture considered sunset to be the start of a new day, Matthew would be referring to evening on the Sabbath, right around the time when the next day, Sunday, would begin at sunset.\n\nIt is recommended that you follow the first interpretation unless there is a good reason to follow the second interpretation.
28:1 anr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
28:1 qkn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀψὲ & Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Here Matthew refers to early in the morning, when the day was **dawning**, on the day **after the Sabbath**, which would be Sunday. See the end of the chapter introduction for more information about these phrases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning on the day after the Sabbath”
28:1 avwc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj μίαν 1 Matthew is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean the first day. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first day”
28:1 gs43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal μίαν 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day one”
28:1 zu2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία 1 Here Matthew implies that this is the other woman, also called **Mary**, whom he mentioned in [27:56](../27/56.md) as the mother of James and Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the idea in [27:61](../27/61.md). Alternate translation: “the other Mary, the mother of James and Joseph,”
28:1 pewa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went”
28:2 j25i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
28:2 l4s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον καὶ ἐκάθητο ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clause, since the last clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “an angel of the Lord, having come down from heaven and having approached, rolled away the stone and sat on it. That caused a great earthquake”
28:2 k09n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go καταβὰς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone down”
28:2 znk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσελθὼν 1 Here Matthew implies that the angel **approached** Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having approached the tomb”
28:2 a5xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον 1 Here Matthew implies that the angel **rolled away** the large **stone** from the opening of the tomb to open it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having rolled the stone away from the door of the tomb to open it up”
28:3 qloc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Matthew uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for that angel,”
28:3 p12y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἦν & ὡς ἀστραπὴ 1 The point of this comparison is that the **appearance** of the angel was very bright, as **lightning** is very bright. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was as bright as it is when lightning strikes”
28:3 i4hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow”
28:3 bzow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 The point of this comparison is that the **clothing** of the angel was pure and bright **white** in color, just like **snow** is pure and bright white in color. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bright white, as snow is bright white”
28:3 orq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 The word **snow** refers to a type of frozen precipitation that is extremely white in color. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of precipitation, you could use the name of something that is known to be very white in your area, or you could refer more generally to a very bright white color. Alternate translation: “white as cotton” or “extremely white”\n
28:4 u00v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπὸ & τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ, ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες καὶ ἐγενήθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fear of him shook the ones guarding, and they became”
28:4 jfie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ τηροῦντες 1 Here, Matthew refers to the soldiers who were **guarding** Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the ones guarding the grave”
28:4 bhyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐσείσθησαν 1 Here Matthew means that the ones guarding the tomb physically trembled or shuddered because they were so afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were shuddering”
28:4 by2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ & τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they feared him”
28:4 b1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί 1 Here Matthew compares the guards to **dead** people to indicate that the guards fell down and did not move, just as **dead** people lie without moving. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay still, like the dead” or “fainted so that they were like the dead”\n
28:4 owas rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj νεκροί 1 Matthew is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean dead people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “dead people”
28:5 gieg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the angel says in contrast to the fear that the soldiers felt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”
28:5 pvj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς 1 Here the angel is **answering** or responding to a situation, not to something that someone has asked. More specifically, the angel is responding to the fear of the guards by telling the women that they do not need to be afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that the angel is responding to what is happening, or you could leave **answering** untranslated. Alternate translation: “seeing that the the people nearby were afraid” or “responding to how the soldiers were afraid”
28:5 q8dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς γυναιξίν 1 Here, the phrase **the women** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary, whom Matthew mentioned in [28:1](../28/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary”
28:5 bqdp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ φοβεῖσθε ὑμεῖς; οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι Ἰησοῦν, τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον, ζητεῖτε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I know that you seek Jesus, the one having been crucified; therefore, do not be afraid”
28:5 tbd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “the one whom Pilate’s soldiers crucified”
28:6 uru2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔστιν ὧδε, ἠγέρθη γὰρ καθὼς εἶπεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Since he was raised up, just as he said, he is not here”
28:6 jwc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was restored to life”
28:6 p9l0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the angel could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God raise him up” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “he raise himself up”
28:6 uqja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἶπεν 1 Here the angel implies that Jesus **said** that he would be **raised up**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he said would happen to him”
28:6 fgx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go δεῦτε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of **Come**. Alternate translation: “Go”
28:6 o6ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν τόπον ὅπου ἔκειτο 1 Here the angel is referring to **the place** where Jesus’ body had been placed in the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the place in this tomb where his body was placed”
28:7 r0p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθεῖσαι 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come”
28:7 sp2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say to his disciples that he has been raised up from the dead, and behold, he is going before them to Galilee, where they will see him”
28:7 r5cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He has been restored to life”
28:7 o3je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the angel could be indicating that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised him up” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “He has raised himself up”
28:7 m411 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 The angel is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to refer to people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses”
28:7 a1ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “pay attention: … Pay attention:” or “listen … Listen”
28:7 w5ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προάγει 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “he is coming before”
28:7 ljb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Here the angel uses the clause **I have said {it} to you** to indicate that he has finished speaking the important message that he wants them to relay to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I have given you the full message” or “that is what you should tell his disciples”
28:8 xqz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having quickly come away”
28:8 b7y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μετὰ φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς μεγάλης 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fear** and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “fearfully and very joyfully”
28:8 j2sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔδραμον 1 Here, **they** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in [28:1](../28/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene and the other Mary ran”
28:9 vf7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἰδοὺ, Ἰησοῦς ὑπήντησεν αὐταῖς 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **behold, Jesus met them**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “behold, as they were going to report to his disciples, Jesus met them.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
28:9 s393 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
28:9 opbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
28:9 cmv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom χαίρετε 1 In Jesus’ culture, people commonly greeted each other with the word **Rejoice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that people use to greet each other. Alternate translation: “Hello”
28:9 xxki rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”
28:9 nmg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would kneel down and seize or hold someone’s feet when they wanted to show great honor and respect toward that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of this action explicitly. Alternate translation: “seized his feet out of respect” or “seized his feet to show him honor”
28:10 hfkc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
28:10 etk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 Here Jesus speaks of his disciples as if they were his **brothers**. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in [25:40](../25/40.md). Alternate translation: “those whom I call my brothers” or “the people I love as if they were my brothers”
28:10 d47g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπέλθωσιν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “they might come away”
28:11 ktu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”
28:11 mu4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευομένων 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “coming”
28:11 rnr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδού 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”
28:11 egn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς κουστωδίας 1 Here Matthew implies that this **guard** was made up of the Roman soldiers who had been guarding Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the Roman guard that had been protecting the tomb”
28:11 hfqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῆς κουστωδίας 1 See how you translated **guard** in [27:65](../27/65.md). Alternate translation: “of the guards” or “of the soldiers who were acting as guards”
28:11 saxq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
28:11 yvgx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν 1 Here, the phrase **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem”
28:12 ht82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συναχθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having gathered” or “having come together”
28:12 k2r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συμβούλιόν & λαβόντες 1 Here, the phrase **having taken counsel** indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “having made plans” or “having come up with an idea”
28:12 e1al rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ ἔδωκαν τοῖς στρατιώταις 1 Here Matthew means that the chief priests and elders gave money to the soldiers so that they would tell a lie about what happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they bribed the soldiers with many pieces of silver”
28:12 birm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ 1 Each of these **pieces of silver** was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. See how you expressed the idea in [26:15](../26/15.md). Alternate translation: “many coins made out of silver” or “a lot of money”
28:13 bm3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
28:13 kn8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν, ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Say that his disciples, having come at night, stole him, you sleeping”
28:13 y668 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone”
28:13 s0bu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **we** refers to the Roman soldiers who guarded Jesus’ tomb, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
28:14 h6f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν 1 Here the Jewish leaders use an imaginary situation to explain that they will protect the soldiers from punishment. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine this is heard by the governor. Then, we will persuade and make you free from concern”
28:14 n8xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the governor hears this”
28:14 exuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡμεῖς πείσομεν 1 Here the chief priests and elders imply that they will **persuade** the governor not to punish the soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will persuade him not to punish you”
28:14 x57k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 Here, **we** refers to the Jewish chief priests and elders, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.
28:14 u13q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν 1 Here the chief priests and elders mean that the they will act in such a way that the soldiers do not need to worry about the punishment that they would normally receive for sleeping while guarding something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “make you free from worry about how you might be punished” or “prevent you from worrying about what might happen to you”
28:15 og6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ἀργύρια 1 Each of these **pieces of silver** was a coin equivalent to about four days’ wages. See how you expressed the idea in [26:15](../26/15.md). Alternate translation: “the coins made out of silver” or “the money”
28:15 yu3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the chief priests and elders. Alternate translation: “the chief priests and elders taught them”
28:15 feyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διεφημίσθη ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people have reported this word among the Jews”
28:15 m2jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 Here, word represents what the soldiers said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their story” or “what they said”
28:15 cp7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 Here, the phrase **until today** refers to the time period up to and including Matthew’s present time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the present” or “from then on”
28:16 h1ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. This event occurs sometime soon after the women give the disciples the message from the angel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”
28:16 vyyy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & ἕνδεκα μαθηταὶ 1 Here Matthew refers to Jesus’ closest **disciples**, the ones whom he called “the Twelve” earlier in the book. There are only **11** of them now because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate more explicitly that these are Jesus’ 11 closest disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ 11 closest disciples” or “the 11 most important disciples”
28:16 ddkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐπορεύθησαν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “came”
28:17 pze9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & ἐδίστασαν 1 Here Matthew implies that the disciples **doubted** that the person they were seeing was really Jesus and that he had really become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they doubted whether Jesus really was there” or “they doubted whether Jesus really was alive”
28:17 va85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἱ 1 Here, the word translated **they** could refer to: (1) all the disciples who **worshiped** Jesus. Alternate translation: “they also” (2) some of the disciples who **worshiped** Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of them”
28:18 uqir rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
28:18 v37p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has given to me all authority”
28:18 c9m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I have been completely empowered”
28:18 sm35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Here, Jesus is referring to all of the created world by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in all creation” or “in the universe”
28:19 ejcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πορευθέντες οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces what the disciples should do since Jesus has all authority (see [28:18](../28/18.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that, having gone”
28:19 sf28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πορευθέντες 1 Here Jesus means that the disciples should go to from where they were to many other places. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Having gone to many places” or “Having gone from here”
28:19 oc88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here Jesus means that the disciples should help or enable people from **all the nations** to become disciples too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “make all the nations into my disciples” or “enable all the nations to become my disciples”\n
28:19 yz6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, the word **nations** represents the people who live in those **nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of all the nations”
28:19-20 tlm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς & διδάσκοντες αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the phrases **baptizing them** and **teaching them** could introduce: (1) more things that the disciples are supposed to do in addition to discipling all the nations. Alternate translation: “and baptize them … and teach them” (2) the means by which the disciples are supposed to disciple all the nations. Alternate translation: “which you should do by baptizing them … also by teaching them”
28:19 l5b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 1 Here Jesus uses the word **name** to refer to authority. What he means is that, when they baptize people, they should say the names of **the Father**, **the Son**, and **the Holy Spirit** to indicate that they belong to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that Jesus is referring to authority or belonging. Alternate translation: “under the authority” or “so that they are people”
28:19 kwa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς & τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God **the Father** and Jesus his **Son**.
28:19 eoq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “of me, who am the Son”
28:20 lm0u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo πάντα ὅσα 1 The expression **everything, as much as** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “all things that”
28:20 mz6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “listen” or “pay attention:”
28:20 tzf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense εἰμι 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe something that is true during the time period that he describes. Use whatever tense is natural in your language for referring to this time period. Alternate translation: “will continue to be”
28:20 cmdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας 1 Here, the phrase **all the days** indicates that something happens or is true every day, that is, always. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “always”
28:20 si8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Here, the phrase **the end of the age** refers to when the current time period will cease and a new age will begin. If your language has a way to refer to the end of the way things are now, you could use it here, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “until the end of the world” or “until the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”
28:20 caew rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Many ancient manuscripts do not include anything after the word **age**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the word “Amen” after Jesus ends his speech with the word **age**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
See in Reader
